Orbat.com
Please bookmark
Orders of Battle as a backup in case site is inaccessible.
We began after September 11,
2001 as America Goes To War. With the US out of Iraq and Afghanistan, we now cover whatever interests the
Editor.
Tuesday January 31, 2017
·
Trump Week 2: first
diplomatic victory Editor will later take a
moment to explain the Muslim ban furor, but first, Trump has his
first foreign policy victory: Saudi and UAE have agreed to work
toward safe zones for Middle East refugees. Obama didn’t want safe
zones because he was worried about policing them and the potential
for collision with Syria, Russia, and so on. Without the zones,
refugees had no choice but to strike out for Turkey and Europe if
they could, or suffer terribly in place if they could not. They were
creating chaos in Turkey, Europe, Jordan and so on.
·
This is a major
breakthrough, and it cannot have happened unless there are moves
taking place for a Syria settlement. We can guess something is
happening because Trump has said: Read my lips, no more foreign
interventions to push our ideas on the world. For that alone Editor
was willing to put up with a lot of Trump missteps at home; as a
defense/international security, this in his opinion, was the biggest
crisis the US was facing. No more foreign interventions means we are
no longer want to overthrow Assad of Syria. Some liberals may start
recriminations about America betraying its ideals; but look, gang,
nowhere does it say American ideals means it is our duty to bomb
everyone into becoming a democracy.
·
Because we don’t want to
fight China and Russia, what this democracy-by-force biz meant is
picking on small countries that couldn’t fight back. Editor was/is
all for it. But US has clearly demonstrated it has no will to be
successful, so we may as well forget about it.
·
Okay, back at the ranch
Its taking time for the
establishment and the media that Trump is a master of misdirection.
How many of us realize in his first week he has moved to reverse the
America-led drive to globalization, which a YUGE change, because
we’ve been freaking out about the Muslim ban thing. Today or
Thursday Trump will throw another smoke grenade by announcing his
Supreme court nominee, and everyone will be going Freak Freak on
that, distracting us from who knows what change he plans. Please
note Editor is not commenting on is globalization a good thing or a
bad thing.
·
So, the Muslim ban. It
applies to 7 countries for 90-days, and the refugee ban, for
120-days. Editor must be honest with you: he does not believe
everyone in the world has an unrestricted right to come to Europe or
the United States. A great many Americans are very worried about
this. And the broad policy of legal immigration is equally creating
stress. And a lot of Americans are scared by Islamic terror. It’s no
sense pointing out how half the terrorist incidents in America have
been done by US citizens. That’s just making Trump’s point, because
if had restricted immigration, those folks wouldn’t have become US
citizens. Duh!
·
People go on about this is
not American and that is not American. Please, people, we need to
give that a rest. Like any country, America has opened or closed the
tap to suit its national needs. Between 1924 and 1964 or so,
immigration was tightly controlled. What Trump is doing IS American;
in fact, it’s what every country does. America offered to take your
poor and oppressed when the country was empty and the world
population was 1-billion (1800) and the US population was 5-million.
US population is 325-million building to 500-million; world is
7-billion building to 9+ billion. Ed rests his case.
·
Was the ban properly done?
No it wasn’t. It was so inefficiently done Trump would have been
fired in the private sector. But that isn’t his point. His point is
I said I would change everything in 30 days or 100 days or whatever.
And he has. Thursday January 26, 2017
·
Mr. Trump builds a wall
After
nine-years in in India, in 1979, I decided it was time to go back to
the US. I lost residency in the time I was away. Two choices. (a) I
had my Social Security documents, and knew everyone at the Embassy.
A visa was a simple matter. Totter over to the US, give my passport
to the family’s immigration attorney, start working. Problem: since
I had no intent to return, I’d be lying to visa section. Not good.
(b) Ask my mother to change her citizenship – she had been settled
in America for 19-years – and have her apply. Those days married
sons and daughters of US citizens had almost no waiting period.
Obviously, you cannot restart your life in America with a lie, so it
was Plan B. For various reasons my mother did not change until 1989.
So I landed up at age 46 instead of age 36 and among other problems,
ran into the age thing. Its just been one problem after another. So
did I regret sticking to being legal? Obviously not. The law is the
law; there are never acceptable reasons to break it.
If you’re in danger of life,
maybe. I was in no such danger.
·
Without being racist or nativist or
whatever, I have a right to demand that immigrants come legally. I’m
told there are upwards of 500,000 illegal Indians here. Obviously I
don’t want them deported unless they commit a serious crime.
Obviously I don’t support the deportation of a Spanish-born wife and
mother who has lived here illegally for years, just because she was
driving after two drinks too many – this is a big news item in our
area because the woman is an immigrants right activist. What about
her two children and husband? But how can I support a policy of
refusal to enforce immigration laws?
·
The New York Times, among others,
consistently says walls don’t work. Clearly the police cannot end
crime. Should we disband the police? Armies don’t stop wars. Should
we disband armies? Public health does not stop people from dying of
overweight, alcohol, drugs. Should we disband public health?
Emissions control don’t end emissions. Should we end environmental
controls? The NYT is supposedly the top US newspaper, but can’t
think straight. In Obama’s time, 2010-2014, 2-million people were
deported. So why was he not cursed and spat at? He was only
following the law. Yes, walls don’t work if you don’t patrol them.
So patrol them. They don’t end illegal immigration but they mitigate
it.
·
Don’t we have bigger problems than
illegal immigration? Of course we do. But illegal immigration is not
because we don’t have the money. It’s because the capitalists need
to lower labor costs to fatten their profit. If illegal immigration
were stopped and illegals deported, where would Congresspeople get
their nannies, cooks, house cleaners, drivers, and gardeners?
·
A white liberal friend accused me of
being racist for saying I support a wall. I told him he was being
racist: if you support illegal immigration, why is the rest of the
world being shut out from America because they can’t get here? What
about the 100-million Indians, 100-million Africans, 100-million
Muslims, and 100-million South Americans who would come here if they
could? Either follow the law, or change the law to permit free
immigration. Arrive at New York, Washington, Atlanta, Miami,
Houston, San Diego, San Francisco, Kansas City, Chicago and so on,
your passport is stamped: ‘Allowed to permanently reside and work in
the US, no access to public social welfare for 10-years.
·
I said when I was teaching, my Latin
kids would call me “Roberto” – Ravi = Robby = Roberto. Since he was
George, he could be Jorge. His wife was Stephanie, she could be
Estafany. With 400-million more people of color in America, white
privilege would die, and we could also be so cozy together.
·
Over the top? Sure. But so was George –
er, Jorge. Tuesday 0230 GMT January 24, 2017 Work situation slightly better, expect once a week. These should be done by May.
Tuesday 0230 October 18, 2016
Back again. Coursework required writing day and night, could not
manage to keep up Orbat.
·
The extent of the US’s failure to train the Iraqis
first became evident in mid-June 2014,
when out of the blue Islamic State almost made it to the gates of
Baghdad. So the US again trained the Iraqis, aided by several other
nations. The results are evident in the force moving on Mosul. IS has 5,000 fighters. Iraq has
120,000 including Peshmerga and Shia militias. The latter will not
enter the city for fear of their taking sectarian reprisals, but
will form an outer-cordon.
·
In
addition to this 24-1 edge, Iraq has the benefit of unlimited US
airpower, including B-1 and B-52 bombers, several US high-accuracy
guided rocket batteries and artillery, and most of all, a complete
picture of what is happening on the ground.
·
So why
120,000 fighters on Iraq’s side? Because other than the Special
Forces and the Special Police, the Iraq Army still cannot fight. In
Tikrit, Ramadi, and Fallujah, the special troops did the fighting
with the Army acting as an auxiliary.
·
In the
new war, the foundation of US strategy is to use special forces,
ISR, targeted airpower, all supporting local force trained by
US/Allied forces. This has not worked in Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya,
Mali, Somalia. Has it worked in Syria? It hasn’t for the last five
years. Rebels are making against IS, but Syria/Russia have dominance
over their battlefields, other rebel groups almost as nasty as IS
are heavily engaged, so is Iranian Revolutionary Guard, Shia
militias from all over the place, and Turkey. Editor’s guess is that
US backed rebels are still not going to make a difference. And not
to forget, after Syria/Russia whack IS, they will get after other
rebel groups including US -backed ones. Simply out, US is going to
lose big time in Syria too.
·
How does
one get US to see the only way to end the mess in Middle East/North
Africa/East Africa is to use American troops? One doesn’t, because
the US is completely blind to the shortcomings of its preferred
methods to fight the wars of our time. To say the US is militarily
arrogant is an understatement because it refuses even to learn from
its own mistakes.
·
The
frightening thing is that since 1965, the US has taken to lying to
itself about its total failure to achieve strategic results. First
Gulf 1990 was a tactical victory, and with 1-million coalition
troops plus 2000 first-line combat jets against which Iraq had no
defense, it couldn’t have turned out otherwise. Nonetheless, as can
be seen from the total mess Iraq is in today, it was a strategic
failure.
Sunday 0230 September
11, 2016
·
Hilary, what’s with you? Some
background. Hilary’s 10-points plus post-convention bounce has
evaporated. If you’re pro-Hilary, you say she still has a 3-4% lead
and that’s more than enough to throw the Electoral College to her.
Remember, American elections are usual quite close, but because of
the College’s peculiarities, even a 1% lead is enough for a decisive
College victory. We’ve explained this before, if anyone is
interested, we’ll cover it again. 3-4% lead is pretty gigantic in
terms of College votes.
·
Trump’s
supporters say 3-4% is within the margin of error, so Donald and
Hillary are tied. Remember, if the margin of error is 3%, Hillary
could fall anywhere between +3 to -3 if the mean. So Trump could be
3-points ahead.
·
That’s
the background to what Hillary just said, that half of Trump
supporters are “deplorable”, meaning racist, sexist, homophobic or
xenophobic, and many are not even American. This an odd thing to
say, particularly if you are trying persuade Trumpers to become
Clintonites. Now, Trump – as the say in India – gases a great deal,
and when he runs his mouth, it becomes independent of his brain, and
he says the first thing on his mind. That’s one reason so many like
him, BTW, but that’s another story. Hillary is a very practiced,
very smooth, and very clever lawyer. She’s renown for her precise
choice of words, and her self-control.
·
Though
she quickly apologized for her comment, it’s obvious that’s what she
really believes, and by letting it skip, she shows she’s angry and
resentful. The reason, we are told, is that she can’t believe she is
not 10, 15, or even 20-points ahead of the Donald.
·
And there
lies her problem, which she shares with Obama, and many intellectual
liberals. In short, “if you don’t agree with me, you’re a moron”.
The arrogance is breathtaking, and shows why she does not in the
least understand why she’s not doing better. Americans are fed up of
liberals telling them what is the right thing for you and I to feel.
Worried about uncontrolled immigration? You’re xenophobic. Question
the assumption that women are a downtrodden species needing
unlimited protection for an unlimited time? You’re sexist. Express
unease over transgenders using the school bathroom of your choice?
You’re homophobic. White voters favor you? You’re racist.
·
Just call
everyone a name, and you know longer have to deal with their
viewpoints. Everyone does that, including the right wingers. But
see, folks, you and I are not running for president. You and I are
not claiming to be the “good” America. People have had it with being
told, for decades now, that only the elite know what’s right if you
want to be called an American.
·
Hillary
will say Editor is xenophobic, even though he’s an immigrant. But he
obeyed all laws to get here and stay here. Law is the foundation of
America. You cannot have people starting life as Americans by
breaking the law.
·
If Editor
had daughters, he’d be worried about boys who say they’re girls
using the girls bathroom and locker room. So he’s homophobic?
·
Editor is
worried about men are now being treated in schools and colleges:
they’re falling behind in almost every academic field. Editor has
sons, and he’d like to let Hillary know: when you call me sexist at
a time when every man is in danger of being labelled a rapist, and
when you never seem to have anything to say in your speeches about
men’s issues, I’m not the sexist, it’s you.
·
Editor is
non-white, but whites were and still are the majority, and they have
legitimate concerns at how life has changed so rapidly for them. I’m
colored, and I’m sympathetic to the plight of whites, particularly
the huge number of poor ones, who don’t seem to exist in Hillary’s
universe. Hillary, be very careful before you call me a racist. BTW,
my last 27-years in America have been spent in colored majority
areas. I get startled when I see white people in the street of a
gentrifying area that I knew as colored. Not sure if that’s a racist
trait.
Tuesday 0230 GMT September 6, 2016
·
Philippine President Duterte
On the one hand, Editor sympathizes with Duterte’s frustration about
the rising drug + crime problem in the nation. As is happening
elsewhere, some particularly vicious synthetic drugs are making the
problem worse. Duarte’s solution is simple, and viscerally
satisfying: everyone, including the police, should simply shoot drug
dealers and drug addicts.
·
Now,
Editor is not a liberal when it comes to crime. In the first part of
18th Century England, about
200+ offenses
attracted the death sentence, including for pickpocketing and
writing a threatening letter. Many folks subjected to Internet abuse
today would heartily back death as punishment for the latter. As
would Editor. Why fill up jails at a taxpayer cost of
$30-40,000/year, sometimes for life? Hang the dang fellow and get it
over with, says Editor.
·
Nonetheless, what’s happening in the Philippines creates problems.
The police subcontract the killings if they don’t feel like doing
the job themselves. Editor read about a young woman with a husband
and child who gets paid $50/hit, and she’s already done six she
admits to. One problem is that once you start as a subcontractor,
the police don’t let you quit. This does not seem right. Another is:
how do we know the drug addict/criminal was – er – terminated
because he was unable to pay graft? How do we know that someone owes
you money and you tell the police that person is an addict/criminal
and you’re happy to kill him free of charge? Don’t worry, say the
police, we know who is a druggie and not. Strangely, Editor does not
feel reassured.
·
Today the
police/public are executing drug crime folks. Tomorrow it could be
something else like political protest. Pretty soon, everyone is
killing everyone else, which hopefully will solve the drug problem,
since everyone will be dead and the children will die because
there’s no one left to look after them.
·
That
aside, Mr. Duterte is creating problems for the United States. The
other day he publicly he said the US ambassador was “a gay son of a
bitch”. Editor would gladly see Mr. Duterte hung for offences
against the English language and lack of knowledge about biology.
First, it is not possible for a human to be the son of a bitch.
Second, “gay” simply means happy, merry and the rest. Who gave the
man permission to appropriate a perfectly useful word? True Duterte
did not start this usage, but as a president of a nation he is
obligated to avoid murdering the English language. Now he has called
Mr. Obama “the son of a whore”. Defamation, at the very least,
because there is no indication the senior Mrs. Obama was a whore.
Bad manners too, you will say, but look, us Americans are not
particularly well mannered to begin with.
·
Editor
thought Mr. Obama is so liberal he couldn’t be insulted, and would
respond with a “everyone’s point of view is valid”. Instead our
president refused to meet Duterte in Laos
and
said: “Clearly, he’s a colorful guy, I always want to make sure
if I’m having a meeting that it’s productive.”
·
Here
Editor gets into another problem. However much Mr. Obama may think
the presidency is about him, so he is allowed to forgive Mr.
Duterte’s abuse, the Philippines president has just collectively
insulted the United States. We can call Mr. Obama what we want
because he’s OUR president. A foreigner does not get to curse our
president and by extension the whole country.
·
Editor
thinks Duterte should be declared persona non grata, and among other
things be forbidden to fly through US airspace. His personal banking
matters should be investigated, and his accounts seized if they are
in any way related to a US bank. The US embassy and consulates
should be withdrawn, as should all US aid and military assistance.
No air or sea vessels that touch Philippine waters or air space
should be permitted to operate in US space. The US should sanction
Mr. Duterte for human rights abuses, and refer him to the
International Criminal Court. And so on.
·
Mr.
Duterte will of course, threaten to sell his sorry behind to China.
Let him, and let’s see how that goes.
·
Before we
became an imperialistic power, we had a flag and a motto that
featured a deadly snake and the words “Don’t tread on me”. In other
words, leave me alone or die. Not a bad motto to resurrect and act
on, don’t you think? Monday 0230 September 5, 201
“India messes up
another critical defense purchase…”
·
…you wrathfully inform
your Significant Other. She ignores you, gives a ladylike yawn and
contemplate if she should have another Margarita, and examines her
toes to see if the nail polish is chipped, and debates if another
color might be more exciting. You admonish her “The defense of India
is going down the tubes and you’re worried about chipped nail
polish?”
·
At which
she languidly gestures at her depleting glass to hint that a refill
is required, and says: “What’s your point, darling? The defense of
India is always going down the tubes. Give me some real news. I’m
particularly anxious to examine the new Clinique eyeliners for the
fall.” At which point you almost explode with annoyance. But you
don’t explode, because you realize she is absolutely right. You
think: Maybe I should see if the new eyeliner colors suit me. It’s a
more productive activity.”
·
And
indeed, so it is, and really it is more productive to look at
eyeliner. After all, Indian males have worn it forever, and the new
metrosexual man has finally caught on to what we Indians knew all
along, that male eyeliner can be sexy.
·
On the
off chance you really care about Indian defense, Editor will explain
the latest fiasco. We order two ISTAR aircraft from
Raytheon, which is big in the business, and which will
make us one of the very few nations to have this type of kit.
What is ISTAR? Defense analyst Vivek
Raghuvanshi quotes an official: “It is the central airborne platform
that has state-of-the-art communications and sensors, along with
advanced analytical capability to achieve real-time targeting
capability in the battlefield and operational environment. It also
networks with other sensors, such as unmanned aerial vehicles, to
build a common picture for effective targeting. This information is
fed to ground commanders for effective decision-making."
·
At which
point you want tell your SO: “Not tonight, my dear, I have a
headache”, except it is only 11 AM. Luckily, you have the old,
reliable Editor to explain. Suppose Pakistan is moving its 1st
Armored Division under the cover of a dark and stormy night, with
the objective of surprising you with an attack where you least
expect. Well, it doesn’t matter how dark and stormy the night, an
ISTAR aircraft will pick up the movement and alert Army HQ, the
theatre commander, the corps commander, and the division commander
what is going on. If we pay extra, the information can be sent to
brigade as well. Each command level will see exactly what the ISTAR
aircraft sees. The acronym, by the way, stands for Intelligence,
Surveillance, and Target Acquisition Radar. You can now see that
amazing as the capability is, the aircraft does a whole lot of other
things. It intercepts enemy signals, and it tells the ground
commander exactly which weapons he should use for a counterstrike,
and where he should aim them – exactly. If this was not enough, the
aircraft maintains a two-way feed with
all reconnaissance
platforms – satellites, aircraft, UAVs, helicopters, and army ground
reconnaissance vehicles. It not only sees what those multiple
platforms see, it can direct them to change position for better
results, uses its own and platforms countermeasures, and tells the
other platform where exactly to launch weapons. It does all this
automatically, the crew only set the parameters required by
commanders.
·
In short,
it does everything except get you at date with Olympic hero Shakshi
Malik. First, there’s about a hundred thousand men ahead of you.
Second, do you really want to date someone who is strong enough to
tie you into a package and put you out for garbage collection
because you weren’t sufficiently entertaining?
·
So,
forget two, we really could use fifteen given the length of our
hostile land borders. Of course, there’s the cost, $1-billion for
two.
·
You
really can forget the two, because the purchase is stalled. Not by
the Finance Ministry, which has done more to cripple Indian defense
than all our enemies put together. By the Indian Air Force and the
Defense Research and Development Organization. They’re arguing about
who gets to do the evaluation. The IAF says it’s the user, the DRDO
says only it has the technical expertise. Meanwhile, in true saintly
style, the Ministry of Defense has stepped aside, saying there is no
point to the acquisition unless the two organizations decide who is
to do the job.
·
It seems
not to occur to MOD that it is
supposed to resolve the issue and do right now. It also does not
occur that the IAF is the user, it has to be satisfied first.
Apparently MOD doesn’t know what the word “leadership” means. You
now see that instead of worrying about just the eyeliner, you should
be looking at Victoria’s Secret to decide which punk panties to
order. Shouldn’t you first ask your SO? Of course not, silly.
They’re for you. Being a metrosexual is a better use of your time
than worrying about Indian defense.
Tuesday 0230 GMT
August 30, 2016
·
Readers haven’t heard from Editor because this week has been one of those
life-changing inflexion points. Namely, Ed has started writing his
doctoral thesis. It’s not the writing that’s taking time because he
has the thing written out in his head and it has to be only
100,000-words long, maybe 90-days in all. The problem is the
references. For example, Editor and everyone knows – or should know
– that President Kennedy did not trade US missiles in Turkey for the
Soviet ones in Cuba. The 15 missiles were vulnerable to a Soviet
strike; they were obsolete before they were deployed. The US already
had nine missile submarines commissioned, just one operating in the
Mediterranean sufficed to replace the Jupiters. At least on the
missiles, JFK gave nothing away. As for the political side, the
pledge not to invade Cuba, hello people, the US had no intention of
invading Cuba in the first place. That’s why the Bay of Pigs things.
So JFK made no concessions there too.
·
There no
big deal here, all this stuff has been known for decades. So the two
paragraphs Editor need to write should have taken five minutes.
Instead they took four hours. Why? Well, a doctoral thesis requires
everything to be referenced. This is going to take time because a
single reference for each point is not good enough. If that was the
only issue, Editor could have done it one hour. The problem? Once
you turn Editor loose on something like this, he can’t help but keep
researching more and more detail.
·
For
example, where was the need to find out that nine SSBNs were
commissioned by end-September 1962? Where was the need to remind
oneself when Polaris subs became forward basing at Holy Loch, UK,
and Rota, Spain? Where was the need to find out the submarine
squadron numbers? Why go into why the Soviets were worried about the
15 Jupiter missiles on Turkey but had nothing to say about the 30 in
Italy and the 60 Thors in the UK? Why does Editor need to know what
the ranges of Thor, Jupiter, and Polaris were? Why refresh memory on
ranges of Polaris A1, A2, A3? Why note the names of the nine
commissioned boats? Why refresh memory on the first five boomers
that were constructed by adding 130-feet midsections (the missile
magazine) to existing attack subs under construction? Does Editor,
for the thesis, really need to know how many Polaris test launches
took place before the missile was declared operational? How is it of
any relevance to the 1962 crisis to check on why the Navy rejected
shipboard versions of Army and Air Force missiles and choose to
develop its own? Does one
really have to go over the stability of the liquid-fuel missiles
versus the solid-fuel times, not to mention launch times? Is it
necessary to compile a list of the Thor/Jupiter squadrons and wings?
Or to check on which bases they were deployed? Before Polaris, the
US Navy mounted Regulus on conventional submarines: but is there any
need to go into the history of Regulus and how the extended version
was cancelled in favor of Polaris, and check which
submarines/surface ships carried the missile and how many?
·
No need
at all. But Editor was young when Regulus, Thor, Jupiter, Polaris
were deploying, and it was a comfortable journey down memory lane to
visit old friends. And he did learn two things he never knew. One,
the US sea-borne deterrent was deployed as early as 1956. It is not
as if Polaris emerged out of nowhere. Two, the entire Polaris
program from start of development to operational deployment took
just 48-months. Where have those Americans gone?
·
Meanwhile, Editor was just getting into Matador and Bomarc when he
got stomach cramps because he hadn’t eaten in six hours. When he
looked at the clock and realized how much time had elapsed, it was a
big shock to realize he had got only a quarter of the work planned
for the thesis done.
·
Editor
knows he is weird. But you see, you need people who can see all of
defense as an integrated whole. This is what makes Editor different
from other experts who may well know much more about particular
areas. But you can see this is not helpful when writing a doctoral
thesis. And BTW, when Editor ate and returned to the computer, he
was all set to research the Italian Polaris program and refresh his
memory about the early 1960s rumor that US would give merchant-ship
mounted Polaris to South Africa. Then he caught himself and said
“What the heck are you doing, Moggy?” [Moggy is Editor’s alter ego
with whom he has internal conversations.]
·
So, it’s
just one week. Hopefully Editor will get it together and return to
the usual rants…argh! Fingers are typing South Africa and Polaris
into the search bar, Editor has lost control… Tuesday 0230 GMT August 23, 2016
·
India’s meaningless threat on Balochistan and the Northern Areas
The Prime Minister’s
statement that if Pakistan continues its interference in Kashmir, we
can interfere in Balochistan and the Northern Areas is puzzling. The
response to a threat can be a threat: “If you hit me, I will hit you
back.” What we’re doing, however is “You are hitting me, I
can hit you back.” This
not only makes no sense; it makes us look weak. If we can hit back,
why aren’t we doing so? After all, Pakistan has for 29-years engaged
in a low-level war against India using proxies directly supported by
the Pakistan Army. Three
decades of war later, the best we can say is “I can hit you back”?
So exactly when will we hit Pakistan? After the war has gone on for
half-a-century? A hundred years? When shifting plates make the
continents reunite into Pangea? That’s about 300-million years from
now.
·
The first
real sub rosa intervention since Independence was made in 1971 by
India against East Pakistan. Earlier, we had half-heartedly
supported the US in delivery of miniscule quantities of arms to
Tibet rebels, and China had responded with tiny quantities of aid to
our North East rebels. 1965 was not a clandestine attack on Kashmir
by Pakistan; it was an open invasion, and we responded in full
force.
·
The
important lesson of supporting liberation movements we learned in
1971 has been firmly ignored by India. By May 1971 Pakistan had
beaten the rebels and was turning its problem in East Pakistan into
our problem by ethnic cleansing. That is why we had to go to war in
full force. Mrs. Indira Gandhi drew the wrong lessons from the war –
it is near impossible for insurgents to win against a ruthless state
without external military support. She thought we could now incite
Sindh and Balochistan to revolt. To be fair, our support was so
limited we need not have bothered. In the event, the Pakistan Army
destroyed the Baluch rebellion. A key tactic was poisoning water
wells in this desert province – that’s ruthless. The Sind
intervention, at best only marginally worsened a law-and-order
problem that already existed and continues to exist.
·
Pakistan
struck back by supporting the Khalistan insurgency. Please to note
how India defeated the rebels. It killed them and their supporters.
The Indian criminal justice system was too weak to permit a
law-and-order approach. We acted as we would in war: you’re a
non-uniformed combatant or a supporter, you are shot. End of story.
That’s ruthless, and it worked. Failing in the Punjab, and inspired
by the successful mujahedeen tactics in Afghanistan, Pakistan now
turned its attention to Kashmir. For reasons too complex to discuss
here, we have been unable to act ruthlessly, and here we are, three
decades later, and still at war. But has Pakistan won a single
square kilometer of Kashmir? No. Because it cannot, just we could
not win in East Pakistan without sending in the Army. And there’s no
need to remind ourselves of Sri Lanka, where our boys decided not to
listen to us. They turned against us and beat us. We sensibly quit,
because we weren’t willing to pay the price.
·
So now we
return to Balochistan and the Northern Areas. If we are to “get
real”, what precisely could we do? The short answer: nothing
effective. The Northern Territories have a thinly spread-out
population of 2-3 million. For six months of the year the weather is
brutal. It’s very easy for the Pakistanis to control the area
because any armed opposition will be dealt with as was the case in
Baluchistan: insurgents, actual and imagined, will be killed. We had
a chance in 1984 and 1986-87 to take the Northern Territories and
solve that problem. We chickened out. End of that story.
·
In
Balochistan we face three unsurmountable problems. We have no way of
creating sanctuaries because there is no land border. Iran will
never tolerate an independent Pakistan Balochistan because its own
eastern province could secede to join the new country. Last, the
Baloch people are tribal, each group has its own interests. The
province is also home to Pushtoons with their own ideas, and
Sindhis. Many Baloch live west of the Indus. And never underestimate
Pakistan’s ability to bring in large numbers of Punjabis. This is
not a Bangladesh waiting to happen.
·
So our
threat to retaliate in the Northern Areas and Balochistan is empty.
There is only one long-term solution to the Kashmir problem: war to
recover POK and to evict the Chinese from Ladakh. Chances of this
happening are zero. Idle talk has no cost. It also achieves zero
results.
Monday 0230
GMT, August 22, 2016
·
No
comparison between China and India
Shashi Tharoor, intellectual, international civil servant, and
parliamentarian, made a valid comment the other day in the
South China Morning Post.
It is time to stop pairing India and China in comparisons. Tharoor’s
observation was provoked by China’s 70 medals at the 2016 Olympics,
versus our two. The People’s Republic of China was not, by any
definition, a sport powerhouse when it began attending the Olympics
in 1984. In nine summer games, it has won 201 golds, and 473 medals
overall. India won 1 gold and 14 overall in the same games. China’s
achievement has resulted from sheer determination, national pride,
and organization.
·
A characteristic of ours is that we are immune to national shame.
It does not matter to us if we win or lose, we’re pleased just to
show up. For us, the past and the future have no meaning. To have a
place to live, three meals daily, family, community to share our
joys and sorrows, and physical security is all we need. We wake up
in a hopeful mood, and if we have our minimum needs, we go to sleep
satisfied.
·
Expanding from Tharoor’s point, it’s time to stop comparing
ourselves to our nemesis China. The Olympic medal count may seem a
frivolous comparison, so let’s take per capita income. In 1980,
India and China had roughly the same GDP and per capita income.
Today the Chinese have over four times that. That is one reason
their defense spending is four times ours, which means there’s no
military/strategic comparison between us. We are so far behind that
we are not even eating their dust.
·
Another comparison: the Chinese built their double-track 1150-km
railway from Golmo to Lhasa in 52-months, at an altitude of
4000-meters; half laid across permafrost which melts in the summer
and freezes in the winter. By comparison, our single-track 345-km
line Jammu to Srinagar will realistically be complete in 2024,
41-years after construction began.
·
More: China has five times our power generation capability,
1.5-Terawatts vs 0.3-TW, and six times our coal and steel
production. This is my very rough estimate
after they reduce
over-capacity. Six times our vehicle production. 8 times our forex
reserves. And so on.
·
Now, we can sit here till the cows come home and die of old age
and are sent to the glue factory making excuses for ourselves.
In a competition, no one
cares about the why. Performance is the only acceptable indicator.
Or as Star War’s fake Taoist philosopher says, “There is no try,
young Luke. Do or not do.” We are enlightened because we don’t try;
we just don’t do.
·
Obviously we should relax and recall our past glories, as is our
habit. Perhaps we could make an effort to explain what happened to
our indoor plumbing during the Indus River civilization period.
Somehow that plumbing migrated westwards so that the developed
nations have it and we don’t. It’s a great mystery. BUT: we did have
it first, and that’s all that matters.
Thursday 0230 GMT August 18, 2016
·
Black rage against the police
After the Milwaukee riots, we asked our Twitter readers if they
could explain what was going on. A 23-year old black male with a
notable rap sheet and his friend were subject to a traffic stop. The
23-year old ran, chased by a 24-year black police officer. As nearly
as we understand, the suspect ran into a fenced area, turned around
with a gun in his hand, and raised it against the officer. This is
apparently in camera. The officer shot first, suspect died.
Milwaukee blacks decided to riot and loot; despite the sensational
press reports, it seems to have been a limited affair.
·
One
reader who is well-studied on the matter told us that while white
police shooting blacks makes for a better rallying cry, black folks
essentially hate ALL police. Ironic because black folks are
victimized at much higher rates by black criminals than is the case
for other races. There are reasons for this “we hate cops” attitude;
perhaps we can discuss it another day.
·
Before
writing this short comment, a few things. First, Editor has stopped
using “African-American” because we are dealing with Americans. We
don’t call whites “European-Americans”. If it is okay to call white
Americans white, same applies to black Americans.
Second, the figures we’re giving are from standardized 2013 FBI
sources There are problems with the
figures, and there are problems with using them selectively. So we
need to make the caveat that they are bald figures for arrests only.
Nonetheless, they are good enough for generalizations, as long as we
don’t try and make more of them. According
to the 2010 Census, 64% of the US is white, 12% is black or
African American, 16% is Hispanic, and 8% is other, mainly Asian.
Complication: Hispanics are counted as white by the FBI. To avoid
confusion, we will look primarily at black arrests in selected
categories. This avoids the issue of better legal representation for
whites and so on.
·
Total=
28%; Murder=45%; Robbery=56%; Aggravated Assault=34%; Violent
crime=38%; Sex Trafficking=41%; Drug Abuse = 30%; DUI=13%, Liquor
Laws=15%; Drunkenness=16%. This is
overall, under-18 Violent Crime=53%; Murder=54%; Sex
Trafficking=62%; Gambling=89%; Drug Abuse=24%.
·
Whichever
way we want to look at this, the black arrests are way out of
proportion to the population. Incidentally, alcohol violations are
more-or-less in line with the population; and black juvenile drug
arrests are lower than in
the overall black population.
·
When
black violent crime is three-times as high as the population, it is
difficult to argue that discrimination is at work. Whites who commit
murder, robbery, aggravated assault are hardly let off because of
their color. Moreover, if you are of lower socio-economic status,
regardless of your color, you will get treated more roughly by the
police unless you touch the forelock and kiss police officers’
butts. If you are rude or non-compliant to police officers,
regardless of color or socio-economic status, you are in big
trouble.
·
Given the
figures, since black folks are responsible for a disproportionate
amount of crimes, they are going to have greater contact with the
police, especially in predominantly lower-income neighborhoods. This
is a fact of life that has to be faced. And obviously, then, black
folks are going to be hassled more by the police, regardless of the
color of the police. Blacks
say they want more respect from the police. The police say they want
respect from citizens, period.
·
Is there
a way of de-escalation? Yes, by retraining the police and restoring
community policing. The militarization of the police is the worth
thing to happen. When police are frequently on foot, when they make
face-to-face contact with the populace, when they get to know people
and regard them as human beings, the community will also
de-escalate. Other measures are also needed. For example, an arrest
on the spot for wrong-doing is not always necessary. Nor is the
whole handcuffs routine. As in the UK, offenders can be given a
ticket to appear at the station house. Of course some will not show
up. But if the police know the community, and have the trust of the
people, they will find the no-shows who can be dealt with severely.
And so on.
·
Which
deescalates the police-black folks’ anger. But it does not resolve
the disproportionate serious crime rate. For that black folks have
to take responsibility.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
August 17, 2016
·
Article on why Washington’s basic understand of Iraq is faulty
The article is a lengthy one,
and you should read it yourself. If we summarized it, you’d miss the
nuances, which is exactly what the author says US is doing. From
War on The Rocks
·
If you
read Western media outlets, including War on the Rocks, you might
think that most of the problems in the Middle East can be traced to
Sunni disenfranchisement, especially in Syria and Iraq. The broader
Western debate about the ongoing civil wars in the Middle East is
plagued by a false understanding of sectarian identities. Washington
elites imagine a broader Sunni sense of identity that does not exist
outside the confines of Saudi Arabia and territories held by
jihadist groups. This has the malign effect of encouraging polices
that add fuel to the fires consuming Syria and parts of Iraq.
Alongside this narrative exists another that portrays Iraq’s Popular
Mobilization Forces as bloodthirsty sectarian militias engaged in
constant abuses against Iraq’s Sunni Arabs — but this is simply not
the case.
·
Similarly, these same voices describe the Syrian government as an
“Alawite regime” that rules and oppresses Sunnis. However, Sunnis
are heavily represented at all levels of leadership in Assad’s
government. The territory it controls at this point in the war and
at all points past is majority Sunni. And the Syrian armed forces
are still majority Sunni. Alawites may be overrepresented in the
security forces, but all that means is that they get to die more
than others. It if it is an “Alawite regime,” isn’t it odd that
includes and benefits so many non-Alawites?
·
Here
is Editor’s problem. First,
he finds the political side of Iraq-Syria hideously boring. When he
encounters an academic article on the subject, his brain freezes.
Second, being in Washington he is too close to the way this town
functions and in some case unable to see the forest for the trees.
So he knew Washington goes on and on about Sunni disenfranchisement
in Iraq, and this is, of course, a truly absurd line of thought.
Until 2003, the Sunnis had ruled for 400 years. After Iraq was
formed from the three Turkish governorates of Mosul, Baghdad, and
Basra, the population mix was 60% Shia, 20% Sunni, 20% Kurds and
others. Its more complicated than that, but for easy memorization
one has to reduce facts to the basics, The Sunnis oppressed the
Shias, and badly. They oppressed the Kurds too, but the Kurds
rebelled, and by the time Saddam rolled into power, he agreed to a
certain degree of autonomy for them.
·
So as far
as Editor was concerned, the Shia-Sunni trouble after 2003 was because the
Sunnis refused to accept their day was done, and because the Shias
had to have their revenge. As far as Editor was concerned, it was
for the Sunnis to make their peace with the Shias, not the other way
around. So Editor vaguely heard Washington bleating in the distance
about how the Sunnis had to be included, and paid it no mind.
Washington is full of strange ideas.
·
As for
Syria, Assad Senior was a butcher, and no one including Editor liked
him. Editor’s dislike carried over the Assad Junior, but once the US
started its familiar game of trying to overthrow him in favor of
democracy, Editor knew the game was over. After all, this is the
pattern we saw in Iraq and Libya. The US has proceeded from one
stupidity to another in Syria, so any sensible person learns to
forget about Syria. Whatever the solution, US doesn’t have it. So
the above article’s analysis on Shia-Sunni relations in Syria was a
completely new angle to Editor, and it certainly gives one much
drink for thought. (No one thinks with food, one just goes into a
coma, so Editor thinks it’s time to change the metaphor. The drink
is, of course, Diet Pepsi.)
·
Editor’s
view on what US should do have been repeated many times. Ally with
the Shias, destroy the Sunni regimes because they are the source of
global terrorism. They are our enemies, not our friends. We don’t
need them anymore because we have all the oil we want. Oil has been
at the center of our interest for 80-years, time to come up with a
news script. Yes, after the 1956 Suez crisis our objective was also
to keep Soviet Union, but USSR is gone now. In any case, how does it
matter who controls the oil? They have to sell it to anyone who
wants to buy it. Why are we protecting the terror-loving Sunni
regimes?
Tuesday 0230 GMT
August 16, 2016
·
We’ve defended Hilary, time to defend Trump
A state prosecutor in Ukraine has found
a ledger saying $12.5-million was paid by Ukraine’s
former pro-Russia President to the gent who run’s Trump’s campaign.
So, given Trump’s fondness for Putin, “troubling questions” are said
to be raised. May we suggested those troubled ingest a large dose of
Isofgul? In America they call it Metamucil – the Indian product is
far superior by the way, and it’s a powerful laxative. The trouble
will be over the next day.
·
More
seriously, the Trump campaign manager is a professional, he did
consult for the ex-President, and as long as the money has been
reported and taxes, there is no issue. Trump was nowhere around when
all this happened; moreover, saying Trump likes Putin, ex-Ukraine
Prez was backed by Putin, the assumption we need to be “deeply
concerned” is a non-sequitur. Moreover, the campaign manager denies
he took the money, and there’s no proof. Other entries in the ledger
have folks signing against their names, there is no signature.
·
Meanwhile, of course Hilary would not be in this situation because
she arranges the foreign money for her foundation herself.
There’s confusion about if her and
Bill’s foundation is under FBI scrutiny. There were
reports it is, then the FBI chief said it is not, now a senior
unnamed official says it is. Who knows. These are Orwellian days,
when lies are sold as the truth.
·
We’ve said before: no one
expects anything from Trump by ways of morals. He’s a businessperson
and not expected to have any. As for Hilary, unless its proved she’s
murdered someone herself and buried the body herself, none of her
supporters care. Actually, there is such a panic about Trump that
right now Hilary could appear in public with blood dripping from her
hands and no one would care. If she says she’s done in Bill, that
will get her a million votes at least.
·
Editor’s
good humor about the election has returned. He hopes Hilary wins,
because then the flames of revolution will be reignited big time.
Right now, because of the Trump thing people are running to Hilary’s
side crying “Save us!”. If she wins, she will be judged on her own
merits and all the anger will be on her.
·
Meanwhile, don’t ask Editor what Trump is up to.
Nothing much, it appears.
He’s on the campaign trail, but it’s becoming increasingly unclear
if he actually has any interest in what he’s doing. There’s no new
insults, for one thing. Of course, it’s hard to get any real
enthusiasm/outrage going after his attacking the courts and the
Muslim family whose son died at Fallujah 2004. It’s hard to top
that. BTW, don’t be sure his comments cost him votes! Lots of people
hate the courts for their liberal agenda; and one Muslim soldier
dead in America’s service does not give a pass to all 1.6-billion.
Trump clearly has a chip on his shoulder because he didn’t serve,
but then you have to remember after the draft ended 40-years or so
ago, the vast majority of us have not served either and have no
intention of doing so.
·
Editor is
ready to serve as long as he can pay his mortgage, but there have
been no recent invitations from the President to join the service.
What can Editor do at age 70, you ask? He can replace the entire
Joints Chief of Staff. How? By playing with model trains and taking
naps with his teddy bears. He at least won’t do any harm to America
unlike the lot that have been around the last 15-years.
Monday 0230 GMT August
15, 2016
·
US Next Gen Spy Plane TR-X
Read something other day: the aircraft will a skin changer.
See concept drawing of TR-X for a concept pix, always
keeping mind the US habitually plays games with its black aircraft.
There zero assurance that this is what the plane will actually look
like.
·
For now,
officially, TR-X is a concept aircraft because the USAF – it is said
– cannot run the U-2 and Global Hawk programs as well as afford the
TR-X. Straightaway the Baloney Meter hits 100, because U-2/Global
Hawk cannot penetrate high-density air defense environments. TR-X is
a completely different type of aircraft because it is supposed to
flit across Russia or China without being seen. TR-X will use many
existing systems from the U-2/Global Hawk programs, the skin and
electronics will be futuristic, but it’s not going to cost much more
to operate (perhaps even less – this is Editor’s guess) than the
existing mix. Incidentally, it will have both manned and unmanned
versions. It will come into service in the middle of the next
decade, which really means 2030, which means it will start replacing
the U-2s. So there’s no question of a third program and we’re not
sure why Lockheed is even talking like that.
·
Now, we
haven’t had time to spend the 10-15 hours’ time researching what
precisely a skin-changer does.
It’s not the same thing as wing-changer
That typed of aircraft will have the ability to change the shape of
its wing as needed to reduce fuel use in different flight modes.
That’s what birds do and so will a wing-changer. The skin-changer
has to do with the ability to change the stealth skin to cope with
different types of defending radars. Perhaps one day soon radars
will change their operating frequencies as needed, so that you won’t
need multiple types of radars. (Someone please check; they may
already be working on this.) The obvious way this will be done is to
use electric currents to activate different types of cells in the
skin, like a chameleon can change colors to blend in with different
environments.
·
This
leads Editor on a short tangent: we’ve already discussed adaptive
camouflage, which – IIRC – is some way down the R&D path. This is
different from the broken camo that we’ve talked about, probably in
the Twitter feed. That uses computer design to create camo which is
then painted on the tank or the ship, presumably by a
computer-controlled spray painter. The Chinese are going big on
this. Adaptive means chameleon. And, as readers know, they’ve
already the Cloak of Invisibility for stationary objects in R&D. Editor cant swear is its
reached the D stage yet, there’s just so much one can study with all
the other study and work one has to do.
·
A
skin-changer aircraft will give a huge boost to the stealth
attacker. And about time. US stealth is still very effective, but
counters are being worked on (mainly by the US) and its time US was
working on taking the game to a whole new level before adversaries
start reducing US stealth ability from 95+ % it is now to something
like 80% or less.
·
Incidentally, it’s said the TR-X will not be invisible, but hard to
hit. We don’t know what that implies. Obviously flying at
70,000-meters or whatever this plane will do it has more time to
react to threats, and obviously it will have enough ECM to choke a
T-Rex, but when a SAM is coming at you at Mach 5, and you’re
tootling around at Mach 0.8 or less, that extra height may not help.
·
Meanwhile, just to remember, the SR-72 proposed by Lockheed is
another plane altogether. T = Tactual, S = Strategic. SR-72 will be
a Mach 6 and may well have the ability to launch a couple of
missiles – say to get Saddam before he left the restaurant where he
was eating that you heard about. BTW, according to media, U-2 can
see land mines/IEDs other systems may have missed. Now that is
really something.
Friday 0230 GMT August
12, 2016
·
Trump and the Art of the Joke
Washington Post says that many Trump statements are jokes that fail
because he doesn’t set them up properly (C1, August 11, 2016). Okay,
fair enough. The thing is, either you have already built a
reputation as a jokester, or you have to give a hint that you are
about to tell a joke. In the first case, if you are known for your
jokes, you can arrive at the mike and say with a straight face: “The
moon is made of green cheese” and people know you’re joking.
·
But if
you are not known as a yuk-yuk man, and Trump is not, how is the
audience to get you’re making a joke without the clue? President W.
Bush had, believe it or not, a great sense of humor. It was of the
preppy kind. Since most Americans are not preppies, understandably
people had no idea what he was saying. Since Editor, must to his
everlasting shame, is a preppy, he never had any difficulty with
Bush jokes. And of course, to tell the audience “this is how you
tell I am joking” ruins the effect.
·
You could
always tell Bush was making a joke when he got self-deprecating.
Even if you aren’t a preppy, anyone should get that, and its
particularly a British style.
·
Alas,
Donald never gives a clue. He does not say “this is the last time I
swim to play golf in the UK; because thanks to global warming, the
water is too darn hot”. Or something. A device Editor often uses is
“when I was standing with Wellington at Waterloo”. You’d be amazed
how many Americans don’t get I’m joking because they don’t know
Waterloo was two-hundred years ago. But still, it’s a clue. (On the
other hand, maybe Editor does look old enough to be standing with
Wellington at Waterloo; in which case the joke is on him.)
·
So maybe
Trump is joking when he repeats that Obama is behind the creation of
Islamic State, and Hilary too. Making a joke no one gets, however,
is pointless. If Trump added “He and Hilary are also responsible for
extinction of the dinosaurs”, it would help.
·
Whatever
WashPo may say, Trump is quite a smart cookie. Moreover, he’s a New
Yorker, and they have their own biting/sarcastic sense of humor. If
Trump was joking, he would let his words show that. Editor does not
think Trump is joking, unless we’re going to say he’s making fun of
his own supporters. But why would he do it? It’s simpler to believe
he knows exactly what he’s saying. True or not, the allegation
sticks. While WashPo righteously moans “there he goes again, proving
he’s unfit for office”, Trump people are saying “Tell it like it is,
Donald!”
·
Remember,
the meme that Obama withdrew too soon from Iraq and lost the gains
we’d made is already in people’s minds. Who, at this point,
remembers – or knew - that the Iraqis wanted the US to leave. They
refused to approve immunity for US troops, which pretty much meant
goodbye, Iraq. Who remembers – or knows – that Islamic State is a
reincarnation of the hard core Sunni opposition the US crushed? Who
knows, or care, that the Iraq Shia government turned its back on the
US’s efforts to reintegrate the Sunnis into the new setup. We could
go on and on, but the point is, except for a few loonies like Editor
and a few people like our readers, no one cares, and no one wants to
care.
·
It is
just so much easier to accept what Trump is saying. This is not a
joke, it’s highly skilled agit-prop. Do we start holding our heads
and saying “OMG! Hitler is back?” We shouldn’t, because everyone
does it, including the Democrats and Apple. Its standard American
advertising techniques, and our lads make the communists and
fascists look like pre-schoolers.
Thursday 0230 GMT August 11, 2016
·
Wikileaker Assange all but says murdered DNC staffer was source of
Hilary e-mails Its being said
that he’s hinting, but if you read excerpts from his TV interview,
he really is saying it.
https://t.co/yGWZXaAB5V Then there’s speculation the murdered
Democratic National Committee staffer was planning a chat with the
FBI. None of his possessions was taken, so folks are saying it can’t
have been a robbery, it must be a hit by the Clinton side.
·
Caveat
Editor has no idea about this
case. If one is going to follow up on every murder in Washington DC
Metro, one would do nothing else. And again, Editor is not defending
Hilary: he would rather vote for a dead haddock than for the young
lady. But also again, either one writes propaganda or one writes
analysis. We’re not in the business of writing propaganda.
·
That
said, as of this instant Editor sees nothing at all to indicate this
was a Clinton side hit. That nothing was taken is, as of now, of no
significance.
From NBC-News this is known Victim was walking back home and
shots fired were heard at 0419; patrol police also heard and
responded immediately; victim died in the hospital. He was bruised
at several places on his body, and was shot twice in the back. It is
speculated a struggle took place, the shots in the back indicate he
was running away. Is this consistent with a targeted murder? In
Editor’s opinion, no. It sounds more like a robbery gone wrong. But
Editor is only guessing at the most plausible hypothesis based on
what is known. As of this point we need not invoke Hilary and
Company. If something comes up, Editor will be the first to change
or confirm his hypothesis.
·
Meanwhile, the point here is not the truth. Given the way media and
people work/think, this does not look good for the Hilary side. This
also does not look for all the media who jumped in screaming “Russia
Dirty Tricks! Russia trying to influence US presidential election!”
You could say it is Russia but Assange is opportunistically hanging
this on the staffer to protect the Russians. You could also say it
was Bugs Bunny on a carrot rage: the man had no carrots so Bugs
killed him.
·
As for US
media alleging foreign intervention in its precious election, Editor
has just one word: Morons. Do these folks really not know that the
US has a long history of intervening in elections and opposition
movements, and still continues to meddle as necessary?
·
Re that:
Editor’s firm belief is that the US
should meddle when needed
to defend/further our national interests. But there should be an
accounting for the people responsible for interfering when things
fail because of their incompetence. Americans are big on fixing
responsibility for failure by classroom teachers, and they should.
The same responsibility should be fixed for failing corporate
leaders, politicians, media, bureaucrats, generals, everyone. Re.
politicians, punishment by voting out is no punishment. For one
thing, this is uncommon. For another, how is being voted out a
punishment? Walking the plank with arms bound in shark waters is a
punishment.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
August 10, 2016
· Dear US Government, next time you send me a bribe can you may sure it’s at least $1-billion? With the 10-yr Treasury bond yields at this time, I figure after taxes and inflation, I will get $24,000/year, so it’s not as if I’m being greedy – but I do have to pay my mortgage. Thanks
·
Hilary Haters: Relax. She had
nothing to do with the Iran N-scientist going down He defected for a short time in 2009, went back, most likely they
threatened his family, he was arrested and put away. Iranians don’t
need Hilary’s emails to decide he’s guilty. They’d have got that out
of him in 24-hours flat. In case our young readers want to know how
things are done fast, you don’t torture the guy. You line up his
family in front of him without a word and shoot one of the kids.
Then you say “Please confess,
or we’ll shoot another one.” You start the discussion with one
member lying there. No need to complicate matters like US does.
Anyway, please add this to your list of
Useful Things to Know When I
Become a Counter Spy. No thanks needed – its Editor’s moral duty
to help the next generation.
·
Disturbing story on US Missile Defense Agency
https://t.co/IbqDloAdsr tell us that US over the last 10-20
years has spent $450-million/year on ABM R&D, now it’s down to
$150-million. US has 4 steps in its weapons development process:
Research, Development, Test, and Evaluation. Because of budget
shortfalls all around, to keep steps 3 and 4 going, US MDA has been
reducing R&D. This is insanity because stuff we’re now putting into
T&E depends on the last 20-years of R&D. At some point the feed from
R&D slows to a dribble, and then in the 2020s and 2030s you get
hammered because you have nothing to Test and Evaluate.
·
Folks
complain we’ve spent $100-billion+ in the last 15-years and what
have we got for it? Well, what do you think you’re going to get when
the US Government insists you do the job the hardest way possible,
which is hit an incoming warhead travelling at 7-km/second with a
defending warhead? Who thought up this nonsense? Actually they had
no choice once US and USSR signed the Test Ban Treaty decades ago.
The best way to do the job is to use a neutron warhead. This has a
kill radius of kilometers, and it can be done in ways that it
doesn’t fry your own defensive radars and electronics. Instead we
are demanding 1000-times great accuracy.
·
Defense
of the US is the highest priority that the Government should have.
Massive Assured Destruction is not a workable doctrine because the
Government has no moral right to tell enemies: we won’t protect our
country, so you can be sure you’ll kill 100-million of us, and be
reassured we won’t start anything. Where is the Government’s
authority to do this, particularly when key elements have their own
cozy setups to ensure they survive? Aside from someone acting madly,
accidental launches can happen. The simplest way to do this is to
repudiate Test Ban and test the needed warheads. Folks say – we can
simulate them with our exaflop computers; no need to test. Please,
people, have some sense. Someone tells you: “we have this manned
spaceship, our simulations show it worked, so off you go.” Are you
going to go? Even if you are, does anyone have the right to risk
100-million Americans dead because Government has simulated ABM
N-warheads?
·
Wait – is
Editor saying the limited missile defense systems we deploy against
accidental or madman launch don’t work? Of course they work! But we
need to step up testing by ten-times and deploy much denser systems
so as not to take chances. Oh, you can’t do it, folks say, because
the other side will just add more missiles. So because anti-tank
defenses can stop our tanks we should stop building tanks? Because
enemy air defenses can shoot down bombers, we should stop building
bombers? Because folks are going in auto-crashes we should forget
about making cars safer? People, please start
thinking.
·
Editor is
not saying an ABM defense using neutron-warheads alone solves the
problem. But it makes the job much easier. Meanwhile we can continue
developing defenses for the 2040, 2060, 2080s. If folks think
spending the needed $25-billion/year on ABM is too much money,
wonder what they’ll think if someone drops 3 x 200-KT warheads over
our 10 biggest cities.
Saturday 0230 GMT
August 6, 2016
·
Why Editor is silent on The Donald
It’s because he’s confused. He wanted a
revolution, but he didn’t foresee it happening so rapidly. He
thought Bernie and Donald would be squashed flat under the
Establishment’s Size 18 shoe and become more repressive. That would
stoke the fires higher. You know what happens when a liquid is
heated in an airtight container. After a point, no matter how strong
the container explodes.
·
Well, it
didn’t. Bernie got squashed under Hilary’s high heel, but the only
she will survive is by appropriating much of his left agenda. She is
starting to recalibrate, as the Americans so pithily say. Her term
should be interesting because she is deeply compromised neo-con
spawn of Wall Street. She will have to satisfy her paymasters. But
if she dissatisfied the Bernie wing, come 2018 and there will be
trouble. All of the House and a third of the Senate will be
reelected, and could find herself hogtied into ineffectiveness so
badly that she will be a 2-year president.
·
Donald
made it through, and we guess that at this time no one is more
confused than himself. He has also shifted the GOP to the left.
They, like Hillary, will have to stay shifted, or get chopped in
2018. But what about the campaign, my friend Donald? It seems more
and more that he doesn’t really want to be Prezi.
·
Now,
Editor could be falling for the same propaganda from the liberals
that he was warning readers about through the primaries. Maybe DT’s
supporters don’t give a hoot about what he says or does. Maybe they
don’t care if he makes sense or if he’ll be able to govern. Maybe
they are functioning in the true revolutionary spirit of “Burn,
Baby, Burn”. And that’s good. But Donald had a good chance against
Hilary. Now pollsters are giving the lady a 15% lead. This is
Huuuuuggggeee. Why are you throwing it away, Donald? Why not win and
abdicate in Pence’s favor? You’d make your point in a good way.
·
The only
way Donald can now win is if he has something really big on Hillary.
And no, pulling out Hilary’s birth certificate saying she’s born in
Mars Robot Factory #5 won’t work. Even Editor does not care. No one
has every confused Hilary with a biological person, and that’s okay
with everyone.
·
Incidentally, the Melina visa scandal? There is no scandal.
Allegedly she did not get her US work visa until 1996, and the
famous au natural pix were shot in 1995. But there is no law that
says that she can’t get pix taken of her, even if she made money.
There’d be an income tax question, yes. That’s a separate issue, if
she was paid and if there’s a record of it. INS is not going to open
an investigation of her B-1 visa if all that’s involved is a
foto-shoot.
·
On the
other side, we’ll talk later of the $400-million delivered in cash
to Iran for the release of US hostages. But what’s that got to do
with Hilary? Nothing. You want to impeach Obama, good luck with
that. There will be a detailed record of the payment as a claim
settlement. As for the cash: good grief people, have some sense. The
banks were barred from making payments to Iran. In any case, if you
were Iranian, would you accept a cheque from the US? You’d be mad
to. Nothing to see here, move along.
·
Dear Americans are you aware
that a society functions as long as we put in at least as much as we
take out? When we start taking out more than we put in, then society
depletes and collapses. The depletion has been going on for decades,
and unless we wise up, this country is going to collapse. Oh no,
impossible, you say. Why? There are collapsing countries at all
times. Why should we be immune?
·
Okay, you
say, what precisely is Editor talking about?
This. A 23-year-old black mother is killed by police in
Baltimore County, Maryland, and her 5-year old son is injured.
Naturally, since Americans are no longer capable of thinking, social
media goes into its templated cry of “police kill black woman over
traffic ticket”.
·
This lady
was driving without a rear license plate, required in Maryland.
Instead was a cardboard sign that declared no one had the right to
stop her. Well, surprise! The police stopped her. She refused to get
out of the car – they have no jurisdiction to enforce laws she
doesn’t like, and among other things, she told her 5-year to bite
the police. Well, all this changed what was simply a vehicle
misdemeanor into a criminal case. She did not show up in court, so
the police went to her house. Her male companion, who was also
wanted, peacefully came of the house with one child and that was the
end of that.
·
Our lady,
on the other hand, sat on her sofa with a shotgun pointed at the
officers, and said multiple times if they didn’t leave she was going
to kill them. This lady has been described by her family as “feisty
but respectful”, and had so many virtues that we should be grateful
an angel descended to earth to be amongst us.
·
The
officers spent seven hours
negotiating. At some point they fired one shot, she responded, they
killed her. And bam, social media and regular media light about yet
another police murder. In this case, however, that is so absurd an
accusation that a whole bunch of people immediately jumped in,
attacking the standard black template being rolled out.
·
Let us
replay this scene with a white man pointing a shotgun at officers,
repeatedly saying he was going to kill them if they didn’t leave?
Seven hours of negotiation? Please don’t make Editor laugh. The SWAT
boys and gals would have arrived within half-an-hour, several
hundred rounds would have been fired, and good-bye white man. This
story would have been two paragraphs.
·
Oh, did
we mention our lady was live streaming the show, and people were
writing in telling her not to surrender?
·
So are we
supposed to have one set of rules for black folks and another for
everyone else? Black folks must have blanket immunity from police,
who must obey those threatening them with guns? It’s okay for black
folks to drive around in an untagged vehicle and declaring that the
police have no right to stop them.
·
Here’s a
little story about a white friend of mine, a lawyer. She was driving
around Montgomery County Maryland with expired plates – just forgot
to renew her registration. The white police stopped her. Not only
was she not allowed to drive home, she got a $1000 ticket and had to
reregister before. Let us imagine my friend, instead of quietly
cooperating, had started to yell and shout, refused to get out of
vehicle, told her kid to bite the policeman and so on? She’d likely
been clubbed, handcuffed, and thrown in jail till her husband
arrived with a bail bond. Our county police are educated, and have
impeccable manners. But if you start throwing verbal poop at them
and resisting, then the gloves are off, and the police don’t care if
you have orange skin or green skin or purple skin.
·
Folks of
every community know they have to follow police orders, even if they
think they have been wrongly stopped. They know they have to show
their hands when ordered. They know if they are having a bad day,
its not clever to take it out on the police, who are not your
sainted mother or father that never hit you no matter how foul your
mouth.
·
This is
what Editor means when he says putting into society. We agree to
obey laws, else there would be anarchy. But if we’re going to sit
around, getting outraged every time a black person is involved with
the police, automatically swearing their family member is the most
sweet-tempered person around so the police must be wrong, we are
degrading society. The police do do lots of bad things, and they
should be punished if found guilty. But no one has the right to
demand a free pass because they’re black.
·
Editor
has lived in America for close on 40-years. Only once has a police
officer been rude, and that too was in Boston in the 1960s where if
you looked at a police officer funny, you got a beating. And hey,
who used to get the most beatings? The white street kids because
they acted “feisty”.
·
Now here
is the weird thing. No black
person the Editor knows would disrespect a police officer of any
color. Why? Because they are educated and well brought up.
Editor includes his students. Now, plenty of his Hispanic kids would
talk back to the police because they’re into being macho. Many are
in gangs, and it is mandatory to talk back at the police and take
your rough handling – just as it was the case with the white street
kids in Boston 50-years ago.
·
No one
has the right to create mayhem and violate the rules, and when
pulled up, saying they’re being discriminated against. If Americans
can’t see this, well, then that that for us. Please notice Editor
said Americans. Because increasingly you’ve got everyone acting like
a one-person interest group.
·
Since
we’re on the subject, let’s talk about sexual harassment at work.
The chairman of a big media network was fired the other day because
a subordinate accused him of harassing her. And he did. But as long
as she was getting her way with him, as long as he helped her
advance her career, she had no complaint. It is only when her show
began suffering bad ratings and he gave her less important work to
do that she started screaming sexual harassment. This lady is also
taking out of society more than she’s putting in because she is a
whore. Nothing wrong with being a whore, it’s an honorable
profession. Editor would love to be one, except he has no looks and
no talents in other mandatory areas. So Editor is not condemning her
for being a whore. He is condemning her for taking her payments for
years, and then turning around and saying her customer raped her.
·
We could
go on. Like a family who sued our school system for failing to
provide a special teacher for their son’s special needs. The county
school system tried and tried, but no one wanted the job. The
offered recruiting bonuses. No one wanted the job. When the parents
sued, their case was “it’s not our problem no one wants the job, YOU
HAVE TO find a teacher or we want damages.” These were highly
educated professional parents. Yet they had no compunction is
costing the rest of us county residents hundreds of thousands in
legal fees despite the county doing its best. Had they won damages,
it would have been more money on our tax bills. They lost, because
as far as Editor knows the law says “reasonable effort”, not “at any
cost”.
Tuesday 0230 GMT
August 2, 2016
·
Hilary, why do you just keep doing this?
So now Assange has released Libya cables
(we can’t figure if its first batch of the Clinton server, or a
second). In the cables, there is proof you did know that Libyan arms
seized after the fall of Gadaffi in 2011 were being sent by the
ship-load to Syrian rebels. Where they met the usual fate of US arms
to the rebels, which is Islamic State grabbed them, either in
battle, or in cash sales to IS by our rebels.
So why did you say you didn’t know about this?
·
You do
realize there was absolutely no need to fib? This was not your
program. It was okayed by Mr. Obama and the National Security
Council. You signed off, as you were expected to. The NSC is not a
democracy. You either agree, or you go look for another job. No
blame attaches to you – or to
anyone else, because this is how things are in wartime and in
insurgencies/counter-insurgences. BTW, reader Ivan Bajlo from FRY
has been telling us the story about the high volume of Serbian arms
that has been flowing to the Middle East, some of it inevitably
landing up with IS.
·
As there
is no rational reason to lie about the Libya arms, we see no choice
but to conclude that you lie as a habit, about anything where you
think you might look bad. This inevitably leads to another
conclusion: you cannot think rationally about your own best
interest.
·
Does
Editor think this makes you unfit for the Presidency? No. When we
are in a race to the bottom with two nominees that has there been
any other choice the electorate would reject (both of you),
·
Moreover,
while Editor is most unhappy you are the likely winner, that is
because you are a neo-con and owned by Wall Street and other vested
interests. You are the face of everything that is wrong with this
country. But Editor is not talking about his likes and dislikes. He
is simply talking about facts. When your enemies twist facts by
saying you were responsible for Benghazi, Editor has repeatedly
brought out the facts to show you had nothing to do with it. Editor
does not get selective about facts to make a case. So we are not
criticizing you for the sake of some political agenda.
·
Hilary and Benghazi: Reprise 631 Since many of our readers DO blame Hilary for
Benghazi, Editor has to explain once again. Once the crisis broke,
Hilary has nothing to do with decisions, and neither did Obama. The
decisions were made by the US military,
and they were absolutely the
right decisions. We’ve explained why, many times over, please
don’t make us say it again.
·
Hilary
was nominally responsible for the security of diplomatic
installations. We say nominally because as a matter of reality, she
does not get to say much to say about the subject. She is not the
expert and decider on this matter. She has people to make these
decisions. If some grossly egregious error is made on her watch,
yes, she is morally required to offer her resignation. But the
security of the “embassy” was not an error by her subordinate
officers. It was sensibly decided that the consulate could not be
protected – all the western consulates were leaving. The consulate
was to be shut down in a few weeks. In any case, no business was
being transacted there: US diplomats had left. A couple of DSS and
local personnel were around to see the place was not occupied by
squatters and so on.
·
The ambassador had no business being there. Why can’t the US media understand this? Why
cannot they understand he skipped out of Tripoli without informing
his Chief of Mission, who would not have let him go had he known?
This is not the Army was an officer says “I’m off, taking two of my
guards” and no one can stop him. There is only one person
responsible for what happened at the consulate and that is the
ambassador. What happened at the CIA mission had nothing to do with
State. The ambassador came, as everyone knows, on personal business,
wholly unprepared for trouble.
·
Even the
Editor, who is invariably the last person to know what’s happening,
knows this. Everyone knows what that personal business is. So why is
Editor not saying what that business was? Because the person telling
him said it was not be repeated – even though everyone knew.
·
People,
let Benghazi go. Okay, it’s fair to keep it going if you’re a
politician. But we are not politicians. There’s plenty to attack
Hilary on. No need for you and me to attack her on false grounds.
Friday 0230 GMT July
29, 2016
·
Yesterday was seismic for the Euro Project
“At root was a failure to grasp the
elemental point that currency unions with no treasury or political
union to back them up are inherently vulnerable to debt crises.
States facing a shock no longer have sovereign tools to defend
themselves. Devaluation risk is switched into bankruptcy risk.”
So says an IMF report .
·
In the
event you are still awake, Editor will do his best to put it in
simple terms that even he can understand.
IMF is saying that the basic
assumptions of the Euro Project were wrong. At which point, those of
our readers who do understand fiscal and monetary policy will say:
“Aaaaaaand?” Meaning this was obvious to many Americans and
Europeans from the start. Yes, folks, but you’re missing the
significance of the story. The IMF has admitted it was wrong and its policies towards Greece,
among others, have not just not worked, but were positively
disastrous.
·
“The
attempt to force through an "internal devaluation" of 20pc to 30pc
by means of deflationary wage cuts was self-defeating since it
necessarily shrank the economic base and sent the debt trajectory
spiraling upwards.” Meaning the Euro boys and girls failed Economics
0.5. We’re not saying they failed something as basic as Econ 101.
They were so brainless, they didn’t get anything right at all.
·
On top of
which, and this will bring cries of joy from Americans who don’t
trust international organizations, huge and arrogant bureaucracies
with no loyalty to anyone but themselves, or highly centralized
global mechanisms, the IMF was riddled with cliques who had no idea
what they were doing but were yet keeping information from other
parts of the IMF, so that there was no check on them. In short, the
Best and Brightest failed us – again. We hear Bob Dylan singing in
the distance “When will they ever learn?”
·
But while
Americans can take deep satisfaction at this IMF mea culpa, they
should keep in mind we have asylums full of mad economics people
ourselves. They have reached the stage where they have no
prescriptions for the American people, except that manufacturing
jobs can pay only $9/hour to remain competitive, and that a minimum
wage of $10/hour will kill the economy. In short, American workers,
who once were the richest in the world, must be reduced to the level
of serfs for the American economy to function.
·
All
Editor is saying is that if our Best and Brightest can come up with
nothing better, we need to ask: “What good are they?” Globalization
was supposed to work like this: we’d buy China’s toys, they’d buy
our jet aircraft. Except – and this has been obvious for 15-years to
anyone with a pulse of one beat a minute – it hasn’t worked out that
way.
Look at these figures Between 2001-2013, we gained 0.7-million
jobs by exporting to China.
But we lost 3.7-million jobs to China. What is the matter with
these people?
·
And don’t
they realize that as Chinese wages rise, the Chinese and our
“multi-nationals” are shifting to other low-wage Asian countries?
And that after Asia has per capita incomes similar to China, the
jobs will shift to Africa and South America? So we have to wait
until the other 6-billion people have increased their incomes before
we can pay our own people decently? But the US economic elite’s
earnings have not stagnated. In fact, the elite is making more money
as a percentage of GDP than at any time since the 1920s. So the
elites should grow fatter and we, the people, must grow thinner?
·
Now
there’s no point in turning around to Editor and asking: “Well, what
is your solution?” Editor is not an economist. All he sees are
increasingly improvised masses. The elite said: “Trust us”. We did.
And what happened? Here’s what happened in Editor’s case: he’s
working on his 8th degree, and the best he can get is
180-days of work at $100/day, which is $75 after deductions, as a
substitute. And at that some local counties refuse to hire him as a
substitute in the first place!
·
Editor’s
story is hardly unique. Look what’s happening to lower-middle white
America: no jobs, no future, only way to get through the day is to
drug/drink yourself to unconsciousness. Already many professional
jobs are being outsourced: architecture, law, medicine, engineering
design to name a few. Pretty soon even upper-middle-class America is
going to have to take major paycuts.
·
While
Editor does not have an economics solution, he does have the Stalin
solution. Stalin told his generals: if you fail, don’t bother coming
back. Die at the front with your dignity intact. Else
I’ll shoot you. If all
these bright people insist in leading us, and fail, they should be
made to pay the maximum penalty. That will definitely “encourage the
others” into doing their job.
·
Yo,
elites! Get a hint. The rise of Trump shows you that whether they
have a solution for the economy – for your job – they do have a
solution for those of you that keep getting fatter while we far
worse and worse. That solution involves bamboo shafts and pitch.
·
Still
don’t get it? The shaft is for your head after you been relieved of
8-inches of height. The pitch is to coat your head so that its
preserved for display for a few months. You know, just the encourage
the others.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
July 27, 2016
·
Washington in the summer Why
does stepping out for a few minutes late summer afternoon have to be
a near death experience every time? The air conditioning in Editor’s
hoopity (1999 Suzuki) has been bust for many years, requires a fresh
recharge ($50) each year. Some years one can’t afford that. Just
going to 7-11 or CVS around the corner leave Editor wondering if he
is going to make it back to the car or should he just lay himself
down on the pavement and quietly die. Then just standing outside the
house for 3-minutes early morning or late evening leads to such a
fit of the sneezies that one has to scrape one’s brains off the
trees, all of which are 60+ feet. And then we have SecState Kerry
saying that air conditioning is more dangerous than Islamic State.
Please throw him out of his office, shut the air conditioning, and
FedEx him to Islamic State. Editor’s problems have nothing to do
with Global Warming. Washington is just plain miserable in the
summer, which as far as Editor concerned runs from April to October.
·
Slight correction on India purchase of US howitzers
It’s the M-777, not the M-198, which is
no longer production. Editor knows that, but the heat is befuddling
him. M-777 is 4-tons versus 7-tons for the M-198 and can be operated
with a minimum crew of five as opposed to nine. Not that crew is the
big issue for India unlike for US. A new version of M-777 is
underway, at under 5-tons it has a range of 70-km. These days a
battery fires a couple of rounds at a time because of the GPS
rounds. You don’t need the barrages of the past. Editor misses them,
but the sad reality as we know from World War I is that you can line
the guns wheel to wheel and fire away for 10-days, but if the enemy
is well dug in, a monster barrage will have little effect. In World
War II, it was known for US to provide one artillery battalion per
infantry battalion, from division, corps, and army artillery. Now
days, of course, you have close air support, rockets, and tactical
missiles, plus any number of UAVs and helicopters for AOP duty,
Counter Rocket-Artillery-Mortar weapons, radars and other sensors
galore so it’s a whole new game.
·
Also,
India says its needs 500 more M-777. Truth to tell 2000. Since its
taken at least 10-years for the M-777 deal – and not one operational
gun has arrived, the requirement is likely to take 200-years.
·
South China Sea as PLAN’s ballistic missile submarine bastion
We’ve been reading that one reason
China is pushing so hard on excluding other navies from the South
China Sea is that it needs a bastion for its SSBNs. This is
definitely a thought, but we should not forget its not just the SCS
wants exclusive control of, it’s all the water west of the 9-dash
line. This would be a first, essential step in getting the US Navy
out of the West Pacific. Yo, Beijing! Not to worry, we’ll get
ourselves out. Back in the 1970s, we used to deploy forward three
attack carriers with 7th Fleet and two with 6th
(Mediterranean). Now we have one each with 7th and 5th
Fleets (latter is Indian Ocean). So that’s a 60% reduction. Just be
patient, and we’ll bring it down to one.
Monday 0230 GMT July
25, 2016
·
Donald and 538.com We were
told to look up this site as apparently it has more political
scientists and statisticians per square centimeter than anywhere
else in the world. In short, they Donald the short-end of 2:1 odds
against Hilary. Now, normally Editor would not argue. He does have a
question. With the Brainy Ones so discredited through this election
season, should we be trusting more Brainy Ones? The paradigm of
American politics has been changed by Sanders and Trump. Can folks
used to operating with the comfortable old paradigms be trusted to
switch rapidly and accurately to another, earlier unforeseen,
paradigm? For example, Bernie’s people are not accepting his
withdrawal. He’s withdrawn because he doesn’t want Donald to won.
But remember, Bernie is an independent, not a Democrat. He had to
join the Dems because everyone is still embalmed in the 2-party
syndrome. But suppose he accepts the Green Party invitation to head
the Greens. Suppose he pulls in 10-15% of the vote. Then what
happens. Remember, the Greens are renegade Democrats. They’ll pull
no votes from Donald. But they could from Hilary.
·
Wait a
minute, you say. The other day you were crowning Hilary, even though
you’ve shown a lot of sympathy for Trump because basically you’re an
anarchist at heart. Now you’re saying maybe it isn’t such a sure
thing for Hilary? See, if you do intel assessments, you have to keep
changing the assessment as new data comes in, sometimes twice a day,
sometimes more frequently. The commander needs the
latest. So we spoke before
the Greens said “Come Home, baby” to Bernie.
·
More India updates from Prasun Sen Gupta (a) the Indian press reports of a third tank
regiment for Ladakh are wrong; (b) the Chinese are indeed reacting
to the Indian buildup, he’ll have some details next month but we
have to hold off on sharing until he gets a chance to put it on his
blog; and (c) the Northeast India road we discussed is a show-case
for the new India-Japan strategic cooperation against China. Any
suggestion that the Army or the Government are having second
thoughts about this road are planted stories. Prasun has not yet
discovered who may be behind them.
·
More news
from multiple sources. India has decided on a desert version of the
ROK K-9 tracked SP howitzer. MOD has sent a $800-million request to
the Cabinet for 100 guns. Except this is 30-years too late, Editor
has no problems with the choice of K-9. Okay, it’s not as fancy as
US’s M-109A7 Paladin, but that’s $10.5-million for the gun alone.
The K-9 price includes lots of other stuff including GPS rounds.
Editor’s problem is the number. 100 is five regiments, which brings
us up to about 1/4th of Pakistan’s SP 155mm US inventory,
aside from what they might be getting from PRC. Our requirement
right now is 600 gun. Why can’t the stupid government place one
order at one time, even if only 100 guns are fully funded? Why this
pussy-footing?
·
So it is
with the 7 regiments of ultralight 155mm US M-198 guns we’ve finally
signed for. That does not suffice for even two mountain divisions.
So it is with the Israeli contract to convert our 1000 130mm field
guns to 155mm. One hundred have been converted. Yes, yes Editor
knows there was bribery and corruption. Here’s a gently polite
suggestion to the Government. How about we tie you with your nether
parts backwards to a 155mm barrel and fire a single round? The
resultant hole will be large enough to shove the bribery and
corruption to where the sun don’t shine, as the always elegant
Americans say. Hang the people who took the bribes. Why are you
making the Army suffer for your corrupt bureaucrats? What is the
matter with you? Are you working for Pakistan/China by crippling our
military modernization? There seems to be no other logical
explaination.
·
Then we
have the Dhanush medium gun. It’s based on the Swedish F-77 155mm
Bofors gun, heavily upgraded by Indian designers. We bought 400
decades back, which was just a starting order. Maybe 250 remain in
service. Why has the Government placed an order for just 100? India
needs to reequip 220 or so field regiments. That’s 4500 guns. So
what if the Dhanush is not perfect? You keep upgrading it with each
successive batch, and when you’ve upgraded the inventory, you start
rebuilding/upgrading the first guns. US M-109 basic design has been
in service for 54-years.
Oh yes, Homeland Security magazine tells us we are short 83% of the advanced
rounds required NOW. Gaaah.
Thursday 0230 GMT July
21, 2016
·
A
good rant wasted Indian
defense journalist Prasun Sengupta writes to tell us our information
that the Indian Army is objecting to the Northeast India west-east
road (1500-km) is incorrect. We’ve sent a message to the author if
the original article, asking for clarification. Though we saw the
article in UK Daily Mail, apparently the author writes for a Delhi
media organization.
·
Prasun
adds that the Ladakh road Shoyk-Daulet Beg Oldi road in Ladakh –
another project stalled for 53-years – will be completed to the Deep
Sang Plains south of DBO this year, and the final stretch to DBO by
2022. This led Editor to some hair-pulling, because the road has
reached the plain and construction is much easier, but he’s decided
to let this go. When we say “road” we mean a proper 2-lane blacktop,
you can with some difficult motor to DBO across the plain. It’s very
hard going, though, seriously shortens the life of tactical
vehicles.
·
By next
year, India should add another tank regiment to the two now in
Ladakh, making 132 T-72s. These are the rebuilt/improved version
with night-fighting capability. Together with a BMP battalion, this
is the equivalent of a PLA tank brigade. It remains to be see how
the Chinese react to India’s buildup (now five brigades versus the
decades long previous deployment of two brigades). Just to remind
readers, the Indian buildup was provoked entirely by repeat Chinse
incursions in Ladakh. India had even reduced the Ladakh garrison to
one brigade, 114 at Chushul. 70 Brigade at Demchok went to Northern
Ladakh for the Kargil War 1999 and India left it there until
recently.
·
Just goes
to show PRC is not as smart as it thinks. Ladakh was a quiet sector
all these years. The Chinese began pushing to put pressure on India
for a final settlement that would leave China with everything it
wants and India with nothing. The Chinese correctly assessed we
Indians are total cowards and would not retaliate. But even a
mongrel dog used to being kicked from one side of the street to the
other can bite back.
·
To the
extent Chinese overaggressive actions have led to the addition of
four Indian mountain divisions, at least 7 new independent brigades
(including two raising), and more planned, China has increased the
threat from India by 50%. That’s smart diplomacy for you.
·
Mind you,
the civilians are suffering severe runs to the bathroom. Two more
divisions are held up because the Government doesn’t want to provoke
China. And each time we take that position, the Chinese come and
kick more sand in our faces. Delhi cannot understand that the ONLY
thing the Chinese respect is force. We knew that in 1950 and
subsequently, but since we are a nation of lions led by field mice,
there it is.
·
Meanwhile, China continues to systematically box us in, on
360-degrees. Only thing we can do now is threaten to double the
number of methane ejecting cows, and cause Chinese temperatures to
rise by 5-degree F. Deterrence by methane ejecting cows. Low tech,
takes time, not as compact as nuclear weapons, but it should work
well.
Tuesday 0230 GMT July
19, 2016
·
Editor is having a nightmare
– but it’s the middle of the day and he’s wide awake. In his
nightmare, he’s reading that the Indian Army doesn’t want the North
East lateral road through Arunachal Pradesh. In fact, they don’t
want the civilians to have it because it could create complications
in the event of war with China. Why? Because it could facilitate
Chinese troop movements in case of a war!
·
So
obviously it’s a nightmare, and to end it, Editor needs to go to
sleep. But wait! This is on Editor’s computer and it’s an article
from
UK Daily Mail This is no nightmare, it’s really happening. BTW,
Editor knew about the plan for the road and thought it was fifty km
from the border and maybe that’s why the Army is freaking out –
years and years after the plan was made, which it should have in
1963. The map makes clear: except for Tawang, the road runs so far
south of border that it enters the Assam plains after leaving the
mountains, and maybe 55% actually runs south of the Brahmaputra
River! This road is a fraud, it does nothing for the Army’s
West-East road mobility, strategic or tactical! It is primarily for
civilian development!! (we’re running out of exclamation marks,
we’re so angry).
·
But wait:
it gets worse. The 130-km section in service, is simply part of the
upgrading of the Tezpur-Towang road, which is north-south road, not
even a west road. Tezpur is HQ IV Corps, and the road is the primary
line of communication for its 3 divisions. A single road is
absolutely inadequate for a corps. Someday, when the Pole Star is no
longer Polaris, but Alpha Cephi, India might build a rail line from
Tezpur to Towang, at which point yes, we will have a proper LC.
Alpha Cephi becomes Pole Star in 5500-years. Yo, India, is that
enough time to build the rail line? Oh, okay, 7500 AD is when you
expect to get the survey done and the plans delivered to the
Environment Mistry for clearance. Oh, okay, at least that’s a plan.
·
So if the
Army/MOD is worried about the PLA using the proposed road, the Army
has already conceded pretty much all of China’s claim line. Is this
the Army’s plan, to fall back on the Brahmaputra before doing what?
If the Chinese reach the river, the war is over because they have no
further claims.
·
And are
we entitled to ask: what has happened to Indian IV, III, and XVII
Corps? Have they been overrun, all eight divisions? Have the three
reinforcement divisions from the west been overrun? If so, why he
assumption they have been overrun? Aren’t we supposed to have thrown
back the Chinese offensive and begun our own counteroffensive so
that we’re fighting in China and not in India?
·
In fact,
Editor would like to know, whose great idea is it to concede the
offensive to China in the first place? Doesn’t the Army realize once
you’ve done that, you’ve made your own job very difficult because
the enemy has the initiative? Yes, in the Western Desert and in
Russia falling back to absorb the enemy’s advance before
counterattacking was a reasonable strategy. Because the defender had
hundreds of kilometers of ground to give up. The North Koreans could
do it because the Chinese entered in force with 30+ divisions and
saved the bacon. Otherwise, the allies would have been at the Yalu
and there’d be one Korea today. Pakistan can fall back 100-km in the
Thar before counterattacking because there’s not much happening in
the Thar.
·
But can
India conceive of giving up 50-100 km of territory to Pakistan
before starting to fight? Obviously not!
·
What we
should be doing is to strike first if it looks like war is
unavoidable. We plan to do against Pakistan. So are we just big fat
chickens who get frightened when anyone says the word “China!”. The
truth is, that is the exact case. We are scared to death of China.
·
If we
weren’t we’d building a 4-lane highway 50-km south of the China
border. That way we can shift brigades and divisions into different
valleys as needed. We should also have 4-lane roads north south
through each major valley. That way we could feint at one place and
attack at another. We could easily shift reserves if we get into
trouble.
·
It is now
fifty-six years after the
China War. And we still haven’t got our roads built, forget our
railings.
·
Why don’t
we just accept China’s deal to give up Ladakh in return for their
agreement that Arunachal is ours? While we’re at it, why don’t we
give Kashmir to Pakistan? Here’s an even better idea: why don’t we
swear fealty to the Middle Kingdom and give up our independent
foreign policy? Oh yes, give the Chinese access to our naval bases
and the right to station rapid reaction forces. And accept China’s
protection against Pakistan.
·
That way
we don’t have to worry about roads. We can simply disband our entire
armed forces. Hey, Ministry of finance, that’s $50-billion a year
you’ll get for subsidies so that the ruling party wins the next
election. Look how many problems Editor has solved for his country
in one go? Just mail his Republic Day highest honors to his house.
Are we all good, now?
Monday 0230 July 18,
2016
·
Sultan Erdogan of Turkey
We’ll keep this short. (1) Sultan
Erdogan is an enemy of the US. (2) He is a dishonest enemy
unlike the Chinese or IS, because he gets all the benefit of
our protection while daily stabbing us in the back. (3) The US, as
usual, and as happened with Pakistan, implementing a Turkey policy
run by such morons that one must fear for the very safety of the US.
(4). Sultan is a fascist and a personally corrupt one at that. (5)
This coup stinks.
·
So since
the first four points are no secret, let’s talk about the coup. Here
we must acknowledge lively discussions with Ivan Bajlo, Joe Joseph,
and Patrick Skuza, as well as many URLs by them, sent to us.
·
The coup
is either a false flag operation, or was scripted by the Keystone
Cops on seriously large and strong spliffs (as in all marijuana
joints), with each spliff being so large, it takes a 60-ton crane to
hold it to your lips. And these gents never exhale: they only
inhale. You get our point.
·
Before we
say it has to be false flag because no one would be stupid enough to
stage such a moronic coup, Editor has to tell you that you cannot
believe how stupid people can get. So we’re not making a judgement,
just recapping the facts as known. Maybe better evidence will
emerge.
·
You
normally start a coup by capturing the national leader. Sultan
Erdogan’s location was known. The plotters sent 25 soldiers to
capture him. But the coup was already before they arrived. Erdogan
scrammed and made it to the local airport where his Gulfstream IV
waited. So first, who sends 25 men to capture Erdogan, who probably
has a personal security twice that, not to speak of hundreds of
police protecting him? Second, who forgets that his plane is at the
airport?
·
Next,
Erodgan’s plane is protected by two F-16s; the whole circus is on
radar. Two coup F-16s intercept, paint the defenders and presumably
the Gulfstream, yawn and say: “Nothing to see here, move along” and
return to base for donuts. You can read all about it on Reuters,
from a military source
http://uk.reuters.com/article/us-turkey-security-plot-insight-idUKKCN0ZX0Q9.
·
Now there
is really no sense in going on, except to note that an ex-airforce
colonel organized the whole thing, allegedly. Wow. What a coup. One
ex-colonel.
·
All we
need to keep on mind that possibly Turkish intelligence set up this
anti-regime colonel and other officers to do the deed by telling him
the military was behind the coup, and here was his chance to play
his part. So it could be both a false flag and a Keystone Cops
operation.
·
Erdogan’s
first act: arrest one third of the country’s judges include 11
Supreme Court who have been standing in his way on the
Prezi-for-life business, and 34 of the 500-odd generals. Remember
Erdogan already moved against the generals; the courts threw out
most of the arrests, but those generals were out in the wilderness.
·
Meanwhile, Erdogan’s Labor Minister accuses US of being behind the
coup – clear indication of which way the wind will blow. And the
US-based self-exiled cleric, said by Erdogan to be behind
everything, says he is willing to be extradited to face charges. It
seems possible he understands the US will not protect him, because
we are steadily moving up from licking Erdogan slippers to other
parts of his anatomy. America, the most expensive whore in the
world, offering its services for free.
How Gulen plans to avoid a
“heart attack” in custody remains to be seen, and how he expects a
fair trial, is beyond us. Erdogan will not let foreign observers
intervene – he already has established this pattern. Now, it’s true
Erdogan did not harm the Kurd rebel leader, Occlan, who is in his
custody. But then presumably Erdogan does not want a couple of
million armed Kurds descending on him.
·
Also
meanwhile, the US/West is squeaking “Erdogan, don’t stage a coup.”
Too late: He has had his coup rolling for years. No one had anything
to say that because he was elected “democratically” How you can do
that with the press crushed, the judges and police thrown out, and
so on.
·
US
squeaking mode: trying to fart after drinking soda from cans opened
last year. There is no way Erdogan can hear us from 6000-miles away.
Not to speak of the sound-proof ear protection he is wearing.
·
There you
are, my American friends. This is your ruling class. We’ve said
before: you figure out how to do them. Editor is too old. Besides,
people who must get 8-hours sleep with their four Teddy Bears and
four soft pillows don’t make good revolutionaries.
Thursday 0230 GMT July
14, 2016
·
Now the US is definitely in trouble so deep, it’s hard to see how it
can get out The cause of
Editor’s alarm is not Islamic State, or China, or Putin. It’s a
little old lady of 82. “Huh?” you say. This not any little old lady,
but one who is probably the most little old lady in the land. That’s
Justice of the US Supreme Court Ruth Bader Ginsberg. What’s she
done?
·
Seemingly
not much. She has relatedly slammed Donald Trump. Now, Editor knows
many of his readers don’t like Donald and probably slam him all the
time. But see, you all are not Supreme Court justices. For one such
to enter the political arena during a presidential campaign is a
very dangerous thing. In the US, the Supreme Court is one of the
three primary institutions of the government under the
checks-and-balances thing, which is the foundational principle of
American democracy.
·
Judges do
have ideological views, and they push these views in court. We
nonetheless rely on the judges to be impartial, to not let their
views interfere with their court deliberations. Justice Ginsberg is
a brilliant jurist, and Editor for one believes that if tomorrow a
case involving Donald arrives before her, as for example happened
with Gore vs Bush 2000, that she will indeed be impartial.
·
That
said, however, what Editor thinks is entirely irrelevant. Remember
the old aphorism “justice must not only be done;
it must be seen to be done”? Nowhere is this more
important than in the apex court. This court has power over every
single American. This is not a metaphor. It’s just plain fact. For a
judge, the public perception of her/his impartiality is paramount.
After all, the Supreme Court has no armies and fleets to enforce its
will. Its power is moral, not physical. If people can’t trust the
Supreme Court, this country may as well be Venezuela.
·
For many
Americans, the court is already too ideological in its decisions. We
hope a reader who is a lawyer will explain this to us, but the basic
argument is: Is the role of the Supreme Court to strictly interpret
the constitution, or is it to interpret in a manner that the judges
think it should be interpreted? This
is a hugely complicated matter. Tens of millions of words have been
written pro and con. We are not saying we know the answer. What we
are saying is that the country is already quite divided about the
court. For Justice Ginsberg to throw additional gasoline on the fire
by outright preference for one candidate over the other is going to
just make things worse.
·
Most of
the public is focused on the baffling reason for Justice Ginsberg’s
intervention. You see, it’s not just that she’s ultra-smart. She’s
the in the 0.000001% of smart. She knows she shouldn’t be saying
these things. So why is she saying them? We’ll come back to this in
a moment.
·
Editor’s
concern is different. In America today, we have no restraint on our
flapping mouths. Everyone, from the least educated to the most
educated feels qualified to comment on everything, and does.
Self-control is despised. Being honest and authentic is more
important than self-control and moderation in speech. The problem
is, there’s no objective standard on what is honest and authentic. I
feel it, so its honest and authentic, and of you don’t go by my
definition, you’ve forfeited your legitimacy and I can now ignore
you. Its moral relativism run amok. Moral relativism is very
fashionable today. But the reality is a country of 320-millions
cannot function if we each believe our view of right and wrong –
based on our feelings, to boot – is the only right one.
·
Its
frankly horrifying to see Justice Ginsberg falling to this level, or
at least seeming to fall to this level. It’s a near-final proof that
America is toast.
·
Now,
anyone with an IQ of 75 (Editor just makes the cut) knows why the
justice said what she did. She feels the very fact of Donald’s
candidacy is a sign of great danger. She feels she is alerting us
all to the danger by using her very considerable authority to ring
the alarm. She sees it as her duty, and she feels it’s so vital to
the survival of the Republic that she’s prepared to sacrifice her
fine and brilliant career.
·
Fair
enough. But there is a correct way of doing this. Which is to resign
and campaign against Donald and for Hilary. By speaking from her
chair, she is undermining the very country she is determined to
protect. Her idea of right is right, and any rational person should
see that. This is how totalitarianism takes root. This is how you
get Hitler, Mao, Stalin. I’m right, and if 50-million have to be
sacrificed to prove my point, so be it.
·
In these
difficult times, is this what we want for our country.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
July 13, 2016
·
A
short update Editor is
frustrated at not knowing where the time is going. He is at his
computer the whole time, leaving only to mow the lawn or pick up
survival supplies from CVS, which is next door and has the Editor’s
basics: milk, ice-cream, oatmeal, cold cereal, pasta, parmesan,
ketchup, peanut butter, jelly, chocolate, and diet pop. That is all
he eats; it takes him 15-minutes/day prep-time, ten minutes to wash
dishes, five minutes for a shower, 8-hrs sleep. Two hours for
reading hard copy material, three minutes spent in feeling sorry for
himself, and ALL the rest of the time is at the computer. He has not
earned a penny since April 23, because that was his last day at
school. Neither has he kept current on the blog because there never
seems to be time. Sometimes he wonders if he is not actually dead
and waiting for the Devil to get Editor’s place ready – dang it,
Editor reserved the place 40-years ago and it’s still not ready?
What kind of pathetic service is this, Mr. D? On the other hand, is
chocolate permitted in Heck? Maybe someone from another dimension is
stealing Editor’s work so that he works and works and works, but
never gets to complete the work or get any material benefit from it.
You know, like whoever steals socks from the dryer.
·
So can we now please stop talking about the police targeting young
black men?
New York Times quotes a young black professor at Harvard to say
(a) Yes, even when compliant, blacks are handled more roughly then
whites, but a greater
percentage of whites are shot by police compared to their population
percentage than blacks.
·
Before we
get on this, can our black friends at least acknowledge that the
police come in all colors, so we cannot put pure racism as a cause?
To be honest, many “Black Lives Matter” folks are careful to say
“police” and not “white police”. But many do not and we get cries of
racism. Also can we get our black friends to accept that since 74%
of folks killed are not
black, their focus only on black lives is partisan and divisive?
They are in effect saying “Black Lives Matter More Than Others”. How
is this defensible? On one hand, they are saying that society does
not value black lives; on the other hand, they are saying that only
black lives have value.
·
The
entire argument rests on one statistic: blacks are 13% of the
population but 26% of those killed. So there must be discrimination.
BTW, apparently
only 40% of violent crimes committed by blacks are against other
blacks, 60% are against other races. The same sources says that
there is a huge drop in 10 years of blacks committing ANY violent crime
against whites. Ten years ago, blacks committed 7-times the
crimes against whites than the other way around. Now its dropped to
2.5-times. But still, if someone wanted to, they could say that
blacks a are racist because they disproportionately attack
non-blacks. “We can also calculate how often criminals of each group
choose victims of other races. As indicated below, when whites
commit violence they choose fellow whites as victims 82.4 percent of
the time, and almost never attack blacks. Blacks attack whites
almost as often as they attack blacks, and Hispanics attack whites
more often than they attack any other group, including their own.”
·
Okay,
Editor knows that some of our readers of all races are screaming
“But you haven’t accounted for this, or that, or the other”. If you
pay Editor, he’ll be happy to deal with your objections. This,
however, is not Editor’s field, so he has to spend much more time in
research. Editor accepts that for every statistic there is a
counter-statistic. His only purpose in bring this up is that you
cannot look at the 13% to 26% statistic in isolation. You have to
find out what percentage of violent police encounters are with
blacks.
·
Please,
folks, restrain your anger at what Editor is saying long enough to
see that he has talking about violent crime. So there’s no point in
talking about disproportionate sentencing for, say, drugs. Editor
has told you the reason for that, first brought to his attention by
his then 9th grade youngster. He said when white kids are
drinking or drugging, it’s usually in their safe suburban homes. The
black and Hispanic kids are more on the street and therefore more
vulnerable to police attention. This is NOT racial discrimination;
it is economic/class discrimination. This also applies to stuff like
good lawyers and so on. If anyone has an idea to get rid of
economic/class discrimination, Editor will be very happy to listen.
·
Want
another head-splitting statistic?
Black are 13% of the population but commit half of homicides.
Yes, murders are only one violent crime. But you cannot say blacks
are being discriminated against here, because police can’t ignore
white people committing murders. The
same source, quoting DOJ says: “From 2011 to 2013, 38.5 per cent of
people arrested for murder, manslaughter, rape, robbery, and
aggravated assault were black.” How can this be discrimination?
Police can’t be selective in violent cases – and that’s assuming ALL
police hate blacks, even black police.
·
Now here
is another statistic that will grieve you immensely. Violent crime
by black is highly disproportionately committed by young people,
15-34. So it is just a fraction of the black community at fault. So
going on about slavery and poverty and so on is totally irrelevant.
BTW, do we have stats for
crimes committed by poor whites.
·
And here
is something we hope will give readers pause. Editor cannot quote
stats because had he investigated at his school, he would have
thrown out on his ear and possible even be subjected to legal
action. His school when he worked there was 47% Hispanic, 27% black,
14% white, rest Asian with a very few American Indians. If you’ve
guessed that Hispanic students created the most trouble in and out
of school, you’d be right, but not because of the percent
population. An Asian kid getting into trouble was almost unheard of.
The white kids sometimes got into trouble. The black kids were about
the best behaved black kids I have worked with my 27-years in
Washington (including non-school jobs). But my Hispanic kids? Lord
have mercy. Yes, the majority were very well behaved. But I’d guess
they were in trouble twice as much as everyone else put together.
Look at the Montgomery County murder stats and you’ll see what I
mean. Of course, Hispanics are one ethnicity but can be of any race.
Sunday 0230 GMT
July 10, 2016 A
different perspective on policing today
By Patrick Skuza
·
While I
don't have statistics or references, I do have thoughts on current
policing. I think that
the root of the problem lays in the law we use and to what extent we
think others have a right to interfere with human intercourse. The root word for police is
policy. Police enforce
policy, not law. The law
consists of three basic concepts- you may not hurt others, you may
not take or destroy others property and you may not defraud others
in business dealings.
What we have today in place of law is commercial code. Everything is
an economic crime and every person is a business entity. Reread
Citizens United, you will find that the court ruled that humans are
companies too, or they would not have jurisdiction over you.
·
In the
olden days, one was sworn in as a Peace Officer and had to post your
own bond in order to hostage your behavior. In order to get a lawman to
arrest somebody, someone would have to swear out a complaint under
oath. Nowadays, you are
a Law Enforcement Officer with no discretion allowed (the very
definition of an Officer) whose bond is paid by your employer naming
the employer as the insured.
Thus protecting the hiring corporation and officers from
accountability in civil cases.
A complaint over the telephone today is enough for felony
charges and no one has to be questioned and truth is not required. Since the 1930's US law
allows for private police forces.
Railroads and mining companies commonly have sworn police
officers in their employ.
·
With the
history of ever expanding of statues and Acts, the officer lost his
duty to the Law and really has become nothing more than a hired gun
under the color of law.
The police and courts today are tasked with an impossible job - to
force society to behave the way lawmakers want them to behave. They are forced to involve
themselves in matters that historically were a personal matter. Up until the late 1940's, in
the south particularly, if one's wife left you for more than thirty
days, the Sheriff could arrest and return your wife to you. You were under the contract
of marriage. Lawfully you had to perform. Of course, today, performance
has been tossed out and it is a mere accounting of wealth.
·
The
United States was founded with the common law heritage of
adversarial argument. It
was purposely formed with argumentative tension.
·
This
tension exists between the People and the government also. Since
1917, the government has been operating on the premise that the
People are in rebellion.
This is subtle, but it turned the outlook of government to a more
forceful and overarching way.
This is needed in a highly regulated economic system. It also took policing from a
Lawful position and converted them to no more that soldiers under
civilian orders. In the
olden days, an Officer could arrest his employer and it would have
been heard by the judge at least.
Since the introduction of semi auto pistols by police forces
in the 70's, the armament and training has been quite militaristic.
·
The
Officer is trained to take control of his immediate area. Some forms are socially
effective other, are scripted to allow for the "continuum of force"
doctrine. It is this
doctrine that has done so much to separate police from the People. It is simply might makes
right, for it allows for the hostile mindset pervade all that they
do. I have eye witnessed
in my local court, the state and police admit video and audio
evidence with missing or just claim the recording devices were
inoperable....and then admit audio evidence from the same officer
for a subject that happened a few hours later.
·
Once
again, the elites and police are crying that they are heroes and
saviors. They are not. They are hired guns to carry
out the government policy of the day.
If they rush in and save you from a burning car, it is
because of the officer's own volition, policy states that he should
not risk himself and cause the employer to pay out more than his
salary. It is not his
legal duty to save you, it is to save the city corporation from
damages.
·
As long
as this mindset within the government holds, there will be no peace. They do not want it. We are ALL the enemy too
them.
Friday 0230 GMT July
8, 2016
·
Two shootings of black men by a white officer
We put on Twitter the following: US
police shootings: Ed has
every sympathy for both victims. But when police detain you, you do
not resist arrest, particularly while armed (Baton Rouge case). In 2nd
case, you do not say you have a gun and keep reaching into your
pocket when officers say "don’t move" (Minnesota).
·
An
experienced and highly credentialed social worker with over 20-years
of experience of working with the black community responded on
Facebook. “In the two recent shootings I didn't see anybody
resisting arrest. Did I miss something?” Editor responded as
follows.
·
The Baton
Rouge victim was struggling with them to the point they tased him
and it had no effect. They were told by the 911 caller that he was
armed. His still standing after taking a jolt that would drop a
steer would serve only to alarm the officers more. BTW, he had an
extensive record - not that that justifies a death sentence. Rule
Number 1 with the police, no matter what your color: don't argue;
dont abuse; and do not resist. You and I know this. Everyone knows
this. US cops, unlike UK ones, are not trained to handle people
fighting back. There's all kinds of other differences too, such as
US cops (regardless of their color) are justifiably scared they're
going to be shot.
·
The
Minnesota guy correctly told the policeman he had a concealed
weapon. But even when the cop told him not to move, he put his hand
in his jacket to get his documents.
·
My issue
is this. About 25% of people killed by police in 2015 are black; 40%
are unarmed. 75% are not black. The police come in all colors. I
don’t have the figures, but white people are killed cops of every
color. So are brown people. In Freddy Gray's case (Baltimore) four
of the six cops were black. (a) We cannot make this exclusively
about white cops shooting black people. (b) the black community
would make a better case if they showed outrage at other killings of
non-black people; after all, white people show solidarity with black
people.
·
What we
have to do in America is retrain the police. For example, they have
to be taught that a person running away, even if he has murdered
someone, is not a threat to the officer and cannot be shot. They
have to be retrained to shoot with non-lethal effect. In the US if a
cop fires to disable instead of kill, he has violated the rules and
if someone goes wrong, he will be blame for jeopardizing the safety
of others. Etc. etc.
·
The
American people demand different things. They want tough, immediate
action against violent criminals. But they want restraint and
compassion even in the face of provocation. They do NOT want to give
up their guns, and use them often enough. They do not want to pay
taxes so that enough cops are available for each 911 calls. Often
these calls or street calls are handled by a single officer. When I
was a kid, the cops were huge. In New York they walked in threes. No
one was mad enough to mess with them. And if you did, and got
beaten, no one was concerned. Look at the Montgomery County cops
now. So many of them are women, or short men. They couldn't
intimidate a drunk chicken.
·
I do not
buy the "Baltimore effect", that murders are up because cops are
afraid of acting. At this point there is no evidence of the cause
and effect. Nonetheless, the anecdotal evidence that cops are
intervening less in general makes sense. I could go on until the
cows come home and are sent to the glue factory. for example, some
decades ago RAND came up with a study that single cops in a patrol
car could more effectively police an area for the same money. Great.
So now cops don’t have a buddy. There's no one to help them if they
get into trouble. And there's no partner to stop them if they do
something wrong.
·
Readers,
please send in your thoughts. If you have statistics, we can all
learn from each other.
Thursday 0230 July 7,
2016
·
FBI Chief appears to have made the right decision under law
This whole thing is making Editor
feel quite sat upon. Why should he have to do research for something
that doesn’t interest him in the least? Does he not have better
things to do? Actually, he doesn’t, but still, he
could have. In some
alternative universe as least. Here goes.
·
18
U.S. Code § 793 - Gathering, transmitting or losing defense
information is the name of
the law covering Hilary. It has been correctly said that Section (f)
does not say anything about intent. But the foregoing Section (a),
(b), (c), (d), and (e) clearly require intent. So far Editor’s
research indicates that Section (f) cannot be read in isolation
because the law is going on and on about intent.
·
It has
been suggested to Editor he study court rulings on this law, and
also consult the guidance given to US Attorneys on bringing cases.
Moan, groan, whinge, and whine. Why me, Lord? If Editor found this
stuff easy he’d have become a lawyer and be charging $800/hr for
advice. Actually, probably he would be just as broke. But he
might have been rich. So
Editor is going to do the above Friday, first free day he has.
·
Meanwhile, we amplify our comments yesterday about FBI not bringing
case that are rock solid. Apparently it isn’t that simple. For us
laypersons to just read the law as written and infer there’s nothing
more, would be absolutely wrong. The law as written by Congress is
just the start. There’s decades or a couple of hundred years of
interpretation of the law
by courts. I.e., the matter of precedents. That is not something you
and I can go into because we’re not trained lawyers.
·
Now, we
can argue ad infinitum about FBI director doing unusual things. For
example, if FBI decides not to bring charges, there’s no big
announcement. Here was a big announcement. But see, the director
would have gotten slammed either way. By doing things the usual way,
he would have ended up twisting up the next election. He has
provided certainty when there was no need for him to have said
anything. He took a major burden on himself but he did it for the
country. He should be thanked and not reviled. BTW, he has a record
of doing what his position requires him to do – sort of national
Prosecutor-in-Chief – without fear or favor. So maybe we should be
cautious in accusing him of playing politics.
·
Letter from a lady voter on Hilary
The request is for
Anon. “Stop joining the
crowd of Hillary haters!
She is totally innocent.
People have had her in their sights for years and years, under a
microscope, looking for something to find, and she has proven time
after time that she is innocent of any wrongdoing. Frankly, I think it's plain
and simple misogyny -- nothing more.
She is sloppy, but not illegal. Nobody in recent generations
has been examined as closely as she has....and they keep trying to
hang her but it won't stick because there is no
“there” there.
·
Editor’s response Doubtless
there is misogyny at work. Editor can speak only for himself. He’d
already said in South Asia we are quite used to strong women voters.
He has also repeatedly defended Hilary on the Benghazi accusations,
which from a military and technical view are without justification.
He has defended – or at least sympathized – with her about the Old
Turkey Albatross, aka Bill. We’ve shared our suspicion he is trying
to sabotage his wife.
·
At the
same time, if we accept our reader’s argument, Hilary has shown
repeated recklessness. She has never been charged. But time and
again she acts like a typical Boomer lawyer type. What the Boomers
have done is ditch ethics, and instead substituted the motto: “If it
isn’t illegal, we’re allowed to do it”. That’s not just Hilary, it
just about everyone else. Same thing with Hilary servers/devices.
She repeatedly ignored the rules her own State Department has
regarding classified information. And just about everything she said
in her defense was untrue.
·
Okay,
Hilary’s supporters will say, you’re blaming her for lying and you
say nothing about the Donald? There’s a reason Editor does not speak
ill of the Donald and it has nothing to do with conventional
thinking. This country is at a dead end. It needs a revolution. If
the revolution is not done peacefully, it will be done violently.
Hilary is status quo, not revolutionary. Donald and Bernie are
revolutionary. Either of them would do as Prez.
·
Would
they not bring chaos as Prez? Yes. That’s the point. You can only
build the new by breaking the old. Much suffering ensues in the
meanwhile. But it cannot be done elsewise. The longer we put off the
revolution, the worse it’s going to be.
·
Jesus
told us to listen to the children. Our children are demanding
change. We’re not listening to them by electing Hilary.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
July 6, 2016
·
Hilary Walks We had told
readers months ago she would not be indicted, not from some hunch of
ours, but because People in the Know told us. So now that she’s
walked, why should Editor care? Well, because he didn’t think the
thing would be so openly done. He thought FBI would take its time
making a case, which can mean years if the matter is complex, that
the FBI would recommend indictment to the Attorney General who would
either say no or hem-haw until the next president came in.
·
Instead,
Hilary gets a 3 ½ -hour interview on a non-working day, Saturday,
and by Tuesday 1100 the FBI Director says there’s no case he can
make. How can this be? FBI has to work on her statement, more
investigation has to be done in the light of what’s she said,
lawyers have to go back and forth, then a decision is made. Weeks
are required. And BTW, FBI has cleared her the day before she goes
with Obama on a campaign visit, where he says she is the
best-qualified candidate ever. He knows this how? She’s been a
senator some, and a SecState some; she’s better qualified than the
Donald, but the best-qualified
ever? Has she ever been the governor of a big state, say for
2-terms? That’s a good qualification but even that is not the best.
Anyway.
·
First, an
explanation of how the FBI works.
In 2010 it had a conviction rate of 93%, quite typical, of whom 81%
were jailed This is a staggeringly high rate. How does the FBI
do it? By bringing only those cases it is sure it can win. And an
absolutely incredible
97% of its wins are plea bargains The reason for this is that
the FBI has unbelievable power behind it. It can’t get you directly,
it will grab someone else and toast his toes in a legal sense until
he agrees to testify against you. FBI is relentless.
·
So you
could say that the FBI wasn’t sure of its case in HilaryGate. Except
it was. One of the things it found that 110 or so of the emails on
her server were classified at the time they were sent/received. She
cannot claim as she so piously said that the material was
subsequently classified. Another thing: she set up the server right
out of the starting gate. Another thing: she clearly must now – with
her qualifications – that you cannot conduct official business on
your own account without permission. This was never sought. Yet
another thing: when you are asked to hand over your emails, you
cannot decide which ones are not relevant and wipe them. That’s
called destroying evidence, a jailing offense in its own right.
·
The FBI
Director said he found no “reasonable proof” that Hilary had any
intent to do wrong so he was giving her a pass.
How on earth can he exonerate
her on the basis of intent? When you break the law, intent has
nothing to do with it. Intent can factor in sentencing or the
particular charge. For example, I kill someone. There’s at least
four levels of intent that Editor is aware of. First, second,
voluntary manslaughter involuntary manslaughter. In this last, I
have zero intent, but my action led to someone’s death.
Here’s a layperson’s guide to intent.
·
Moreover,
FBI Director blasted Hilary for being
“extremely careless”; said “multiple” servers and mobile devices
were involved, not just one; said that the classified material
should not have not been where it was found; criticized State for
its lax security culture and so on. With the multiple
servers/devices, Hilary’s behavior was continued violation of rules
and regulations. Not one person, not a single one, told her she was
in violation? Multiple devices, multiple years, and this was
unintentional? And obvious State was lax; with their chief ignoring
the rules why should they follow them? As chief, their violations
are on her.
·
Hilary’s
response is to say her action was probably not a good idea (or words
to that effect). And that exonerates her?
·
Now,
people, let Editor be frank (he’s actually George, but for this
article he’s Frank). He’s not so enamored of Donald that he wants
Hilary disqualified from running or serving. He thinks Hilary is
about the worst thing that is going to happen to America, but even
he can’t say she going to be worse than Donald. But why should
little people have their lives destroyed for violating some of the
regulations she did, while she gets off free? This not right. It has
nothing to do with her being a woman. Who on earth cares? In South
Asia we are used to strong women heads of state (Pakistan, India,
Sri Lanka, and Bangladesh has two of them).
·
At a time
when this country is so divided on the issue of class and privilege,
FBI Director has not done the right thing which his super-lightening
action. He should have let it go on, if the result was it dies a
natural death, that’s fine. Why is Bill getting a pass for his
little chat with the Attorney General? Had you or I done it, we’d be
hauled up to prove we didn’t use undue influence. You and I say “we
chatted about our grandchildren” and we’re going to be believed?
Tuesday 0230 GMT July
5, 2016
·
Hilary at it again Hilary’s
closest aide, Huma Abedin, was deposed. She said the then SecState
often put her daily schedule into the burn bag. So, you say, what’s
the big deal? Why not get rid of the schedule when the day is over?
·
The
problem is that under US law, official documents belong to the
people. They cannot be destroyed. They have to be filed. They become
historical records which we, the people, can request under the
Freedom of Information Act unless published. The government can
release them or not, depending on the content. They can release
parts of the document you want. If you don’t like the Government’s
response, you can go to court. So on and so forth.
·
Nonetheless, no matter how trivial the document, it does not belong
to Hilary. So once again, she’s shown to do exactly what she
pleases, the law is for the little people. Then she wonders why so
many people don’t trust her.
·
BTW, on
Hilary’s server, she/supporters say “well everyone gets email on
their personal computers”. This may be true. But if I run a red
light and my defense is “everyone does it”, you know exactly what’s
going to happen. It’s not an acceptable excuse under the law. That’s
all there is to it. And, as we’ve said earlier, everyone doesn’t run
their own server.
·
Anyhows,
America. Looks like she’s going to be your next Prez. You deal with
it. Editor has his own problems. But the elite has to understand:
it’s this continual shady dealing that is driving the public nuts.
Back before hypermedia, we didn’t know what the elite was doing.
Their wrong actions were not being constantly rubbed in our face.
Times have changed. Standards expected of the elite, particularly
our leaders, are so high that no one of quality wants to be in
public service. Likely these standards are unmeetable. But again,
this is y’alls problem. Mortgage is due in a few days. Fortunately,
someone needed some work done and were kind enough to pay up front.
So July is okay. August? Who knows. That’s too far away to even
think about it.
·
Fallujah You’ve heard that
hundreds of IS pickups – US says 450 – left Fallujah in a convoy,
and attacked by the US and Iraq. A third were destroyed.
Simultaneously, a convoy left Ramadi, also a large number of
pickups. What it was doing there, Editor has no clue, because Ramadi
was supposed to be cleaned out months ago. This also was attacked.
·
So you
have US officials piously wondering, “what was IS thinking? They
know we see everything; how did it think it could get away with a
mass movement?”
·
Sigh.
Would it hurt the Americans to tell the truth for once? Why does
everything our officials say have to be a lie or a conditional
truth. Editor knows what happened. If he knows you can bet your left
white sock that everyone who has a heartbeat knows, because
inevitably he is the last to be clued in. The Iraqis cut a deal with
IS to let it leave. Iraq does this all the time. Either the US
wasn’t informed and it attacked the convoy, with an Iraqi gunship
joining in for show, or the Iraqis welshed.
·
Either
way, why this fake “we don’t understand IS”? Oh yes, US, pious as
always, says “we didn’t attack the vehicles we thought had women and
children”. Really, you can assure us of that? Of course you can’t,
and of course civilians would have died.
·
But
that’s okay. It’s the enemy. Every pickup was a legitimate target.
Why get this holier than thou attitude?
Why bring it up at all?
Why not shut the fat lips? If some journalist asks “Are you sure you
didn’t kill civilians?” why can’t US say “We don’t know. We were
targeting the enemy, not civilians. If some or many got killed,
we’re sorry, but perhaps IS should not shelter behind
non-combatants. We cannot afford to let the fighters get away. War
is heck.” Instead, if it
turns out civilians died, the world press will get after the US with
the “Liar Liar” thing.
·
That’s
the way things are today. Why tell the truth when you can lie?
·
Oh yes,
belated July 4th. Why do people need all these holidays?
Editor has to work 365? Why are others having a day off and having
fun? Grumble. Whine. Complain. The only holiday a person needs is
the day of their own funeral.
Sunday 0230 GMT July
3, 2016
We’ve been terribly relaxed about updating, and the reason is these
days Editor doesn’t have a regular routine. Much of his time is
being spent in applying for jobs, something he is just not good at.
Then there’s a bit of tutoring to be done, for pocket money, but
that plus travel-time kills half the day. Then there’s the usual two
college courses, and the odd consultancy that comes by. So Editor is
not using his time productively.
·
The Bill in the china shop
Poor Hilary. We don’t like her, but you still have to feel sorry for
a woman trying to make her way up in the world when she’s married to
a blithering idiot. One is often forced to wonder: is he trying to
sink her chances because he cannot stand the possibility she could
succeed without him? Mind you, he has been helpful to her. Her solid
primary wins in the South are due entirely to nostalgia for Bill,
who – it has been said often enough – was America’s first black
president. To that we can safely add, America’s ONLY black
president. But for him, she might not have won by such big margins
in the south because, you see, no one really likes her.
·
Bill’s
latest attempt to sabotage Hilary came the other day, when he and US
Attorney General Lynch were both visiting the same town on the same
day. Their planes were parked adjacently, sensible from the view
point of security. Well, Bill learns she is in town too. So he
postpones his scheduled departure, and after she boards her plane,
he lightly leaps up her stairs and stocks her with his presence.
·
We know
this was no conspiratorial meeting because a reliable source on
Lynch’s security detail says she was taken aback at his magical
arrival from la-la land or wherever it is he hangs out between the
blonde of the morning and the blonde of the evening. (Yes, editor is
wildly jealous, but he has never Begrudged Bill his Bimbos. Indeed,
Editor believes his pension should include a Bimbo Of The Day,
because he really is a decent fellow who was a decent Prez.) If the
object was to conspire, why do it in broad daylight when
conversations over private telephones would offer more privacy.
·
By his
rash action, Bill has royally shafted Hilary and has completely
compromised the one person Hilary needs on her side, i.e., the
Attorney General. Earlier, Lynch could act to delay or refuse a
Hilary indictment. Now she has no choice but to stand aside, and
indeed she has said she will go by what Department of Justice wants.
And the DOJ, being the DOJ, wants a big feather in its cap. And who
better as a feather than the next Prez of the United States?
·
Now, none
of this means that Hilary is going to get indicted. Even if she is,
she is not going to be tried before she becomes Prez, after which
she gets to appoint her own AG. The Republicans will hound her with
enquiry after enquiry as they did Bill/Hill during the 8-years of
his presidency and lately Hilary on Benghazi. So what? Has GOP
noticed that each time they play this “Get Hilary” game they lose?
They’ve done it so many times that even if they have a case, Hilary
supporters will not change their mind about her. They have already
dismissed ServerGate as persecution.
·
In a way
this is not good for America. What Hilary supporters don’t seem to
understand is that the question of how sensitive is the material on
her server (which she scrubbed as much as possible) is not the
issue. The issue is 2-fold. First, she is not allowed to receive or
dispatch ANY emails that have ANYTHING to do with Government
business unless she uses servers for which the Government has given
her permission. She did not get permission. She has broken the law.
Perhaps people feel it is a slap on the wrist offense, at worst. The
punishment is irrelevant. She could get no punishment at all but she
is guilty of breaking the law, No ifs and buts and maybe and
therefores.
·
Second,
it does not matter a fig whether the emails had sensitive material
or not. The law is not a democracy where issues are to be decided by
popular vote. The Government can take a copy of the Washington DC
telephone white pages, mark it secret, and that copy becomes a
secret. It does not matter of there are 250,000 other copies out
there. It is not for you or me to say “but the directory is no
secret!”. That may be, but that copy is, and that’s all there is to
it. Doubtless at trial a jury can rule that possession of the copy
is not enough to warrant punishment. But for that to happen, there
has to be a trial first.
·
Bill has
made Hilary look bad, he has shackled Lynch. What is she supposed to
when the former Prez of the US invites himself into her cabin? Throw
him out because she is overseeing an investigation of Bill’s wife.
And you can see where we are going with this. It does not matter if
Bill and Lynch had a cozy discussion about knitting and Hilary did
not come up directly or indirectly.
·
The man
is a loose cannon. He needs to be exiled to Gitmo, with an endless
supply of Bimbos – we don’t need to inflict cruel and unusual
punishment on him. One shudders to think what he will do once Hilary
is in office. We wonder, will he use Hilary’s map table for his
trysts as he did for hers?
Thursday 0230 GMT June
30, 2016
·
From Shawn Dudley: Analysis of Dr. Shelly Rigger’s discussion on
Taiwan Dr. Rigger is a
specialist in Taiwan-PRC relations. We sent Shawn Dudley the
discussion as he too is interested in the issue. This is what he
writes.
·
The basic
gist of Ms. Rigger's article is that newly elected Taiwan President
Tsai Ing-Wen hasn't changed anything in relations between the ROC
and the PRC, and in referencing the 1992 Relations Act she basically
provides a somewhat ambiguous framework for maintaining the status
quo. Taiwan's economy and society is sufficiently healthy enough to
continue to function as a "virtual" nation state (much in the same
way that Kurdistan does today, and to a lesser extent Palestine) and
so has no need to force the issue on their own. The author of the
article points out that the 1992 Relations Act effectively admits
Taiwan is part of China, although how that's defined is completely
unstated and open to interpretation.
·
Former
Taiwan president Lee Teng-Hu, who not incidentally is Tsai's
political mentor, had once suggested that the solution to the
cross-strait crisis was the formation of a "Chinese Commonwealth,"
where the One-China principle could still be played out among a
loose federation of sovereign states that would include not only
China and Taiwan but all of the Chinese diaspora such as Singapore
and Mongolia. This solution gives the Chinese the face-saving it
needs to maintain its nationalist principles, while still allowing
for full independence for nations like Taiwan, combined with a
common cultural and economic network where states share resources
and work in a common direction, not unlike the British Commonwealth
which itself is a sort of "imperial consolation prize" for the UK
but also an important linking of like-minded states.
·
(This
2003 article from the Taipei Times lays out the framework for such
an arrangement:
http://www.taipeitimes.com/News/editorials/archives/2003/04/02/0000200544/1)
·
In my
opinion, the trouble with this is that China doesn't want a
consolation prize, rather it
would just have the empire it thinks it deserves. I'm in the
minority regarding the issue but it's my strongly held opinion that
China is sure and completely committed to a military takeover of
Taiwan in the near future barring an acceptable political solution
(which I define as one in which the pro-independence DPP plays no
part in Taiwan politics at all), and its recent activity of "island
building," pushing naval and air control over the China sea, the
expansion of its Marine forces and amphibious capabilities as well
as the deployment of an aircraft carrier are all harbingers of the
campaign to come. With political disruption in one of Taiwan's key
allies (the United States) and an all-too-conservative defense
rebuilding effort by the Japanese there's a window of opportunity
opening for the Chinese to force the issue. Tsai and her government
shouldn't be arguing about the '92 consensus; they should be handing
out M4 rifles to their population as they might actually need them
soon.
Tuesday 0230 GMT June
28, 2016
·
UK vote to leave EU Read this article from UK Daily Mail
https://t.co/VyoXtOmViQ
Article says that according its Brussels sources, UK is not going to
leave.
·
Comment from an Informed Person
on UK Telegraph article saying
Parliament will vote for a “soft exit”, meaning UK gets to keep to
the good parts and jettison the bad parts. Of course, the Euros are
saying following the rules or leave
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/business/2016/06/26/parliament-must-decide-what-brexit-means-in-the-interests-of-the/ Below we give the Informed
Person’s informal reply. This person is clearly not in favor of
REMAIN, but is an outsider and therefore more impartial than most
Brits.
·
“The
Telegraph is in the Remain camp (they support the neoliberal
policies of the last 30 years).
The Gini index is very interesting, BTW. This is from 2015 on
distribution of wages in Europe.
EU as a whole is 0.346.
US is 0.4. UK is
0.404, making it the most unequal EU country and more unequal than
the US which is saying a lot.
You should confirm these figures for yourself. There may be different
findings with different studies.
·
“Scotland's response has a thick political aspect. Blair negotiated a watered
down devolution in return for EU membership for the UK thereby
convincing the Scots out of complete devolution because there would
be a check and balance from the EU over English control. Now that that could be gone,
the Scots are reverting to their former position. Also, BTW, Blair promised a
referendum for choosing to join, particularly with Maastricht and he
reneged repeatedly, and essentially pushed membership without a
popular consensus.
·
“Boris
Johnson is a weasel. For
him to suggest that immigration should not be affected essentially
puts him in the neoliberal camp as well. He has shown his true colors. An opportunist who looked to
dislodge Cameron and who is now back-pedalling because his bread
like virtually everyone else's in the establishment is buttered by
the very corporate interests who are looking to expand austerity,
reduce services, privatize governmental services and force wages
down. (Ed: this is the
EU recipe, it has not worked, and likely will never work because EU
is suffering from lack of demand: wages are too low for people to
spend much beyond the minimum.)
·
“There
are no good men left in public service anymore. Aristocrats are supposed to
act out of noblesse oblige.
These guys are as greedy as the nouveaux riche. End Times, indeed!”
·
Editor’s comment Editor is
reminded of what his grandfather used to say. “Don’t give leader
jobs to those who want them: wanting disqualifies them.
Find the capable person who
is hiding lest he be called on and draft him.”
Saturday 0230 June 25,
2016
·
What does it mean to leave the EU?
That isn’t Editor asking. That’s the top
Google about the EU after the vote, within 24-hours. The next four,
in order: What is the EU? Which countries are in the EU? What will
happen now we’ve left the EU? How many countries are in the EU?
·
Do you
see the problem? The Brits vote to leave, but apparently a whole lot
of them, Leave or Remain, lacked a clue as to what the facts were.
Unfortunately, Google is not telling us how many enquiries there
were, and without that figure we can’t really tell what percent of
Brits were clueless in the Kingdom. Nonetheless, the thing sounds
ominous. You can, of course, ask why anyone should expect the Great
British Masses to be properly informed when there’s no evidence that
most folks in the world think before doing.
·
Many
complex reasons have been given for the events, and Editor thinks it
would be pretentious for him to pretend he has a complete
understanding. Nonetheless, three things struck him. One, the public
did NOT want to hear any more pontification from the experts.
They’ve had it with the experts. Two, the Brits feeling a loss of
place. Three, the observation that those who have money voted
REMAIN; those that don’t have money voted LEAVE. Anyone note the
correspondences with what’s happening here? They’re not exact, but
the same sort of general idea is playing out here.
·
Editor
hates experts and feels one with those who feel the same. You will
never hear Editor claiming he is an expert. All he says he’s been
studying his subject for longer than anyone else. The subject being
all aspects of national/international security. Plenty of people
have spent more in this area or that area. But overall? Editor feels
comfortable making that claim, at least among folks who publish.
Privately he will concede that the more he learns the fewer
conclusions he feels justified in drawing. At the same time, it’s
not a good idea for folks to take major decision like UK did without
a decent knowledge of basic facts.
·
Loss of
place. People have a certain tolerance for change. Exceed it and
folks start going crazy. That’s what was happening after the UK
expanded rapidly after the fall of the Soviet Union. The Brits are
not going nuts about Muslims and things. They’re going bats because
of the huge influx of white foreigners. In the US, we at least lay the rules for who comes
and who doesn’t. Under EU rules, I can move to any EU country I
want, and live/work there. This is so obvious a point we needed
waste time on it.
·
Haves and
have nots. That’s pretty straightforward, too. If you’ve gained from
the EU – London, Scotland, Northern Ireland, it’s a good thing for
you. If you believe you’ve lost – everyone else – it’s a bad thing
for you. The mistake the elite made is because the current system
was good for them, they gave no thought to the losers. Ring any
bells about our situation back here?
·
Editor’s
prediction as to what happens next? UK will rejoin after the number
of New People exceed the Old People. The New People feel no
discomfort about rapid change because that’s all they’ve known. They
feel European first and British second. To them the crazy mix-up of
people in the UK is normal – and desirable. So all in all, this exit
thing is just temporary.
·
Last,
please to remember that large numbers of LEAVE perfectly well
understand the benefits of the EU. They just don’t want the guff
that comes with the benefits, such as Eurocrats who tell them what
to eat, wear, behave, and even what to think. Once the EU gets rid
of its elites telling people what to do, and permits folks diversity
within a united Europe, lot of people – not just the Brits - will be
okay with the EU.
Thursday 0230 GMT June
23, 2016
·
India get more FDI than China in 2015
Its always nice to hear some encouraging
news about the old country, though it and Editor parted ways 27
years ago. Last year foreign direct investment was $68-billion to
China’s $57-billion
http://www.defencenews.in/article/India-attracted-more-FDI-than-China-in-2015-4537
The thing with statistics is they must always be analyzed in
context. China’s GDP is perhaps 4.7x ours, so the $68-billion is
quite impressive. Interestingly, Pakistan got $18-billion FDI, and
our economy is 7x theirs. So they did even better than we did.
·
Truthfully, Editor’s primary concern with India’s GDP has to do with
defense, and here – as we’ve noted before, the government’s habit of
steadily reducing the percent of GDP for defense is making nonsense
of our expanding economy. We’re down to 1.7%, from about 3% in the
1980s. At the higher figure, we’d have $30-billion+ more for
equipment each year, and we wouldn’t be in the terrible condition we
are. It surpasses understanding that we so blithely assume we’re not
going to be fighting anyone anymore.
·
Back in
the Age of European Chivalry, folks used to maneuver their armies
like chess pieces and limit their fighting to the minimum. If one
side found itself out maneuvered, there was no last man last bullet
baloney. You gave in, shook hands, and came back another day. The
whole point of warfare, even today, should be NOT to fight. That’s
because once you choose the fight option, the complications multiply
exponentially. The law of unintended consequences kicks in. You can
win the war and still lose. Two examples are US in Second Indochina
and in Second Gulf.
·
So look
at the US. No one in their right mind wants to pick a fight with the
Americans because, if they go all out, there is no hope of defeating
them. And this is because the US maintains forces out of proportion
to the threats. Take, for example, the F-35. Why exactly does the US need
2400 of these aircraft? By 2035, when numbers reach that, together
with F-22 and the new fighter, whatever it looks like, US will have
more 5 Gen fighters than the rest of the world put together. That’s
apart from all the cruise missiles, bombers, network synergy and all
that. The reason for the excess is to make sure no one even thinks
of taking on the Americans. Ditto the 10 giant aircraft carriers.
Aside from the smaller deck carriers used for the Marine Corps, US
has 1-million tons worth of carriers. In a few years, when China has
four, it will have 250,000-tons worth. It may be decades before
China gets to 10. But the same principle is at work: not just
superior force, but overwhelming force.
·
This is
something India has never learned with respect to Pakistan. We try
and maintain a small edge and feel pleased with ourselves. But we’ve
seven times and the people and seven times the GDP. Now that we have
to assume a 2-front scenario, we can hold off China in the north
with 12 divisions and have 26 for Pakistan. The problem is, after
Pakistan finishes its long-delayed new raisings, they’ll have at
that many if not more. Long-delayed because Pakistan hasn’t had the
money. But PRC has finally figured out its far cheaper and more
efficient to contain rising India by giving Pakistan a few billion
dollars’ worth of military aid each year, than to worry about us
themselves. Even if Pakistan gets only two more divisions, they’ll
have 24 against our 26. With China backing them for the first time,
are they going to get intimidated by us. No, they’re not. This is
why continue poking us. They know even if we attack them, we don’t
have the force needed to decisively defeat them. This is what
happened in 1999, and in 2001-2002. And we know it, which is why in
2008 there was no talk about retaliation for Pakistan’s Mumbai
attack.
·
So here
we are, seven times more GDP, and we have no military options
vis-à-vis our long-time adversary. How does this make sense? It
doesn’t, and what’s really amazing is the Government of India
doesn’t care. It’s happy just offsetting Pakistan. So essentially,
we’ve crippled ourselves, Pakistan hasn’t had to do anything. The
Pakistan problem should have been resolved decades ago. Instead,
70-years after independence Pakistan remains a huge threat.
·
Are we
going to have to wait another 70-years before we sort out the
Pakistanis? Editor, for one, is not holding his breath.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
June 22, 2016
·
Strawberry Moon, Summer Solstice So someone sent Editor an article saying that
June 21 would be the summer solstice and also a strawberry full
moon, and all kind of weird things would happen. Now, you have to
just say “weird things” and “astronomic phenomenon”, and you have
Editor’s full attention. Needless to say he is almost never outside
after dark because once at his computer he has no experience of time
passing. For the first time in the entire year, he was invited for
dinner (second time that anyone has invited him for anything), so
when he returned home, there was the full moon. To him the moon
looked seriously dirty and in need of silver polish. Of course, he’s
almost color blind by now. He stood outside for 10-minutes waiting
for something weird to happen. Nothing did, except the usual every
night weirdness of ghosts and people wandering around aimlessly
(Editor lives on a dead end street of eight houses, in standard
reality people don’t want wander around aimlessly at night). Just
the usual Night Company.
·
BTW, not
trying to spook anyone, but where does this “quiet night” thing come
from? Night is like rush hour at Grand Central, there are so many
spirits and things and creatures of every size and shape and from
every dimension milling around. The Night Company has its noisy
conversations on a different frequency. Day, indeed sunlight itself,
blocks the sounds. The night sounds are always there, just you can’t
hear them.
·
So now someone suggests London should exit from the UK if UK leaves
EU Reason? Allegedly
economics. London produces some ungodly high percentage of GDP
relative to its percent of population, and it would do better as a
free city. And so on.
http://www.theweek.co.uk/uk-news/60388/could-london-declare-independence
That just shows how little folks in UK have to fill their free time.
First, what is the connection between UK leaving EU and London
leaving the UK? Second, if we’re going to go on economics, you’ll
have to split the City from London, because then the City has a much
higher per capita than the rest of London.
·
Next,
doubtless this has something to do with talk of Scottish secession.
They call it the United Kingdom because its composed of four
nations, England, Scotland, Ireland, and Wales. All won by England
thanks to conquest. Most of Ireland pushed off after a civil war,
splitting because the religious minority did not want to live in
Ireland. One supposes by some torturous reasoning one could say
Scotland is its own nation -
separate parliament, considerable autonomy, own language and
so on. Of course Scotland, like every other place on earth, was
itself unified by force from several smaller entities. So what
legitimacy does Scotland have to force former entities to stay?
Anyway, the point about London is that it is not a separate nation,
it is the capital of a nation. So where does secession enter into
it?
·
What
about India? Simple. Us Indians are anarchists by nature, each of us
feels no compulsion to follow any rules we don’t like. There is no
reason India should not – by modern thinking – constitute 500-600
different nations.
Except every time that has happened, foreigners have conquered
India. So if we’re all separate, how do we defend India? Same thing
with London. Does London want to maintain its own defense forces?
Mercenaries, like city states of the past? Where’s London’s port?
Why should the rest of England permit London control of the Thames
and so on? Not to forget: many of the Italian city states started
expanding into kingdoms, to be unified as late as 1861. Germany
itself is a recent nation. Does not seem a good idea for the
traditional German states with a common trade policy to start
breaking up.
·
Long-term the solution is simple When we become individually autonomous
machine intelligences we can all go off on our own to all corners of
the universe and be truly by ourselves, answerable to no one. How
will we pass the time? By creating our own universes to keep us
amused.
·
Wait a
minmin - Doesn’t Brahma
already do that? Dang. Editor thought he had an idea he could patent
and make money off.
Monday 0230 GMT June
20, 2016
·
The world these days is an excruciatingly boring place
In the US, we are going nowhere any time
soon. People are so polarized there is no agreement on the simplest
things. Americans no longer seem to want to inspiring things. The
battles of the day are becoming more and more absurd. For example,
there is a Minnesota college where 97% of the students are female.
Yet they are seriously protesting the “rape culture” of the college
after a student was assaulted. How can you have that culture when
only 3 of 100 students are men?
·
In the
US, a man and a woman can go to her/his dorm room, get smashed out
of their minds, make out, get rid of their clothes, and climb into
bed to do whatever people do in bed without their clothes.
The woman can still claim
rape the next morning because while she came to the room willingly,
got drunk willingly, made out willingly, went to bed willingly, she
did not consent to actual sex. The boy has to stop when she says
stop. Even if she did not say stop, she can claim she was too drunk
to consent, so its rape.
·
Then we
have our marvelously brilliant president. After the Orlando
massacre, Donald Trump calls Mr. Obama out for refusing to call the
incident what it was, Islamic terrorism. Mr. Obama angrily struck
back, demanding to know how using those words helped. May we ask Mr.
Obama a question? How did his totally meaningless, totally
formulaic, totally passionless speech to the nation help?
·
So the
other day someone was asking what our rush to get to Mars? Why do we
want to thoughtlessly pollute it with our bugs? Okay, so if there’s
Martians there we’ll need to reconsider everything, but why are we
worrying about Mars microbes getting contaminated? Life on earth
began when our pristine environment was polluted by stuff from space
– at least that’s the current story, tomorrow they may have a better
story.
·
Then
there are those who ask why the rush for Mars when we haven’t solved
a jillion earth problems? So that’s why humans explore, because
they’ve done everything that needs to be done and now we can go in?
Aside from the spirt of exploration, if we solve all our problems
why go anywhere?
·
Columbus
to Isabella: “I wanna find the Indies”. Isabella to Columbus: “Why?
Have we solved our problems in Spain?” Columbus to Isabella: “Coz
I’m gonna make you rich.” Isabella to Columbus: “Fool, why didn’t
you leave yesterday?” Is that good enough reason to go to Mars?
·
Elon Musk
wants us to go to Mars because he wants an alternative habit should
something really bad happen to Earth, like a bolide 10-km or even
100-km across. His point is valid, even if technologically it's must
simpler to nudge the bolide off course than to go to Mars. But: note
to Elon. If the threat is destruction of Earth, say by whatever the
follow-up to N-weapons is, you have to factor in the real
possibility that someone will say: “Why should the people on Mars
get to survive when we’re dead? Zap them too.”
·
That’s
Broken Back Warfare. Darn nearly everything is gone in a giant
nuclear exchange, but we need to whack everything the enemy could
use to recover. It’s for this reason the US targeted India – and
everyone else – in the event of nuclear warfare. Not that India was
a threat, but no one should be able to use India to recover. Mind
you, the targeting plan, which allegedly had 40,000 targets, was
never fulfilled because there weren’t enough warheads.
·
Extend
this further, and you get the well-used sci-fi meme of robots
continuing to battle endlessly over a destroyed earth.
Friday 0230 GMT June
17, 2016
·
Letter on Orlando killer from Reader Vladimir
I have an issue with "Omar Mateen is not
a jihadist because he s gay/drinking alcohol, not strict etc. " type
apologia. I have seen this from very knowledgeable so-called
moderate Muslims peddling this fallacy.
·
The main
attraction to those who have philosophical inclination to violent
jihad is that this the ONLY assured route to Jannah which bypasses
God's verification on Judgement day.
·
So a
conservative Muslims can merely be a passive cheerleader of jihadism
to pass Judgment. There is no need for him to throw away his
family's safety. He is already in the God’s good books by eschewing
vices and by being pious.
·
An
impious person, however, needs a short cut to bypass hellfire. His
guilt can drive him to take the shortcut to heaven.
·
Editor’s comment Just as a By
The Way, in the West we have people so unmoored from reality they
say “You say Islam is a religion of violence. What about
Christianity and the Crusades? What about the Protestant Revolution?
What about American fundamentalists who say gays will go to hell?”
Hmmmm.
·
Let’s
start with the gays. In case no one has noticed, American
fundamentalists don’t go around killing gays as a state or a
personal policy. Surely there are murderers of gays. But AFAIK there
are no preachers urging Christians to kill gays. That would be
incitement to violence, a criminal offense. Moreover, saying as a
defense: “God wants me to kill gays” will not get you off in court. It’s the other way around:
religious Christians will use Jesus’s message of love and tolerance
to justify acceptance of gays.
·
Next, the
Crusades. The ideological reason for the Crusades was to liberate
Christian holy places under occupation by Islam. The Marxist reason
was likely the wish to get some quick cash. The Crusades were 800+
years ago. Looting in the name of God was acceptable. It still is,
look at Big Business and its God, the Almighty Dollar. But Jesus’s
doctrine enjoins violence for any reason. There is no manner in
which the New Testament can be interpreted as saying it is your duty
to kill infidels. The Koran, under many interpretations does say it
is your duty.
·
Then, the
Reformation. This is not something the Editor has studied in any
detail, so he’s going to confine himself to saying the Christian
religious wars lasted 120-years off-and-on, and ended 350-years ago.
The Shia-Sunni split has had Muslims killing each other for
1300-years.
·
For the
Editor, this whole Islamic Fundamentalism business has nothing to do
with our moral superiority. Editor gives Zero Hoots about who is
right and who is wrong. Its comes down to the very basic issue: he
believes in live and let live. He doesn’t want to enslave anyone to
his will. But if someone is unwilling to let Editor live and let
live, he has to kill the other guy first. If Editor is beset by
moral doubt, if he doesn’t fight back to his utmost ability, he
doesn’t deserve to inherit the earth. He’ll worry about heaven
later, particularly as his one-way flight ticket says: “Hot Place
Downstairs”. Hopefully all the bad women will be there too. Editor
may even get a Saturday night date. But with his luck, he’s not
counting on it.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
June 15, 2016
·
NY Post quotes Obama ““we need the strength and courage to change”
our attitudes toward the gay,
lesbian, bisexual and transgender community.
http://nypost.com/2016/06/12/obama-says-we-are-to-blame-not-islamic-terrorism-for-orlando-massacre/
·
Excuse
me, please, Mr. President. Who is the “we” who need to change our
attitudes? Are you saying we’re to blame 49 people died at the hands
of a gay Islamic fundamentalist? Oh, sorry, you didn’t know he was
gay? Read this, Mr. President:
http://nypost.com/2016/06/13/shooter-used-to-visit-orlando-gay-club-use-gay-dating-apps/
He was married for 3-months, his wife thinks he was gay. His father
called him gay. The gay place he shot up was a regular hangout. He
used gay dating apps. And so on. Does this information on its own
merit prove he was gay? No, because no one has come forward to say
they were his boy-friend. Still, Mr. President, possibly you know
better than us, but we’d assume if you weren’t gay and hated gays,
you wouldn’t spend your time with gays and trying to pick them up.
Or does that Giant Mind of yours tell you else? If so, please do
educate us stupid, low IQ people that happen, to your great sorrow
apparently, to be the citizens you govern.
·
Are you,
by the way, implying we somehow pushed him to the fundamentalists?
You want us to take responsibility for that and say he was in no way
responsible for what he did? There are three million Muslims in
America. Do you see them going mad and killing folks because we are
under attack by fundamentalists and are fighting back? Or do you
believe that if only we had been nice to them they would be nice to
us? How are you being logical or even sane when you blame us and not
them? When you blame gay haters for the killing when the killer was
gay? Or are you saying he was afraid of coming out because he
thought gays are unacceptable, couldn’t stand it anymore and went on
a killing rampage. Well, his Dad may not have accepted his gayness,
but apparently plenty of other people did.
·
Also BTW,
Mr. President, why is Editor reading press reports that this man was
so full of hate, rage, alcohol, and threats that there were several
warnings about him but nothing was done because the authorities were
worried about accusations of profiling? Also BTW, this gentleman
pledged himself to Islamic State but drank until he was crazy and
belligerent. Mr. President, do you know what IS would do if engaged
in public drinking under IS? You’re right. He’d be eight inches
shorter. This man hung around with gays, for which IS would kill him
in all sorts of inventive ways, but we Americans are the ones who
need to be more accepting of gays?
·
Another
question. Has it occurred to you how typically modern American you
are by making this shooting all about you and your feelings? You,
sir, are part of the sickness that afflicts our land. The shooting
was not about you or me or anyone else except the victims. If you
have any respect for the victims, can you and other behaving like
you keep yourselves out of it?
·
Another
question. Do you not sicken yourself by giving the same speech again
and again every time there is a mass killing? What purpose are you
serving? What are you proposing to do to stop the killings? The
truth is, you cannot do anything. As such, your words stink of
hypocrisy and self-service. You are not the nation’s conscience, you
don’t get to tell us how we should react, you don’t get to lecture
us, you have no right to grieve on our behalf and no right to show
us how morally superior you are.
·
Please
just can it and leave us alone.
Tuesday 0230 GMT June
14, 2016
·
SR-72 We’ve been discussing
hypersonic aircraft. The SR-72 is a Mach 6 strategic reconnaissance
aircraft, and of course something like that can be developed into a
bomber too.
·
So we
need to go back a little ways. Readers will recall that the famous
U-2 (1950s) became vulnerable to the Soviet SAM-2. U-2 chugged along
at something over 400-mph but flew very high, 20,000-meters and up
where it couldn’t be reached by Soviet interceptors or missile.
Except in 1960 one was shot down by a SAM-2 over the USSR, and
another one, also by a SAM-2 over Cuba in 1962.
Though it could no longer be
sent into high-threat areas, U-2 served for many decades and still
does science work.
·
Obviously
a replacement was needed, and that was the A-12, a trisonic speed
aircraft. The A-12 morphed into the SR-71 (mid-1960s). SR-71 hummed
along nicely at Mach 3 and none were lost in combat. Then in the
1980s the SR-71 was phased out, according to a Wikipedia article
this was because the USAF was not using it but folks like CIA, DIA,
NASA etc were and USAF didn’t see why it had to care for and feed
the beast. Some aircraft were retained and reactivated for the
Balkans, but by 1998 it was goodbye. SR-71 flew at Mach 3 and
24,000+ meters, and was loaded with ECM, but if it needed to evade
it could step up its speed. Even the MiG-25 Foxbat couldn’t catch
it.
·
Naturally
the question arose: how could SR-71 be retired without a
replacement? There had to be something else. Please to note that
satellites don’t replace aircraft for reconnaissance. Satellites
take time to shift to new flight paths, they are very fuel limited,
and exist in limited numbers. Aircraft are far more flexible. The
something else was alleged to be the TR-3 and/or the Aurora. The
difficulty with TR-3A, TR-3B, Aurora etc that there is no
confirmed information. Not
just does the US keep changing designations of black projects, it
has a habit of trying out many different designs, none of which
might actually become operational. For
example, TR-3 is supposed to be a flying triangle. But some folks
have claimed seeing flying triangles at 35-knots or so, and there is
no conventional jet aircraft that do 35-knots. Others have said
these stealth planes are not reconnaissance, but stealth transports.
Some have suggested the triangles are flying radars of some kind.
·
So all
this stuff is speculative. The SR-72 is not, because Lockheed has
announced it, says it is in development, with a reduced-scale model
to fly in 2018 and full operational service by 2030. Nonetheless,
Lockheed does not claim the aircraft has been fully funded. So
perhaps it is one of many concepts using data from the several
experimental and test hypersonic vehicles flown by the US. Perhaps
Lockheed is giving a false timeline, and SR-72 is ready now or about
to be. After all, in a black program no one is going to announce
“today Lockheed has been declared winner for a Mach 6 ISR aircraft
that can be flown manned or unmanned”.
·
Meanwhile, no one seems to have the foggiest idea of what X-37 does
except it can stay up for 6-7 months and even (third flight) for
22-months. Fourth test flight was launched in May 2015 and is still
in orbit. USAF says it’s not a weapon. But then why did it go from
NASA to DARPA to the USAF?
Monday 0230 GMT June
13, 2016
·
CIA Chief says redacted 9/11 report pages will show Saudi innocence
https://t.co/zyNbIeQf8f Okay, so why were the pages
redacted in the first place? Moreover, are we supposed to accepted
CIA’s word that the pages are exactly the same as their originals?
Fifteen years is a long time in which to fix inconsistencies, edit
out embarrassing stuff, and produce a “genuine” copy. Still further,
is it a coincidence that the redacted pages are being released now,
when there is a bill before Congress to permit 9/11 survivors to sue
Saudi?
·
Is it
also a coincidence that the Saudis have said if the bill passes they
will sell their US bonds to the amount of $750-billion? If the
Saudis are pure as oil they mine, shouldn’t they demand the report
be released. And BTW, how come US Treasury claims Saudis have
$117-billions of Treasuries when Saudi is talking $750-billion? So
the remaining bonds can be in other undisclosed accounts, but why
are the Saudis doing that? A little getaway money in case the House
of Saud falls?
·
Not to
get diverted, but the bulk of that $750-billion is not Saudi’s
money. It belongs to everyone who bought Saudi oil, including the
US. It is proceeds of racketeering which is illegal in the US, at
least. The racketeering comes from the cartelization of Mideast oil
to artificially boost prices. Editor’s suggestion is the US should
seize that entire $750-billion. So people like China will get upset.
Why should US care? What are they going to do with their bonds, sell
them? To whom? US could always offer to buy them back at 10 cents to
the dollar. Just incidentally, as of end 2015 US had $15-trillion of
Treasuries, of which $6-trillion are held overseas.
https://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/RS22331.pdf
·
Is Editor
sounding too much like Trump? Not to worry: Editor thought of this
years ago before Trump starting talking about defaulting on our
debt.
·
New Russian hypersonic glider
First it was the Chinese saying they had
a hypersonic glider that would be delivered by a missile and come in
so fast no ABM defense could catch it. Now it’s the Russians,
claiming the same about their new YF-74. See
https://t.co/INqcl9n9xw
·
Sputnik.com, the very interesting Soviet web-paper, got egg on its
face by showing a pix of the US’s SR-72. Hypersonic is usually Mach
5 to Mach 10. NASA calls anything between Mach 10 and Mach 25 as
“high hypersonic”. That got Editor thinking. Mach 10 is less than
4-meters a second. But ICBMs arrive at 10-meters a second. So why
exactly is a hypersonic glide vehicle flying at – say – Mach 10
invincible? After all, US ABM system is supposed to zap ICBM
warheads entering at, very roughly, Mach 25. No one says that’s
easy. It’s very hard. But it can be done and US gets better every
year.
·
The other
thing Editor started wondering about: why exactly are China/Russia
crowing about their super-weapon? US X-43 hit Mach 9.7 seven years
ago, for 12-seconds. 2010-14 US X-51 Mach 5 was tested four times.
The last time it flew for 270-seconds. The program was concluded and
the research will be used for new aircraft. Further, in 2010-11 the
US flew two tests with a Mach 20 vehicle. The first was
unsuccessful, the second lost contact 9-minutes into a 30-minute
flight to a target 7700-km away. NASA decided not to stage further
tests as it had the data it wanted; and the research was folded into
the Prompt Global Strike program along with another program Advanced
Hypersonic Weapon. AHS had one successful 3700-km flight at about
Mach 7; a second test failed.
·
Further
adding to the irony of “invincible weapon”, the Russians sat their
S-500 SAM has an anti-hypersonic capability. It is designed as an
ABM, with a plan to deployed five batteries by 2020 or so and then
another five. So why all the Russian posturing and bluster about US
Aegis Europe threatening the strategic deterrent? Russian ABMs don’t
threaten the strategic deterrent?
·
What’s
particularly annoying about all this is: why is out being left to
Editor to point out these things? Why is Main Stream Media not doing
its job of countering Russian/China propaganda with the facts?
Editor gets paid zero dollars day, MSM people have fat salaries most
of us can only dream off. Get off those fat batooties, people, and
do some work!
Friday 0230 GMT June
10, 2016
·
Back to Penetrating Counter Air
Yesterday’s point was that contrary to
widespread belief, the US manages to successfully hide many parts of
its defense capabilities. Since PCA is required by 2030, we can
reasonably assume that its individual components are well into
development.
·
Today
when you think of any weapon, it has to be thought of as one part of
a system, especially if you are dealing with the US. The point of a
weapons system is that the sum of the parts is greater than the
whole. So PCA is not some super-secret aircraft. There is no one aircraft, but many
types. Moreover, the aircraft are simply the weapons carriers. The
real killer will be the missiles carried by different types of
aircraft.
·
First up,
we need to permanently forget about the Battle of Britain, Korea’s
MiG Alley, and all that sort of thing. Dog-fighting is totally
yesterday, perhaps even the day before yesterday. All this recent
discussion about an F-16 outmaneuvering an F-35 and therefore the
F-35 is a failure is complete rubbish. First, as we’ve discussed in
the blog, the F-35 was just one of the first flying porotypes
without its special paint, special electronics, or the special pilot
helmet. It flew a restricted profile to test its abilities in
certain modes against a dissimilar aircraft. Second, in real life,
the F-16 or F-15 or Russian or Chinese stealth will not see the
F-35. That does not mean the F-35 is invisible under all conditions.
So yes, a Luftwaffe Eurofighter did score against an F-22. But to
think this is going to happen with reasonable frequency is a bad
idea. Warfare is about exchange rates, and while the US will
definitely see many F-35s and F-22s splashed, the US will still have
thousands of aircraft after the adversary has run through his.
·
Third,
the reason there’s no more dog-fighting one-on-one or two-on-two or
whatever is that the fighter is just one component of a system.
Consider one thing: push your fighter to past sustained 10-gees, two
things will become mush: your brain and the fighter. Yes, an F-15
airframe can sustain a lot more than 10-gees for some seconds. Yes,
a pilot does not immediately lose consciousness the second he hits
or exceeds 10-gees. But we have to talk sustained for air combat,
not a couple of seconds or even ten. That’s why if you want your
pilot and plane back intact, you want to keep 9-gees as an absolute
maximum.
·
Enter the
air-to-air missile. Why do you want to stress the pilot and the
fighter when the missile can pull 40-60 gees and flying at Mach 3.
We’re not talking about the defender evading such a missile, which
is a very complex business but can be done. We’re saying now days
you let the missile do the work. Add to it stuff like 180-degree
boresight – F-35 can fire a missile while flying in the opposite
direction and the missile will turn around to chase the target. Add
to that stuff like autonomous targeting. Add to that a missile with
200-km and more range. Add to that stealth for the missile. Add to
that loiter capability. You could as well as load up an old Dakota
DC-3 as a missile platform as use a $150-million fighter.
·
Aha, you
say. But how is the Dakota to penetrate enemy air space? And right
there you have the penetrating part of PCA. The platform could be a
new production F-22. It could also be a B-21 which would carry a fat
load. It could be a fighter element of two aircraft of which only
one will be manned. It could be entirely unmanned stealth fighters.
There is no need to have a traditional 6th Gen fighter.
We don’t want to complicate this discussion by saying 6th
Gen development will stop. It wont. But elements of 6th
Gen technology could be in use much faster. For example, the 6th
Gen engine (already in development) will have greater range and
other tricks.
·
BTW, the
new penetrating platforms could well, at some point, have directed
energy weapons. No one is going to evade a laser beam. And will have
cyber-attack capabilities
·
In any
event, a bunch of B-21s or new production F-22s or whatever will not
just sail through the blue by themselves. The aircraft are systems.
And they will be part of bigger systems. Some components: AWACS, EW
aircraft, satellites, including last-minute launch of mission
specific satellites, long-range SAMs, land- and sea-based, land
attack missiles, cyber-attack and cyber-defense up the wazoo, EM
weapons and on and on.
·
This
requires not just colossal amount of money – hundreds of billions,
it requires a raft of cutting-edge technologies that are constantly
been developed, deployed, redefined, redeployed and so on. The
Russians are out of this game for good because they don’t have the
economy anymore. The Chinese have money already – 4% of current GDP
would give them $400-billion annually. But if there’s one thing we
can be confident about. When it comes to war technology no one is
going to beat the Americans because it is one thing they are really
good at. In any case, but 2070 we’ll have Artificial Intelligence
robots doing the fighting. Some say it will be sooner. It could, but
simply having a prototype is different from reequipping your entire
military.
·
BTW, the
US wants its UAV operators eligible for combat medals. Allegedly
it’s the stress. Excuse us, when did soldiers get combat medals for
stress? And how can the non-stop threat of imminent death or maiming
on the battlefield be compared with the stress of sitting in a comfy
chair in a safe, weather-conditioned bunker? But that’s Americans
today for you.
Thursday 0230 GMT June
9, 2016
·
Another puzzle: USAF’s PCA concept We can no longer talk about a 6th Gen
fighter, replacing F-22, because that concept’s obsolete before a
single 6th Gen prototype flew – unless it’s a black
program in which case anyone’s guess is good. Instead, we now talk
about Penetrating Counter Air. That tells you nothing, right? And
that’s deliberate.
·
US is
supposed to be a land where all the military information you need is
leaked all the time and is available on the web. For decades Editor
has been saying the US engages in massive deception regarding its
military. One of the ways it does that is to release endless reams
of low-level information that you can spend your life chasing and
still have little clue as to the reality. The real information
remains hidden.
·
Here’s an
example. Younger readers won’t remember Sprint/Spartan, which was an
ABM system that was operational only for a very short while in the
1970s before both US/USSR decide to limit ABMs. It accelerated from
zero to Mach 10 in five seconds, and reached its intercept altitude of 30-kilometers in
15-seconds. That’s 100 gees. You think that’s fast? Wikipedia
reminds Editor that US developed a
400 gee interceptor for
last ditch interception at 6000-meters. That’s what fast means. Of
course, this is in the golden age of US weapons development,
1940-70, when the US actually made things and iPhones and Starbucks
were not the center of our lives.
·
Sprint
(Spartan was the long-range interceptor) had a neutron warhead, and
since at worked at such a low altitude, you weren’t going to end up
frying your satellites and so on. Wait a minute, you say: you’re
going to kill an incoming warhead with a bunch of
neutrons? Well, seeing as
the tactical neutron warheads were designed to kill formations of
40-ton battle tanks, a missile warhead would be like tissue paper.
Remember, the idea of the neutron bomb was to kill people, not
destroy physical stuff by blast. This was needed because if US used
tactical nukes in Central Europe against a Soviet tank offensive, it
would end up destroying Germany to save it. Understandably, the
Germans were not too keen on that.
·
Anyhow.
Fast forward 40-years, and US now equips its ABMs with hit-to-kill
warheads. The interceptor warhead actually rams the incoming missile
warhead to destroy it. You’ll doubtless have another “wait a minute
“moment. The interceptor warhead is supposed to find a warhead
coming in at 10-meters a second (36,000-kmph) out in the big open
space above our heads and whack it mano-el-mano? How is that even
possible? Incidentally, the hit-to-kill warhead is very rapidly
maneuverable to counter incoming maneuvering warheads. That makes
the job even harder.
·
Okay, so
the US says that’s what it does. The question is WHY? How does this
make any sense? Why not just use a neutron warhead which gives you a
kill radius of hundreds of metersl in Spartan’s case tens of
thousands of meters? It is said that Sprint/Spartan was withdrawn
because Soviet maneuverable warheads made it obsolete. Okay. That
problem is resolved now because the hot-to-kill warhead goes
a-dancing and a-prancing. So why not use neutron warheads. True,
there was a 30-year treaty not to deployed ABMs. The treaty expired
in 2002, US refused to renew, end of treaty. But, you will say,
there’s a test-ban treaty, so how are we going to test the neutron
warheads. By using petaflop computers, among other things.
·
So does
the US have a backup plan to use neutron warheads? Let’s just say it
would crazy not to, especially with other folks like DPRK, Iran,
China, India fielding ICBMs. You can have an accidental launch, a
rogue launch, a small-number missile launch and you’re going to rely
on a hit-to-kill warhead requiring exquisite precision? Makes no
sense. What aiming for hit-to-kill allows you to do is to make very
sure your 300-meter diameter neutron warhead will kill. That’s for a
missile like Aegis or THAAD BMD. The big fat missiles in Alaska can
carry bigger warheads.
·
So what
is the point of this long digression? That the public does not know
the good stuff to do with US defense.
·
And the
point of the above point? US wants the PCA business by 2030. Which
means a whole lot of things have already been done that we don’t
necessarily know about. We’ll discuss PCA tomorrow.
Tuesday 0230 GMT June
7, 2016
·
Indications of US defenses/plans against PRC anti-carrier missiles Mr. Ronald O’Rourke, who is the US
Congressional Research Office expert on the US Navy, kindly sent us
this.
·
Another
potential oversight issue for Congress concerns the Navy’s ability
to counter China’s ASBMs. Although China’s projected ASBM, as a new
type of weapon, might be considered a “game changer,” that does not
mean it cannot be countered. There are several potential approaches
for countering an ASBM that can be imagined, and these approaches
could be used in combination. The ASBM is not the first “game
changer” that the Navy has confronted; the Navy in the past has
counters for other new types of weapons, such as ASCMs, and is
likely exploring various approaches for countering ASBMs.
Breaking the ASBM’s Kill Chain
·
Countering China’s projected ASBMs could involve employing a
combination of active (i.e., “hard-kill”) measures, such as shooting
down ASBMs with interceptor missiles, and passive (i.e.,
“soft-kill”) measures, such as those for masking the exact location
of Navy ships or confusing ASBM reentry vehicles. Employing a
combination of active and passive measures would attack various
points in the ASBM “kill chain”—the sequence of events that needs to
be completed to carry out a successful ASBM attack. This sequence
includes detection, identification, and localization of the target
ship, transmission of that data to the ASBM launcher, firing the
ASBM, and having the ASBM reentry vehicle find the target ship.
·
Attacking
various points in an opponent’s kill chain is an established method
for countering an opponent’s military capability. A September 30,
2011, press report, for example, quotes Lieutenant General Herbert
Carlisle, the Air Force’s deputy chief of staff for operations,
plans, and requirements, as stating in regard to Air Force planning
that “We’ve taken [China’s] kill chains apart to the ‘nth’ degree.”
In an interview published on January 14, 2013, Admiral Jonathan
Greenert, the Chief of Naval Operations, stated:
·
“In order
for one to conduct any kind of attack, whether it is a ballistic
missile or cruise missile, you have got to find somebody. Then, you
have got to make sure it is somebody you want to shoot. Then, you’ve
got to track it, you’ve got to hold that track. Then, you deliver
the missile. We often talk about what I would call hard
kill—knocking it down, a bullet on a bullet—or soft kill; there is
jamming, spoofing, confusing; and we look at that whole spectrum of
operations. And frankly, it
is cheaper in the left-hand side of that spectrum.”
·
To attack
the ASBM kill chain, Navy surface ships, for example, could operate
in ways (such as controlling electromagnetic emissions or using
deception emitters) that make it more difficult for China to detect,
identify, and track those ships. The Navy could acquire weapons and
systems for disabling or jamming China’s long-range maritime
surveillance and targeting systems, for attacking ASBM launchers,
for destroying ASBMs in various stages of flight, and for decoying
and confusing ASBMs as they approach their intended targets. Options
for destroying ASBMs in flight include developing and procuring
improved versions of the SM-3 BMD interceptor missile (including the
planned Block IIA version of the SM-3), accelerating the acquisition
of the Sea-Based Terminal (SBT) interceptor (the planned successor
to the SM-2 Block IV terminal-phase BMD interceptor), and
accelerating development and deployment of the electromagnetic rail
gun (EMRG), and solid state lasers (SSLs). Options for decoying and
confusing ASBMs as they approach their intended targets include
equipping ships with systems, such as electronic warfare systems or
systems for generating radar-opaque smoke clouds or radar-opaque
carbon-fiber clouds, that could confuse an ASBM’s terminal-guidance
radar.
·
Editor’ note. Pretty simple and straightforward. Notice the
bit about “deception emitters”. We’ve been talking about that,
making a Task Force appear where it isn’t. The stuff about the
carbon fire and opaque smoke to deflect radar guided missiles is new
to us, and we don’t know quite why, because we knew about the
special smoke decades ago. “Left-side of the kill chain” means kill
it before launch or just after. The SM-3 BMD interceptor readers
know about; the Block 1 has a range of 2500-km. The Sea Based
Terminal interceptor is the Standard 6 missile which is both an ABM
and a SAM. We haven’t yet got an estimate for the range, but based
on the weapon its replacing, range has to be more than 250-km; we’re
guessing 500-km. 1800 are in
process of being deployed to the fleet. Though its described as a
last-ditch weapon, with the EM rail guns come in and with the laser
weapons, there will be two more lines of defense. Right now we don’t
know how powerful the ship-board laser will have to be because there
won’t be more than 1-2 seconds at most to kill the warhead. Seems to
us something bigger than a 100-KW laser will be required.
·
We wants
readers to know all this because then you’ll realize why the US
spends so much money on defense. All this stuff is expensive as
all-heck and requires top-of-the-line technology. It takes decades
of R&DTE and deployment at each step.
Friday 0230 GMT June 3, 2016
·
Liar, liar, pants on fire In
the battle for Fallujah, you have two sets of liars. The first,
Baghdad, lies without subtlety. After announcing it had surrounded
Fallujah in a ring of steel, it now turns out Fallujah is far from
surrounded
http://www.bbc.com/news/world-middle-east-36430911 Okay, so
what’s new? Hasn’t this happened a zillion times before? The Iraqis
think that because they’re Arabs, it’s okay to lie as a matter of
course. It is not okay because you do it enough, you can’t
distinguish the reality from the fantasy. You lose credibility.
Okay, you say, what’s new here? We all know Baghdad has never had
any credibility. Why is Editor getting upset?
·
Let’s
step back a moment and enumerate the balance of forces. IS is
supposed to have between 500-1200 fighters inside the city. But that
was the original estimate. Just the other day the US said it killed
73 in air strikes. The after that the Iraqis said they had killed
75. This is without the daily grind of air, artillery, and other
attacks. Using Indian
Army rules, which are much more restrictive than the US Army’s, one
dead means two wounded. India does not count men who return to
combat from the Regimental Aid Post within 72-hours. At least it
didn’t a while back. 150 killed in the two incidents above mean 300
wounded. Which means at the lower edge of the IS fighter count,
they’re all wiped out. At the highest end they’re suffered 33%
losses, at which points units start losing cohesiveness. But now add
casualties from the several other days of fighting, at the minimum
IS should have taken 750 casualties, which means it should be over.
·
Now, on
the Iraqi side we’ve got amazingly accurate US airpower, B-52s with
Fuel Air Explosive bombs, US rocket troops, more UAVs than God knows
what to do with, and so on. The locals have 30,000 fighters, divided
equally between the army, the federal police, and the Shia Iranian
militias. Why is this not enough to finish the battle right sharp?
·
The
Iraqis are saying it’s because they want to minimize civilian
casualties. Please, people, you’re giving Editor a tension headache.
The truth is you don’t give one tiny little darn about the Fallujah
civilians. They’re Baghdad’s mortal enemies, Sunnis. Neither does
the US. It certainly didn’t care when it was bombing the heck out of
Kobani, Syria. And nor should it. The object is to win, and fast.
·
Editor
will tell readers what’s happening. First, the Iraq Army is not
fighting, and it has not fought in any meaningful sense since the US
reorganized. The US effort to train the Iraqi has failed – for the
umpteenth time, and our military has been lying its fat butt off
about how it is successfully training the Army. Yes, the second Big
Liar is the US military. Editor has said this again and again, in
every battle, and the US military just continues lying. Second, the
Shia militias are being held back for the reason they usually are:
they will kill every Sunni they can find, combatant or not. Wouldn’t
you, considering what Iraq’s Sunni rulers did to the Shia and what
IS has been doing to Shia civilians? They are not fighting. The
Federal Police are just that: armed police. They can do second-line
duties and that’s it.
·
So who
is fighting? It’s the
Federal Counter Terror police, of whom there are unlikely to be more
than 1500. They have done almost ALL the fighting in Anbar. But
there’s just so much they can do because they’re so few. And BTW,
why are they fighting? Because they are sworn Sunni killers. They’re
doing what they live for – and again, we don’t blame them one bit.
·
But even
these fellers are very tired. They are relying on US airpower and
they’re doing their best to minimize their casualties by avoiding
risk. And again, Editor can’t
blame them. How much more can you expect them to do?
·
Remember
Fallujah 2004? The Marines and Army went in man-to-man and they
killed and captured the 3000 defenders. Sure, they weren’t staging
bayonet charges. They cleared Fallujah by blowing up every car, ever
house, every structure, street by street, block by block, and
district by district. It was a six-week battle.
Where are the Iraqi forces to
go in street by street? And you cannot blame the Shia militias for
not doing that. They aren’t trained for this, nor are they defending
their shrines.
·
Look,
people, at some point Fallujah will fall because the IS will
withdraw. They might even lose Raqqa and Mosul. But they will be
back. Only the US can do the job of clearing Mosul. The US doesn’t
want to because President Nobel Prize has said that massing US
forces to do the job is stupid. Okay, so US has made it bed, and it
can just darn well spend the next 50-years in the Mideast doing the
same thing again and again. But remember: as in Afghanistan, the
Iraq insurgents live in their country. If you’re not willing to go
and kill them all, guess who is going to quit first. So why bother?
Thursday 0230 GMT June
2, 2016
·
President Obama embarrasses the US again
by calling for a world without nuclear
weapons. No, this is not the embarrassment that comes from his
random free-floating fancies, as happened at Hiroshima when he
wanted us to use the occasion of his visit as an opportunity to
raise our collective consciousness. That was a doozy: so Sixties,
but those folks at least an excuse: they were smashed out of their
minds on drugs.
·
The Big O
this time embarrasses because of his grating naiveté and lack of
historical knowledge. Is he aware that at the end of WW2 the US
offered to unilaterally relinquish atomic weapons provided the rest
of the world did the same? And guess what the USSR’s reply to that
was? Their own A-firecracker. Followed by the UK, followed by the
French, followed by China, followed by India and so on.
·
The
moment passed, it cannot return unless we create One World because
(a) there is no trust; (b) fool-proof verification is impossible if
someone is determined to cheat; (c) smaller powers facing larger
ones will not give up their arsenals or their options; and (d) we
need to protect ourselves should unfriendly aliens show up. And no,
we are not talking of Mexicans busting through the border, but real
aliens.
·
Let’s consider this alien business
With all the thousands of exoplanets
already discovered, and likely hundreds of millions if not hundreds
of billions or hundreds of trillions of others waiting to be
discovered in our galaxy alone, saying there are no aliens so we
don’t need to defend ourselves is probably not the best idea we’ve
had.
·
Some say
that the aliens will be much more advanced than us and so resistance
will not be feasible. Okay, but if a hundreds persons armed with
machineguns and rockets attack your house, resistance will also be
futile. Should you then throw away your guns?
(In Editor’s case, his
imaginary gun.) That is not the nature of human beings.
·
As for
the aliens being so powerful that our weapons will be useless,
consider this. In 1934 Leo Szilard came up with a feasible
theoretical concept for creating a nuclear chain reaction. Just
eleven years later the US used atomic weapons in a war. These days
you cannot get a toilet seat designed and approved in eleven years.
Given the exponential rate at which human knowledge is growing, it
is impossible for us to even conceive of what we could do in a
hundred years let alone a thousand. Let’s not underestimate
ourselves in the death and destruction department.
·
Others
have said that a spacefaring civilization would be so highly evolved
that it would arrive peacefully and act only to help us. Giggle.
Just like we arrived in the Americas, Asia, Africa, and Australia
only to help the natives.
·
Readers,
be sure to keep your personal N-weapon wrapped warmly in its pink
blankie, and give it lots of hugs and smoochies before putting it to
bed for the night. You never know when you’ll need it.
Monday 0230 GMT May
30, 2016
Conversation with “Shipkiller” on random US Navy topics
·
Do the
DDG-51/CG-47 classes have main battery missile reloads?
No definite answer given, but they can
be reloaded at sea, with difficulty.
Up through the flight IIA Burkes they
have the gear.
·
“On VLS
CGs (the first flight used MK26 launchers) the canisters would be
received from the Ammo ship via STREAM rig to the port sliding
padeye and then moved fore or aft along the main deck using dollies
on both ends and sailors pushing. Obviously sea state is a limiting
factor. The VLS launcher had a folding crane occupying the same
space as 3 cells which unfolds and picks up the canisters to put
them in the cells. The ship would have a full outfit of all the
dollies, slings, brackets, etc required.
·
“The big
issue would be the complexity and limitations of trying to reload
while underway. Pier side it's a several day evolution to on load or
offload a ship load out, so you can imagine that underway it would
probably take much longer.
·
“The
built in crane was not capable of loading the Mark 21 VLS launch
canister for the SM-2 Block IV rounds, or the Mark 14 canister for
the Tomahawk, as both of these were several tons too heavy for the
crane. The cranes are have been removed during overhauls and the 6
cells freed up by removing the cranes (one in each launcher group)
were of far more value.”
·
Does
Zumwalt have MHD drive “The
Navy wishes that had an operational
magnetohydrodynamic drive.”
·
Why
were only 3 Zumwalt built? “The
3 DDG1000's turned out to be too expensive (and a bit too much over
the top for the rather conservative Navy Brass to swallow). They
will be test beds, show the flag & flagships for Non-Flat top
(CVN/LHA) battle groups.”
·
Russia
claims Zumwalt cannot be stealthy due height and size “Stealth reduces the radar cross section, making long(er) range
detection harder, it doesn't make it "invisible" to sensors. That
being said, the ever swinging pendulum of defense vs. offence is not
in Stealth technologies favor anymore.
·
Why
does US Navy say Zumwalt is for littoral operations, given its size? “They
are "blue water" ships and are not going to be used in the
"Littoral" (rather nebulous term ~200 NM or so off the coast)”.
·
Thoughts on the LCS “frigate”?
“In my opinion, the LCS is a complete waste of time & effort. Poor survivability, under
gunned, too expensive & cranky (even with additional crew added,
they are completely over tasked).
I'm thinking the Navy had the "Flower" class corvette in mind
(aka torpedo catchers) but forgot the cheap and expendable part.
Might make a good artificial reef.”
·
What
makes the Burke DD-51/CG-47 the worlds’s “most survivable warship”?
·
“The
Burkes are for a modern warship, very tough & the most capable
surface combatant in the USN, and likely the world. But like any post WW2 ship,
it isn't designed to take multiple heavy caliber shell hits, or in
this day & age, Anti-ship missiles (or SAMS in surface mode, or even
a heavy anti -tank round (c.f. Milan II [Sitting in the Adriatic
post breakup of Yugoslavia, ATM armed Helos kept me up at night.]).
Such a hit = mission kill, many hits = swimming with the fishes!”
·
Dear McDonald’s
The other day a former CEO of yours said
that proposal to raise the minimum wage to $15/hour, “was nonsense
and would lead to “job loss like you could not believe””. You will
have to substitute robots for humans.
http://www.theguardian.com/us-news/2016/may/25/former-mcdonalds-ceo-threatens-replace-employees-robots
That’s
Economics 1,
which yours truly flunked, but even he understands that rising labor
costs will be substituted by machines.
·
Of course, you are bluffing about using
robots to replace $15/hr workers, but at some point, unless wages
are permanently suppressed, and as machines get cheaper per unit as
more are made, your prediction applies.
·
42% of US workers make less than $15/hr
(median wage)
http://www.slate.com/blogs/moneybox/2016/03/28/how_many_workers_earn_less_than_15_per_hour.html
I don’t know if you aware, but $15/hr really is the minimum needed
to live in most of the US. Be happy to explain it to you another
time. If you have dependents, say a parent or a wife with young
children, then of course $15/hr doesn’t work. But I agree with you:
where in the Constitution does it say a person is entitled to earn
enough to live, forget about dependents. There’s no need to get
married and have kids, as for elder care, old people can just sit in
the armchairs and drool away till they die.
·
So what this comes down to is the US
economic system cannot assure 42% of its workers a living wage. An
immediate result of this is that folks cannot afford the products
you and your brothers bring to market. If robots were economical at
$15/hr, then in addition to the unemployed and underemployed, some
55% of folks would have no jobs. How are you going to make a profit,
then?
·
There’s another aspect to this which I
suspect you don’t understand. If only 1 in 2 workers have jobs, how
are you going to keep them on the reservation? You cannot. There
will anarchy as the have-nots attack (a) your robots and
establishments; (b) you and yours. Do you think the police, private
security, and the army are going to stand and risk their lives for
you? Not only will there be a 50% chance that they themselves have
unemployed, desperate family and members, 100-million jobless will
simply overrun 5-million protectors – remember, a goodly number of
those 100-million are armed.
·
So these folks will have to be bought
off. That could mean a 70% tax on you and yours. It could be more.
That being the case, why not avoid the tax by paying folks more so
they don’t feel the need to put your head on a stake after they’ve
guillotined you, your wife, and your children. Can’t happen here?
Think again. Also please remember that goodly number of those with
jobs will also join the mob, because it’s the right thing to do.
·
But wont 70% tax rates, like, destroy
the economy? Our most prosperous times were in the period 1940-70.
Tax rates were, like, 80%, 88%, 94%, until in the latter half of the
1960s, they went down to 70%, about 30-percentage points higher than
today.
http://taxfoundation.org/article/us-federal-individual-income-tax-rates-history-1913-2013-nominal-and-inflation-adjusted-brackets
·
Mr. Ex-CEO, don’t look at me for an
explanation. I’m not the one earning tens of millions of
dollars/annual. I’m not as smart as you. You explain, and I’ll
listen.
0230 GMT Wednesday May
25, 2016
·
More on DDG 1000 Zumwalt
Okay, Editor got 15-minutes off today to
do some real research. Two things we forgot to mention. Despite size
of 16,000-ton, the ship has a crew of just 158 or so. That’s
including the aviation detachment. And that’s half the crew on the
DDG-51 ships. So clearly the ship is automated to an unprecedented
degree. That has Editor wonder: what about damage control? That’s
when you need humans. In case of combat damage, do the crew just
seal off the damaged part of the ship and carry on as if nothing
happened?
·
The second thing is that the ship has an
electric drive, as will the next generation of US missile
submarines. So the ship is much quieter and there’s no mechanical
parts, critical for protection against submarines, and simplifying
maintenance. We haven’t yet figured out if the electric drive is the
same as a MHD. If so, you get a very maneuverable ship capable of
throwing hard turns. Critical for self-defense.
·
Two new things we learned. First, the 20
x 4 missile VLS cells are arrayed peripherally around the ship. This
is another damage limitation feature, allowing the ship to keep
fighting. Second, we’d mentioned the ship has 72-MW of power. This
was bothering us as it didn’t seem to be enough to maneuver as well
as fire the railguns and lasers. Answer turned out to be simple:
there’s 58-MW of reserve power for the weapons. Moreover, the ship
is networked not just in the electronic sense as we’d assumed. Power
can be distributed between different uses as the tactical situation
requires. Slow down, and more power can be sent to the weapons.
Which then raises the question: can more power be supplied to
propulsion. BTW, we look suspiciously at the stated 30-knot speed We
suspect its higher.
·
You see the problem Editor was whining
about? You learn one thing, and there’s more 10 things you need to
find out. The one thing Editor has not been to learn: since these
are experimental ships, what’s the follow-up design? You need to
start these things 10-years earlier, and that’s assuming you’re
happy with the performance of the experimental systems.
·
The Bill Cosby business
Okay, let’s start by agreeing the man is
a major creep. Big time creep. There’s may be about 58 women have
come forward to say they were assaulted by him, usually after being
drugged and unable to give consent. Then there’s the matter of his
now saying that at some point his studio would weekly send 5-6
models presumably aspiring, to – er – service him.
·
Nonetheless, Editor would like to be the
Devil’s Advocate here. Notice, not play the Devil’s Advocate which
would not be truthful. Editor is going to say stuff that will
doubtless upset many women. So be warned. Stop reading and evacuate
to a safe place, or be prepared to be harmed.
·
First, is it moral or ethical to bring
up stuff that happened up to 50-years ago? The older the case, the
harder it is for the defendant to prove his case, or even recall
whom he had gotten together with. The more it becomes a case of “she
said”. It becomes
hearsay. This is not right no matter how you look at it.
·
Second, would Cosby’s actions sound as bad if
he simply gotten the women drunk? After all, that’s the way it used
to be in Cosby’s time. Still is, and people use drugs too. Let’s not
go into this, because you’ll be asking how does Editor know. Look,
to witness things is not to have participated in them. That’s all
the Editor will say. This is
not an equally-opportunity thing because if a lady gets a man drunk,
he won’t be able to – er – perform.
·
Third, when women hook with a famous person,
or even with a not famous person, how can they say: “I was
incapacitated and could not give consent”? Once up in the man’s room
ready to party, by which law does it say that at ALL times, the
woman has to be complete charge of the encounter, and if any time
she says “stop” the man has to stop? Why are you there with him in
the first place? To read the Bible? You have already given consent
if you are alone with him.
·
Last, when the lawyer for some of the women, a
well-known “feminist”, has repeatedly said “He needs to set up a
$100-million fund to compensate these women”, we come to the heart
of the matter. It’s about blackmail. Someone you hooked up with got
you intoxicated and took advantage of it. You are so damaged that
you hate to hide it until this lawyer and others trolled you to come
forward. If the women are really insistent on justice, let them
declare any damages they gain will go to charity. If the lawyers are
so insistent on justice, let them say they will do the same thing.
·
Then Editor is completely on your side.
He has total respect for you. Otherwise, sorry, the women are not
much better than this man. Who is pretty low, but that’s the world
of famous men – and women.
0230 GMT Monday, May
23, 2016
·
Spent 4 hours updating Italy today and need another four to finish. Most
annoyingly, the Italian Army website was giving 404s every time we
tried to get into real detail. So we had to temporarily use
Wikipedia, and this is such an unprofessional thing to do – even if
the Wikipedia author had also used the official website. Now after
updating fully, we’ll still have to find official sources, so this
may require another 4+ hours. So we’ll end up spending 12+ hours on
something we’ll never make an Euro cent on.
·
Did we
ever mention that actually we have another separate site altogether
for the professional stuff? Not to worry, no one else does,
including prospective clients. Most of the time Editor himself
forgets it’s there. Also not to worry: this website will be
available free as long as you have an organizational email, such as
a dot EDU. After 16 years of trying to make this into a working
proposition where at least our contributors and Editor gets paid
something for the work, Editor has given up and is going to give it
away free. Folks like Jane’s will simply copy the stuff verbatim and
make money on it, what they heck, at least ordinary folks will get
to see the material without being held hostage by Jane’s and so on.
And of course, out stuff is very much more detailed than Jane’s.
·
Wait, if
it’s that good, why aren’t we selling? Jeez, you all are as naïve as
Editor. A couple of Editor’s friends he approached who are retired
from marketing took a look at things, free of charge. The problem?
Jane’s has a brand, we don’t. So even if Jane’s idea of an orbat for
the French Army consists of listing the brigades and their
regiments, whereas we have it down to companies, people are not
going to going to buy our stuff.
·
Again,
you’ll say, wait another second: they have to take one look at your
stuff and they know it’s far better. Why would they not buy it?
·
This
puzzled Editor for many long years. Remember our young friend the
critic who was after Editor to put this enterprise on a professional
basis? He said something terribly profound though he didn’t realize
it. He said that people don’t want to sit there going through reams
of papers staring at figures. They want context, they want
explanations. So we’re going to pull back a little and tell you
what’s Jane’s World Armies is actually about. This we found doing a
little – ahem – investigating from within Jane’s.
·
It’s
simply advertising. The World
Armies thing is just an excuse for the advertising. That is done in
two ways: actual ads, and material that gives a tyro general
contacts for folks who want the goodies advertising. Now, get this:
the contacts are easily found on the web. That is where Jane’s gets
that information. They are not the real contacts, for which you pay
arms dealers millions of dollars. As for the truly sad,
uninformative, banal, and sterile analyses of each world army, any
of our readers could produce them for an army with which they are
familiar. Jane’s is not going to waste money on paying for real
orbats because its clients wouldn’t know what a real orbat if it
smacked them on the tushie. Jane’s is a brand. You cannot afford to NOT buy it because then you
show how ignorant and déclassé you are. Additionally, very cleverly,
Jane’s has split the book into many, many different books, which are
simply gorgeous ads for the manufacturers, and use the performance
figures given by the manufacturer.
·
We don’t
want you to think that’s all Jane’s World Armies is. Its brilliantly
thought out to give a big return at very low cost for HIS, the
parent company.
·
When
Editor learned this and more – a dense 40-page report – he went:
Gasp! How can people not WANT to look at pages and pages of figures!
Editor could spend his whole life doing just that. At this point, we
need to turn from the world of reference books to the world of the –
er – looney doctors. They’ve been very kind and helpful to Editor in
their attempts to get him to be “normal”. It apparently takes a
highly deranged personality to do what Editor does, and keep at it
day and night, decade after decade. But what about intelligence
types?
·
Editor
knew many of them. Here’s the thing. They’re in intelligence because
it’s their job. They specialize. They come to office and they read
and research and look at reports, and put their unique thing down.
They go home. A very few are obsessive. But none as obsessed as
Editor. None of them covers the whole world. So there will be
someone sitting in the US DIA who knows everything to be known about
– say – Indian tank regiments. But not only has s/he little interest
in other countries’ tank regiments, s/he are not allowed access to
anything out of area.
·
Moreover,
if you give Editor one fact, he immediately wants to know 10 more
about that fact, and then he wants to know 10 more about each of the
ten. Though Editor focuses primarily on defense, he’s like that
about ALL facts. The other day, he saw something on the Australian
scram jet. He had to go back and look at the X-15, to see if the
Ozzies had broken the X-15 record. They had, but the Ozzie thing is
unmanned; X-15 very much holds the record for manned. Okay, so why
not move on to something else. Editor starts going through X-15 test
flights. Then he finds he’s rusty on the X-planes of when he was
young, and he knows little about the latest ones, except numbers and
very approximate performance characteristics. So he starts reading
up history and more up to date stuff. Then – and you’ve guessed this
– he has to go back and see what the Germans were up to on such high
speed aircraft. Not much, the technology was just getting conceived.
But then he has to look up the rumors on Germany’s anti-gravity
plans. He’s just settling down when there’s a phone call from the
telecom provider saying he’s 2 months overdue on his bills and
unless he pays in 7-days they’re cutting his service. Editor is
angry at being interrupted but has to grit his teeth, look at his
account, finds he’s been paying monthly but has been forgetting to
click the Submit button.
·
So, sorry
to bore you on this, but half-way people are not as crazed as
Editor. All he has do it make a slight change to the Italian Ariete
Brigade (add a reconnaissance regiment, delete a tank regiment) and
the next he knows he’s reading the World War II history of the 132nd
Ariete Division.
·
The sum
of it all is that what Editor wants to do is not saleable. So might
as well give it for free.
·
Okay –
wait, you’re asking what it would cost to build a brand? His
marketing friends said $3-5 million as a first tranche, they’d work
for free till there was a profit, which might be in 5-years and it
might not. That’s just for building the brand, not for operations,
and every year more tranches of money…
·
Bother.
Time to go back and see what happened to the Tridentina and Julia
Alpine Divisions in the Russian campaign. These are the last two
Alpini brigades left in the Italian Army. How can you understand the
2016 brigades unless you go back to 1942? And that’s just the start…
0230 GMT Sunday May
22, 2016
·
A
short discussion of USS Zumwalt DDG 1000 We won’t bore you to sleep right at the start
by going through the history of the design. Suffice it to say it
originated from the Destroyer 21st Century which was to
be the follow-on to Burke class missile destroyer which is the work
horse of the US surface combatant fleet. Sixty-two are in service,
more building, and the earliest units under refurbishment. Though
called destroyers, they fill-load at almost 10,000-tons and cost a
cool $2-billion each. The same hull is used for the CG-47 cruiser
class. We’d have to refresh our memory to tell you why the same
displacement ship is both a destroyer and a cruiser, so we’ll let
that go for a moment.
·
Destroyers are the navy’s jacks-of-all-trades. There’s basically
nothing you can’t use a destroyer for. So it’s always nice to have
as many as possible. The
Burke DDGs were built to be the most survivable US warships ever,
and again, we’d have to recheck what makes them more survivable than
the other.
·
Instead
of the 32 Zumwalts originally programmed, just three are in the
class. That is why the destroyer costs a whacking $7-billion. One of
the great mysteries of life is why the US reduced the class so
drastically. Saying cost escalation makes no sense, because when you
go down from 32 to 3, you for sure will get a huge cost escalation.
The best guess Editor has heard is that these are now seen as
essentially as a test class. The US Navy is usually forthcoming
about its plans, but there is no indication as to what the next real
destroyer class will be, but we can reasonably assume it will use
the same hull.
·
So what
has changed in naval warfare that the US is using its 21st
Century destroyer class as test-ships? Obviously something big is
expected to happen. We can only guess, because from the start the US
Navy has been tight-lipped about the Zumwalts. First, please to note
they displace almost 16,000-tons full load. The US Navy’s later
World War II heavy cruisers (Baltimore and subsequent classes) were
– if we remember correctly what we were told – reached almost
18,000-tons. So there is a lot of space inside. But what is the
space filled with? Right now, apparently not all that much. What
exactly is the US Navy working on that will fill the ship? Don’t
know.
·
We must
tell you the Russians have been making fun of the ship, saying how
can something 16-stories high be stealthy, and how it has such a
pathetic armament, just 80 missiles and two guns. Tut tut. Surely
know by now that US ships carry reloads. Given how much more cubic
volume the DDG 1000s have compared to the DDG-51/CG-47s, it is
likely that they can pack 300+ missiles with ease. One version of
the ship was designed for 500 missiles.
·
Now, the
Russians are right to ask how such a big, high ship can be stealthy.
We certainly don’t know. Stealth coatings normally operate by
absorbing radar emissions. The ones used on aircraft like the B-2
are delicate, to put it mildly. But warships operate in
environmentally harsh conditions. All those hundreds of salt water
hitting the ships in bad weather, and the spray in regular
conditions could not be good for coatings. Which is why stealth
warships are shaped to scatter radar emissions, not absorb them.
DDG-1000 must absorb them as well as scatter them. One of the
oddities about the ship is that for all its size, it is designed to
operate for extended periods in littoral waters. There has to be
some trick to hiding it when its operate close to shore.
·
Back to
the guns. They’re obviously Electro Magnetic rail guns. The ship has
78-MW of power; we kind of suspect it is or will be more. Plenty of
power for the EMGs and beam weapons. Given the amount of space,
there’s plenty of room for a couple of thousands of 155mm (8-inch)
slugs. We say slugs and not shells because there’s no explosive. No
need, because the 20-kg slug has a velocity of about 8000-kmph, and
the gun fires 10 per minute. Whatever that slug hits, ship, missile,
or hardened shore position the result will be a very big ouchie.
Missile? Yes. Because the velocity is so high it can be used against
missiles.
·
For the
rest, the ship carries 3 MQ-8 Firescout UAV and 2 UH-60 type
helicopters. This beastie is used for ASW as well as normal scout
missions, and it is very reliable. On one test it flew 10 sorties
lasting a cumulative 24-hours. It should be able to carry a
lightweight torpedo but we don’t know if that is planned.
·
There’s a
lot more to this ship than at first sight.
Saturday 0230 GMT May
21, 2016
·
US Army disgraces itself at NATO tank shoot This news is enough to depress anyone who
naively believes that our country is great. https://t.co/573zpmRgaR The US and five
West/Central NATO countries had a shoot-out at the Grafenwoehr; the
US team, apparently from 3rd Mechanized Division failed to place.
PzBn 7 from PzBde took first; 1st Danish Tank Battalion took second,
Polish 34th Armored Cavalry Brigade took third. No one seems to know
which position the US took. Or maybe no one wants to know.
·
By the
way, the US got to field two platoons. Everyone got one. Why? No
idea, but we had twice the chances to get it right. As only to be
expected, Popular Mechanics, which carried the article, tied the
performance to a statement made by some general the other day that
since we’ve been fixated on counterinsurgency, we’ve lost other
skills.
·
Really?
How many tank battalions went to Iraq or Afghanistan? True some army
mechanized and artillery battalions were used as infantry in Iraq,
but we left almost 5-years ago. So what is our excuse?
·
The
Germans can’t even get a brigade into action, but they trounced us.
And the Danes: nice people, but as far as Editor recalls they have
precisely 1 battalion worth of tanks (4 companies). And the Poles?
For heaven’s sake, they were using some hybrid tank of their own.
The Germans used the Leopard A6, the Danes the Leopard A5, the
Americans M-1A2s. (By the way, Shawn Dudley reminds us that the
Danes are considered very competent.)
·
Now,
look, there are all sorts of factors here we don’t know about. Did
the US send its best crews, or were the platoons from the rotation
brigade in Europe? Did the US crews train for the competition? The
last shoot-out took place in 1991. Has the US Army stopped taking
these things seriously? On the other hand, the US Army/Marines are
the last to see armor combat, in 2003 and some actions subsequently.
Was this a conspiracy for the Army to get more training money: this
is most unlikely. And so on. But notice Editor is talking like a
sports journalist, making excuses for his fave team. In combat the
only thing that matters is: are you alive at the end of the fight or
are you dead? Relying on the adversary to be even more incompetent
than you are doesn’t seem like the best idea.
·
Some
years ago, US National Guard tank battalions were getting 22 main
gun rounds a year. This was, needless to say, totally unacceptable.
Has the same thing been happening to the regulars? How many rounds
to Marine crews get? Etc etc.
·
By the
way, who won the US Army/Marines/Canadian forces 2016 competition
for top tank gun? Here’s the winning crew: 1st Lt. John Dupre,
insurance adjustor; Sgt. Curtis Bowen, delivery driver for Pepsi;
Spc. Brandon Sinor, senior at East Carolina University; and Spc.
Phillip Hill, aspiring police officer. Our foreign readers will
likely go: “Huh?”, but the American readers will know this has to be
a National Guard crew. In this case, according to Fayetteville
Observer, from 1/252nd Armor, a North Carolina unit
http://tinyurl.com/z7mp3wo.
Yes, yes, Editor is perfectly aware that Guard crews are more stable
than regular crews because they spend years together, but these
fellows achieved this on 22 rounds/year?
·
When
Editor was young (okay, okay, when he was younger) he had a sticker:
America Love It or Leave It. Looks like it’s time for a new sticker:
America Get It Together or Get Out.
Friday 0230 GMT May 20, 2016
·
Dear Hillary The
latest Rasmussen poll (May 19) shows that you have a lead of 11%
among women, but Donald has a lead of 22% among men. I wonder what your thoughts
on this are. Now, I know
polls are problematic. Among the problems is that they are only a
snapshot in time. Given the nature of the 35,040-quarter-hour per
year news cycle putative reality can change very quickly. Another
problem is each poll creates new reality. So, no need for a long
discussion on this, just wanted to let know that though at 122 my IQ
is a lot less than yours, I do understand we should avoid paying
much attention to polls.
·
Now,
since I do not move in your elevated circles obviously I cannot have
your opinion. My guess is that you will blow off this gap and say
that men cannot accept a strong woman.
I always feel this standard
comeback by women is a bit odd, but let’s not digress. My experience after
26-years back in the States, is the 5% of women you belong to
consistently put down men as savages that need to be castrated so
that insecure you can feel safe.
Unsurprisingly, you have a disproportionate impact on the
media, so us men feel constantly demeaned.
·
An
example. The other day George Will wrote in the Washington Post
about a case in which two college students had consensual sex. A
young lady saw marks on her friend’s neck and asked if she had been
assaulted. The student no, everything was consensual. End of the
matter. The school decided she was assaulted and too intimidated by
her boyfriend to say so. So acting on her behalf the school
suspended the boyfriend until she graduates.
·
Men
identify you as the sort of woman who would lead the inquisition to
burn the boyfriend to the stake. They don’t hate strong women. They
hate women who believe their primary function in life is to make
themselves victims of men, and use victimhood as an excuse to
suppress men. You go on and
on about you as the champion of women.
So what about the men who
constitute 49% of the population? You’re not going to be our
president too?
·
So I will
stop now and leave you to gasp in shock and anger at the crudity of
men, me being one of them.
In truth, I could give you a 100,000-word thesis to make my point.
First, however, nothing I say will change your mind. Second, why do
I need 100,000-words to state something as obvious as: “the sun
rises and the world is bathed in light; the sun sets and the world
is bathed in darkness”. Duh. (Sorry: men are middle-schoolers at
heart. But you know, most women don’t want men who are women with
different plumbing. Double Duh.)
Thursday 0230 GMT May 19, 2016
Okay, off-track as usual, but for a reason. Editor has been
furiously applying for online adjunct positions; no chance of a
proper job at school (too ancient), and subbing was pushing him
further into debt. Yesterday we were about to update when 2 more job
openings arrived and that took 3-hours.
So where is
Part II of the misadventures of Orbat.com? We’ll get to it,
meanwhile some interesting things have been happening that might
interest you.
·
The US election seems to have taken a strange turn Editor is speaking from intuition, but then
as he has said many times, you cannot be a good military/intel
analyst (or a good anything) without intuition. Intuition is not a
mystical thing. It is simply picking up clues unconsciously that nag
at you until the light-bulb goes off. No, Editor did not say “off”
by accident. Sometimes you see things better in the dark when
there’s fewer distractions.
·
The first
weird thing is that while Hilary is getting a $1-billion war chest
ready, Donald has still refused to provide an address where folks
can send him money. Newt Gingrich said the other day, only partly in
jest that Donald has gotten $2-billion worth of free publicity. And
you will notice he continues to get freebies. Tuesday he did a
20-minute interview with Megan Kelly, the aggressive Fox lady whom
he abused and humiliated and bullied. You can bet folks were
watching that instead of Hillary, if only because Ms. Kelly is an
eyeful. Donald and she had a very public reconciliation – carefully
staged by both sides. They are now Best Friends Forever. And you can
bet Ms. Kelly will be talking a lot to Donald. If this continues,
Donald will go into the final round without being beholden to big
donors. Hillary is owned by big donors
·
The
second weird thing is that Hillary won Kentucky – a southern state –
by less than 1%. Hillary has
a lock on the Democratic South because of the black vote and because
Bill is still recalled nostalgically. He was, after all, America’s
first black president. Yes, of course he’s white. But he understood
the black soul far, far better than Obama who in his soul is a white
northern intellectual. Bernie is pondering a recount request.
Meanwhile, Bernie won Oregon. He will never catch up, but he is
fighting for his principles and people love him for that. Hillary,
sorry to say, has no principles. Also meanwhile, the public is
suffering from Hillary exhaustion. She’s been in the news since
1992, and she has nothing new to say. Americans like new, and they
like being entertained. Hillary is not entertaining.
·
The third
weird thing is that Hillary has just said she will put Bill in
charge of economic policy – harking back to Bill’s decade which is
remembered for prosperity. Are people so foolish that they don’t
realize now is not then and there is nothing Bill can do? But that
isn’t our point. Many are disturbed by the thought of the First
Husband in the White House because he can’t get his zip closed. But
even that is not our point. When Hillary was First Lady she got
charge of Health reform, in which she has no expertise, simply
because she was Mrs. Bill. Equally, Bill will be in charge of
economic affairs not because he has expertise, but because he’s Mr.
Hillary. This is all quite below board.
·
Meantime, the pyswar on both
sides is in full swing.
all the old stories about Bill’s Bimbos are running around again,
especially about his mistress of many years who lives next door and
is known to the Secret Service as the Energizer. Y’all smart enough
to figure that out. This not a Bill’s Bimbo. This is a serious
relationship. Then a former BB is saying Bill told her Hillary is a
lesbian, and stuff is coming up about Huma and Hillary, and Monica
saying Hillary hit on her and so on, and Hillary not wanting any
kids until Bill persuaded her they needed kids for their career,
this being America and all.
·
Now look,
people, it isn’t anyone’s darn beeswax what Hill and Bill’s private
deal is. It’s their marriage. But this is America. We all sin with
great gusto, but we want our public figures to be perfect in every
respect including picture-perfect marriages. How this is going play
out, Editor can’t say. He thinks it won’t play out, Hill’s core
constituency doesn’t give two darns. In fact, this lesbian thing
will get her extra votes. But – as has been pointed out to Editor,
neither side is going to win on the core. It’s the 28% undecided. If
1-2% are put off, that could sink the ship.
·
The
ex-Bimbo is saying Bill isn’t a good lover, but for heaven’s sakes,
even Editor’s raccoons who live in his backyard know that. Makes him
more human. Oh yes, Bill would don Bimbo’s black nightie and prance
around the bedroom playing his saxophone. What a guy! Editor would
vote him just for that. But how is this going to play out with
Hillary’s feminists? No difference says Editor, but it can give
independents movements of sea-sickness.
·
Hillary
has fired a pathetic broadside against Donald, bringing up his links
with a Russia builder who has mafia ties. The problem is, its
established Donald under oath said he had no knowledge of the man’s
criminal links. BTW, this same man was reporting on mafia/crime
people for the FBI – at the same time. The man promised to bring
Donald business, never did. Editor does not see how this compares
with a black nightie clad, prancing, president playing sax for his
naked girlfriend d’jour. Besides everyone knows that the New York
City construction biz is owned top-to-bottom by crime syndicates.
You don’t want to pay, they don’t play. Your building does not get
built.
·
By the
way Mrs. Trump, young as she is and imperfect as her command of
English is, is apparently very canny. You can get her to talk, but
you can’t get her to reveal a thing. Think about this a second: who
do you prefer to see every day on the White House news: Mrs. Trump
or Mrs. Clinton? Before the Hillary lady supporters start attacking,
here is Editor’s response: oh please! All men know they are shallow
and sex obsessed. The feminist ladies can scream all they want and
intimidate men to silence, they cannot change what we are and what
we think. So there.
Tuesday 0230 GMT May 17, 2016
Part I
·
Now one of our young friends is scolding Editor about
Orbat.com. He hates the splash page –
“amateurish”. And he
says Editor nothing to promote World Armies, prefer to sit there and
curse the darkness instead of lighting a candle.
·
Now, our
young friend creates a dilemma for Editor. He is very fond of young
people and is happy to indulge them. And young people are the
future. They have energy. They have drive. They have ambition.
Without youngsters there would be no progress. The world would
stagnate itself into stasis. This is why Nature doesn’t let us live
forever. The deadwood
needs clearing so that new growth can take its place.
Nature dictates we either
grow and adapt to changes, or we reach an evolutionary dead end.
·
So how to
tell the young friend: hey, I’m twice as old as you, and don’t you
think I know what you’re saying? Don’t you think I’ve tried
everything? What’s the point of being old if you haven’t tried
everything six different ways and failed?
·
To clear
up a simple matter, the splash page. Somethings Editor does well.
Somethings he doesn’t know how to do. For example, one of his
professors who works for Department of Homeland Security wants a
paper from Editor about DHS’s central role as national security
civilian lead agency on cybersecurity. Well, till El Professore told
Editor the task, he had no idea that DHS has anything to do with
cybersecurity. But: no problem. 60-hours (one week in which he went
to work five days), the paper is ready, 15-double-spaced pages, 110
references. Not only does Editor cover DHS’s role, he discusses the
effort of the military cyber agencies to take the role away from
DHS; identifies the major threats; makes a case that cybersecurity
may be impossible for human operators; and that the only solution
may be AI. Which then creates another issue: when AI becomes so much
smarter than us, why should it let us rule the world? Pros and cons
of AI cybersecurity controllers discussed etc etc Professor gives
Editor a 97% and its done.
·
Now see
Editor try and put together his new lightweight battery-powered lawn
mower. He cant push his normal gas powered mower around anymore, $72
for the new one, which Editor cannot afford, but if you let the
grass grow too high, the city comes in without permission, mows it
for you and presents you with a bill. That money covers about 1.5
mowings. In the spring and summer the grass needs to be cut twice a
week. As they say, do the math.
·
So the
manual says it should take less than 10-minutes to assemble the
mower. After all, there’s four parts and one screw. Editor’s granddaughter could
do it in 5-minutes – without looking at the manual. It takes Editor
8-hours. Of course, he has to let it go and do other things because
his vision is blurred and his hands are shaking with the effort.
Aside from being blind and clumsy, what other problem does Editor
have? He cannot read manuals. No ifs and buts, candy and nuts, no
Christmas all year round. Being learning disabled, Editor can put
10,000 discrete piece of data into a coherent whole – by hand, no
computer. But he cannot read the one-page manual.
·
So,
Editor completely understands his young friend’s complaint with the
front page. And Editor is exceedingly fed up of people telling him:
it takes ten minutes to set up a clean, sleek web pages; the
instructions are right there, a 10-year old can follow them to get a
professional page. Hello? Does anyone understand he is not 10-years
old and he cannot read instructions?
·
Okay, on
to marketing World Armies. Editor is a total victim of the old
American prescription: work sincerely, give value to your customers,
and you will succeed.
Monday 0230 GMT May
15, 2016
·
Denmark choses F-35 over Typhoon & Super Hornet
The Danish selection process is
something the Indians could benefit from.
The Danes looked at what they
needed for a specified capability, not just pulled numbers out of
the air. Then they analyzed how many aircraft of each kind they
needed for that capability. Super Hornet came in 38 aircraft,
Typhoon at 34, and F-35 at 28. Then they did a 30-year life-cycle
costing – and released it for the world to see. Taking the F-35 cost
at 1, Super Hornet was 1.5, and Typhoon at 2.
·
Please to
note: (a) no discussion of is this plane better or is that plane
better, in terms of parameters that were not, AFAIK, revealed; only
planes that met the requirement in the first place were permitted to
compete. (b) complete transparency with an accurate estimate of
costs; not like our French friends, who like our Russian friends
don’t believe in offering a fair price. They bid low, and then just
keep increasing the price the further the production gets. No
playing games like we did in an underhand bid to get the performance
specs of the F-16, which we had no intent of buying. (c) Rafale was
NOT considered. Readers can derive their own conclusions from this.
·
Re. F-16,
it is a very magical airplane. When offered to us, its old and
unwanted. When given to Pakistan, it becomes such an invincible bird
that we are ready to freeze our burgeoning relationship with the US
over 18 aircraft. So, Government of India, please do tell what’s so
special about F-16s painted in PAF colors? Is India so frightened?
Is it so moronic? Is it incapable of any rational thought? Yes, yes,
yes. Then people wonder why, when in 1980 our GDP was the same as
China’s, do they now have four times our GDP?
·
Thoughts on Kalki, and on Christ’s second Coming
·
We like
to say that China has no rule of law, government/developers just
walk in and beat the heck out of anyone refusing to accept the
pittance the government offers until they leave. This is true. But
is that the only reason China has 4x our GDP? Hardly, it might be
just one of 10 major reasons. Can Government of India explain to its
people why Indian farmers resist land acquisition so fanatically?
Here’s a solution, GOI. Try paying the farmers market prices plus
hardship-to-move costs. What our democratic, law-abiding government
does instead is try and pay a fraction of the price the land is
worth, subsidizing capitalists at the expense of farmers. Isn’t the
Chinese system of force in effect doing the same thing, cheating the
poor for the benefit of the rich?
·
At least
the Chinese are honest about what they do. And they get people off
the land in weeks, whereas it takes us years. Is offering our
farmers a fraction of market price adherence to the rule of law? So,
as usual, we are not only hypocritical, we are also inefficient.
·
The US
has the best possible system. Thanks to manipulations by its
political elite, the Americans have made robbing the have-nots to
enrich the already rich perfectly legal! Thus, Hillary may spend
$1-billion on her presidential campaign. The people who give her big
money are not doing it out of the goodness of their hearts.
Reasonably, they demand a return. That return is that they as the
rich get even more money.
·
Is this
not horrific corruption? Well, not legally. No one is breaking any
laws. Of course it is immoral and unethical. But who among the
American elite cares about morality or ethics? In that respect,
Indians are far superior to Americans who insist India is corrupt.
We are. But at least we admit it. We don’t moralize and act
superior. It is unbearable to have so utterly corrupt a ruling class
as we do in America, and then have the Americans lecture everyone
else.
·
In the
Year of Our Lord 2016, there is no reason – not one – that even one
person on earth should be without food, proper shelter, education,
medical care, and dignity. Yet we live in a world drowning in misery
because rulers everywhere (most of the developed nations excepted,
obviously not the US) seek power at all costs.
·
So, the
obvious question: when will Kalki, and Christ, return to earth to
punish the unjust and reward the just? There are days Editor thinks
Kalki, and even Christ with his infinite mercy, are not going to
come. They are so disgusted with us that they have decided to let us
continue suffering.
Friday 0230 GMT May
12, 2016
·
Hill & Bill took “at least” $100-million from Gulf oil sheikhs
This figure is based on
document research carried out by
https://t.co/CMhYXxC5wq OK, H/B work hard for their money, and
there’s nothing wrong with lobbying and providing access. Editor’s
not begrudging them their money.
·
But then
Hill has come out strongly against fracking, and in her campaign
speeches vows to shut down US fracking. So this could be because she
is an ultra-green. But it could be because she likes the green as in
$$$. This is not lobbying/opening doors. This is large-scale bribery
and corruption. BTW, was she SecState when some of these “donations”
were made?
·
What Hill
is doing is very wrong. For 40+ years the US has paid the price for
the OPEC cartel. For 40-years we’ve been running a huge chunk of our
foreign policy on the need to secure oil. Then these oil sheiks
benefiting from high oil prices turn around and give their money to
global terrorist, and the US has to send hundreds of billions more
fighting the terrorists.
·
US is
adjusting fracking for a price of $40/bbl instead of $80+ when the
boom started. The US has become the world’s swing supplier and is on
its way to eliminating oil imports, except for technical reasons.
This makes a huuuuuge positive impact on our energy security, the
balance of payments, and the economy.
·
Not to
forget the developing nations of which India is one. The
catastrophic rise in oil prices near crippled the Indian economy,
and has retarded growth untill prices starting coming down in
2014-15. Not to speak of even
poorer countries.
·
To
destroy fracking because a bunch of camel bandits have given you
$100-million is a traitorous act. If the price doubles to $80/bbl
because of the loss of fracking output would cost America near
$300-billion/year and prevent energy independence until fusion
becomes widespread. When will that be? Don’t know. No one else seems
to know either.
·
Look, we
know Hill/Bill are ethically challenged. It may be impossible to
catch them on legalities because they are very good at legalities.
That’s the reason neither is a convicted felon. They are no
different from the rest of the elite. But just because something is
legal or borderline doesn’t make it ethical. Check on Bernie/Donald.
There is a massive revolt against an elite that is clueless about
ethics. Does Hill think she will get away with more of the same?
Does she think she is safe until 2024, or even to 2020? When these
revolts start, nowadays they get out of hand in months.
·
We want
to close with explaining something we have discussed before. When we
speak of oil sheiks, we’d like to note it takes 2-to-tango. The
global oil majors have conspired with the oil states from the very
start in 1973 to steal from ordinary folks. Fracking is against
their interests. And when we say interests, we’re talking trillions
of dollars. Frackers broke OPEC because they are very competitive
wildcatters. They had no interest in maintaining the cartel. But
now, Editor hears, big hedge funds are buying distressed fracker
assets. You all had better prepare yourself for the eventuality that
the point may soon come that when the oil price rises, the frackers
wont be able to return to the market. So oil prices will keep going
up. Until they are so high that the frackers can get new pools of
investment and crash the cartel again. By then we’ll be a few
trillions poorer. And Hill/Bill $100-milion richer. Is this trade
fair?
Thursday 0230 GMT May
12, 2016
·
So we missed updating yesterday,
despite being at home the whole time.
That’s because we were thinking about many things. Among them was
the news about gravastars.
https://t.co/R9my0aZfdx
According to the News Scientist article, gravity waves, long
predicted, were found earlier this year. It was thought they
originated from two black holes merging. This may still out to be
the case, but some extra-smart boffins said the gravity waves could
have come from a yet-unseen gravitational star. This beastie is as
dense as a black hole, but instead of collapsing under its own
weight, it is kept inflated by dark ages. And it doesn’t have an
event horizon. All that means is that it is not pulling in light
which never emerges again (except it does, but us simple-minded
folks have to keep things simple-minded).
·
It
occurred to Editor for the thousandth time, as it must also have
occurred to readers, that this astrophysics business is really weird
because folks hypothesize something, look for it, and find it. So
you have to wonder: are we creating the gravastar from our thoughts.
This is different from imagining the beastie. Our thinking it up
materializes it as a physical object.
·
If you’re
familiar with Indian philosophy, this is hardly a surprise. The
person we call god (Bhrama the Creator) creates an infinity of
universes each infinitely small time unit, out of his dreams. We can
do the same thing. Here’s Editor’s theory. You can’t do it by
standing in the middle of the street shouting “I believe!” because
the reality of the other 7-billion people negates the attempt to
create. In fact, even if all 7-billions of us joined together to
believe, we still won’t create anything.
·
Why so?
Because the universe (all universes) is a mathematical creation.
This is not Editor’s own theory, there’s hordes of brilliant folks
we say that. And the math has to be pure math. We’ve been trying to
read Brian Greene, one para at a time, as well as David Deutch,
Roger Penrose, and of course, Max Tegmark. We have to read each para
ten times, and by the time we get to para 10, we’ve forgotten what’s
on para 1.
·
Educators
know this phenomenon well. They call it laddering. Before climbing
the next step, you have to be able to see what’s coming in the
context of what we already know. You can give Editor 500-pages of
military data, and he will absorb the whole thing with full
comprehension, because his brain is wired that way. There’s nothing
anyone can tell him about the military that he won’t instantly
understand. But Editor’s brain does not do a thing when dealing with
abstractions. His youngest, on the other hand, could read a
monograph Hawking wrote for the general public, and get it all in
one go, at age 8. So of course he has no use for his intellectual
abilities, whereas people like his old Dad plod along like Sisyphus.
Okay, that’s for another
time.
·
Brian
Greene says that our universe is constructed of a handful of numbers
that have absolutely no value. A 1-kg ingot of steel has a value: it
is – isn’t Editor brilliant – 1-kg of steel, with mass, density,
volume, measurable qualities and so on. But the number that make our
universe have nothing attached to them. They’re just numbers. In
other words, pure math. (This is different from the six constants,
which had any of them been minutely different, would have resulted
in our universe not being created. Those are measureable things.)
·
Okay. So
Editor was thinking, as a scholar he should be free to peruse this
line of thought. It would require only 3-4 years of study and he
could create a broad framework for further exploration. But here’s
the thing. In India, he could live modestly, say like a married
graduate student, on $100/month. He spent maybe 30-hours of work a
month to earn that by writing. The other 330 hours were free to
study, debate, read, and so on. In the US, it really is the other
way around. Editor gets 30-hours a month for pure study.
·
Us
thinker types need either a wealthy family, or a wealthy
wife/girlfriend, or a patron, or the state to support us. Do people
think the artists, musicians, writers, philosophers, historians,
scientists of yore had to toil 12-hours a day farming or whatever?
No. And neither do today’s lot. They get grants from the state or
foundations, or university jobs, or think tank work, so they can
meet bills. That is not a world Editor has been able to enter.
Moreover, in America if you take money you have to pay the piper,
not – with a few exceptions – study what you want. Sure the creative
lot back in the day were at the beck and call of their patrons.
Someone wants a painting of his wife. So at least you get to paint
and improve your technique and get fame. You’re not doing yardwork
or whatever to pay the bills.
·
What fame
is there is substitute teaching, or even taking multiple degrees?
For the latter Editor at least gets to study. But it has to be what
the course tells you to study. Moreover, only a handful of
professors are confident enough to let you choose term paper topics
of your own choice. Editor has two such professors this last term,
unsurprisingly, it has been the most productive term of his 60+
semesters – and he actually
learned something. Anyway, the spaghetti and ketchup are
calling. Its 1853 EDT almost 90-minutes past dinner time.
Tuesday 0230 GMT May 10, 2016
·
The Donald
Confounds
the GOP and the media again. We’d told readers a while ago that The
Donald is a sheep in wolf’s clothing. But this we mean that he is
not a brutal fascist conservative, but a liberal Democrat running
under false colors. Two days ago, rather tentatively for him, that
he didn’t see how folks could live on $7.25 minimum wage, and that
he didn’t see what was wrong with rich people like him paying more
taxes. The GOP establishment is having more conniptions, vowing
Anyone But Donald, and continuing to play right into his hands. And
the media is devoting 90% of its campaign time to trashing him,
again playing right into his hands.
·
Editor
has to make his usual demurral again. Much as he is against Hillary
because she is part of the anti-democratic, power-crazed,
contemptuous of ordinary Americans, money-at-all-costs elite, Editor
still doesn’t see a way for Donald to the White House. But that’s
not we’re discussing here.
·
Our point
is that Trump has played the GOP establishment and the media for
fools, and even Editor is astonished how stupid they are being. Our
point about the media is too sophisticated for the media: Trump from
the start has been getting more free publicity than any candidate in
recent times has. Without paying a Mexican dollar, he has made the
election all about him. Media is so clueless that it doesn’t realize
how much ordinary people hate its pretentiousness. It doesn’t
realize that every attack on its worst enemy makes him stronger.
Listen, if the media doesn’t STILL see this, then it is even
stupider than Editor thought. And mathematically that is impossible.
·
Now,
there are some even in the media that are coming to realize – not
that they’re giving Trump free publicity and sucking up the oxygen,
leaving Hillary blue in the face, they can’t realize this – but that
the Donald’s oratory style is exactly suited to what the masses
want. Hillary will give you a 10-point answer to a simple question;
Donald will say “Trust me”. It’s not the masses are dumb, it’s just
they now hate intellectuals so much, they don’t trust a word Hillary
says. When refuting Donald, Hillary will give complex point after
complex point as if she at a Yale debate. Donald will say “that’s
stupid”. One anti-Donald media person actually said the other day,
what’s wrong with a using a 10-cent word when it works better than a
dollar word. It’s not the masses are stupid, it’s the intellectuals
that are stupid. Oratory is a completely different medium from
Intellectual Speak. This media person gets it.
·
As for
the GOP, doesn’t it understand that the majority of American people
can’t stand its conservative wing, which is all about the rich
getting richer, all about prejudice, and all about the
have-nots-can-look-after-themselves, they just need to get back into
their ghettos so that we don’t have to look at them? Doesn’t GOP
realize that there is a huge revolt against the fixer establishment
that controls politics – that includes Hillary – and the GOP’s
attacks on Donald are, again, playing into his hands? This anyone
but Donald movement smacks of backroom dealing and an attempt to rig
the election. It makes him a hero, it makes them into villians.
·
Meanwhile, who said the other day that he loves Hispanics and tacos
are his favorite food, and said this on Cinco de Mayo, the most
important secular festivals for Mexicans? It was The Donald. A
suddenly very wise person said the other day: Donald’s supporters
know he is not going to deport 11-million Mexicans. But now that he
has established himself as the ordinary American’s champion, they
don’t care. They know he has to say these things to get elected, but
they are confident if elected he will deliver for them.
·
BTW, just
another example of out of it the intellectuals are. People are
saying, how can he win after insulting women? No. No. And No. He’s
insulted a certain type of woman, the Hillary type of woman.
Further, after 35-years of being hammered and demeaned by militant
women, there are a whole bunch of men who will vote for him no
matter what.
·
Editor
knows his Euro friends are saying: Editor is mad; the Americans are
mad. Run for your lives. Look, it’s almost impossible for outsiders
to understand this country. For the last 25-years he’s been seeing
how ordinary folk are getting angrier and angrier. It’s easier for
an outsider to see this as well the complete corruption of the
ruling elite. Editor is only the messenger.
·
Sorry
about that.
Monday 0230 GMT May 9,
2016
·
Indian Army joins IAF on refusing more Akash SAM Akash is a SAM-2/SAM-3 replacement that took
30-years to develop. India’s Defense Research and Development
Organization was in charge. Hailed as a great success, the Army
ordered an initial 2 regiments with 4 more planned, and the Air
Force an initial 15 squadrons, equal to five Army regiments, with
more planned. Editor’s guess is the Air Force could probably use 15
more squadrons. Akash is used for air base defense; and in the
Army’s case, possibly in its air defense brigades – Editor is not
clear on this.
·
Army has
for some time refused to take more, and the Air Force too. A
competition for a foreign replacement was quietly staged, and
allegedly Israeli Spyder is the winner, according to Japan’s Nikkei
https://t.co/ZrQdTRJgYd .
·
So now we
arrive at a conundrum. India has, since the 1950s planned/built is
own weapons. The official doctrine is that we must be
self-sufficient in weapons. Editor has his own thoughts on this, but
since it’s the orthodox doctrine, lets continue with that. The
problem is that if you don’t give your own weapons a chance, if you
are forever sabotaging your own programs in many ways, then we’ll
never build our own industry.
·
There is
no doubt that our DRDO is deeply at fault. Like most Indian
government organizations, it is phenomenally ineffective. Reasons
are many, Editor has always singled out three. No Indian
science/engineering student of top merit will work for the
government when s/he can get 10-20 times the salary in the US. DRDO
has been consistently starved of funds and its financial planning is
worse than Editor’s. Editor has zero finances and always has lived
hand to mouth. Last, when to get the materials a researcher needs
takes months for items that can be procured overnight, and years for
items that take months to get in the US takes years in India, who
has the time for this nonsense?
·
The DRDO
says the armed forces keep changing requirements (true), never seem
to know what they want (true), and are looking for the slightest
excuse to buy foreign (true). The armed services say DRDO never
delivers on time (true), DRDO and public sector production factories
do sloppy work (true), and the products are never to specs (true).
·
Before we
continue, here are two Twitter replies to Editor’s post of the
cancellation. One by Evolved Troll warns us that most defense
acquisition news in the press is planted. True. Another from Kamal
Meena says: “When has Indian army accepted local arms? Be it Arjun
tank or anything else, they find some flaw to order from outside.
Then they accept cutting edge technologies to come out of India.
When after 10-15 years of work they order barely 36 arjun tanks,
that too after push by government, what do they expect? Their
short-sightedness is harming the long term prospects of the nation.
Only Navy understood this long back, and will be in very good
position, especially going ahead.” All true.
·
To this
Editor adds: Indian defense journalists are, barring some
first-rates ones in the new generation (anybody born 1960 or latter
is new-gen to the Editor, the worst in the world. With the exception
of the American journalists. These, however, are so bad that
statistics requires their dismissal as being outliers residing no
closer than Alpha Centuri. Honesty alert: if Editor had managed in
these last 26-years of his return to get a journo job, would he be
this critical? Yes: but only in his mind.
·
So with
these caveats, the Nikkei Japan article identifies a specific
problem with Akash: it takes 8-9 seconds to acquire a target, vs 4-5
seconds for Spyder. Army says this is insufficient time to defend
assets on the border. We could get into a big discussion on what
this means, but let’s not. If Army stations its 25-km SAMs so close
to Forward Line of Own Troops, we hope it realizes that under no
conditions will the Air Force provide close air support, because
Army missilers will put IAF fighters at great risk. Next what
happens when enemy fighters release their glide munitions well back
of the border? Last, the attacker is either going medium altitude
enroute to a target inside India before slipping to 100-meters off
the deck, or if attacking army assets on the border, is already at
100-meters. In the first case, the SAM battery on the border has
ample opportunity for a tail shot. In the second case, you won’t
know anything about his arrival before he blows you up. Does it
matter Akash takes 4-seconds longer than Spyder to acquire?
·
Now, of
course it is nowhere near as simplistic as we’ve made out.
Nonetheless, our points are valid. If you disagree, please do write.
It’s also not as simplistic because Akash may well have other flaws,
such as ECM/ECCM. But then how are we ever to get up to speed at
home. The Chinese accepted inferior local made weapons for decades
before they got their own designs up to – say 0.4 of equivalent
western stuff. Another three decades and they may be upto 0.8.
That’s good enough.
·
Why not
1.0 equivalence? Because in this century, at least, no one is going
to overtake the US in weapons design. This is one of the few things
the US is still really, really good at, with a 30-year R&D lead.
Saturday
0230 GMT May 7, 2016
·
The
astonishing arrogance of America’s Ruling Elite
This is not a story about what a phony the US
President is. It’s a story about how arrogant the ruling elite is.
Editor would like our foreign readers to look at
http://www.businessinsider.com/ben-rhodes-obama-foreign-policy-interview-2016-5
because it will help explain why the masses, of all political
colors, are starting to revolt. The arrogance has nothing to do with
a particular party. Liberals as well as conservatives have no
hesitation in telling the “American people” how to act and what to
think.
·
The link will take you to a story about the President’s Deputy
National Security Advisor – there must be more than one. This
gentleman is 38-years old and has a Masters of Fine Arts. He is a
failed novelist. So is Editor, BTW, and he doesn’t even have an MFA.
So there, wise guy. After 2001 he decided he wanted to write about
foreign policy, and boasts he knew nothing about it. Yet he he is,
according to the New York Times,
http://www.nytimes.com/2016/05/08/magazine/the-aspiring-novelist-who-became-obamas-foreign-policy-guru.html
,the second most powerful person shaping American foreign policy.
The second being the President. Are you starting to see one factor
that might explain the complete disaster of our national security
policy these last seven years?
·
Anyways, the reason the gentleman is in the news because if a
disarmingly frank interview he gave where he explained how he had
tricked the media, and thus the American people, into accepting that
our President had made an honest deal with Iran: cap/reduce your
N-program, we’ll lift the embargo. But our President knew all the
while that he was lying to the media; and was able to pull off his
manipulation thanks to the plans hatched by his Deputy NSA. There is
is a clear implication that this manipulation is a hallmark of this
administration.
·
Before anyone gets the wrong idea, Editor is not criticizing the
President for lying. Nowadays ALL presidents lie to get their way on
foreign policy. While Editor absolutely is against the deal, there
are good reasons to have gone forward. There is much more involved
than just the N-factor. Editor, of course, has repeatedly said that
the administration has
absolutely no idea of what it is doing in foreign policy anywhere.
·
What Editor is saying: look at how brazenly this man tells how he
manipulates the media and the American people. He believes he must
do this because the media and the people are too stupid to see their
own interest. How are such attitudes going to go over with the
people? They wouldn’t have known the truth unless he told them, thus
undercutting the administration. Not smart. BTW, like his boss, this
man believes – and says so that neither the media nor the experts
know a thing. BTW, this may well be true. But does it serve anything
except the man’s ego to say it out loud? He must really have a low
opinion of everyone bar himself if he can loudly taunt them that he
has played them for fools.
·
What is the media doing about his insults? Nothing. Because it
really doesn’t know anything excerpt what its fed. Always been the
case. America has the temerity to complain about Putin’s fixed
press. But at least Putin is honest about he’s done. America really
believes it has a free press! The media’s failure to react – perhaps
we are wrong and it will react later, but don’t count on it – just
shows intellectually corrupt this part of the elite is.
·
Anyone seeing why people vote for Bernie and Donald, crazy as the
two appear to the elite? They don’t care who Bernie and Donald are.
All they know is they are tired of the elite.
Friday 0230 GMT May
6, 2016
Thursday 0230 GMT May
5, 2016
·
Iraq Thank goodness for
http://www.longwarjournal.org/archives/2016/05/series-of-deadly-operations-named-after-fallen-islamic-state-leader.php
else we’d have no clue what exactly is up with IS in Iraq. Readers
may have noticed media reports that IS has been launching several
attacks in Iraq, all of which – according to Kurd and Iraq media –
have resulted in heavy losses for IS and victory for Iraq/Kurd
forces. Long War Journal has the advantage of reading IS and jihadi
media, giving a more nuanced picture.
·
Editor’s
problem is this – and he’s talked about this before: why is IS
making these frontal attacks and losing scores of men for temporary
gain. Temporary in most case means a few hours until US airpower
gets into the act. Okay, so we know these are disruption attacks to
throw the not-happening Mosul operation off-track. But it is not a
good idea for IS to do anything except infiltration mortar/rocket
attacks at night, and then getting out before US counter-fire
arrives. Road ambushes are also useful – hit three straggler trucks
and immediately withdraw. Snipe at Iraq forces and withdraw. Mine
roads and then withdraw. Note the Editor’s emphasis on “do not and
leave”.
·
Editor is
unsure how quickly US can react, but certainly IS should have
30-minutes to do their thing and get out. Given the number of aerial
assets the US has, arriving in a convoy of pickups and staging a
conventional assault is really not a good idea. The last
10-kilometers have to be on foot, and exfiltration on foot, both
conducted in twos and threes with a lot of hiding. There are other
ways of doing this. For example, bringing single trucks from
different directions, setting up mortars, firing 30 rounds from each
mortar (2-minutes rapid fire), and high-tailing it. IS has an
advantage because there are Sunnis everywhere and they can get good
local intelligence and even guide-ins etc. etc. Many techniques can
be used. We could discuss this for hours, but its unnecessary
because all Editor suggests is standard guerrilla tactics.
·
Editor
can see two problems with his suggestion. One, perhaps IS is still
thinking of itself as a conventional army, using hundreds of pickups
to race through villages and town where sleeper cells are
coordinated to rise up. Two, being a guerilla is darn very hard
work, because 99% is training and prep, repeated rehearsals,
repeated self-critiques, correction, rehearse again. May take a
month or more to plan/train/rehearse a single 5-minute attack,
perhaps more if food, water, and ammunition has to be moved and
hidden within reach of the target. IS had an advantage because there
are Sunnis everywhere and they can get good local intelligence and
even guides.
·
Going
back to Problem One, if IS is unwilling to adapt rapidly, then it’s
going be a dead duck. In the past it has adapted. For example, it
has been using tunnels to hide. But now anything approaching a
conventional operation is out of the question because the US has
finally got out of its Tiptoeing in the Tulips mode – at least
regarding air surveillance and attacks. Agreed that IS feels it has
to stage spectacular attacks to gain recruits. (a) there is nothing
spectacular in becomes bits and pieces of bodies scattered around
after US airpower has visited. (b) 5000 hard core guerillas for
these attacks is adequate.
·
As for
Problem Two, IS’s style of fighting – as is everyone else in the
region – is to fight a couple of days, relax for a 3-4 weeks with
the slaves, and then go out again. This is brief spurts of hyper,
doped-up activity followed by long rests. And it’s okay for
conventional war. But not for a guerilla war. As we said, guerillas
have to work very hard. If IS doesn’t get that, it has to rely in
the Iraqi inability to fight and incompetence. It has to rely on the
turmoil and divisions creating by factional politics. Mind you, this
is enough to hold the Iraqi Army/Shia militias/Peshmerga/Christian
militias for a couple of years.
·
Now, if
the Government in Baghdad collapses, as seems inevitable, this too
will buy IS time. But time to do what? IS has to have a plan and
execute it. Right now we don’t see that happening.
Wednesday 0230 GMT May
4, 2016
·
The State of the DisUnion The
US now advances into reconnoitered terrain. Trump has vanquished the
GOP establishment. With Cruz opting out after losing Indiana by a
big margin, Donald’s path to the general election is clear. What
does all this mean for the US, particularly as Bernie looks set to
defeat Hillary in Indiana?
·
Bernie
cannot be the nominee, but that he has gotten this far means the
Democratic establishment is taking a huge thrashing. Bernie won the
popular vote in several states but not the delegates, adding to the
conviction among many that the Democratic party process is rigged.
It actually is rigged, deliberately, because after the 1968
convention mess the party decided to cripple its left wing. Okay, so it succeeded and
continues to, but we have a whole lot of people saying they are part
of the Undemocratic Party and they’re not going to accept it
anymore. Trump in large part got to where is because GOP had become
a caricature of a caricature. The Tea Party forced the GOP so far to
the right that Republicans had to react.
·
But
Hillary is the “model” Democratic candidate: right gender,
experienced, articulate, brilliant advisors, moderate, cash up the
wazoo, and so on. Except she could not beat the perception she is
dishonest, because she is dishonest and totally sold out to the
status quo elite. If she wins the election, Bernie’s Revolution will
only intensify. People will vote for her because they don’t want
Trump, but so many people truly dislike her. The young demand
honesty and authenticity. What’s remarkable about the Bernie
supporters a lot of them are far from young.
·
The
“American People” have simply had it with the exiting situation. Bernie and Trump are
post-ideological. Personally, if Editor had a say, he’d abolish the
political parties, for every elected job people would get a ballot
in which they would list their first, second, third choice and let
the dice fall as they will. He would also make voting compulsory:
the argument that you interfere with my right not to vote is
ludicrous. You can always check “None of the above”. Living in a
democracy doesn’t mean you have only rights and no duties. In a
democracy your duties must come first. But how the current situation
plays out over the next 4 years will have to be seen.
Why four and not eight?
Because Hillary, as she always does, will surely do something really
dumb. Besides people who don’t want her are not going to be
converted by four years of her. They will hate her even more. Oh
yes, anyone wanting to run for office would be disqualified. The
people will choose, the winner will be drafted and jailed if s/he
refuses to go.
·
Aside
from questions about the existing electoral process at all levels,
Americans should face the reality that neither do they have a free
press, nor is the elite accountable to anyone. Someone has to study
why the press consistently mocked Trump, the polls mocked him, and
yet he won. You and I know this. Does the elite know this and will
it democratize? Seems unlikely. In which case there will be blood.
·
There is
apparently some mighty media poobah named Michael Kinsley. Don’t
know who is, have nothing against him. But a few days ago, he said
that he didn’t know a single person who would vote for Trump. That’s
how out of touch the elite is, that how the elite will not
relinquish power until forced.
Tuesday 0230 May 3,
2016
·
All you need to know about why there’s trouble in America
It’s rare that a single metric can
explain an entire situation. Inflation adjusted average hourly wage
1973 - $21.92; 2016 - $21.37 In other words, American workers are
making 55-cents less than they did 43-years ago.
Bloomberg Business Week,
p. 19, May 2-8, 2016.
·
More on Moqtada Sadr His
followers occupying the Green Zone came prepared for a long stay.
Instead, after 2-days he told them to leave. Why? Sadr was a
fire-breathing radical until he went into Iran exile. His patron
wanted him to go because Sadr was threatening to tear Iraq apart. He
was thought too young and with insufficient religious training to
rule Iraq, which is what he wanted. In 2011, as the Americans left,
he returned, and had been quietly organizing his supporter. He acts
like a moderate nationalist, focusing on corruption, and a member of
the established determined to bring peaceful change from within.
Editor thinks this is dissembling. We all become calmer as we grow
older: Sadr was just 30 when the Americans invaded. Editor’s feeling
– subject to changed information – is that while playing the
moderate is what he needs to do to become top Iraqi statesman, he as
much of a revolutionary as before.
·
So, for
example, he has come into the Green Zone to “help” PM Abadi fight
corruption. He has said nothing about wanting to replace Abadi
because it is way too early. But what he is really doing is
“helping” Abadi get toppled, all the while saying power is the last
thing he wants, he is in it just for the people of Iraq.
·
Sadr
knows Abadi is not going to change a thing. Why would Abadi,
cronies, opposition, and predecessors, who have gathered together to
loot Iraq for 13-yeats want a change? Especially a change that will
see them dangling at the end of Sadr’s hanging noose. Parliament
already abandoned ship as soon as Sadr, supported by others, camped
in the Green Zone. Does anyone think Parliament is going to
reconvene just so it can be taken prisoner by Sadr? No.
·
As
readers know, the Green Zone is the most tightly guarded fortified
area in Iraq. Somehow the Americans have missed the irony that the
US Viceroy’s compound was taken over by the “government” of Iraq
when the Americans relinquished power. But the Iraqi people did not
miss the irony. So you will ask, how come Sadr and Company, just a
few thousand (if that) got into the Green Zone, without a single
casualty inflicted by Iraq security forces? Why did the security
force not hold the demonstrators from trashing Parliament?
·
Sadr
actually entered the Zone at the end of March. The Iraqi general in
charge of the Zone kissed Sadr’s hand as he let him in.
·
So now
we’re clear about what’s going on? Our Vice President was in Baghdad
last Thursday, praising Abidi. Earlier, our President opined that he
wanted Mosul to fall by year’s end.
·
Well, you
know, all of us want lots of things. Speaking personally, Editor
wishes his house and student loans were paid off, that he had a nice
friend to live with him, and that he earned $50,000/year. The
difference between Editor, along with most of us, is that we can
tell the difference between actualities and fantasies. Too bad our
elite has no clue and is stuck with their one-gear fantasy car.
Monday 0230 GMT May 2,
2016
·
America, be sensible for once: support Sadr, junk your clients
No, Editor is not tripping. He means
exactly what he’s saying. For 13-years America has supported the
corrupt elite of Iraq. Their rule is ending because the people have
had enough. Our first instinct will be to maneuver to keep Abadi in
power; since that isn’t going to work, we’ll try whoever has the
most support among that same corrupt elite. Because we deploy such
outsize power, likely we’ll be able to keep this person going for a
while. But he too will fall because Iraq is at an inflexion point.
·
To
understand background of what Editor is saying, understand was born
as a revolutionary power. The established regimes feared and hated
American ideology, but because America was very week and 3000-miles
away it could be ignored. Except what America represented was an
idea, and ideas are easy to export and hard to kill. Thus the French
Revolution, then the inevitable counter-revolution. But by the start
of the 20th Century developed countries were becoming
democratic. Came 2nd World War, and US insisted that the
colonized world must be freed and permitted democracy. This was very
revolutionary indeed, because democracy was something the natives
were supposed unable to handle. Unfortunately, with the exception of
India, this happened to be the case. There is a reason for that.
·
The US
became locked in an existential war against Communism, and of a
sudden, US ceased being a revolutionary power and became a
reactionary one. US became the greatest counter-revolutionary power
the world has known. Dozens and dozens of new countries that the US
could and should have helped to democracy were told it was okay to
become anti-democratic if that would keep communism at bay.
Meanwhile, the communists were even more busy in suppressing
democracy wherever it sprouted. Ironically, the self-styled
revolutionary states were even more reactionary than the US was.
·
In
Editor’s humble opinion, the US slipped within a few years to a
reactionary state because as of 1945 we ruled the world. We had a
big empire to protect. It needn’t have been that way. Editor is not
blaming anyone. It was a great shock to us when Stalin incorporated
Eastern Europe into his empire, the Chinese communists seized the
mainland, China/DPRK attacked Korea; China/local independence groups
attacked Indochina, and Soviet subversion spread like a cancer
throughout the world. We did not, perhaps could not, understand the
communists were reactionaries, interested only in creating tyrannies
much greater than the world had seen. The correct answer to reaction
is revolution, not our reaction.
·
Two simple examples. Suppose
we had recognized Ho Chi Minh was a nationalist first and a
communist last. Suppose when he asked us for help to free Indochina
from colonial rule, we had quietly got the French out, and helped
him build his country. We would have had real influence with him,
and a much better chance of moderating communism. Instead we opposed
him and he grew stronger. Take Castro as another example. Supposed
we had helped him, as friends we would have been much better placed
to influence him. But because we opposed him, he got a free pass to
rule for 55-years ago. We are now doing with Cuba and Vietnam what
we should done decades ago.
·
None of
this would have been easy. But it was a heck of a lot harder to
oppose these new young revolutionaries. Editor is going to say
something that will sound strange to many readers. We are the ones
who started this political revolution business. So it was very, very
hard to fight our own ideas of democracy, law, and justice. It would
have been much easier to fight communism by allying with the 3rd
World rather than by opposing the 3rd World.
·
Now we’re
going to skip several steps and go to Iraq. We overthrew a brutal
tyranny. Sadr the Nationalist, freed from the tyranny, fought us. We
fought back because we believed he was a creature of Iran. Luckily
for us, his patron told him to stop – else the war would have gotten
much worse – and told him to go into exile and study. Grow up and
then come back. That’s what he did after we left. His patron said it
was not time for him to take over, so he sat quietly.
·
Now look
at this. By refusing to side with Sadr the Revolutionary, and
deciding to side with the reactionary Iraqi elite, we only increased
Iran’s influence on him, and we put Iraq back into a new Dark Age.
We will never understand how much the Iraqi people have suffered
since we overthrew Saddam. Now, however, the Iraqi elite is
tottering because of Sadr – of course are simplifying, there are
other revolutionary forces. But Sadr can put 120,000 armed men into
the streets. Western analysts thing he has lost his military power.
He hasn’t. He remains top dog.
·
Note he
is still playing the obedient-to-Najaf moderate. He’s left the Green
Zone, having made his point: the corrupt elite must go. We’ve made
our peace with Iran, and its work: the moderates are in a 3-1
majority in the new Parliament. Was it all our doing? No. But it’s
easy to guess if we had we not lifted the embargo, those mullahs
would still be in charge. America showed young Iranians we’re not
their enemy. And because the young Iranians wants the same thing
young Americans, they are our natural allies.
·
The only
way America can cleanse itself of the rottenness our elite had
imposed on us is to have our own second revolutionary. And the only
way we can regain our global stature is to support other
revolutionaries. Hey, the European people might even overthrow their
own elites – who badly need to be put down. Not saying US and
European elites follow the same ideology.
·
Humans
want to be free but everywhere they are in chains. America, you
broke those chains 240-years ago. Okay, so we did not do a perfect
job. But we were the first and set the example for the world. Let’s
be the revolutionary leaders once again.
Sunday 0230 GMT May 1,
2016
·
Editor NOT advocating for Trump
Folks, some of our overseas readers are
asking why we’re advocating for Trump, who appears at most times to
be an escapee from St. Elizabeth’s Lunatic Asylum. We are not
advocating for anyone! We’re merely noting the reasons for the rise
of Trump, predicted by Editor the minute he said he’d run. The same
thing applies to the rose pf Bernie Sanders. We don’t say much about
him because he is not as entertaining as Trump. We do correct wrong
information about Trump in the same way we correct wrong information
about anyone or anything. For example, it’s not helpful to say he’s
a madman. BTW, there’s plenty of Democrats who say the same about
Bernie. Trump is secretly a liberal Democrat, like Bernie he is
advocating for the voiceless and the left behind.
·
Editor
understands perfectly if that’s not what you’ve heard, because the
US media is completely out of touch with its own country. And
Europeans in particular must admit they’re against any American
presidential candidate who does not think in the same terms as
Europeans do. If y’all spend time seeing how badly fractured and how
angry upto 80% of Americans are, and why, you’d see Trump and Bernie
are not the least bit crazy! Now since we’ve been discussing this
for years, no point in boring you with yet another explanation.
·
Editor’s
instinct is that at this time, polls giving Trump and Clinton
neck-to-neck do not accurately predict November. Clinton will win
(subject to no sudden changes in situation). And this will be the
worst thing for America (besides Cruz winning) because Hillary is
the Status Quo. This what 80% of Americans no longer want.
Yes, the world will be very
comfy with Hillary. But what America needs right now is someone who
understands the 80% and expands the space for them so that they do
not feel disenfranchised. She cannot do this because she has no idea
what’s going on with America. American leaders surround themselves
with yes-people, the media is totally sold out to the 1%, Hillary is
a one-percenter. If she
comes in, the status quo will become entrenched, people will become
more convinced they have no voice, and the longer this goes on, the
greater the chance it will start and end in violence.
·
So who
are we suggesting. Either Bernie or Trump is fine. Of course it will
be a total mess if either of them becomes Prez. It is ALWAYS a mess
when the deep status-quo gets busted. But from there will grow the
seeds of a new America. When will this happen? Haven’t the foggiest
idea! You can never tell how revolutions work out.
·
But wait,
you will say. The American Revolution worked out nicely. But it
didn’t really – anyone remember the Civil War? Moreover, back in the
day there were 2.5-million Americans. They were not demanding
fundamental changes, they simply wanted the right to vote – No
Taxation Without Representation. There were huge differences between
folks from Day 1. It didn’t matter because there was a whole
continent to exploit and settle. You didn’t like what your
government was doing, you could move. This is metaphorically,
because moving was very hard and Editor bets most people did not.
But at least they could. At least if you worked hard you could have
a much better living than at home in Europe.
·
That’s
all gone now. The lower third of Americans are not making it at all.
The next third are in a precarious state where they can lose
everything in an instant. Of the remaining 33% who do have a decent
life by today’s standards, 95% are deeply worried. Only 5% of
America thinks it’s all good. Editor is just throwing out these
percentages instinctively based on what he sees. For example, the US
Government says only one of seven American is poor. But then the
government defines the poverty line as $12,000/year for a single
person is $24,000/year. Take just one fact: in Editor’s region a
safe and decent day care would take up half that money! Sure the
government gives supplementary payments. But they don’t cover your
rent (forget mortgage). In Washington Metro, a one-bedroom in the
projects is $800/month. You get a good quality used car that will
last you 10-years, and your car note will be $350/month. No one is
talking about food, utilities, clothes, car operation, as yet. We
could go on.
·
But then
why do 60% of Americans say they are happy most of the time, and 80%
say they are satisfied? We’ll explain this another time. One reason
is thanks to TV, cheap beer (not so cheap now), pharmaceuticals, and
illegal drugs, we are quite numb most of the time. But despite the
mass tranquilization, anger and despair bubble through. These days
its much worse because Americans have suddenly realized they have no
voice at all in running their country. And because the 1%, who
earlier used to leave adequate food for the 99%, now take half of
everything for themselves. And they each year they want more and
more.
Thursday 0230 GMT
April 28, 2016
·
Venezuela To save energy,
Maduro first declared 4-work-day/week. Now government will work on
Monday and Tuesday.
https://t.co/xgGksIypNU First, what’s the big deal? The
government doesn’t work anyway except to give handouts. Second, why
is this joker still in power? Because he has packed the Supreme
Court, which is the only authority that can sack him before the end
of his term, even if a referendum calls for Maduro to go. Supreme
Court will simply declare the referendum illegal, Maduro’s militia
will block. Army – as far as Editor knows as of right now - will not
depose him, though there is talk and negotiations going on
·
Will the
world’s “revolutionary” fascist government and intellectuals change
their tune about the Maduros who seem to rule everywhere? No.
Because, you see, Maduro says the US is taking action against him as
if it has declared war. It’s all US’s fault. If people were to give
up that meme and instead understand they have to take responsibility
for themselves, they would vaporize in shock.
·
Two
points. In contrast to its West Asia/North Africa policy, the US has
played its hand in Venezuela flawlessly.
It hasn’t intervened. It
let Chavez and now Madura choke themselves. This, incidentally is
the foreign policy the much-despised Trump wants. And he is right to
want it, because we are incompetent wherever we do intervene, we
truly make the situation 10-times worse. Next, the current
President’s plan to make the world love us was obviously going to
fail. The US is Number One, it can sit in its corner and talk to no
one, it will STILL be the most hated power in the world. If you’re
going to be hated no matter what you do, better to thrash people and
be feared. Right now even the imaginary rabbits in the White House
shrubbery don’t fear the President.
·
Of
course, it’s very hard to fear the world’s sole superpower when that
superpower’s leadership tells the military that its first priority
is to eliminate sexual harassment and to go green.
Tuesday 0230 GMT April
26, 2016
·
US Army’s 10 priorities sent
to us by reader Mile Thompson. In order:
Prevent Sexual Assault
Balance and Transition the Army
Champion Soldiers, Civilians and Families
Continue to bolster Army activities in the Asia-Pacific region
Ensure personal accountability on and off the battlefield
Tell the Army Story
Implement Army Total Force policy
Prudently manage reset, modernization, research and development
Strengthen the defense of Army networks and build the Army cyber
force
Strengthen installations through effective energy solutions
·
Er – any
mention of um, like, fighting?
Preventing sexual assault
is first priority, not winning. Championing Soldiers, Families,
Civilians is third. Telling the Army Story is sixth. Renewable energy is tenth.
·
Warning: All those relying on US as a security partner: LEAVE NOW.
Make other arrangements, including reconciling with enemies. Apply
for interstellar migration. Just get the heck out of your US
partnership.
Monday 0230 GMT April
25, 2016
·
Iraq: More Lies from the US Military
Editor is unsure why he bothers about
this anymore. Madness, they say, is doing the same thing again and
again and expecting different results. By this definition, Editor is
quite mad. He keeps writing about US military lies about Iraq, and
gets nowhere. Yet he cannot stop himself from writing again, and
again, about exactly the same thing. His writing is reactive: he
totters along in a coma, then wakes up when another amazingly untrue
story is put out by the US military. Come tomorrow, he will be in a
coma again. This is becoming a Pavlovian reaction. Far away Editor
hears the words “new claims by US military on Iraq”, and he starts
drooling and salivating, going “Woof” and goes into attack mode.
This is quite sad. The rest of the time the world is busy walking
all over Editor, and he does not care. He’s so used to it that most
of the time he doesn’t even know that armies are marching over him,
each man taking care to deliver a stomp without breaking stride.
·
The
outrage d’jour is a story from US Central Command appearing on April
21, 2016 about the Iraq 9th Armored Division training for
the Mosul offensive. We’re ready to go, says an Iraqi soldier, now
all we need is the right equipment. The story says that 1600 men
have received and trained with their M-16s rifles. Now they need
125mm tank main gun ammunition.
http://www.centcom.mil/news/news-article/dunford-observes-iraqi-armor-exercises
·
Now, on
the same day there was a story in the Washington Post which at first
sight seems to be plagiarized phrase for phrased from the CENTCOM
press release.
https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/checkpoint/wp/2016/04/21/u-s-visit-highlights-obstacles-to-an-iraqi-offensive-on-mosul/
Except it is not plagiarized, because
the Washington Post received the same briefing. The correspondent,
Missy Ryan, has absolutely no way of getting around herself without
the US military. To do that is to dice with death – and the dice are
loaded against her or any correspondent wanting to do independent
reporting. And naturally one doesn’t want to bite the military hand.
You won’t be allowed back next time.
·
Nonetheless, Ms. Ryan manages to slip in an interesting fact. “ But
many from Kadhim’s unit, recruits both young and old, have only a
few weeks in uniform after being pulled from civilian work to
reinforce the battle against the well-armed extremist group.” So
this is how the US trains and equips Iraqi divisions after 1 ½ years
back in the theatre. A civilian academic from Washington is quoted
as saying the US has managed to train and equip several divisions,
but the training is still too slow. Pray tell, kind sir, which are
these divisions? Are you referring to 7, 8, 9, 15, and 16 Divisions?
Pity, because then the US has massively failed. None of these
divisions can fight. Training is going too slowly after 1 ½ years?
Can you tell us, sir, why this is so? To save you the embarrassment,
Editor will tell his readers that the Iraq Army loses its new
soldiers as fast as it recruits. The reason is simple: no one wants
to go to heaven or to die. The Iraqis enlist, hang around for a
while, then when they’re asked to do some real work, they say
“adios”. Editor doesn’t blame them one bit. Why should Shia soldiers
fight for Sunni Mosul? Because the US wants it? Sorry, not good
enough the Shia’s will say.
·
The cruel
reality is that even the 72nd Brigade, that has been
training for over a year, and has western advisors up its wazoo, has
made no progress in the very lethargic advance on Mosul. The Iraq
Army knows it cannot do the job, but the US won’t listen. The
Peshmerga, as far as Editor can discern, has only one brigade at the
front, and this brigade does want to fight anyone except if
attacked. All it wants is American money. Can’t blame them. That’s
all Editor wants too. But killed for a few bucks? You gotta be
kidding! Some Shia militias are willing to fight, but letting them
into Mosul where the hated Sunnis are, is probably not a good idea.
Then, of course, once Mosul is liberated a several-way war begins
among the victors, all of which have different claims on the city.
·
Now we
could go on pointing out absurdities from the two articles. But
here’s one from CENTCOM. One battalion of the 9th Armored
Division began training a month ago. “The men train on four T-72s,
two M-1 Abrams tanks and in three BMPs”. That is a company’s worth.
Now of course you don’t train using your main equipment, to save
wear and tear. But if this is what the base has to train a battalion
– perhaps even the whole brigade, then no one is going anywhere.
What is more, the training is 4-weeks. Four weeks for an armor unit?
At the end the men are going back to Taji, the divisional HQ. Hey,
what about Mosul? The men haven’t fired the main guns as yet – no
one can find the rounds. There are 415 western trainers present,
which is a whacking lot. US has been training this division for
about 15-months and it’s still recruiting? And why the M-16s? What’s
wrong with the AK-47s which some of the men are familiar with and
which are much easier to maintain in the desert?
·
What is
going on?
Sunday 0230 GMT
April 24, 2016
Usual exam time problems
·
China wants India to meet it half way on border issue
Editor is unsure whether to admire the
sheer effrontery of the Chinese or ask India to launch an offensive
to show them what half-way should mean to India. Since the entire
Indian leadership will drop dead of shock at the prospect of going
to war, admiration is the only option left to Editor.
·
China’s
proposal is not just old wine in new bottles, but rotgut in
virus-infected plastic cups salvaged form the Delhi landfill at a
depth of 200-meters. Ever since it completed the seizure of the
Aksai China in 1962 it has been telling India that it wants to meet
us half-way: we give up our “claim” to Ladakh, and they will give up
their “claim” to Arunachal, This has been going on for 54-years.
Don’t the Chinese understand that no means no? Why do they keep
insulting India’s intelligence by trotting this dead, straw-stuffed
nag out at a regular intervals?
·
Oopsies!
No, they aren’t insulting our intelligence because we demonstrably
have none. Plus, its always possible that 30-years from now when
they have a GDP of $40-trillion and a defense budget of
$1.6-trillion to our $10-trillion and $150-billion that we will get
scared out of our pink panties and agree. Except what they’re asking
now isn’t what they’ll want in 2046. They will want our complete
subjugation. So Editor has to take his words back and instead say
the Chinese are being their usual persistent, steady selves.
·
One of
the really hilarious things about the Chinese position on the border
is that they say they didn’t sign the McMahon Line accord, and in
case they were a subjugated power so unable to give consent. Okay,
and did India sign that accord? No! It was signed by our overlords
who claimed India by right of conquest. Talk about subjugation. So
how come we have to stick by what our masters forced on us, and the
Chinese say they never agreed?
·
The next
hilarious thing is this business of the Chinese claiming they have
the right to territory not just on their side of their watershed,
but all the way down to the river.
But how did they get to the mountain crests of the Indus
Range in the first place? They attacked and took the territory up to
the crest of the Indus Range, and then attacked again to claim
Indian territory down to the Indus bank. We’re simplifying, of
course, but that’s the truth of the matter.
·
So now
since we are sitting on the Northeast mountain crests,
obviously South Tibet
north to the Yarling Zangbo (Bhramaputra)
belongs to us.
·
That
would be a nice point to start
negotiations. Let the Chinese evacuate all Tibet and we’ll agree
to demilitarize Tibet. By the way, Editor is talking about Old
Tibet, not what the Chinese call Tibet after snatching several
hundreds of thousands of square kilometers from Old Tibet.
·
While
we’re at all, time for them to leave the Indian Ocean and we’ll
recognize their claims to the China Seas. What? What’s that you’re
saying – we have no claims to the China Seas? Wrong. Editor has in
his possession documents and maps dating from 4000 BC showing that
the great India explorer Bozo the Clown laid claim to South East
Asia and the China Seas. He went ashore to the Changbai Mountains on
the China-DPRK border and did a giant, very satisfactory poopy,
erecting a monument to establish his claim.
·
Oh come
on, you say, don’t be absurd! Hello people! An archeological
exploration and DNA evidence will show the mountains are made of
Bozo’s single giant poopy. India’s claim based on documents/maps
with India is more – er -substantial than Chinese claims to the
China Seas and Southeast Asia and the Indian Ocean and Old Tibet
than the Chinese claims. And of a higher quality, too, so there,
Beijing.
Thursday 0230 GMT
April 21, 2016
·
Iraq Okay, Editor promises to
behave himself today. Sometimes he just gets into a Woody Allen
mood. If you’re familiar with Mr. Allen, he finds something of
interest and goes off into a riff. Editor is the same. The
difference is that people consider Mr. Allen brilliant, and he gets
the girl as well as money to make his next movie. Whereas people
consider Editor – odd. So he gets neither the girl nor money for his
next movie. Just a lot of readers giving silent stares and shuffling
backward to put room between him and readers.
·
So
yesterday Editor wanted to discuss President’s Chinese Water Torture
strategy for defeating Islamic State. Drip. Drip. Drip. Wear them
down drip by drip. Send 50 troops. Learn it’s not working, send 75
troops to reinforce. Learn it’s not working, send 200 more. That
doesn’t work, so let’s try 50.
·
Needless
to say, this is an utterly futile strategy. Moreover, please to
remember: we have a population of 322-million. And a GDP of
$18-trillion. So it’s not as if we are on the same position as
Luxemburg, which on a very good day might get 2 rifle companies into
the field. As we have said before: piddling around like this simply
gives the enemy time to adjust. What we did wrong in Second
Indochina was the drip-drip. Our mistake was not sending 550,000
troops in 1965 and crushing the enemy before he adapted. We did not
make this mistake in First Gulf, the Coalition send nearly 1-million
troops to do the job. We made the mistake again on Afghanistan and
Second Gulf.
·
We keep
making the same mistakes again and again because we are mentally
challenged. We have an intellectually corrupt and brain damaged
leaders/national security elite. Some people won’t read the Editor
because of this kind of language. It’s not “constructive”. Okay, so
can these people tell us what we should call people who have had us
in Afghanistan for the 15th
year running and we still can’t say we’re winning. What should
we call people who trained the Iraqis for 7-years only to have them
totally collapse at the first real sign of a fight against a bunch
of lightly armed irregulars in pickups, for heaven’s sake? What should we call people we
have had us retrain the Iraq Army for over 18-months, and
not one single regular brigade
can fight! Meanwhile, our leaders just go on lying, and lying,
and lying about the terrific progress we’re making. Editor calls
these folks intellectually corrupt morons, starting with the C-in-C
and down. If someone has a better name, please do tell.
·
The
reason for Editor’ wrath this time if the news the US is sending 200
more troops because the Mosul offensive is going nowhere – and that
is according to the Iraq Army itself. They’ve said they cannot do
the job. Next year, maybe. Could easily be 2018. Could easily be
never.
·
One HIMAR
rocket battery is apparently among the reinforcements. This makes
three by the Editor’s count, and his information is spotty because
its just so futile to keep track. There’s a Marine medium howitzer
battery, but this might now be two. These troops are not counted
because they are there “temporarily”. Also the Apache AH-64 company
at Al Asad in Anbar is going to the Mosul offensive. We have no clue
if these attack helios have been used or if their role has been only
to protect Al Asad. And best of all, we are now going to station
advisors at brigade and battalion levels. We suspect there’s some
heavy semantics here because US advisors ARE in combat. Without
their boots on the ground, of course. This is clear evidence that
the Iraq brigade is STILL useless.
·
As for
the Mosul strategy, let’s not get started. It’s the usual fevered
opium dream that afflicts our national security. It makes no sense
because it relies on the optimum cooperation of at least
half-a-dozen parties. This is no way to fight a war. All this
foolishness is necessary because we wouldn’t send 75,000 troops to
Iraq in 2014.
·
BTW, do
our leaders understand that Chinese Water Torture wont work if you
inflict on ourselves. Drip. Drip. Drop. America is going nuts, not
the IS. And with Hilary, look forward to another 8 years of
Moronism. We weren’t supposed to cry for Argentina, so that’s okay.
We need to cry for our country.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
April 20, 2016
•
Germany intends to ban
provocative advertising because it upsets a certain community,
much of which seems to have recently arrived in the guise of
refugees. Of course, there are millions of Muslims already in
Germany, but while some may still cling to “traditional values” –
men dominate and women are subjugated – provocative advertising did
not seem to be an issue earlier. The German government seems to
think its job is to appease a minority even if doing so tramples
modern European values. https://goo.gl/p3Ln6m . There is some weird
thinking going on about how incidents like Cologne New Year’s Eve
would not happen if women did not provoke men by being women. Next
thing you know the German will be banning advertising featuring
naked animals. That’s way more provocative to the visitors than
semi-naked women. •
That Chancellor Markel is on some space trip of her own is
now widely accepted. We told readers a while ago she will not change
course. She needs to be replaced. What amazes Editor is the relative
passivity of the German public including the women. Editor suspects
that the Germans are so shocked they still haven’t been able to
process recent events, but that anger is building. But has this
anger reached tipping point? Only way to find out is go to Germany.
Alas, Editor doesn’t have money to go anywhere, particularly now
that end-of-school is about 8-weeks away. No pay check until later
in September. In any case, if Editor did go, he’d want to learn why
the German military has lost not just its mojo, but its reason for
existence. •
US in Iraq:
Drip-drip-drip One thing Editor finds truly baffling is the
amount of white guilt that our President is burdened with. We could
have told black folks in 2008 that Obama is not black, but white,
but what would have been the point. On top of this white guilt that
renders him paralyzed is his pacifism. Editor has and time and again
that he has nothing against pacifism. It is noble, and amazingly
difficult to do especially for America. But Obama needed to say this
back in 2008 instead of doing a bait-and-switch, so we could have
judged him on his merit. So what if he lied, people will say, all
politicians lie. True, but no one respects lying politicians. So why
should Editor respect Obama? Just because he’s black? But he isn’t
black. He’s white. BTW, Trump for all that he is reviled, has openly
said he is all for America to mind its own biz.
•
So why does Editor have his panties in a twist? BTW, that’s
quite painful if you’re a guy – the ladies should stop complaining
about their pantie problems. Okay, the ladies will say, who told you
to wear panties instead of boxers? Exactly. No one has. But then who
told women to wear panties instead of boxers? Besides, wearing
panties is all about Men’s Liberation. It’s about breaking gender
stereotypes. It’s all about choice. Women who disapprove of men
wearing panties and the whine about the pain a wrong move can
inflict pain should give us men sympathy instead of snickering at
us. So those of Editor’s lady friends wanting to know what to get
him for Christmas, its panties, silk, trimmed with Belgian lace. Not
the red ones – that’s too bold a statement. The pink ones will do
better. Of course, the ladies will point out that Editor has NO lady
friends. That’s women for you. They give any excuse to avoid a date
and then mock Editor. One lady actually said: “I have to clean the
leaves of my plants”. Editor says: “how long does it take?”. She
says “Hours and hours. I spray water on each leaf and then brush it
off, one drop at a time.” Jeesh. And, of course, you’ve guessed the
end already. Monday morning one the male teachers is smirking about
what a great weekend he had – with the teacher Editor asked out.
Women are so shallow. Just because this gentleman is a 6-foot hunk
in perfect condition and all muscles in the right place – he doesn’t
have to flaunt the muscles because he’s so built his shirt and pants
start tearing by about Second Period to the barely contained drools
of the ladies. Get that?
that? He’s barely contained in his clothes and so is the excitement
of the ladies. Including the girl students and some of the boy
students. Because of that he should get the dates? Just because he’s
a third of Editor’s age and has money to spend he should get the
dates and Editor should be ignored? Just because the teacher drinks,
loves night clubs and can dance beautifully and doesn’t go home at
9PM because it’s his bed-time, means he should get the dates? Hello?
Can he give a three-hour discourse – without notes – on how the
British helped Pakistan secessionists suppress the people’s will to
join India in the North West Frontier Province and give the province
to Pakistan? Can he talk intelligently for an hour on why the US
Marine shift of a rifle squad from 14 men to 13 was a very bad idea?
Can he tell how Editor figured out 35-years ago that the maximum
silent running speed of the then-secret SSN 688 class submarines was
26-knots, more than twice that of the latest Soviets boats. Women
are so shallow. And then they criticize men for being shallow and
only interested in how a woman looks. People, people, if that upsets
you, date Editor because he’s so blind he can’t make out at
10-centimeters what the lady looks like. Oh, in case you ask, he
prefers his ladies wearing plaid boxers in the Campbell colors.
That’s a big turn on.
Tuesday 0230 GMT April
19, 2018
·
Praveen Swami gives Editor a new perspective on Kashmir
In case you’d rather spare yourself
Editor’s rant on Kashmir and skip to a perceptive piece by one of
India’s new journalists, go to
https://t.co/napTZbmS5B [BTW, Praveen might dispute the label of
“new” since according to Wikipedia he is 47. By new Editor is indeed
praising Praveen's his wisdom given how young he is; more than that,
Editor means Praveen is one of the new breed for whom the paradigms
of us oldies have no meaning.
·
The usual
clarifications, this time made more urgent by a reader who is so
young, he actually thought Editor is a pacifist! You leave India for
a short trip to the US (that’s just 27-years ago), and the
youngsters start getting these strange ideas about one. (a)
Partition 1947 is illegal under the UN Declaration of Human Rights,
which India signed in 1944; Britain signed it too; as such it had no
moral or legal right to force on India. (b) Pakistan is in illegal
secession from India. (c) It is the duty of the Indian Government to
end this secession. (d) Peaceful means are best, but that is not
going to happen, so war is the only option.
·
That out
of the way, a bit of background on why Editor found Praveen’s
analysis enlightening. Editor is primarily a military analyst, and
while he has a broad knowledge about the contexts in which each
nation’s military functions. As such, he finds the politics of a
situation not just very difficult to understand, but amazingly dull.
For Indian politics, use Knuth’s Up Arrow notation, say a minimum of
5 Up Arrows. As far as Editor is concerned, Indian politics is
really that complex, in part because Modern Indian History is at
least 1000-years old. So, as far as Editor is concerned, the best
way of dealing with Indian politics is to give it The Big Ignore.
·
What
Praveen has done is to make Editor realize two things. One, the
problem of Kashmir today comes from Islamist fundamentalism – of 100
years ago. Readers may not know this, but apparent “real” Muslims
don’t consider Indian Muslims as true Muslims. Our Muslims are
heretics. Only reason Editor knows is that 30-years ago, his friend
the Pakistan military attaché –a fundamentalist – explained it to
him. Editor thought the problem of Islamic fundamentalism in Kashmir
was a recent phenomenon, coming from the growing fundamentalism
creeping in form the Mideast and Afghanistan. Not so, apparently.
Incidentally, Editor learned only last year that Islamic
fundamentalism arose in India and moved West.
·
From this
Editor makes his own conclusion. Because Islamic fundamentalism is
anti-democracy, and the fundamentalists run the show in Kashmir,
everything India has been doing since the mid-1980s to restore
democracy in Kashmir has failed and will continue to fail. What
happened earlier, 1947 to – say 1985? Very complicated. Editor gives
it the Big Ignore. Praveen will explain this to you.
·
Two,
Praveen explains that institutions in Kashmir right down to the
family have been destroyed by decades of insurgency. He notes this
is what often happens when people have been in conflict too long.
Editor has long believed that, that’s why you have so many wars in
the world just go and on. Look at Afghanistan, Somalia, Iraq as
examples. There’s no one left to make peace. This also explains, to
Editor, the utter US failure in the Mideast. The minute US packs up,
all the rifts which we band-aided over, reopen. We hope readers now
understand why Editor says US must occupy Mideast for 50, 100, 200
years as necessary.
·
So, to
bring this to a close before our readers start banging their heads
against stone walls to knock themselves out, just to escape Editor’s
rant, here is what Editor has concluded. Nothing written below has
to do with Praveen’s thoughts and his excellent article.
·
(a) There
is no possible manner in which Kashmir can be peacefully resolved.
Editor has known this for years. Any peaceful solution is to destroy
the rights of non-secessionist citizens of Jammu, Kashmir, and
Ladakh who, Editor believes, are in the big majority.
·
(b) To
make any accommodation with the militant Kashmiris is essentially to
hand over a part of India to folks whose sole idea is to kill
everyone who doesn’t agree with them, and then to kill all those of
their own people who are insufficiently orthodox.
·
(c)
Long-standing position of Editor: the Kashmiris are not to blame for
the situation. Only the Government of India is, because from 1947
onward it has been too soft, too lazy, too non-confrontal to do what
is needed.
·
What is
needed? Step 1: recover Pakistan Kashmir. 2: recover Pakistan. 3:
recover Indian territory under Chinese occupation. Can’t be done?
Wrong, sir. In 2014 showed in detail that all that we lacked was
will.
·
Last, us
humans are simply too stupid to live in peace. We have to be forced
to live in peace – the civil police are just an example. The only
way we can live in peace is if the state immediately kills all those
who would disturb the peace. Only when the inflexible rule “kill and
you will be killed” is applied impartially, without emotion, without
exception, will we have peace. No proportional response. That only
encourages killers.
·
And we
can have democracy only if we have peace. So, Government of India,
Mr. Modi, kindly have at it.
Monday 0230 GMT April
18, 2016
·
Saudi, America, and hypocrisy Readers may be surprised to know that while
Editor wants the vaporization of the House of Saud and the other
Gulf monarchies, he has absolutely nothing against them. For him its
simply what serves American interests, and this lot does not, if
they ever did. They are two-faced enemies of the United States and
they deserve an expeditious end.
·
Editor’s
real venom is directed toward the American elite, which would rather
grow rich off Gulf money than protect America. The Gulf monarchies
are lying, poisonous snakes, At the same time, given what has become
the new normal for the American elite, it has to be admitted in
fairness that our elite may be well-ahead of the Arabs in this
lying, poisonous business. After all, Americans are much smarter
than the camel drivers, and as such we can do a lot more lying while
assuring ourselves that we bide by American values. Not to get all
semantical about this, but lying, cheating, selfish exploitation of
America are the elite’s new values.
·
The
ordinary people of the Gulf are enslaved and exploited by their
elite, as we Americans are enslaved and exploited by our elite. Big
difference though: the monarchies pay their citizens to keep their
mouths shut, our elite keep ordinary Americans shut while taking our
money. To this extent the Gulf monarchies are far more moral than we
are.
·
Now wait
a minute, readers will say. Why is Editor talking like an Italian
anarchist? Isn’t he supposed to be ultra-conservative? He is. But
here’s the problem. America was born as a revolutionary state. Its
duty to the world was to export revolution to every part of the
globe. Because true American values – think back to 1776 – are the
true values that all humanity is entitled to, spreading the gospel
is not just our duty as God’s Own Country, it is the ONLY way to
save the world. That’s ultra-conservative, not anarchist.
·
No need
to analyze how America, from being the revolutionary state of the
people, became a reactionary state of some of the people, with the
rest of us relegated to slavery. The elite finds its more efficient
to pay us something rather than look after all of our needs as the
efficient slave-owner with an eye on his profit. What is more,
before 1970, to keep us placid the slave-owners did create
conditions allowing many of us serfs a reasonable chance to be
modestly rich, and a tiny number to actually join the elite. This
was a very clever strategy and full marks to the old elite.
·
The
post-1970 elite, however, became so greedy that for all practical
purpose it got richer and richer, while we serfs – relatively -
got poorer. The tools for
keep us narcotized include Prozac, alcohol, drugs, lotto tickets,
food that rots our brains and bodies, pornography run amok and TV –
especially cable-TV. To this we can add computers and smart phones.
No need to have one of five citizens enlisted as informers; no need
for the secret courts, armed police on every corner, courts that
find 99% of defendants guilty, and the gulag. Our federal criminal
justice system is just superb at winning cases and jailing people at
a higher a higher rate than any other country. Our gulags are not in
Siberia, they are set in the beautiful American countryside. Etc etc
– no need to wax lyrical, this is well trod ground.
·
The
upshot of this unending economic repression is that the serfs are
rumbling. It’s going to get to the stage where there won’t be enough
police to jail us all, nor prisons to hold us all. Plus what the
elite forgets is that it uses “trustees” – the criminal justice
system – to keep us suppressed. The trusties, however, are us, they
aren’t the elite, and at some point the overseer realizes where he
belongs – and it isn’t with the elite.
·
Now,
Editor is not saying this is a sure thing. Editor said from the
start that our elite is much, much smarter than those crude Arabs
rulers. They merely come for you/your family in the middle of the
night, there merely beat you till you “confess”, and they don’t much
care if you are dead or alive at the end of the process. In the
court your sole choice is to throw yourself on the mercy of the
judges, because you have condemned yourself by your own words. They
keep their people quiet using overt force and lots of it. The only
one that can call them out and get them to change their way is
America, except our elite is right in bed with the camels alongside
the Arabs.
·
So, for
all their evil ways the Arab rules are, at least ruthlessly honest.
What is mine is mine, and that’s everything. Kiss my butt and I’ll
throw you decent money. Speak against and you’ll rue the day you
were born.
·
Our elite
is hypocritical. It looks you right in the eyes and gives you the
Talk about America, the land of opportunity, justice, law, rights
and all that stinky camel dung. That’s why Editor cannot hate the
Arab elite, but can hate ours.
Sunday 0230 GMT April
17, 2018
·
A
little story of how the world has changed So Editor’s New York niece buys 2 opera
tickets (expensive things). But shortly before the show, her guest
calls to say she won’t go because she’s had a fight with her
boyfriend who is leaving her. Now, some ladies rejoice when their
boyfriends leave them, but apparently my niece’s is rather attached
to the boyfriend, who is a horror and mean to my niece’s friend and
who needs to meet a runaway dump truck in the street. Each to her
own. So now what to do. Niece gets a bright idea: she calls another
girlfriend, who calls another girlfriend, who appears in time for
the show, and she and niece get along like houses. So all is well.
But please note: niece’s girlfriend is in New Zealand. The
girlfriend’s girlfriend is a Kiwi mining engineer who happens to be
visiting New York. Young people will wonder why Editor is going
“Amazing!” but if you’re older, you will see it is pretty amazing.
People halfway around the world may as well be in the same
neighborhood. Talk of the hive mind.
·
Meanwhile, Editor can’t text, and wouldn’t text if he could. He has
a refurbished $15 flip phone he keeps in the car. Last time he tried
to add a few minutes the operator was asking him to give his cell
number, except Editor doesn’t know it. It’s never on, no one calls
him anyway. He’s not sure why he has, except it is useful to call
Triple AAA or to call school is he is stuck in traffic – often right
at the school, BTW.
·
So the
other day he’s babysitting a class as the teacher had an emergency
and had to leave. Ten students, they’re working on computers. He
notices one young lady, a 9th Grader newly arrived at the
school tussling with one of the boys. Editor heaves his ancient butt
off his chair and goes over. The boy is trying to keep the girl from
grabbing his phone. Editor tells her to get off the boy, but she
keeps at him saying “Let me have it, I must have it, give it to me!”
Editor tries to calm her down, gently saying it’s his phone, not
hers.
·
“But he
gave it to me! I want it back! Now!” So Editor asks the boy what’s
going on. He says her phone is dead, and he lent her his so she can
make a call, but she’s had it for well over half-an-hour and he
wants it back. The girl responds with the “But he gave it to me! I
want it back! Now!” routine, and she’s grabbing at him again. If a
boy was doing exactly the same thing to her, he’d be in big trouble.
But of course these days the girls are innocent and the boys are all
savage rapists.
·
Editor
told young lady to sit or he’s have to call security, she couldn’t
have her hands on a boy who didn’t want her attention. BTW, Editor
is the only person at school who is equal to both genders in that
respect. He has NEVER EVER heard a male or female teacher tell a
girl to take her hands off a boy. She sits, but her face starts
melting in anguish because she doesn’t have a phone. “Can’t you at
least give me a charger?” she says wretchedly. Well, Editor doesn’t
have one, and the other kids’ chargers don’t fit her phone. Editor
feels his pants pocket and find he does have his phone. He gives it
to her with the admonishment she can make one short call, as Editor
has to pay ten cents a minute. She looks at the phone in
astonishment, makes a quick call, and then wails “This phone does
nothing! How can I use it?!!”
·
Editor
and his phone are both hurt. Okay, so the phone doesn’t recite the
Pledge of Allegiance during morning announcements, but it does its
job. How is it the phone’s fault that all it does is call?
·
So
Editor, to keep the young lady calm says he will give her a note to
a teacher whom he knows will not mind having his class disturbed
(its art, so everyone is moving around anyway doing their thing),
and she can ask for a charger. More wailing: “But I need a phone
now! I can’t go to another class, it’ll take too long!” and she
dashes off to chase the boy all over the room. I get him to give me
the phone for temporary safekeeping, so she goes grabs another boy
demanding his phone. He is not the gallant type and he shoves her
away, pretty hard. How can I reprimand him when she’s the aggressor?
I go to the hall to call security. The end-of-class bell rings and
this girl is not my problem anymore.
·
Of course
the kids are not supposed to have phones out in class. Many teachers
do enforce that rule. But as a sub with different kids every class,
every day, Editor has to pick his battles. He doesn’t take a phone
away except in extreme circumstances, always soothingly tell the
student s/he will for sure get it back at class end, and Editor will
not take this any further.
·
Editor
wonders if those folks in the business of making and selling these
gadgets realize the effect they’re having on the children/young
people. Apple and Samsung and whoever are pushing drugs that are as
addictive as the controlled substances. Young people have NO
short-term memory anymore, forget long-term memory. And they’re
attached to their cell phones in the same horrible way they’d feel
if they were attached to drugs. The phone gives them a high, but
they subconsciously realize they’re addicted and they don’t feel
good about themselves.
·
Did
Editor says something about the Pledge? No one except Editor stands
any more. And he’s not even American except in his heart. Thank you
so much Supreme Court. Respecting your country is now an option.
Soon after you do that, people chose the option of not standing.
Those who want to are intimidated by the silent majority. Well done
Supreme Court.
Saturday 0230 April
16, 2016
·
Syria As foretold by
everyone, there is no more ceasefire, and everyone is busy bashing
up everyone else. The US approach, that a ceasefire will lead to
talks that will lead to a peaceful resolution, is deeply flawed.
·
We are
quite baffled as to why the US has gone this way in Syria when it
knows full well that the way it bought peace to FRY was not
negotiations, but whacking the Serbs for as long as was necessary to
convince them they could not win. After the wars were over, US had
successful peace talks. Whenever Serbia acted pushy, US bashed them
again into line.
·
Where is
there a similar situation in Syria. Assad forces, aided by Russia,
Iran, and Hezbollah averted defeat and are on a series of successful
offensives. US-backed rebels are getting more money, more trainers,
more arms, and air support. Okay, so it’s all kind of on a pathetic
scale, defying the simple principles of war – a mistake not made by
the Russians, which is why they had successes to the shock of the
US. US assumed the Russians would fight like the US. Whoever thought
that up needs to be marched out on the parade ground, his $200 shirt
ripped off, he expensive writing tools ceremoniously broken, and be
marched off to Syria without his shoes and without his Starbucks.
Any fool knows you don’t mirror image the enemy. US is past being
fools, so they mirror images, and go “OMG! The Russians are playing
by their own rules and not ours! Treacherous untrustworthy fellows.
·
Back to
the US rebels, they’re still alive and its apparent the US is going
to keep them on life-support so they are not get wiped out. The US
has had good success with the Syrian Kurds, which is going to
destabilize the region further. Editor is all for this, let the
whole rotten cesspool be drained for good. But of course, that’s not
what US is doing, its trying to get back stability. If US is so keen
on stability, best it side with Assad.
·
The Gulf
States and Turkey continue keeping their clients going despite heavy
blows administered by the Assad side and the American-backed Kurds.
Their clients are Islamists who are America’s mortal enemies. All
these Gulf regimes need to be overthrown, and Turkey has to be
broken up, as also with Iraq. The entire last 100 years of western
fiddling has to be undone and a new Middle East (including Yemen)
created on ethnic lines, enforced by the US military for the next
hundred years – or two hundred, whatever it takes. But of course we
are not going to overthrow the Gulf States/Saudi, which basically
own a big chunk of our corrupt elite. When it comes to readiness to
be bribed, the only difference between us and the 3rd
World is that we demand more money. But the 3rd World is
far superior ethically: we know we are corrupt. The US moralizes as
if everyone else is except the US. It’s the hypocrisy Editor can’t
take.
·
There
will be no resolution. BTW, no one is so exhausted that they will
agree to a peaceful situation. The killing in Afghanistan has been
going on for 37 years; no one has quit. Syria is only 5-years on.
Friday 0230 GMT April
15, 2016
·
Editor is alternately angry and depressed about USS Cook incident
Okay, so Editor has been
spending a lot of time in the last few years trying not to take it
personally when US makes a laughing stock of itself. It’s hard to
let go, because Editor belongs to the generation when it was OK to
be patriotic, indeed, it was expected. So then we have the USS
Donald Cook (DDG 75) incident day before in the Black Sea, and India
finds himself getting furiously angry. When he calms down, he gets
depressed.
·
In short:
three Russian fighters, two for sure Fencers, the third likely to
also be, make attack runs against our destroyer, one of which come
comes 10-meters off the deck. US Navy complains the Russians are
being “unprofessional”. Washington
has its own vocabulary. What “unprofessional” really means we will
not do anything about it, and so have resorted to stupid
name-calling. We are sure Putin is so hurt by our
word that he has curled up in fetal position, with a corner of his
pink blankey in his mouth a la Linus of Peanuts, and is refusing
even to respond to the siren calls of Ms. Wendy Deng.
·
A word on
the destroyer. It is part of four with Desron 60, forward-based by
2014 order at Rota, Spain. All four are being reconfigured for Aegis
BMD, and are intended to bolster our missile defenses (and Europe’s
too) missile defenses in case Iran does something naughty. The
Russian recovery of Crimea (we refuse to call it an invasion, you
can’t invade something that has belonged to you for donkey’s years)
doubtless added urgency to the plans, and periodically one of the
Rota destroyers have been sailing around in the Black Sea to
reassure our “allies” – think Austin Powers – that we are there to
protect them because they can’t be bothered to protect themselves;
and to tell Moscow that we really, really are not wimps.
·
Given
that the US Navy has shrunk to the point all of it will fit in a
large pond, it’s quite remarkable the US can spare four DDGs for
Rota, but then an Iranian missile landing on London or the capital
of the Free World would have pretty remarkable results. Of course,
the inane, braying jackasses who run our country will jump to tell
us: but these ships are so much more capable than the previous ones.
Doubtless soon we will be down to one warship in the Atlantic, and
one in the Pacific, but OMG, there will just be SO capable. And
surely unmanned, except for one most junior lieutenant who we can
blame when things go wrong.
·
OK, so
Editor is obviously in a cranky mood.
You’d be
too if you’d read what SecState Kerry had to say: we’d be
justified in shooting down the Russian aircraft. 30 lashes with a
limp noodle, Mr. SecState. So why didn’t you? Because you, your
government, and your Navy are punks. Its that “talk talk you worry
me to death” thing that we’ve gotten just so good at. In real life
where the wouldaas, shouldaas, and couldaas are recognized as
unacceptable excuses, the SecState is just so mean because he’s
beating Putin with a flower, every hour.
Read where US Russia experts say thar the Rus will “likely” get away
with it. “Likely”? How about sure to?
·
Where
does this “unprofessional” thing come from? In 1972, US signed an
agreement with USSR on protocols to avoid incidents at sea. The
morons who came up this idea didn’t understand that (a) you’re
putting your inferior enemy on par with yourself; and (b) an
agreement to reduce the chance of accidental fights firmly lays
bounds on what YOU can do to your enemy if he decides to play silly
buggers.
·
Putin, it
is said, was upset that a Polish helicopter was on board USS Cook,
and was signaling the US to stay out of the Black Sea. Are we really
supposed to care what he’s signaling to the point of giving him a
justification? NO. The only signal that USS Cook should have given
was to fire to kill. That’s
the only way to stop Putin from playing his games, which he
repeatedly gets away with. We’re so noble because we didn’t
respond because of a 1972 agreement that Putin is violating? The
only way Poots will get the message is if you ram it up his tail
pipe. Instead we’ve sent him the message: “Do it again, you sweet
unprofessional thing, we get so turned on at the sight of your
naked, strong body.”
Thursday 0230 GMT
April 14, 2016
·
Comments on yesterday blog rant by Editor, from his young friend
We promised you balanced and
you’re getting balanced. He has requested “Anon”. Of course anyone
who knows him can tell immediately because he has a unique style. To
repeat: he is not a journo, has deep sources and understands them.
Unlike most journos
·
Just a
few comments, and no major objections to your blog post.
·
Let us
dismiss all talk of a U.S.-India alliance in the formal sense.
Alliances are passe. Democracies cannot follow through on alliance
commitments (see, for example, how the parliamentary debate in the
UK on Syria turned out). There is no appetite in the U.S. to support
India as an ally, and vice-versa.
·
Neither
are there clear quid pro quos. If the U.S. continues supporting the
Pakistan military in ways that compromise India's security (e.g.
supplying F-16s), India will rightfully not cooperate on other areas
that may matter more for Washington. Nothing gives Indian officials
greater pleasure than saying 'no' to Washington, so much of the
concern in many quarters that India is being 'entrapped' is simply
not justified. After all, after all the heavy lifting by the U.S. to
grant India a nuclear exception at the NSG (and it was a *lot* of
diplomatic capital that was exerted), India did not shortlist
American fighters in the MMRCA competition nor ensure a nuclear
liability bill that benefited American companies. So, again, I would
not worry about India being strong-armed or coerced into doing
something by the U.S.
·
The
purpose of peacetime defence cooperation today is manifold, but a
major one is to give options for planned or unplanned contingencies.
These need not be specific contingencies, but - in an age of nuclear
weapons, professional diplomats and lawyers, and a global media -
what is required is an array of options to meet various
circumstances. What I mean is, we may not be operating under a
specific plan to have U.S.-India joint collaboration in the event of
Chinese adventurism (as in 1962), but rather facilitating ad hoc
cooperation if - and only if - both sides think it beneficial. Thus,
it could be something as anodyne as humanitarian relief operations
following a major natural disaster. It could also be something more
sensitive, involving China, Pakistan, or another actor.
·
India's
list of priorities for defence planning and management are manifold.
We need better threat assessments and contingency plans to address
these threats (something you have been involved with in the past,
with good results that were not adequately heeded). We need to
rethink how we allocate budgetary resources for defence
modernization. 'Make in India' is not a defence modernization plan.
We need to think about how to split staff and command functions in
the services (a permanent chairman, chief of staffs committee is
*not* the solution). The Kargil Review Committee raised some of
these issues 17 years ago. PM Modi's speech to the combined
commanders conference last year also laid out these challenges very
well, and it is encouraging that these problems have been
appreciated at the highest levels. But only when we have solutions
in place for all of this can we assess, with any clear idea, when
and how to best collaborate with the U.S. Until then, all of this is
either tactical or groping in the dark.
·
Editor’s comments Now notice
how different this from Editor’s style. The analyst has not called
anyone a poltroon or a moron. He has expressed his very firm opinion
without hurting anyone’s feelings. He has been carefully neutral
between US and India and still manages to convey his heart lies with
India. There’s no black and white, only diplomatically stated shades
of gray. Though he is 40-years younger than Editor, he has achieved
an international reputation and is big in the think tank world. BTW,
in person he also very respectful to his seniors.
·
Editor’s
father, who was both a soldier and a diplomat used to exasperatedly
keep saying: “Why can’t you be more diplomatic?” Now here’s the
thing. In India, people are very tolerant of dissent, or at least to
be. Editor was free to sat whatever he wanted, and being brought up
in America, he exercised that freedom. That didn’t mean he did not
get into continuous trouble with the Government of India because the
government was not used to anyone contradicting it on defense and
foreign policy. Nor did they like his habit of publishing way more
hard data than the government had revealed to us sans-culottes,
which was everyone not in that very tiny elite of rulers
(business/corporate folks were excluded and scorned simply because
they made money). BTW, the government revealed almost no data. But
still, the intellectuals in the government and media and academics
never once told Editor what to think and what to say. They found
Editor tres amusing, even the Americans in India.
·
As an
example of this, the then US Information Agency invited him to a
lunch with the visiting head of the agency. This worthy made the
error of asking Editor of America. So Editor told him exactly what
was what. At that time USIA had brought Sagan’s “Cosmos” to show at
its centers. Even USIA was shocked at the wildly positive response
from Indians. It did extra shows, but many, many people could not
get in. So Editor told the Great White Chief that Indians did not
give one issue of gas from the nether for American military might.
They hated it so much they hated America. But “Cosmos” showed the
true inspirational soul of America (at least as it used to be then,
right now, America shows it true soul to the world and the world
goes “Eeeeeewwww”). If America forewent just one fighter aircraft,
and spent the money on showing “Cosmos” in a hundred Indian cities
it would convert so many Indians to be for America that US
Government would not what hit. Chiefy went silent and then shifted
the conversation something else.
·
Later
Editor apologized to his host for being rude to Chiefy. Host said:
“we invited you because we knew you would say what you said.”
·
Okay, now
imagine Editor is invited to meet with a US agency chief over lunch
and says exactly what he believes about US follies in the Middle
East. How far would he get in Washington DC? Nowhere. And that’s
what happened when Editor returned to the US in 1989. It took him
years of failing to get a single think tank job (he still has to get
one) before he realized the Americans wanted him to say what they
wanted him to say. No deviation from the elite’s party line. By the
way, yes, Editor is a subversive and elite is very good at sensing
that before he even opens his mouth. It starts with his shoes, which
are $8 Vietnam shoes and at least 15-years old. It goes on to his
tattered Tommy Gear key lanyard he wears around his neck – he is
hopeless with keys and it’s the only way he can hold on to him. BTW,
the lanyard was thrown in the YMCA trash can. The Washingtoon elite
are fops. Editor keeps thinking: where do they get the money to
dress like that? He wears what he can afford. People take that as an
attack on their values. Which it is not, Editor has no money to
dress otherwise. Oh, okay, he’s lying. Even he was a trillionaire he
would dress the same because the Bible and Mahatma Gandhi speak
against vanity. Editor is
proud he is not vain. Plus Editor, no matter how well he behaves
cannot hide his contempt for ignorant people pretending to be
intellectuals. Editor will sit and learn from you no matter how
young you are or how little status you have if you know what you are
talking about. Another problem in America: everyone is so
specialized they cannot put together one thought from two different
fields. That’s not being an intellectual, its being a mildly
artificially intelligent machine.
·
Now,
Editor really admires his young friend for holding to his core
beliefs without offending anyone, and his great success in getting
along. This, however, is a difference of personality...
·
Okay: the
inevitable happened: Editor has forgotten why he is saying all this.
Its that ADHD thing. Time for meds.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
April 13, 2016
·
India Today we learned that
the US has 80 (as in eighty)
dialogs simultaneously with India. This probably is a good way to
deal with India: throw so many things at it that India goes into
overload and gives in to something. You have to admire America’s
patience and determination. This all being underpinned by a
relentless American cadence: you want us to be nice to you; but show
us what’ll you do in return. And India is listening.
·
Bizarre
as it may sound, until recently India believed that it had to do
nothing for America. Americans should consider themselves blessed
that we Indians would tell them how to run the world (to suit India,
not the US). That’s all the return India thought it needed to give.
Editor knows that those not intimately familiar with the Indo-US
relationship 1947 onwards will find what he is saying incredible,
impossible, irrational. Call it want you want, believe what you
want, but Editor is telling you that really the way it was. Now
Indian decision makers will actually tell you – off the record, and
when they’re talking between themselves – that the American
insistence makes sense, because if we want a quid, we have to give a
pro.
·
One thing
the US has gotten is a logistics agreement with India. This was
hanging for 10-years after India allowed this might, indeed, be
beneficial for India. Of course, with India even a signed, sealed,
and published agreement means nothing. So figuring out where
something is heading is a futile business. Nonetheless, let’s assume
this is a done deal. Ostensibly, it’s totally harmless. No US
military personnel will be stationed in India. This simply a way
station agreement. US warship has an emergency; it can now put in
for repairs at an Indian base with minimum fuss because the
mechanism is in place. Indian warship runs short on critical medical
supplies while on anti-piracy patrol in the Western Indian Ocean, it
can request help from the US. And so on. The best part? If US seeks
use of our logistics help against a nation that India considers a
friend, India can refuse. Goodness, how utterly gracious the
Americans can be! How can we not agree to their deal?
·
Editor
might even be inclined to accept this deal. BUT – he suspects there
is a bit more than meets the eye, and only intended to get Indians
used to the idea of a Indo-US military alliance.
·
Now, Editor really doesn’t
like his role of Resident Cynic on India. He is unhappy at having to
carry on for decades about what idiots we Indian are. But where is
the choice. America is doing us no favors by allowing us to opt out
if US is against our friend. The same thing will apply to the US. So
when we want assistance against Pakistan, the US has the right to
opt out too. Next, if this is just a plain vanilla, low-level mutual
help agreement, why has India insisted on an opt-out? Obviously
because it doesn’t want US using our bases for offensive operations
against a friend. But if the US target is not our Best Friend
Forever, then by this agreement we have to let US use our bases for
operations.
·
Wait a
minute, you say. This is a logistics agreement. Where did offensive
US operations come from? Good point. That’s why we’ve been saying
the US camel has gotten his nose under India’s tent. Who knows how
this agreement evolves? Government of India is not going to show its
citizens the agreement.
·
One
thing, though, readers can agree with the Editor. If India gets into
trouble with China, then the bases permit a smooth arrival of
American help. With the logistics secured, a US fighter wing can
arrive and be in action within 24-hours. Store a brigade worth of
equipment, and it gets the Americans into the fight that must
faster. Not that we need a brigade, but it will make a big
statement. Store millions of gallons of fuel, stores, and ordnance
for the US Navy, and American carriers won’t have to keep rotating
out to replenish.
·
Readers
can legitimately ask: but does Editor know all this for a fact? He
does not, because he’s never going to get to see the agreement. He
is arguing backwards: if there’s an agreement in the first place, it
can only be for the purposes he’s suggesting.
·
Now, mind
you, India expects US help if the going gets tough in the North. But
then let India say it has in fact prepared for US military
intervention, which implies a military alliance. And then when in
return the Americans want something for us, say air and surface
anti-submarine patrols, we can hardly say no.
·
Editor
sees some readers are still skeptical. So he’s going to do something
he never does. He’s going to send this article to someone for their
comments. This person is the grandson of Editor’s mentor, western
trained, but very nationalistic like his grandfather – who made
Editor into an Indian nationalist, BTW. He’s very young, but deeply
knowledgeable and balanced, with real contacts among the Indian
ruling government elite. If he says Editor’s analysis is
butt-backward, we’ll publish his comments immediately we get them.
·
Fair
enough?
Monday 0230 GMT April 11, 2016
·
New US initiatives on India Part I
Editor should clarify that having grown
up in the US and having spent half his life in the US, including
making it his permanent home,
he cannot be categorized as anti-America. He has even gone on
record as saying world peace is possible only under an American
aegis. Nonetheless, Editor is getting heartburn about the new US
initiatives on India.
·
The big
one is to continue its 10-year push for joint bases with India. We
are told the Government has accepted the idea, but still not figured
out how to make the proposal a reality, given the history of the
country’s opposition to America (1947-1980 or so), and now rising
nationalism. Previously we opposed the US because we perceived
ourselves as weak, and didn’t want the US to replace the British in
becoming our new colonial masters. Now the younger generation could
say: “India is a rising power, why do we need so close a military
cooperation with America?”
·
On the
one hand, this proposal makes sense. We are scared out of our
underpants about Pakistan and China. No sense in Editor shouting
from the rooftops that we have nothing to be scared of, we can look
after ourselves. It’s a psychological problem, not amenable to cure
by large – and unwanted – doses of facts. The US puts the joint
bases proposition as simple access, to help each other out and to
train together. But obviously there’s much more to it, the US is
soothingly selling us a medicine on which we will get hooked.
·
This
agreement would more closely bind US and India together. We are
already allies, this would make us military allies. The US would
greatly reduce to equate India and Pakistan, with a very clear
declaration for India. (US, incidentally, has been wooing us for
years on these lines). With the US in India, we could shrug off the
China threat and relax. Indians have so little self-confidence,
having a Big Brother to look after our security threats would make
us very happy.
·
The first
problem Editor sees is US foreign policy. The US is going through a
decades-long decline in its ability to deploy an intelligent,
consistent, and calm foreign policy. As the continuing war on terror
shows, US no longer knows what its own interests are, and has
replaced a steadiness with impulse. When Editor becomes impulsive,
no one is hurt but himself. But when US gets that way, like a giant
supernatural creature, its thrashing around destroys everything
around with zero consequences to the US.
·
The US is
losing ground worldwide, to the Islamists, to Russia, and at an
alarming rate to China. It has become so weak it cannot even smack
DPRK over the constant provocations and insults bestowed on us by
the Littlest Kim. US calls this a mature response, BTW, which just
shows how far removed the US is from reality. Meanwhile US income
distribution has become so skewed towards the top 1% that Americans
are getting worked up to resort to violence against their own
establishment. This trend will accelerate when Bernie and Donald
lose, and Empress Hillary comes to power for 8 unbearable years.
·
At home,
the US is falling apart because people don’t want to pay taxes.
Corporates have cut back on R&D, the military is shrinking, the
infrastructure is in tatters, the US continues to churn out
generation after generation of academic duds, poverty is seen
everywhere, social media has made us mindless and our children
unable to focus for more than
8 seconds at a time! The family structure has been almost
destroyed. Though series crime is down compared to the 1980s and
1990s, because of instant media the people’s sense of being unsafe
grows. Medicines sold in India for a dollar sell in America for a
hundred times as much. There is no safety net should you lose your
job, older people are almost unemployable, the scourge of alcohol
and drug abuse, and the extreme grip pornography has, is all leading
to a deterioration of community values and social life. The US Army
needs 70,000 a recruits a year, but has trouble finding them – in a
country of 315-million! – because our youth is so physically and
mentally unfit.
·
Editor
can go on, but his point is: why does India want to ally with a
declining and loser power?
·
Tomorrow:
why would America want to
ally with a loser like India?
Thursday 0230 GMT
April 7, 2016
·
An apology for a 2-day absence during the week
These apologies have become a ritual
since Editor decided to spend more time on his studies. He is sorry
to report that the extra effort he has been putting in, 5-10 hours a
day, is not paying-off. Same old high Bs and low As, so that a
single disaster can push a grade down to a middling grade. At that,
both professors have been giving extra points for the hard work.
·
As you know by now, Editor’s
favorite Bernie Sanders thrashed Hillary in Wisconsin and is well
ahead in New York. He still can’t win the nomination because he
doesn’t have the super-delegates, a delightfully undemocratic device
the Democrats came up post 1968 Chicago to stop the left wing of the
party from winning the nomination. His other favorite Donald Trump
lost Wisconsin to Ted Cruz; a loss that should not have happened.
Donald didn’t realize his campaign had reach an inflexion point, and
that he had to start sounding statesmanlike. His plan was to do this
once he got the nomination. We know because he’s said so – there’s
nothing deceitful about Donald. Instead he continued his verbal
slanging to the point the GOP, who hates Cruz more than the gent in
the red satin suit who resides in the Hot Place Downstairs, began
really panicking and decided that at all costs Donald must be
stopped. In New York, his home state, Donald has 52%, Kasich 25%, ad
Cruz 17%. So hopefully Donald will Zip The Lip and not ruin it for
himself.
·
Back in Libya a shaky unity
government has been formed and the Tripoli regime has resigned.
We’re not clear on what the Benghazi wing is doing. The unity
government was a pre-requisite for western intervention. Once the
west is committed, everyone will be back to their factional fight,
and it will not be so easy for the west to withdraw to put new
pressure on the factions. Interventions are not like taps to be
turned off-and-on. They are complex affairs. They tend to force a
change in the existing balance of power, and the side that gains
gets less inclined to keep its word. So there’s a lot of fun ahead,
and we may expect the US will continue to lie its head off about
what’s happening.
·
In Iraq, the special forces
have entered Hit, which IS is contesting in an apparent change in
tactics. We’ve been telling readers that ONLY the police and army SF
are fighting, the rest of the Iraq Army “trained” (think Austin
Powers) is about as useless as it is possible to get, after
18-months of US training. This Dirty Big Secret is now apparently no
secret. People are openly saying what Editor has been saying.
·
That’s
not going to stop the military brass from continuing to lie about
how effective the Army is. The lying and the media’s willingness to
go alone has gotten to the stage that Editor no longer heap the
blame at the US Government’s door. If American citizens weren’t so
Attention Deficit, they would know by now they have been
consistently lied to about the effectiveness of US trained local
forces since 2004. Mind you, Editor himself did not catch on until
2008 or 2009. He makes no excuse except to note that those with
information no longer beat a path to his door (that stopped when he
left India 26-years ago), and he has to figure things out using
intuition. The intuition is based on very tiny clues and
inconsistencies in the media accounts.
·
Kashmir and Cricket For at
least 45-years Editor has given his government a simple solution to
the Kashmir problem, now about to enter its 8th decade
starting in 2017. Take back Pakistan into the Indian Union and there
is no more Kashmir problem. Yes, Pakistan will not willingly return.
Force is required. The minute you say we Indians have to exert
ourselves, everyone shuts down. In Editor’s case, believe it or not,
in 45-years not a single person has challenged his solution: they
refuse to dignify it with any reply.
·
Editor
was thinking about this after he heard the news of new trouble in
Kashmir. The Indian cricket team was defeated by someone or the
other, and some local Kashmiris at a college cheered. Cricket is
India’s secular religion so unsurprisingly, the non-Kashmiri
students got angry, and clashes ensued. The Government of India and
the Kashmir State Government immediately went into the
Chicken-With-Head-Cut-Off mode and is busy assuring itself all is
under control. Pity no one believes them.
·
The other
day some stalwart of the new “nationalist” government said that
since Muslims love Pakistan so much, India should send them over the
border. Sigh. Bang head against rock. People, people, we cannot do
that. Pakistan is in illegal secession from India. Pakistani Muslims
and Indian Muslims are Indian.
Indian Muslims were converted by invading Muslims at the point of
the sword, and millions were killed because the invaders liked
killing. But all these people, including the invaders, became
Indian. They’ve been around for centuries.
·
By what
ethics do we expel our own Indians because they are of a different
religion? Besides which, has it occurred to anyone that expelling
Indian Muslims legitimizes Pakistan, and Pakistan’s secession? When the US split in
1861 did the north send all slave holders to the south? No, the
north reconquered the south. Yo, India, get a grip, please.
Monday 0230 GMT April
4, 2016
·
Earth to White House: Houston, we have a problem…See, Editor does not like beating up on Obama
twice or more a week. It looks like piling on. The problem is that
there really is a problem with what Obama says and the way he
behaves. So not to comment could equally open Editor to charges of
reverse racial discrimination. And, Editor has to admit, such a
charge would be true. It’s not that Editor cares that Obama is
black, because he’s not. He’s white because his mother was white and
he was brought up by white folk. The reason is Editor has black
friends, and their feelings would be very, very hurt if he did pile
on to Obama.
·
It’s like
OJ Simpson. At the time Editor was working a black school with a
black faculty, bar two white teachers. Between themselves, the black
teachers would blast OJ. But the day the judgement came down, a
white teacher allowed she was very upset. The reaction from the
black teachers was so cold that you’d think the glaciers had rolled
back over Maryland. They were angry, and voluble. Editor didn’t
bother pointing out the contradiction, because he knew the answer:
“We can attack OJ because we’re black, but she can’t because she’s
white.” Now, no matter what color you are, and how illogical this
formulation is, you can understand it because of the history of
black in the US.
·
Conversely, what is Editor to do? We have a commander-in-chief who
has pretentions to being an intellectual, when he’s about as
intellectual as a college freshperson. He is arrogant beyond words,
and has created more cesspools for the US than any President in the
last hundred years or maybe even more. He has reduced America to the
status of a mangy, one-eyed, two-legged cat, and created a situation
where we are a laughing stock – Putin, China, Iran, and DPRK just to
name a few. We’re not a laughing stock to much of the world: they
merely spit at us and mock. And you cannot NOT criticize Obama
because his foreign and military policies are so uniquely his,
because he listens to no one – because he’s so bright, you know.
·
The other
day, the French Prez aka Le Flannery, i.e., Pudding Face to his
citizens, was in Washington. Though he speaks perfect English, as is
the custom he spoke in his own language, French. He used the words
“Islamic Terrorism”. His translated speech’s video was put up on the
White House site. Then someone realized the Word That Can Never Be
Uttered had been uttered. So the two words were deleted from the
audio track. Then the media began thrashing Obama/White House. So
the WH claimed it was a technical glitch, and the audio was
restored.
http://nypost.com/2016/04/02/white-house-doctors-video-to-remove-islamic-terrorism-quote/
A technical glitch for just the two words Obama attacks anyone who
uses them.
·
At this
point, most of us are begging God to please take us now, even if –
as applies to Editor – it’s to the Hot Place Downstairs. That the WH
would censor an allied President’s words to suit our Prez’s faux
political correctness, is just so unbelievable that even Editor does
not know what to say. This is same thing that our Prez routine
attacks China for. Sure, cutting out two words compared to China’s
censorship is hardly worth mention. But editing the state speech of
an ally? The Euros would be livid except they’re busting the guts
rolling on the floor laughing, mocking America. Once again, our Prez
reduces our country – his country, too – to a status well below that
of Peter Seller’s satirical Duchy of Grand Fenwick (“The Mouse That
Roared”.) Then to blandly lie about it is just plain unbearable.
·
What does
one do with a Prez like this? Couldn’t he have said “my staff,
respecting my sensitivities, over-zealously censored the two words.
I take responsibility, and I apologize for disrespecting my honored
guest”.
·
See,
Obama represents not just himself, but the US of A. He seems still
not to have gotten the second half of the concept. He’s the smartest
man he knows. The concept is too complicated for him to get.
Sunday 0230 GMT
April 3, 2016
Editor has set a record: in 9 days at
home (Spring Break) he has been to the library twice, CVS once,
driven 3-miles, walked 0, and had brief phone conversations with
three people. Rest of the time it’s been work, but sadly the
equivalent of 2-days of productive work was lost because he was
trying to watch operas on U-Tube while working. Curses.
·
Even people seen as crazy can have good ideas,
but the problem is human tendency to
type-cast. In India this is an issue our Prime Minister faces. 99%
of his ideas are excellent, but his inability to denounce Hindu
extremists on the right wing of his party has cost him support of
very many Indians. You can’t praise Modi for anything, because
you’ll get swamped with hate mail. Equally, you cannot criticize him
for his bad ideas or failure to implement, because his supporters
will also swamp you with hate mail.
·
So it is
with Mr. Donald Trump. If you are an old fashioned American without
politically correct pretensions, almost everything he says is
sensible, even though he has to speak in overwrought terms because
that is the way we now engage in discourse. So it is with his random
prognostications on America’s international relations and military
policy. The establishment has delegitimized him by labelling him
psychotic, and we don’t owe it to him to listen carefully to what he
is saying.
·
The thing
is, why exactly would the establishment listen to him anyway, given
that he wants to destroy it? Editor, for one, has been repeatedly
told that if he wants to be accepted by the Washington
establishment, he has to learn to speak in its language. But, you
see, if Editor was to do that, he’s would accept the establishment’s
values, which with regard to international and security policy he
believes are just completely wrong. This is not an opinion, because
Editor has supported the establishment view for 50-years, and based
entirely on the evidence of repeat failure, changed his mind only in
the last few years.
·
Unlike
Trump, Editor does not want to destroy the establishment because the
establishment serves a critical role in the stability of a nation.
We cannot live in a state of permanent revolution such as communist
theorists wanted – well, the radical ones, at least. If we did so,
we’d become mental patients very quickly and our country would
become a giant asylum.
·
BTW,
Editor is quite aware that real radicals believe it already has, and
he is sympathetic to that point of view. Nonetheless, to be a human
is to be mad, so it doesn’t help much to say we live in the Giant
Looney Bin. Lunatics we all may be, but one has to live life, and it
doesn’t help to run around screaming “We’re mad! We’re mad! And
therefore we don’t have to bother about our lives!” Crops have to be
grown, bridges have to be built, and so on, according to rules laid
down by consensus reality. All we can do is reject consensus reality
without uttering a word, and go on working as if we really consensus
reality. Which is what almost all of us do anyway, even if we don’t
admit it to ourselves.
·
Back to
Trump. He said two totally factual things the other day. One, why
should we have to live with the risk of ducking under our school
desks and kissing our behinds goodbye just because Japan, Taiwan,
and ROK have to have a nuclear umbrella? Yes, there are reasons why
we provided and continue to provide nuclear umbrella even at the
risk of our own annihilation. It has to do with maintaining power.
But think of this a minute: is it a productive process to maintain
power at the risk of being wiped our ourselves when we can still be
the most powerful on earth without that N-umbrella?
·
Next he
said that our allies do not bear their fair share of the collective
defense burden. How is this absurd or crazy? Anyone with the least
knowledge knows this is absolutely the case. We spend 4% of our GDP
on defense (actually more, the official DOD budget is a Big Fat
Lie), but Germany and Japan spend 1%. Editor for one does not mean
to imply that if these two and others spent 4% we could cut back.
We cannot. But with 4% for
Europe and Japan etc, these countries could truly be our first line
of defense. Please someone explain why we should be their first line
of defense so that they can spent more money on lattes?
·
Simple
sense has not stopped the establishment from running around in
circles, flapping our arms, and screaming “Trump is crazy! Trump is
cwazee!” What does this say about the stablemen? Aren’t they the
crazy ones and Trump the sane one?
Friday 0230 GMT April
1, 2016
·
US President blames retiring CENTCOM leader for misleading him about
Islamic State The story is at
http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2016/mar/30/white-house-faults-decorated-us-generals-handling-/
The story behind the story is that the President gave an interview
to a monthly magazine in which he blamed his intelligence people and
the CENTCOM commander for downplaying the IS threat. The implication
is that had this not been the case, the President would have acted
differently.
·
The
problem is that the general denied he made any such remark.
Moreover, the US Secretary Defense who, like his resigned
predecessor has an unfortunate predilection to tell the truth, has
said he is unaware the general made such a remark and advised the
media to contact the White House if they wanted further discussions
on the matter.
·
Further,
the President has to deal with an uncomfortable matter. This same
general took the last US troops out of Iraq, but warned the
President that 20,000 had to stay behind because Iraq could not
handle its own defense. So how does the President explain that away,
and on what justification does he say the same general blew off the
IS threat?
·
So basically we have a
situation where the SecDef is calling his boss a liar and backing
his general. This is such a rare occurrence in Washington that the
now disintegrated planet between Mars and Jupiter must have
reassembled itself and gone on to win Dancing With the Stars. The
previous SecDef loyally held his tongue despite his huge
disagreement with the President, and spoke only after he resigned.
The current SecDef openly broke with the President the other day
when he said he was planning more troops for Iraq. Now he has
plainly implied his boss is a liar. He can speak his mind because
with 11-months to go before his presidency ends, what exactly is the
President to do? Fire the current SecDef and take a huge hit to what
remains of the President’s credibility? This does not seem an
appetizing option.
·
The
President’s story about his intelligence misleading him is really
peculiar. Because there is about 2-tons of evidence that
intelligence repeatedly warned him about the deteriorating situation
in Afghanistan and Iraq, but the President didn’t want to hear about
it. Moreover, we thought the US has a National Security Council. The
President should be taking the considered advice of the NSC to whom
the heads of his intelligence report. Its most odd of the President
to blame folks en passant and randomly. And does the President
decide his strategy on an off-the-cuff comment by the theater
commander (which was never made)?
·
If this
true, the President loses in two ways. One, he paints himself as a
hideously incompetent commander-in-chief. Two, he gets the nation’s
opprobrium for publically blaming a subordinate commander – behind
that commander’s back. If what the President says is true, when it
became true by the fall of 2014 that IS was a serious threat, why
did he not fire his intelligence folks and his general for giving
wrong advice?
·
What the
President does not seem to understand is that his citizens are
absolutely fed up with the non-stop lying he and his political class
have been inflicting on us. His “political class” includes just
about everyone except for Sanders and Trump. This nation is so
strung out about the establishment’s lying eyes that if pushed
further, it could easily explode and that’s not going to help
anyone. It does not help that the almost-certain next President has
a consistent history of lying and skating on very thin ice in the
matter of trust.
·
Why on
earth does the President go on about “no boots on the ground” when
American forces are engaged in an air and ground war in Iraq and
Syria? It’s no longer “advisors”, it’s SF raiding teams,
and Marines engaged in the
lead up to the battle of Mosul. And this after 1 ½ years lying to us
about the great progress made in reconstituting a new Iraq Army and
how our intervention in Afghanistan was so successful. Why do we
have to learn through round-about ways that the Libya intervention
was – as some of us knew – regime change and nobody in Washington
gave a hang about “peaceful” dissenters who were being killed? The
country would still have backed Obama-Clinton on Libya had they told
the truth. We’re telling the truth in Syria, that its regime change,
is anyone getting upset about this?
·
Aside
from the lying, what standard is the President for the young and the
old in our country by acting like a slimy, immature 6th
Grader and saying “he made me do it, blame him, not me”?
Wednesday 0230
GMT March 30, 2016
We’re postponing Part II of yesterday’s
rant as we’ve already covered much of the ground earlier
·
Since 2010 terror attacks and deaths increase by 10x
This on an annual basis, so right now
we’re seeing 30,000+ dead against 3000 dead in 2001
https://t.co/K2Dir8dSH7 But
not to worry, folks, the Government tells us we are willing the
Global War On Terror. And the Government would never lie to us,
right? Right? Someone say something!
·
This is
just the kind of news that will delight those who have been saying
that our war against terrorism is simply creating more terrorists –
another meaningless meme that is popular in the west. So it’s easy
to forget that likely 98% of the incidents and deaths are outside
the west, and we’re including Israel and Turkey in the west.
·
Here’s a
statistic for our readers. If the west hadn’t resisted the Axis in
World War II and just given up, instead of 80-million dying of all
cause (including famine deaths), the number would likely have been
10-million that – almost all due to the genocides unleashed by
Hitler. So you could say by resisting the Axis the west brought
about 70-million unnecessary deaths. Take that a step further, and
you could make a case the West committed the gravest war crime in
history.
·
Makes no sense, of course.
And neither does the proposition that by fighting back in the GWOT,
we have created more terrorists and worsened the problem.
·
It is
nonetheless true that had we not militarily intervened in Iraq,
Syria, Libya, and Yemen the death toll from terror would be very
much less. Why? Because the Middle East dictators ruled with an iron
hand and no terrorism was possible. We thoughtlessly (in retrospect)
overthrew the dictators and unleashed chaos. Just a reminder: until
a few years ago Editor enthusiastically supported these
interventions. He was totally taken in by the liberal American
doctrine that says it is our duty to make the world better and to do
that we have to kill folks we deem the bad guys.
·
Does this
mea culpa mean Editor has changed his ways? Not one bit. Editor has
always believed we can have peace on earth only if it is a Pax
Americana, and he believes it even more strongly today. What he
didn’t count was the complete failure of American will, and a slide
into vast deeps of self-indulgence and immorality. (At which point
our liberal friends say “thank goodness for this slide”).
·
Back to
the GWOT. Suppose you get sick and the doctor prescribes 10 days of
medication. She insists you must take all of it or (a) you will not
heal; and (b) the illness will return in stronger force. So you take
five days’ worth and stop. The doctor turns out to be right, because
the disease returns with the little buggers all bulked up and raring
for a fight. Would it be correct to blame the medicine for not
working? No.
·
So it has
been with the GWOT. We went in half-heartedly with insufficient
force, withdrew at the earliest, and created conditions which let
the disease of Islamic fundamentalism come back stronger. Our
mistake is not that we started it, but that we did not finish it.
Since we keep doing this,
obviously the enemy is just going to get stronger.
Tuesday 0230 GMT March
29, 2016
·
Two useless memes on terrorism: Part I
A meme is a “cultural item repeatedly
transmitted”
http://www.thesaurus.com/browse/meme .
A synonym is “buzzword”, and
we can adapt that, for purpose of our discussion, to “buzzphrase”.
When you realize that we can spend a few months debating “what the
meaning of ‘is’ is”, a la Billy Horn Dawg, you can see why we need
buzzphrases. Even simple ideas can be quite complex, and if we are
to get on with life as opposed to sitting there dissecting words and
ideas with an electron nanoscope , we need some way of simplifying
concepts into memes.
·
The
danger is that after a while the form of the meme gets mistaken for
the substance of complex concepts. Our use of the meme becomes a
lazy way of expressing trite ideas, freeing us from the necessity of
stopping to think: “what exactly does our meme mean?”
Our
instant press is particularly fond of memes because (a) they take up
very few words, something important for those writing speeches and
articles and press releases; (b) they spare the writer the need to
hurt his head by thinking.
·
As an
example, a favorite buzzphrase of President Obama is “this does not
represent American values”. You hear it a lot when the President
opposes the idea of immigration controls, and it is intended to cut
off those who disagree. After all, how can anyone be against
American values? But what our President doesn’t seem to realize,
what’s against American values is the never-ending torrent of
immigrants. In the past, when America has believed itself inundated
and threatened by immigration waves, it has turned off the tap, or
at least reduced flow to a trickle. Then the immigrants assimilate,
the economy grows, and we turn the tap on again. So our prenaturally
intelligent President, the Maharaja (King of Kings)
of intellectuals, gets things
totally confused by using the buzzword.
·
Two
completely useless memes in the Global War On Terror that come up
maybe 10 or maybe 100 times a day are: “If we crack down the
terrorists win”, and “our failure to integrate immigrants has led to
them turning to terrorism.”
·
Let’s
look at “if we crack down the terrorists win”. What exactly does
this mean? On practical terms, it means that if we blindly adhere to
our values – in this case a liberal, just, and democratic polity –
we lack the tools to stop the terrorists and they win. Which is the
exact opposite of what the meme users are saying. A simple question:
Could we have kept America united if we had stuck to our values?
After all, secession was not a crime. A bunch of folks voted and
decided they didn’t want to be part of the US of A, so they tried to
leave. The same way as the settlers in the Northeast left their
European homelands because they did not feel free to live their life
as they wished.
·
Now, of
course, next to the paramount economic factors promoting secession –
and it always is Follow le Dineros (Marx), Northerners believed
slavery was wrong (we’re not going to get into the hypocrisy bit)
and were doing their best to make the new states slavery-free.
Eventually that would have turned the balance in Congress against
the South, and the non-slave states would have voted –
democratically – to ban slavery. So the writing was in the wall for
the South, and they exercised their legal right of secession. So the North
abandoned its own democratic values to forestall a greater evil that
would have torn this country apart.
·
War
itself is by definition the greatest degrader of human rights. But
if one is to survive, one must fight wars. One must accept the
lesser evil to combat the greater evil.
·
Back to
the phrase “if we crack down the terrorists win”. Has it occurred to
people that the terrorists despise those values we fear we will lose
if we crack down on them?
They are winning because we WONT crack down. That doesn’t
convince them to adopt our values. It convinces them we are weak and
deserve to die. This is true of the Euros more than us Americans,
because we’re different. If what was happening in Europe happened
here, we’d democratically vote for martial law. As it is, the 9/11
attacks led Americans overnight to accept the greatest loss of our
freedoms seen in peacetime.
Monday 0230 GMT March
28, 2016
·
Is the US running out of clowns?
For the last 2-months, a CIA Syrian
militia has been skirmishing with the Pentagon-supported Syrian
Democratic Front.
http://www.chicagotribune.com/news/nationworld/ct-syria-militias-us-cia-islamic-state-20160326-story.html
This latter, by the way is 80% composed of Syrian Kurds who want
their own homeland, so there’s nothing particularly Syrian about it.
Much of the remaining fighters are Arab groups the US has
artificially put under the SDF umbrella to give it politically
correct diversity.
·
The
Chicago Tribune says that
until recently, the CIA militia was in the west and Pentagon militia
in the east. But Assad’s Russia-backed gains have come in the west,
and since the Russians have been bombing the CIA militia, it’s been
weakened to the point the SDF are pushing them around.
·
And BTW,
the Pentagon, after its hilarious failure to stand up a true Syrian
resistance army, is trying again. It will, of course, fail again
because few real rebels fulfill US requirements to be democratic and
anti-Assad.
·
Please
note that Editor, aside from some severely muted mockery, is not
getting agitated about this latest fiasco. When ineptitude in the
Mideast has become the US’s default position, how can one get upset?
Next, the expectations of the American people concerning their
government’s capability to win have fallen so low that the public is
not agitated. It’s not agitated because it doesn’t care enough to
get worked up. Failures no longer anger Americans because they know
from 15-years of war experience that America now knows only how to
fail.
·
Our
foreign readers know by now that the great majority of the American
people have lost faith and trust in their government. Trump and
Sanders represent the sheer, raw anger that Americans feel toward
their government. Since Hillary is most likely to win the election,
and she is part of the establishment, this anger is only going to
grow.
·
Yet,
Americans used to trust their government. We are told that
internally, the assassinations of the Kennedy brothers and Martin
Luther King, combined with externally Second China began the
destruction of this trust. On top of this, 1970 marked the high
point of an equitable chance of a decent life for the average
American. Yesterday George Will writing in the
Washington Post told us
that the average American male has gained nothing, money wise, since
1969. That’s 46-years. Since 2000, the great bulk of economic gains
have gone to the top 1%.
·
This
economic stagnation for the common man has destroyed any remaining
trust and faith in the government. Here’s Editor’s point: President
Bush did his part when he went to war with Iraq over the alleged
WMDs; and President Obama has done his part by persistent failures
in the Middle East/North Africa.
·
Worse
than the failures are Obama non-stop lies. Believe it or not, Editor
is not anti-Obama. It’s just that anyone gets sick at being lied to.
(a) We intervened in Libya to “save Gadhafi from killing his own
people”. Now it is admitted – as if people didn’t know already – we
went in for regime change and royally botched it up. (b) We won in
Afghanistan and Iraq and so could draw down our troops. Except the
minute we did that, we started losing, but woe to the military
people who dared say we were losing. (c) We encourage the Egyptian
revolution, only to see the fundamentalists take over, which any
child in diapers knew would happen, so now we’ve stop by as a
dictatorship even worse that Mubarak’s has taken over. (d) we
intervened in Yemen, and its is totally Snafu-ed. (e) We went into
Syria for regime change and keep making claims of great progress,
when the actual situation is far, far worse when Dictator Assad
ruled. (f) We had to return to Iraq because the wonderful Army we
trained fell apart at the first sign of real pressure. Now we claim
we are making great progress retraining the Army, when everyone
knows we are failing once again. (g) Then our President told us “no
boots on the ground” in Iraq, except there’s 5,000 troops there and
we are fighting on the ground in addition to airpower. Everyone knew
Mr. Obama’s strategy of having daily sexual intercourse while
preserving his virginity wasn’t going to work, and now his
SecDefense and JCS have asked for more troops.
·
All
through these last 7-years Mr. Obama has steadfastly refused to
change course, just to protect his non-existent reputation as a
Nobel Peace Prize winner.
Does he really think his massive egotism is not noticed by
his citizens? Does he really think we have not noticed he has
totally shredded any credibility and good will he had on his
inauguration?
·
And
Editor has not even gotten to our defeats in the China Seas, the
failure in Ukraine, the failure to stop the growth of Islamic
fascism, the loss of Turkey from the ranks of the democratic
nations, the horrible economic conditions and insecurity in which
the majority of Americans live while people like Apple work like
crazy to shaft Americans even further, the constant harping in how
the police treat black folk without giving a darn how they treat
disadvantaged folk of every color. When we have been in a situation
where trust in government has been corroding since 1963, all that
Mr. Obama has achieved is chewing even bigger chunks of the weakened
pillars that hold up America.
·
Purely
BTW: Editor completely supports Mr. Obama on Cuba. First, its
hypercritical to pick on Cuba while we are BFFs with the great
tyranny in the world today, China. Second, our Cuba policy has
failed for a remarkable 56-years! Why do Cuban-Americans think
continuing isolation will work? Why do they think that the problem
lies with the Castros and when the last one dies Cuba will become a
democracy and give back the confiscated assets of the white Cubans
who lost when Fidel took over? Don’t they understand it is the
collective wish of non-white Cubans the white Cubans never return?
If we didn’t change course, the apparatus the Castros built would
have remained in place. The one thing Obama does right has people
whaling on him.
·
To answer
out first question: no, America is nowhere near running out of
clowns. This misery will continue.
Sunday 0230 GMT March
27, 2016
·
Syria says takes 1/3rd of Palmyra Yesterday alone the Russians flew 40 sorties,
enabling the government to continue its advance. Remember, the
Russians simply bomb everything in sight. This kills civilians, yes.
But it also prevents IS from safe haven among civilians. Those
Americans who say carpet bombing does not work are abysmally
ignorant. It works very well – the Communists suffered their
heaviest losses on the Ho Chi Minh trail, which was subjected to
very heavy carpet bombing by B-52s. We’ve discussed this before: the
NVA lost 800,000 men missing, largely on the trail, because after
the B-52s had done their runs, dropping 90-tons in boxes about
3-miles by 1-mile, there was nothing left to permit IDing the dead.
Editor is unsure if carpet bombing is needed, so just saying.
·
Back in the old country
there’s another silly spy story going on. An Indian former naval
officer who took early retirement and now wanders around the world
selling things gets himself arrested in Balochistan, Pakistan’s
province that borders Iran. The Pakistanis say he has admitted
spying for India’s Research and Analysis Wing. This august agency is
the Indian equivalent of the CIA and even has a paramilitary wing.
Except the paramilitary are elite Army units. Sort of like when the
Army’s Special Forces came under CIA command for operations. And
RAW’s charter allows it to work domestically as well.
·
Well,
frankly, if someone was beating Editor to within an inch of his
life, he would admit to anything, including that he’s from Mars and
hasn’t had a date in decades. Young would-be spies already know
this: you must have a full-feature cover story worked out, but if
you give the interrogators your story right away, they’ll think
you’re lying and beat you anyway. But is this gentleman actually a
spy? Hard to say, except that the Government of India immediately
acknowledged he was an Indian citizen and a former naval officer. In
these situations, the Indian government usually admits nothing. This
is actually a good strategy, because you avoid getting yourself
caught in inconsistencies. Had it been up to Editor, his government
statement would say “we don’t know who this person is, and we’ve
checked, the passport is fake.” If there are to be negotiations, it
should be done while staunchly publically insisting this gentleman
is not anyone we know.
·
Now,
while Editor is sure our younger readers would love Editor’s
thoughts on this story, he really has no clue. Even if he did, he
suspects this an insignificant affair.
·
The only
contact he’s ever had with RAW is when, about 15-years, he was very
casually asked by a friend of a friend of a friend if Editor would
permit his youngster (then about 15) to work on a hacking project.
This targeted Pakistan intelligence agency slush bank funds stashed
in the Gulf. Editor said no, because said kiddo was a US citizen,
and the US Government frowns on its citizens engaging in hacking
foreign intel agency bank accounts without its authorization. Plus,
though in all the books the spy is a double, triple, quadruple
agent, in real life, working for A and B without telling them both
you work for the other is unethical.
Alas, when you are honest, no one is happy.
·
Also back in the Old Country,
the Indian Army is shocked, shocked to learn Pakistan is using
social media to cultivate/entrap/honey trap Indian military
personnel. The Army has banned its men from using three apps. We’re
not quite sure what’s going on here. You can’t ban people from
social media using their own computers/phones because you don’t have
control over that. India is not China. So has the Army persuaded the
Government to block these three apps? Won’t work, either, because
there’s a zillion more. Then there’s also those encrypted apps.
·
Why do
you want ban apps anyway? Carefully educate your personnel in your
“office” cyberpolicies, bust those who don’t follow rules. By the
way, this also will not work because when someone is in lust or in
greed there is no way they’re going to scared into compliance. No
one seriously believes they’ll be caught if they’re careful.
·
Presumably the Indian Army knows this. So after a lot of thinking,
Editor has come to the tentative conclusion that all the Army is
saying is to be careful about revealing information on social media.
“Hello all, this is me moving with my unit to XYZ”. That kind of
thing.
·
Not that
the Indian Army should bother because in today’s world, when
everyone has mobile phones and computers, secrecy has become much
more difficult. The US has long since known this, which is why it
gives out 95% of the information, allowing it to focus on protecting
the 5% that’s important. Has to be said, nonetheless, Indian
military has gotten much more open in the years since Editor left,
and it’s all to the good.
Saturday 0230 GMT
March 26, 2016
·
Belgium Adding to yesterday’s
rant about the problems with Belgium’s internal security apparatus,
we are told that one reason the Belgian authorities remained steps
behind the terrorists is that the Muslim waters in which the
terrorists swam refused to talk to the police. Editor hopes readers
better understand his point on the Muslim community. If they do not
cooperate, they are aiding and abetting their country’s enemy. They
are collaborators. Which means they don’t deserve any sympathy.
·
Again,
Editor is NOT singling out Muslims. He would say the same about any
other war regardless of the religion of the combatants. Religion has
nothing to do with the matter. Enemies of the state are enemies
regardless of their religion or lack of it.
·
We keep
forgetting to mention this despite being told many times, mainly
because the point is obvious. People keeping telling Editor how can
he talk about wartime norms when there is no declared war. Sigh.
Editor knows this. But just because the West doesn’t want to accept
it is at war, does not mean there is no war. For one thing, Islamic
fundamentalists have declared war. That the West hasn’t reciprocated
shows only that it is very foolish indeed, with the survival
instincts of a deer caught in the headlights. Editor has said ad
nauseum that the West cannot win this conflict if it persists in
treating it as a civil law-and-order problem.
·
Look at
some of the ironies. We pointed out one the other day, the Norwegian
mass child killer, who complains his rights in jail are being
violated even though he has a 3-room cell. Which BTW is better than
what 80% of the world has by way of accommodation. Here’s another
one: under EU law, France cannot give its terrorists jail sentences
of longer than 30-years because its inhumane. Readers already know
there’s not death penalty. That the terrorists are killing thousands
of people is not reason for an exception in Euro law. Okay, it’s
their law and we respect it. All we’re saying declare war and try
the terrorists under military law and hang them.
·
Instead
we have instances such as British coroners investigating enemy
deaths and bringing murder charges against their own troops for
illegal killing. Including this one
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/12107164/British-sniper-investigated-for-not-shouting-warning-in-Iraq.html
Fridays this Iraqi insurgent would wait for prayers and then fire
RPGs at a British outpost. One day when he was getting ready to fire
an RPG, a British sniper saw his chance for a clean shot and nailed
the RPG guy at 1200-meters. The British coroner wants retrospective
charges against the sniper because no warning was issued to the
enemy fighter. You’re in the middle of a war and you’re supposed to
give an enemy combatant warning from 1200-meters away even though
the enemy is getting ready to fire?
·
Are we to
suppose that the British SAS sniper who killed 5 suicide bombers
leaving a factory with 3 rounds will now be indicted?
http://www.mirror.co.uk/news/world-news/sas-sniper-kills-five-isis-7007524
No warning here. Moreover,
just because men are wearing heavy coats in hot weather doesn’t
prove they are suicide bombers. So one fellow’s vest blew up killing
two others. But that was after the event: the shooter can’t prove he
knew in advance before he fired. The British have
1500 such investigations
pending.
·
And this
is the British, BTW, who are supposed to be sensible. That braying
sound you hear across the Atlantic are the British coroners. That
giant sucking sound you hear are the brains of the British
population flushing down the toilet.
Friday 0230 GMT March
25, 2016
·
The problem of Belgium We’ve been assuming that the problem of Jihadis in Belgium has arisen
because of its secular liberal humanism – same problem as most of
the EU. In this system, I must invite people to live in my house who
share few, if any, of my values, but I must adapt to them, and not
them adapt to me. If I don’t adapt to them, I am racist. If I insist
they earn their own way or leave, I am Hitler’s brother. If I object
to their efforts to undermine me in my own house and to take it
over, I am exclusionary. Editor is speaking as much of other Euro
countries such as UK, France, the Scandinavians, the Germans, and so
on as much as the Belgians. Editor is truly baffled as to how this
trend took root and is now strangling these countries, but that
discussion must wait for another time.
·
In the
last 2-3 days, it has been suggested to Editor that while broadly
his reading has merit, in Belgium’s case there is more to the
matter. At no point is Editor assuming he is anything more than an
educated layperson. His blunt way of putting things is will deeply
offend Belgians, who are so politically correct that even as their
country is on its way to extinction, they must futz around the edges
of what’s happening and not offend anyone – especially not their
Muslims.
·
In short:
in the last 20-years, Belgium is no longer a country. It doesn’t
even have a national political party! Much of the country does not
really want a breakup, but is prepared for one. Belgium has
11-million people, of whom – very roughly – 6-million are of Dutch
descent (Flemings), 3-million are French (Walloons), a tiny minority
is German, and the rest are other places.
·
If a
divorce takes place, the French want to join France, the small
German population wants to join Germany. Much of the country has
French or Dutch roots and ties, and should a divorce happen, they
want to join their parent countries. In that event, some parts want
to join Germany. What happens to Brussels, probably the most
international region of all? In such a setup, the most low-conflict
solution is for it to become the first international city state in
modern Europe. Okay, you say, but what about the Flemings?
·
Here’s
the crazy part. The majority Flemings are the ones who want to
leave. BTW, Belgium was formed only in 1830. Before that it was part
of the Netherlands. Just like the Mideast and African states where
the boundaries were drawn to suit the colonial power and unwilling
groups forced to live with each other, there has been unhappiness
about this one state with two nationalities. As early as 1942 FDR
was aware of the problem and proposed a division after the war. So
with all this confusion and separatism going on, there is a very
serious problem in safeguarding the safety of Belgium in this new
war against Islamic fundamentalism.
·
In the
contest of terrorism, please to note that Brussels has six separate
police forces. Then it has the federal police, military
intelligence, civilian intelligence, and a CT unit. So far the
mayors of Brussels’s 19 boroughs have refused to unify. And also,
the Belgians are very seriously under-resourced for this new threat.
·
Once you
know that, you don’t need to know more about Belgium, despite any
number of warnings and intelligence from other countries like the
US, despite knowing they were going to be attack again, could not
stop the terrorists. As a microexample, we are told that the
authorities surrounded the residence of one of the men who staged
this most recent attack. But they couldn’t move in because Belgian
law bans raids between 10PM and 5AM! Jolly civilized, but not what
is needed at wartime. The nice gentleman somehow learned he was
surrounded and escaped via the roof before 5AM. Keystone Cops? Nah,
the Three Stooges.
·
To add
further mirth and hilarity to the situation, the police are fixated
on investigating an orgy engaged in at a police station while
Brussels was in lockdown. Soldiers billeted at a police station
invited two policewomen upstairs where the soldiers lived, and the
ladies had a nice orgy with 8 of the servicemen. Well, good for
them, and what do you expect when you’ve got young people of both
sexes thrown together in an – um – society of relaxed morals? As
long as they’re getting personal on their downtime, Editor view is
that the authorities have more important things to worry about, like
the next set of attacks.
·
More
attacks there will be. Now the Euro authorities are saying there are
400 Islamic State operatives scattered throughout the zone. We’ve
seen what five of them achieved in Brussels earlier this week. And
surely more than the 400 are enroute.
·
To stop
this means you have to cauterize the infection at source. A million
troops, 25-years, and permeant occupation of the Middle East/North
Africa might be adequate, it might not. Restoration of national
border controls in the EU. Clearing the Muslim ghettos, if necessary
by expulsions of tens of thousands, or even hundreds of thousands,
even if they are citizens. Close patrolling of urban areas where
anyone suspicious is stopped and taken in for questioning. Etc.
·
Human
rights violations by the authorities? You betcha! Horrible downer
for citizens? Double betcha! Terrifying, permanently scarring
experience for good Muslims? Triple betcha! Massive expansion of
jails and preventative detention? Absolutely!
·
Euros
don’t want to live like this? Fine. Then just die quietly.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
March 23, 2016
·
Belgium So the plan for today
was a nice, short article on China’s railway expansion in Tibet.
Took a lot of research, and Editor thought it might be useful to
someone. Plus the expansion is tied up with the matter of China
stripping away Nepal from India, which changes the geostrategical
balance, though no one in India cares about that. Just because Nepal
is a Hindu nation and virtually a mountain extension of India, we’ve
assume there’s nothing to worry about, no matter how we treat the
Nepalese. Well, they’ve just sent in their intent to divorce us in
favor of China. Thanks to the mindless foolishness taking place in
Brussels, Editor is forced to get into yet another utterly
meaningless discussion about terrorism in Europe, and he’s getting
quite resentful because the Euros are wasting his time.
·
We don’t
need to recap the details. It suffices to say that after the Paris
attacks last November, and the killing of terrorists in Brussels,
both countries picked up enough evidence that they know more attacks
were imminent. Because of the danger, there some curtailment of
individual rights. The aim was to give the state more powers to
better fight the terrorists. But this was done gingerly that it made
no difference. Brussels was on full alert for another attack; it
came; and there was nothing anyone could do about it.
·
Editor
knows full well the Euros will not agree what he’s been saying and
will say again. And a surprisingly large number of Americans, as
epitomized by the Apple cryptography think, will not agree either.
·
Here is
the matter in one simple sentence: the west is at war, and to win
wars you have to do many very unpleasant things. You cannot fight a
war pretending this is a police problem that can be solved while
continuing to give primacy to a very high standard of individual
rights.
·
An
example is the gentleman captured a few days ago in Brussels. He is
being handled on a strict legal basis, so much so he is being
permitted to appeal his extradition to Paris. He is a French citizen
who has declared war on France. Now, he’s not going win his case.
But Belgium still has to go through a farce because of his
individual rights.
·
Now,
please pardon Editor for his grave ignorance. He didn’t know in war
anyone has individual rights, particularly not an enemy saboteur.
Editor thinks this man has no right to appeal to anyone. He has to
be drained of information, and shot.
·
Quelle
horror, the Euros will say. These Americanes, they are just savages.
Fair enough. But is it not time the west, which includes us
Americans, understood that the liberal, humanist society can
function only if everyone follows agreed on rules? When you have
declared enemies, who have repeatedly said they are at war with you,
and will use any means to kill you all, women, children, the old,
the strong, everyone, you can no longer talk about the enemy’s
rights?
·
This is
the most infuriating thing about this war, aside from the west
refusing to acknowledge it is at war. There is so much blah,
especially from our Great Leader, on the lines of “I don’t want to
hear any anti-Muslim clichés”, that it turns a normal person’s
stomach. Excuze us, Great Leader, is it Hindus who are killing you?
Christians? Mormons? Buddhists? No, it is a small fraction of Islam,
manifest in the Wahabi and Salafi and other illegitimate schools of
the faith.
·
Aha!
Great Leader will say. “But that’s exactly what I’m saying! You
cannot condemn an entire religion for the wrongs of a few!”
·
Sigh.
Sonny boy, who is condemning an entire religion? Certainly Editor
isn’t. This war uses a religious cover; but it has nothing to do
with religion. It’s simply a power grab such has gone on since we
formed social groups. What Editor is saying is that current laws in
the west do not permit the kind of harsh response needed to root out
the rot and burn it.
·
Editor is
not saying: “Enact laws that single out Muslims.” Can you tell from
looking at a person dressed as the rest of the people in a country
that s/he is a Muslim? Obviously not!
·
What
Editor is saying we need national states of emergency giving the
authorities full power to do what they must. Yes, innocent people of
all religions will suffer. This happens in every war.
·
A rough
analogy. What if in World War 2, ethnic Catholic Irish of British
nationality, had decided that they will not help the government in
any way against the UK’s enemies? By the justifications used today
to excuse Muslim inaction, the Catholic Irish had every reason not
to cooperate, considering how brutally they had been treated by
England for centuries. Would anyone have been talking about the
rights of the Catholic Irish who declared themselves neutral, and
turned a blind eye to their own who were subverting the UK?
·
Obviously
not! Because it isn’t a matter of religion, it’s a matter of
country. If there are Muslims living in the west, either citizens or
non-citizens, who feel their religion supersedes their loyalty to
the state, they need to leave. As a start, the Muslim ghettos of the
west have to be cleaned out, and every mosque funded by folks like
the Saudis needs to be shut down, their clerics expelled.
·
Editor is
least interested in: “but we have no jobs, we’re discriminated
against, blah blah blah and blah.” Kids, no one enslaved you and
brought you to live in the west. You came voluntarily. The
Eurostates give you the same generous benefits everyone else gets.
You are not victims. If you feel you are, get out. In America, the
only ones who can claim victim status are those descended from
slaves. The rest of us? Editor says same thing he did 50 years ago
in another context: “America: Love it or Leave it.” BTW, this
applies equally to companies like Apple.
·
Simplistic? Obviously! But
unless live is reduced to its simplest elements, how can one win a
war within?
Tuesday 0230 GMT March
22, 2016
·
Editor blows it on India’s acquiring the Tejas fighter
A close friend who knows more about the
Indian Air Force than the Indian Air Force, and more about Hindustan
Aircraft Ltd., the Tejas’ manufacturer, than the company has poured
a ton of cold water on Editor’s impassioned plea for the IAF to quit
whining and just get the indigenous Tejas fighter. His basic point
is “what Tejas fighter?”
·
Now,
since Editor knows nothing about the manufacturer, he’s not blaming
himself for making the mistake, particularly as his friend very
rarely voices an opinion or answers emails. He thought of checking
with the friend, but knowing he was unlikely to get a reply, bashed
on regardless.
·
The long,
middle, and short of it is that
there are no Tejas fighters.
HAL hasn’t made anything except six Limited Series Production
types. But didn’t the media say it had delivered the first
production aircraft from the initial batch of 20 (a second batch of
20 has also been ordered)? Well, actually no. The company took ship
LSP-6 and repainted it. This might have happened back in Stalin’s
time, when if you said “Boss, we couldn’t do it”, and maybe if
Stalin was in a good mood he’d let you write a last letter to your
family before having you shot. Editor has no idea at all why HAL has
done this. No one is going to shoot the company’s executives. Maybe
we should start, but then we’d have to shoot so many people in India
for extreme incompetence we’ll run out of bullets. Scratch that
idea.
·
Meanwhile, as you may have gathered from the western and Russian
press, the joint Indo-Russian stealth FGFK is going nowhere. The
Russian Air Force doesn’t want it because it doesn’t work.
What that does to India’s
$5-billion for 50% of the R&D costs is not explained. Its already
clear we cannot afford aircraft like the Rafale and Typhoon. The
only solution is to contract with Saab to deliver 24 J-39s annually
from its domestic production, and build an India factory with a
private Indian corporation for an additional 24/year more. This will
never happen because to begin with the government won’t sanction the
money.
·
There are
discussions going on turning the J-39 into the Tejas; the Swedes are
willing to manufacture in India and to help us with a new medium
fighter. If this happens, the Swedes will simply take a Grippen and
write “Tejas Mk II” on it. By the way, our friend tells us that
Indians plans for a Tejas Mk II are also going nowhere.
·
Editor is
so sick and tired of India’s defense equipment problems. On top of
which these rants are of little relevance to most of our readers. We
need to discuss something more meaningful, like the expansion of
Starbucks in Oceania.
·
Promised
for tomorrow: a slightly more interesting piece on China’s expansion
of its Tibet rail network. It would be wrong to say that India is
doing nothing about this, but to say we are proceeding at a snail’s
pace is to insult snails. And we are about to lose Nepal to the
Chinese.
Monday 0230 GMT March
21, 2016 Spring Equinox, briefly
glimpsed by Editor from his window, and had to immediately drop the
blinds, the shock of seeing the outside world was just too great.
Another 60-hours spent entirely inside.
·
Turkey, the EU, and refugees
One reason Merkel of Germany may be hanging tough on letting
refugees into Germany is that the EU has reached a deal with Turkey
to choke off the flow. The details are at
http://www.theguardian.com/world/2016/mar/18/eu-deal-turkey-migrants-refugees-q-and-a
·
Turkey is
to take refugees that came through the country to the EU, with the
exception of 40,000 trapped in Greece. These will be admitted. The
2.7-million in Turkey will stay there in refugee camps, EU will give
a bit less than $7-billion for them; since that is less than $300
per refugee, obviously more aid will be given. Needless to say, even
after this border closing two days ago, refugees are still arriving
in Greece.
·
What does
our good buddy, old pal Erdogan get in return? Officially a visa
relaxation for Turks wishing to travel; to the EU, and
reconsideration of Turkey’s bid to join the EU. In reality, Turkey
will get Fat All. It cannot meet the conditions of the EU charter to
become a member, and as long as Ergy Baby is around, it won’t. End
of story. Sure, some well-off Turks will find it easier to get EU
visas, perhaps some will be pre-cleared or something.
·
A
sane article about the Su-35 vs western fighters
Editor first wants to say he puts no
stock in these paper comparisons. Until you fly planes against each
other you don’t really have much of a clue what they do. Further,
the aircraft’s performance is just one part of the system, which
includes training, logistics, electronic air support and a whole
bunch of other factors. No one is going to square off in combat like
Snoopy and the Red Baron.
·
Nonetheless, at
http://hushkit.net/2016/03/17/su-35-versus-typhoon-analysis-from-rusis-justin-bronk/
we’ve seen the first sane analysis of the Su-35 versus western
fighters. Editor was getting quite sick of the “sky is falling”
screaming from western bloggers who had the Su-35 defeating
everything. The article says the F-16 is no match, which should
really read “no match except under special circumstances. No
surprise here. The F-15C would be in trouble within visual range
because Su-35 is supposed to be extremely maneuverable in the
dog-fight role. Editor says “let’s wait and see”, but prima facie
this seems reasonable. Of course, now we have the F-15E. Typhoon
wins in most cases, but within visual range both aircraft kill each
other. F-22: anyone who thinks they are going to get close to one
has to be on the Good Stuff. F-35 is also hard to get close to.
Rafale: bit disadvantaged compared to Typhoon, but that might be the
Brit in the Brit writing the articles. No mention of F-18E.
·
What
about the J39 Gripen? This is interesting. Gripen is a light fighter
and absolutely not in the same class as the others. Western pilots
make fun of it, but apparently the Swedes have built in so by way of
electronic measures that it has an uncanny ability to sneak up on
people.
·
This
brings us back to the Dumkoff Brigade, aka the United States. It was
supposed to build 750 F-22s. On that basis the US would have nothing
to worry about for decades. Instead they built 187, and we’ve heard
all kinds of plausible reasons why reopening the F-22 line cannot be
done. For example, all the jigs and the tools and what not were
crushed, not even stored. Such brilliance as the US demonstrates
these days is very hard to beat.
·
Of
course, the US has its ace-in-the-hole, a 6th generation
manned stealth fighter made by Lockheed under a black program. NOT a
UCV, which is interesting, since everyone was predicting an end to
manned fighters. Lockheed has given just a few hints. Of course, the
danger is that the Dumkoff Brigade gets loose again and destroys
another cutting edge program. No need for anyone to defeat us,
folks. We do it all by ourselves, to ourselves. We don’t just shoot
ourselves in the foot, we shoot ourselves in the head, too.
Sunday 0230 GMT March
20, 2016
·
Iraq government says IS has
withdrawn from Hit district, where government forces are staging an
offensive and ironically creating 30,000 refugees. This is supposed
to be IS’s trademark. Doesn’t look like IS actually engaged
government forces. Meanwhile, government says two brigades have
arrived in Ninawa province, en route to Mosul. Think 2,000 troops,
not 5,000. Let’s see
what we see.
·
So what
is IS up to? It minimally defended Tikrit, skeedadled from Ramadi
rather than fighting it out, and now seems to be doing the same at
Hit. The guess it is saving its strength for a big offensive in
Syria, where it’s been under increasing pressure.
·
Just a
suggestion for IS from Grandpa Ravi, if they don’t mind. Saving
strength for a big offensive is fine, but you can’t put it off
indefinitely because you lose momentum by just hanging around, and
you hand the initiative to the adversary. Beyond a point waiting is
counter-productive, and Grandpa suspects that point is now months in
the past.
·
Further,
since Ramadi Grandpa’s intuition has been acting up. He’s thinking
there’s some serious problem brewing. Not good for IS, great for
government. Maybe the Syria front is absorbing too many resources,
we don’t know. But if IS want’s our opinion, do a Tet in Baghdad.
Though Grandpa has been complaining for months y’all don’t soldier
properly, and it’s not at all clear you have the organization,
planning, discipline to do a Tet.
·
Syria Some clarity is
emerging on Russia’s withdrawal from Syria. Most of the aircraft
have gone, the ground troops/advisors very much remain. Putin says
he’ll be back in hours if needed. Editor rejects the theories of
others on why Putin de-escalated, such as Ukraine and Syria is too
much for him. No, there’s hardly anything going on in either case.
Money is running out, its being said. Also no, because Putin’s
interventions have been El Cheapo. The embargo is hurting, some say.
Maybe. But Putin’s ratings remain in the stratosphere, and
personally Editor doesn’t see much of an issue if Russians are not
getting Danish cheese. Besides, there’s smugglers.
·
No. The
only things that makes sense is that Putin wants to be back at the
party with the West. He’s missing western approval and wants to sit
at the table again. How better to do this than to say: “I’m proving
I’m for a negotiated settlement.” If this point is true, in our
opinion its bad. You can be loved and walked over, or feared and
respected. Obviously the latter is best, particularly since no one
in the west can love a dictator.
·
There’s
one other consideration that might play a role. Putin may understand
something the oil-Arabs still don’t get: the days of expensive oil
are gone for at least 20 more years. The minute the price goes back
up, the US frackers will be rolling back into production. US has
already started to export hydrocarbons and the fracking decline has
been nowhere as steep as it should be. Now with oil-prices up to
$40, the frackers will be ramping up with their new technology. It
might be possible that Putin realizes money is going to be short.
Sorry, correct that. Russia has lots of money, but a ton is lost to
corruption and inefficiency. Maybe Putin is thinking he needs to
grow the economy instead of merely pumping more oil and digging more
commodities out of the ground.
·
This last
is speculation on our part, and so far we haven’t heard anything to
prove the case. Not that we know much of what goes on with Russia.
Friday 0230 GMT March 18, 2016
Buy the Tejas fighter
It may not be
the best, but is the best India can afford
·
Is India’s Tejas I fighter a failure
or a success? Both. If we go by the Indian Air Force’s
specification, Tejas fails. But if we go by the level of technology
mastery India has achieved, the aircraft succeeds. The IAF’s
rejection of the Tejas on grounds of not meeting requirements is a
red herring, invalid, and irrelevant.
·
The IAF has forgotten that it has
never operated with top-of-the line fighters. In 1949 the Vampire
entered IAF service, at the same time as the next-gen F-86 started
with the USAF. The Hunter was inducted around 1956, the next-gen
F-100 was already in US service. The MiG-21 arrived in 1965, but the
US F-104, a much more advanced aircraft, was in service in 1960.
The Su-7 entered IAF service in 1968, but the very much more
advanced F-105 entered service in 1958. The MiG-23 arrived in
service in 1980, the far superior F-16 entered service two-years
before. The Mirage 2000 entered our service ten-years after the F-16
operationalized. The MiG-29 came into our service in 1985, the F-18
in 1983. We got the Su-30 in 1990, but the F-18 was a match for it.
We will get our stealth fighters later in the decade, yet the USAF’s
F-22 entered service in 2005. Even with Rafale, had it come through,
we’d be 20-years behind the F-35.
·
We have always behind the curve on the
most capable aircraft, and obviously so: we have never had the
money, quite aside from political factors. We made do with what we
could afford. There was no question of the best. Yet of a sudden the
IAF is rejecting Tejas I because it is not the best. Does the IAF
realize that if it got Rafale, it would still not be the best but an
entire generation behind the F-35? We immediately need 20 fighter
squadrons to fill our 45 combat squadron requirement. Including
attrition and war wastage reserves, that means 500 aircraft. At
Dassault’s current life-cycle cost, that is $150-billion+, four
times India’s current defense budget. And once Dassault had us
hooked, the price would rise inexorably.
·
Next point: what IAF requirements does
Tejas not fulfill? The engine and electronics are world class, if
only because they are imported. The airframe is as good as what
anyone not in a position to buy western fighters can get. Agreed,
the Tejas is not a Typhoon or a Rafale.
But it is not supposed to be!
Tejas is a replacement for the hordes of MiG-21s we had/have.
Agreed, the Swedish J-39 is a beautiful plane and as a fighter
likely has better performance than the Rafale. But 500 J-39s will
cost $100+ billion life cycle. Do we advertise for sugar daddies to
buy it for us? Because we surely cannot afford it on our own! We
could, if the Ministry of Finance and the government would wake up
and allot a proper percentage of the GDP to defense. Can anyone
count on this happening? It would be foolish to assume so.
·
An analogy. I need – really need – a
new PC to replace the El Cheapo $300 model with 4GB RAM that I have
had for years. My productivity takes a serious hit every single day.
I need an Apple Mac Air costing $2500. But can I afford that? No
way. So I bash on with my $300 PC, and use a $164 Chromebook for my
laptop. There’s no need for further discussion because there is no
way I can do better. My whining on about my “requirements” is of
zero interest to anyone. Ditto IAF and Tejas.
·
Admiral Gorshkov, the father of the
modern Soviet Navy used to say: Better is the enemy of good enough.
This seemingly simple formulation is, in reality, deeply profound.
IAF, please tattoo this
backward on your forehead so you see it every time you look in a
mirror.
Thursday 0230
GMT March 17, 2016
Okay, we’re back. Nothing bad happened,
just too much work.
·
Trump on the roll Readers
know Rubio dropped out, and this will probably help Cruz. According
to the polls – though what good they are remains unclear – many
Rubio supporters will back Cruz, so there may be less vote splitting
at the convention. Conversely, however, Kaisch – who we are told is
a genuinely nice guy – having won his home state will stick to the
race like a leech, so the votes are going to get split 3-ways
anyway.
·
We were
warned today by a Washington insider that we should pay no heed to
the formulas the media and GOP elite keep making up to prove to
themselves that Trump can still be stopped. This is a fantasy which
GOP has fallen into because it cannot face the reality of Trump’s
success. So basically the insider says to think in terms of a
Donald-Hillary show down in November, and Donald is likely to lose.
Aha, Editor said craftily, but you just said to ignore the polls,
they say Hillary will win. You keep saying how unreliable they are,
and how different polls give different results, and how people’s
opinions seem to change by the day. So couldn’t Trump win?
·
The
insider said that only about 1/3rd of Americans are GOP
to begin with. A third are Democrats, and 1/3rds, regardless of
their official party affiliated, are undecided, possibly till the
day of voting. Some Democrats may well vote Trump. An equal number
of Republicans, however, may well vote for Hillary. Also, without
Sanders in the Final Two, a whole bunch of Democratic folks are
going to declare a plague on Hillary and Clinton and just not vote.
Same thing could happen on Trump’s side. Trump could win if he gets
out the vote bigger than Hillary. Insider reminds us that Hillary
has a first-class machine in this “get out of the vote” business,
and it has delivered solid results for her so far. No reason to
think that will change.
·
So just
in case Hillary wins, Editor tottered over to the Canadian Embassy,
without discussing his age. They said yes, we have a serious teacher
shortage in Alberta, Saskatchewan, and the Atlantic provinces. But,
they said, you’ve been to Canada often and you know why these places
are teacher-short. They’re inhospitable most of the year, in the
boonies, life is isolated, and we guarantee you that you will have
less of a chance getting a date on Saturday than you have in Takoma
Park, Maryland. Sounds almost like they don’t want Editor but as the
Canadians are wont, are too polite to say so directly.
·
On to Germany A young person
with an Indian name emailed us a pithy and on-point commentary,
explaining in just two paragraphs why Merkel will not change course
on immigration, and how this will end. We thought it was perfect as
a lead-in on Merkel, but due to Editor’s general klutziness, he ant
find the message. If the young person sees this, please send again,
Editor did promise to run it.
·
There
seems to be general agreement that Merkel will stick to her
open-door plan. This despite the anti-immigration AfD, a party just
3-years old, now having won seats in 5 of Germany’s 16 state
parliaments. The word is that her coalition ally who could dethrone
her doesn’t want to. So all that can be said is that unless Merkel
changes courses, things will reach a point where she will have to
change or be out.
·
Here’s
Editor’s take. This young lady honestly believes it her duty to God
and Country to atone for the horrible sins of her forefathers, the
Nazis, who created major refugee problems in the run up to, and
during the Second World War. She is willing to atone till the last
German left standing. She believes, as does Pope Francis, that it’s
not worth saving Western civilization if that means refusing people
sanctuary from persecution. How many are actually economic refugees
is irrelevant. BTW, Editor does wonder: over the last several
decades, black African folk have also suffered terribly at the hands
of their national elites, with millions dying in civil wars, ethnic
cleansings and the like. So does Merkel care about black-hued people
who don’t have the opportunity of escaping and landing up in Europe?
Guess not.
·
Next,
please note which country is taking the brunt of the refugee
problems. It isn’t Germany. Its poor Greece, which can barely feed
itself. When it came time to show some generosity to the Greeks for
their past economic mistakes – which were hardly due to the common
person’s fault – she not only got blood from Greek stones, she made
them sing Deutschland Uber Alles and salute.
·
Last,
please consider Germany took in 1-million refugees last year, and
Merkel has said she is willing to continue taking in 1-million each
year. We’ve speculated that perhaps she sees the refugees as a
solution to Germany’s population shortage. If so, then why not set
up a merit immigration system such as Canada and Oz? Why destroy the
culture of your own country? 1-million a year for five years is like
the US bringing in 20-million folks belonging to a religion that is
not particularly comfortable with western values. It is like
bringing in 80-million into India, and about the same into China.
How does any of this make sense, that the rights of Germans whose
ancestors have lived there for 2000-years and longer count for less
than those folks for whom Germany has no responsibility? Will Merkel
insist that the sins of the fathers be visited on the 3rd,
4th, 5th generation, or does she think that
the sins were so horrible they can never be atoned for? If so, just
offhand, what about the sins of the Russian empire during the period
1919-1992?
Monday 0230 GMT, March 14, 2016 Editor is giving readers a break from his rants by presenting a real article by a real journalist. Readers should be so lucky every day.
Why the Maharajah Has No Clothes:
How The IAF's Fighter Procurement Became A Self-Made Nightmare Reuben F. Johnson Correspondent for IHS Jane’s and Weekly
Standard The statement
recently by IAF vice-chief Air Marshal B S Dhanoa that the force is
spiraling down into the Mother of all Replacement Crises cannot be a
surprise to anyone who has watched India's procurement soap opera
over the past 10 years.
Yes, someone is finally saying the the emperor (or the maharajah if
you are in India) has no clothes.
It is just sad that it happens after so many years of the IAF and
MoD running this programme known as the Medium-Multirole Combat
Aircraft (M-MRCA) programme. I
have been in the business of military aerospace for more than 30
years now and I can confidently say that no procurement exercise
that I seen in that entire career has caused more damage to the
relations between a potential customer (in this case India) and the
world's largest aerospace firms as the M–MRCA.
No tender I have ever watched play out
has done more to damage the reputation of these institutions and
make them appear to devoid of integrity in the eyes of those same
aerospace firms as this one has. Much of what I am
going to say will not be new to my colleagues in the Indian aviation
and defence press corps, many of whom I have the greatest respect
for.
They could easily write the same
words here that I am about to, and most likely with even greater
detail and accuracy.
But, I have also observed what sometimes can only be described as
the boundless arrogance on the part of the IAF and MoD
leadership – an arrogance that often
leads them to dismiss what other fellow Indians have to say about
their poor performance.
Perhaps in order to achieve the desired impact these words need to
be written by someone like me who is outside of India, which in
itself is quite unfortunate. In order to explain what I mean there are
several points that should be elaborated upon, which I will attempt
to do here. 1) To being with,
no nation in the world – not even Australia – outperforms India in
the act of "paralysis by analysis."
I hear this complaint from everyone,
everywhere about the agony of trying to do defence business in India
and how every procurement stretches out ad inifinitum.
Procurements run on and on for years and
for no apparent reason other than to satisfy the egos of senior
Indian officialdom and to allow the army of clerks armed with more
rubber stamps than there are goats in Afghanistan to justify their
existence.
The procurement system is stuck in the 1920s - paper files moving
from office to office and no electronic transfer of information.
One wonders that if Dante were alive
today is it possible he would include the Indian defence procurement
system as a previously unknown tenth circle of hell into his
writings. The consequence of
procurements that run on forever with no end date – at least not
ones than anyone pays any heed - is that the number of suppliers you
can choose from shrinks dramatically.
Regardless of whether it is something as
big and expensive as a fighter aeroplane or as small and cheap as a
box of screws does not matter.
The choice of suppliers becomes severely limited to those companies
who have the financial wherewithal to keep coming back to India over
and over and over and over and over for years on end.
The consequence for India is a much
lower number of potential options for the Indian military.
The companies left still willing to do
business in India will be those very few who can afford to load this
kind of very expensive and labour–intensive marketing operation into
their overhead costs.
Which means India is going to be paying huge prices.
It also means that some of the most
inventive, value-for-money bidders like nations from the former USSR
and Warsaw Pact who are very familiar with the Russian equipment
that India uses just do not bother bidding.
The opportunity cost for making Generals
and Colonels feel important and allowing clerks to pretend that they
are being industrious is unimaginable. 2) People no longer
trust that the RfP process in India will be carried out with even a
shred of legality.
The RfP for M-MRCA was ambiguously worded and who could win how and
where and on what points in the RfP where they had what might be a
competitive advantage - this was impossible for the bidders to sort
out.
In the end, the discriminators
that were in the RfP and which the bidders were told were so
important did not mean anything.
Programme costs – particularly life-cycle costs – were supposedly
the most important factor in the selection process, to the point
where if you followed the RfP to the letter there was no way that a
two-engine aeroplane could win. A
single-engine aeroplane was ALWAYS going to be cheaper in terms of
the cost of the aircraft over its service life.
So, the IAF pitched everyone out of the
competition by coming up with completely dishonest reasons for doing
so - and leaving the two most expensive aeroplanes (France's Rafale
and the Four-Nation Eurofighter) as the only ones left in the
bidding. 3) The people in
the MoD and IAF who were part of the selection process are seen by
those companies who participated in the tender as worse than
dishonest - and cowardly to boot.
The Lockheed Martin people who worked on the bid in India were
furious at the fact that after spending $60 million in India the
message that notified them that their F-16 was out of the
competition was a one-page fax sent to the ODC at the US Embassy in
Delhi.
The fax informed the ODC that
BOTH the F-16 and F/A-18 were being disqualified from further
consideration.
No one in the MoD had the professional courtesy to send a message
directly to either LM or Boeing.
LM then asked, which is a standard request around the world, to have
a de-brief from the Indian Government on where the F-16 failed to
meet the requirement and why it was not shortlisted in the final
round.
The answer LM received from the
MoD was "NO," we cannot be bothered.
Then LM were told that de-briefing those
firms who have not been down-selected or have lost a competition is
"not part of our process."
Not part of the MoD's process???
The M-MRCA was the first time India tried to ever buy a weapon
system in an open, competitive, civilised manner.
The MoD DON'T have a process because
they have never done this before, so this answer seems like a very
convenient, but not terribly clever, excuse. 4) The sum total
consequence of these first three points is that every country that
participated in this tender – even the Russians – have said "we will
never compete in an open tender in India ever again."
So, the ability to secure a lower price,
better terms, more tech transfer, etc – all of those benefits of
running a commercial tender - are gone for India because no one is
going to go through a process like the M-MRCA ever again.
After this experience not one company I
have talked to believes that an Indian tender like the M-MRCA would
ever be run in a transparent and ethical manner. 5) One of the most
onerous demands of the M-MRCA's RfP were the requirements for
technology transfer, which is easy to understand given the size of
the procurement as it was originally planned - 126 aeroplanes plus
options for 63 more.
The problems it that there is no ability within the state–run Indian
defence industry to absorb the level of tech transfer that the RfP
called for.
It was literally an impossible mission.
When the Rafale finally "won" the
tender, the position of Dassault and the other French firms that
produce the Rafale was that they were prepared to come through on
the tech transfer issue, but they could only meet the RfP targets by
dealing with Indian commercial firms like Tata, which the government
would not accept.
So, technology transfer is apparently only considered to be
acceptable in India if it is with enterprises that are not capable
of processing what is being offered. 6) One also has to
ask the question of how the M-MRCA ever got turned into the circus
that it became.
If you are willing to use Old Testament genealogy, the reason that
the M-MRCA programme ever came to be was because the IAF needed a
MiG-21 replacement.
The aircraft that was supposed to replace it, the Hindustan
Aeronautics Ltd (HAL) Tejas Light Combat Aircraft (LCA), turned out
to be a colossal failure and a black hole of Indian taxpayer's money
- hence the need to look for a foreign alternative.
But since the idea was to replace a
single-engine, lightweight fighter that was cheap to fly and
maintain with something similar, how is it that the aircraft
competing in the tender ran the gambit from the tiny, little
single-engine Saab JAS-39 Gripen all the way up to the big, brawny
twin-engine Eurofighter – with every size of aircraft in between
those two extremes also included.
In all, six fighter types – two single-engine and four twin-engine
models.
This is a clear sign of a process
that became one completely bereft of discipline.
The procurement also became more about
how much information on foreign aircraft types India's
untrustworthy, too-many-in-number and out to kill one another
intelligence agencies could suck out of the firms bidding on the
M-MRCA.
Neither of these are great
confidence builders for those wanting to do business with India. 7) The one
aeroplane that could have provided the IAF with the number of
aircraft it needed AND could have come close to fulfilling the
objectives of tech transfer and industrial engagement was the F-16.
I am not saying that because I am an
American or because I am sympathetic to this programme.
The fact remains that the F-16 had the
least-challenging use of composites in its air frame and so this
aircraft could have been put into production at some place like
Nasik with very little investment required.
The large number of F-16s flown by other
countries would have been a captive market for India to become a
regional or even worldwide service and support centre for other
nations' aeroplanes.
It could have kept HAL plants busy for many years.
But the F-16 was, of course, not shiny
or new enough or expensive enough for the IAF's white scarf-wearing
fighter pilots, so the decision went for the Rafale.
The Rafale is an extraordinary
aeroplane, and one of my favourite fighters in the world, but it is
light years in performance above the requirement of a single-engine
lightweight fighter and simply unaffordable in the numbers that the
M-MRCA called for. 8) India now has a couple of choices. One is that it can continue on this insane course where there is always a law or a procedure or regulation or act of parliament or agreement or another stamp required on a form or some other official restriction that makes it impossible to get anything done anywhere that makes any sense. Stay on that course and the IAF is going to end up flying a ramshackle fleet of Russian kit plus LCAs that will not give the Pakistanis a second thought and will have the Chinese laughing. The Russian link is a road to nowhere and the flagship 5th-gen Russian programme, the T-50, that India is in a programme with Russia to develop in an Indian version is a joke. One of my colleagues in Moscow told me recently that the T-50 is probably the only fighter ever that is going to cost more money and deliver less in terms of results than the LCA. There is no future in this partnership for India and Russian industry is dying more by the day. India needs to stop being a place where every important government process is a hand-made, on-paper, wax seals and quill pens process and move itself into the 21st century. If it ever wants to be able to hold its own against China in the future its destiny lies with the West. I hope that it can make those transitions, but in order to do so many entrenched bad habits will have to be done away with – and done away with soon.
Sorry for missing yesterday – midterms
exams on
·
And then US establishment wonders why folks are unhappy with
government The other day, the
exit polls for the Michigan and Mississippi showed that an
unbelievable 90% of voters there were angry or dissatisfied with the
US Government. Below is a representative of why they might feel
disenchanted.
·
US
Attorney General, US’s highest law enforcement officer, has sent to
the FBI papers where she asks if a case can be made against
climate-change deniers.
http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-3485864/Attorney-General-Loretta-Lynch-considered-taking-legal-action-against-climate-change-deniers.html Huh? On what grounds,
considering many scientists question the accuracy and fairness of
the data, or have different views on what causes global warming? The
article has a Congressman giving his idea of the grounds.
Prosecution under the Racketeering Act, for fraud, such as was done
against the tobacco companies. The fraud was that the tobacco folks
withheld evidence from their own research that smoking was linked to
lung cancer, to protect their profits. So what corporations are
withholding evidence of climate change, exactly?
·
But why
bother with racketeering charges. Why not just send human-made
climate change scientists straight to the stake, as the Church
threatened for Galileo unless he recanted his heresy that the earth
revolved around the sun. And why not pass laws that make illegal
any dissent from the
Government’s position on science, including automatic burning
sentences for the dissenters.
·
Is this
what Americans pay taxes for? Don’t think so.
·
Bill’s bimbo Ms. Paula Jones resurfaces
with the comment that the truth about
Bill’s women would destroy Hillary’s political career
http://www.breitbart.com/big-government/2016/03/08/exclusive-paula-jones-the-truth-about-bills-women-would-destroy-hillarys-political-career/
Ms. Jones was called to a hotel room in 1991 when he was Governor of
Arkansas and driven there by a state trooper. She was scared when
Mr. Clinton came on to her. She did not know what to do. She felt
threatened when he told her not to tell anyone what happened; which
according to Ms. Jones is nothing, since she bolted.
·
Ms. Jones
believes that since Mrs. Clinton claims to represent women, she
should be held accountable for not taking the side of the accusing
women against her husband. But may be ask a question. What was going
on in Ms. Jones’ mind when the state trooper asked her to visit Mr.
Clinton in a hotel room? Did she think he wanted to consult her
about the governance of Arkansas? About her metaphysical beliefs?
Her views on the unfolding Iraq crisis? How stupid does she think
Americans are?
·
Readers
know Editor is far from a Hillary fan. At the same time, how is Mrs.
Clinton responsible for her husband’s tomcatting? And how is she
responsible that adult women went of their own choice to keep Bill
company? Why should she take these women’s side just because she has
set herself up as a campaigner for women’s rights, along with many
other issues? How does Paula Jones become Mrs. Clinton’s problem
because Ms. Jones could not resist an invitation to tryst with the
governor?
·
Is that
what feminism is really about? Mrs. Clinton was harshly judged by
“feminists” when she refused to leave her philandering husband.
Editor thought feminism aimed to give women the same rights as men.
One right is for the woman to choose whether she will divorce her
husband for his affairs. If she chose to stay, how is this anyone’s
beeswax. This is not feminism, it is fascism, where an elite tell
the rest of us what to think, to say, to believe. You see the link
with the US Attorney General and her wish to punish scientists who
don’t agree with her.
·
Is it
feminism to hold Mrs. Clinton responsible for her husband’s sins?
·
And last,
what exactly is this “truth” that’s being hidden about Bill’s
affairs that of revealed would destroy Hillary? That he had 20
tawdry affairs instead of 10? That he fathered illegitimate
children? What has got to with
Hillary running for US president???
·
By the
way, Editor was a great supporter of Bill until the day Bill
announced that he did not have sex with “that woman”. This was mean,
vicious, a horrendous humiliation of a young woman whose only crime
was to fall for the President. Bill showed that day he was not a
gentleman but just another crude yahoo, devoid of manners, honesty,
and honor. A gentleman does not kiss and tell. Nor does a gentleman
publicly humiliate someone he has kissed just to save his sorry
butt.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
March 9, 2016
·
Egypt student will leave US after threatening Trump
You can read the story here
https://t.co/HaLKpqtl84 We
gather the gentleman is in the US for flight school or flight
engineering school. On his Facebook he posted (we summarize) that he
was prepared to serve life imprisonment for killing Trump, and that
the world would thank him for it.
·
Hmmmm.
What makes him think he would get life? If Editor recalls correctly,
38 states have the death penalty, 12 don’t. But the Feds can seek a
death penalty even in a non-death-penalty state. See
http://www.deathpenaltyinfo.org/node/6394 re the Boston bomber:
“Formal sentencing by the judge took place on June 24, 2015. Because
Massachusetts does not have the death penalty, the judge was
required to choose a state with the death penalty to determine the
manner of execution. The judge chose Indiana, site of the federal
death row, where the 3 federal executions in the modern era have
taken place.”
·
We don’t
know for a fact that if this gentleman killed Candidate Trump he
would have committed a federal crime. But we think he would, because
Trump is under federal protection at this time. Further, because the
gentleman is a Muslim and has said he is angry at what Trump has
said against Muslims, you could get the makings of a terrorist
crime. We leave this question to those better educated; please do
let us know if you have a factual take on it.
·
Obviously
we cannot give high marks for this gentleman’s intelligence because
he apparently does not realize that a really-for-life sentence
served in isolated circumstances is worse than a death sentence.
·
So one
thing that has annoyed us is the gentleman’s lawyer, who says the
authorities had no right to detain him, that he was being targeted
as a Muslim, and that he would become a poster-boy for those who
hate America. You can read about the case at
http://egyptianstreets.com/2016/03/02/egyptian-student-who-threatened-trump-on-facebook-to-be-deported/
It appears the government dropped the charge of threatening Trump.
Instead they said his university had cancelled his enrollment, so
his visa was no longer valid and he was subject to deportation. The
lawyer says the university was pressured. Does he have evidence? In
any event the university reinstated his enrollment. The government
is under no obligation to restore his visa, but that’s apparently
what’s happening. That is why the student will leave in July and not
immediately.
·
So let’s
look at this another way. A foreign student who is a guest in this
country makes death threats against a key public figure, and his
lawyer says his detention is illegal, and he is being targeted as a
Muslim, and the Muslim world will be inflamed?
·
Consider
for a moment if this gentleman was back home and had made a threat,
say against his President. Being detained would be the least of his
problems. We can tell what the Egyptian authorities would have done
to him in the 1960s, but we wish to spare your delicate
sensitivities. Besides, we are told the authorities have become
considerably more – er – creative. The routine beatings, sometimes
several times a day, the broken bones, the waterboarding, the
electrical shocks are still there, but more has been added.
·
The
Egyptians would torture him for months because that’s what they do,
but not because they’re sadistic. They would want to be sure they
have every last person with whom the gentleman has had contact. And
they would subject them to the same treatment to be sure they have
everyone associated with these individuals. At the end of it, the
government might hand him. Equally, they may decide to save
themselves the trouble and simply shoot him.
·
So isn’t
it a bit strange that he thinks he can make facile threats in the
place he is a guest, whereas he would never do it at home?
·
And what
is this business about letting him reenroll and restoring his visa?
Has the university and the US Government lost their collective
little minds? May the Editor point out that were he convicted of a
crime which has more than 365 days sentence, even if does not serve
a single day, he can be
deported despite having lived here (this time around) going on
27-years, and having his entire family here?
·
Will US
Government kindly explain what it is doing?
Tuesday 0230 GMT March
8, 2016
·
Syrian Kurd rebels open mission in Russia This is, of course, a major development.
Editor has been wondering from the start of reports that Russia was
helping the Kurds – same fellas that we were supposed to own – as to
what in heck’s name was going on. How did the Russians make such
quick, easy progress with our ally? After all, we have been giving
the Kurd rebels money, weapons, training, advisors, and air strikes,
and the Russians walk in to undercut us with snap of their fingers?
Are we Americans really such morons?
·
Readers
will respond: “Editor, you have been telling us for years now that
yes, we are such morons. What is your problem, then?” Well, of
course a lot of the moron bug infection is at work, you can see the
results in Syria and Iraq. The we’d mess up with the Syrians was
inevitable, given we have no deep knowledge of the region.
Correction: we do, but Washington systematically connives at keeping
people with real knowledge out of the decision-makers’ circle. Why?
Because the knowledgeable people bring inconvenient truths that
systematically destroy our pet ideas du jour. Washington rejects
knowledge because otherwise it would be forced to realize we
shouldn’t be embarking on such stupid Middle East ventures for the
last 25-years. Yes, 1991 was a brilliant military victory, but El
Stupido in geostrategic terms. Editor, like all of us, was dazzled
by 1991 and 2003, so much so he wasn’t even thinking geostrategy. He
was definitely part of the Moron Brigade at that time, simply
because he had whacking loads of military knowledge but little
geostrategic knowledge about the area.
·
All this
said, it still didn’t explain how we let ourselves outfoxed by the
Johnny-Come-Lately Ruskies. This paper at
https://t.co/ARa3O8sdfH
explains how come. The Rus are not the come lately – they’ve been in
this game for 200 years!
When one makes a fundamental mistake in reasoning due to lack of
knowledge, it’s necessary to do a detailed review of how come Editor
didn’t get this: after all, he knew about the Crimean War and the
Ottoman Empire. But he didn’t put anything together or research
because there seemed no need for it. Besides, Editor is supposed to
be a military analyst, not a geostrategic one.
·
To
summarize the paper: Since the rise of Russia, it has been colliding
with the Ottoman Empire, the young newcomer fighting to diminish the
older, established, status quo power. Turkey is the successor of the
Ottoman Empire. So there is nothing at all new here, it’s the
continuation of a struggle as old as our nation. The Russians,
during this time, have been supporting sedition and insurgencies in
the area. And – hold on to your hats – they have for very long seen
the Kurds as natural enemies, because the Kurds for ages have been
suppressed by the Sunni Ottomans.
·
The
aberration is not the Russians won over the Kurds, but that we did,
albeit temporarily. The Kurds are still our friends, but let’s just
say we’re being relegated to the status of minor allies. Those
screams of rage you hear are the Washingtoons yelling “Not so, Moron
Editor!” Okay, that would be the zero W-Toons reading the blog, but
you get his point. What can Editor say. He’s not a trained
professional so he cannot prescribe medicine for the W-Toons. As
Editor keeps saying, we all have out our fantasies. You already know
Washington’s fantasies, and the Edtor’s. He leaves it up to you
decide whose fantasy is more realistic. His, obviously.
·
The
reason this Rus-Kurd kissy-faces has blinded us is because we were
NOT thinking about the Rus when we went into Syria. As far as we
were concerned, we’d caged the bear and almost made him into a paler
version of us Americans. No one expect the bear not just to bust his
cage, but to come stomping down into his old stomping grounds.
Editor knew Russia was rebuilding its military, but based his
estimates of their global power on their mingy GDP – now less than
India’s BTW. It didn’t seem realistic to assume they had a chance
against us. Little did Editor realize that we’d tied ourselves up in
10-kilometers of duct tape, leaving one arm free so that we could
shoot ourselves in the head every 15-minutes. Is Editor angry about
this? You betcha. No one likes to see the best country in the world
destroying itself.
·
Nonetheless, it must be noted that in supporting the Syrian Kurd
fighters, the US is being sensible. These spritely chappies have
been hammering IS, with Russia suppling the primary firepower. Now,
since the Syrian Kurds are actually the same as the Turkish Kurds
whom we say are terrorists, isn’t this going to upset Turkey? Yes,
and when it comes to a choice between supporting our “ally” Turkey
from disintegration and whacking IS, which is owned by Saudi and
Turkey plus the junior subalterns the Gulf states, obviously we have
to whack IS. Turkey is no longer an ally, but a direct enemy, even
if a good part of Washington is not prepared to declare it an enemy.
Turkey’s been playing a double game, supporting IS while pretending
to be out friend. Well, we’re also playing a double game, supporting
Kurd separatists while using Turks bases to what the IS.
·
Long term
implications of the Kurd mission to Russia? Too early to say, but
there are indications. Russia has sold the idea of an autonomous
Kurd area within Syria to Assad. We are not wrong when we say Assad
will never compromise. After IS and Turkey etc are taken care of,
his rule reestablished, and his economy revived, he will go after
the Kurds. Well, maybe not. The Russians are pointing out that the
Kurds will rip Turkey apart and keep Assad’s nemesis in check.
·
And
because Erdogan is such a moron, he’s cooperating by destroying
Turkey all by his little ownsome.
Monday 0230 GMT March
7, 2016
·
Erdogan and Zaman Zaman in
the largest opposition media group. So it was perhaps inevitable
that the government has taken it over and now it is pro-government.
Now, you may wonder how Erdogan is getting away with his increasing
repression. The answer has to do with Turkey’s peculiar position in
Europe. Despite years of negotiation, it is not yet a member of the
EU. So the sources of pressure are limited. The US has no interest
in sanctioning Erodgan. It has enough problems in that part of the
world, as it is.
·
To be
approved for EU member, a country has to meet 35 conditions. For a
quick look, Wiki is a good source
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acquis_communautaire Two of the
conditions concern human rights. But since Turkey is not a member,
it is not legally bound to observe EU principles and laws in this
respect. Yes, Turkey as member of the United Nations has very
serious obligations to human rights. The problem, as always with the
UN, who is going to enforce Turkey’s obligations? Particularly when
the US does not want to involve itself.
·
The UN is
not a world government. It can act only by consensus. To imagine
that the bulk of UN members have much interest in sanctioning Turkey
over human rights when this will set a precedent for them to be
sanctioned is laughable. Plus, two of the five permanent members of
the Security Council are opposed to the UN enforcing human rights.
No surprise that China is the most vehement.
·
Editor
recalls that when Jimmy Carter became US president in 1976 and
decided to change US policy on human rights, Editor saw the dawn of
a new era in a world that had for so long seen overwhelmingly large
numbers of dictatorships and authoritarian/totalitarian states.
There is a reason the US had accepted these states. It was in a
state of existential war with communism and allies had to be
accepted on an as-is basis. This was sad because the US is the
original revolutionary state, but then war forces all of us to
compromise our principles for the sake of survival. Indeed, a large
number of countries began transitioning to democracy. Then with fall
of the Soviet Union, a whole bunch of other countries became free.
The future looked bright.
·
Alas,
there is a sickness innate in human beings, that they wish to
oppress others for their own, personal advantage. Freedom may be the
natural state humans aspire to, but the denial of freedom by the
rule of a few over many also seems to be a natural state. In India
we too had our brush with authoritarianism 1975-77, and the darkness
has again begun to diminish the light.
·
We forget
that it was not written in the stars that Indian democracy would be
restored. Mrs. Indira Gandhi was at heart a democrat. She was
prepared to resign in 1975 when found guilty by the courts of
electoral misconduct, but was persuaded by her son Sanjay to hold
fast. It was her decision to restore democracy in 1977, because she
hated the notion of being authoritarian. BTW, Editor finds it
amusing that many accuse our current government of wanting
authoritarianism. Compared to Sanjay, who was a true fascist, the
current government is a bunch of meek lambs. People forget so
easily, but then as someone reminded Editor the other day, most of
India was not born in 1975. Had Sanjay survived, we might easily be
living – for example - as Venezuelans lived under Chavez, or as
Iranians still live, or Zimbabwe, or so many Islamic countries.
·
Today
folks like Erdogan are again the norm. Corrupt in every pore, he
seeks to become a totalitarian ruler. He already is an
authoritarian. Many countries have managed to remain democratic.
Some like Pakistan have valiantly restored it, though Pakistani
democracy is a vulnerable thing. Yet, every day it endures, it grows
stronger. The rise of totalitarian Islam has not helped,
particularly when few Muslim countries were inclined to democracy to
begin with. No one mentions Putin because he benefits from the
bigotry of low expectations. Really, what does one expect of
Russians? Certainly not a democratic society, they’re just one step
above the African savages.
·
This
brings us to the dilemma the world faces with regard to the United
States. Almost universally, the world wishes the US would leave it
alone. But when their security is threatened, they expect America to
save them. When the anti-democrats roll in, they again want America
to save them. A new world order under American leadership is the
only way for the madness to stop.
·
Alas, to
save others we first need to regain our moral purity and then again
become the leading revolutionary nation. Given that in America a
tiny minority increasingly oppresses the vast majority, our moral
purity is – to say the least – highly compromised. In other words,
we need a revolution ourselves before we can save the world.
Saturday 0230 March 5,
2016
·
Trump rises, so does liberal talk of “we will flee to Canada”
Okay, liberal America, please take a
deep breath and repeat 10-times after me: “This is not the real
Trump”.
·
First, if
you flee America you are traitors to your country. If a future
President Trump does not enthrall you, your duty is stay here and
fight here. So you cannot say “I am fleeing because I fear for
America”. Add to that, we know you are not going anywhere.
·
Second,
what gave you the idea that the Canadians want you? Are they an
American colony and we can move there as we please? Last we heard,
they’re an independent nation. They’re happy for America to protect
them, they’re happy to trade with America, but they don’t want
Americans. In other words, the Canadians are just your typical
American ally: take what you can, give back as little as you can.
The new oh-so-dreamy Canadian Prime Minister doesn’t even want to
keep 6 fighter aircraft in the fight against IS, he’s too busy
admiring himself in multiple mirrors. War offends him, poor delicate
darling. He needs ten hard smacks with a dandelion to bring him back
to reality.
·
Third,
when Trump says he’ll build a wall, you go freak-freak. But why
don’t you listen to him when he says his idea of doing business is
to demand everything and then negotiate down till everyone’s happy.
That’s part of the Art of the Deal. Selective hearing – the curse of
humankind.
·
Fourth,
Trump is NOT a Republican. He is a Democrat, a sheep in wolf’s
clothing. Or may be in designer silk undies. Who knows what
perversions these rich folks get up to.
·
Fifth,
the intellectuals are coming to realize that Trump has gotten as far
as he has because vast segments of Americans have had it with the
existing national order. Its fine for you all to refer to Trump
supporters as redneck American white men. Apparently its quite
fashionable for white people to snark at Trump’s supporters in these
terms. Shows they’re oh-so-liberal. So then who is for fascism,
Trump or you? You think America should be arranged to make you
comfortable and the masses are not to be given a voice because it
makes you uncomfortable? So who is outrageous, Trump who wants
democracy or you, who doesn’t?
·
BTW, if
white liberals think that people of color and immigrants of color
are taken in by your fake sensibilities and sudden concern for
non-whites, all Editor can say is “Ha Ha, you are so funny. Not.”
Why not actually ask non-white what they think of your words and
fake posturing? You will be devastated.
·
One of
the things that seem to have bypassed the vast intellectual
capability of the intellectuals is that Trump has put the GOP in
such a position that it either goes along with him and saves the
party, or opposes him and ensures a Hillary win. Are we seriously
saying that to trash Trump the GOP will enable a Hillary win? If so,
maybe some people should migrate to Canada. They have a lot of empty
space where people out of touch with reality can be harmlessly
confined.
·
Now, here
is Editor trashing intellectuals, yet he claims to be one.
Contradiction? Not really. See, when Editor was growing up here, he
was taught that being an intellectual means always to question one’s
assumptions. Once the assumptions start diverging from new facts,
the intellectual must be prepared to adjust his intellectual
framework – immediately.
·
So when
Trump started his campaign, Editor was like “oh here come the
Clowns”. But within a month it became clear that he actually
represented a revolutionary movement, just as is the case with
Bernie. People get comfy with their assumptions, and then are
hammering square pegs to fit in round holes because they are simply
too darn lazy to throw the frameworks developed over decades of hard
work and start anew.
·
In this
game Editor has two advantages that most intellectuals may lack.
First, since all his life he has lived on the economic fringes of
society he meets “real” people all the time and is sympathetic to
their plight. On returning to America in 1989 he started seeing that
this country was in trouble and it was no longer a land of
opportunity. He also quickly realized that America was so sick that
it needed a revolution. And then spent years ranting about the
revolution was not going to happen because the proles had been
drugged with cheap beer, porn, and reality TV. The opium of the
masses, so as to speak. Second, as a military intel analyst, he has
to be ready to throw out all his assumptions – instantly – if new
facts emerge, and so he’s used to his frameworks become obsolete
just like that.
·
What
Editor would like is for intellectuals of the left, middle, and
right to can their frameworks and to understand that we are in just
deep poop that none of these frameworks work anymore. Notice Editor
is avoiding the usual imperatives “America must see” or “America
should see” that precede people’s prescriptions. Can the
prescriptions for a while, and just observe. You will soon see that
all positions on the political/economic spectrum have something to
contribute to a new American solution. A new synthesis needs to be
made, we all need to calm down, take our Prozac, and learn to
compromise.
·
In other
words – sorry about that – we have to start thinking like Trump and
not like Bernie, and understand that Hillary, Cruz, Rubio etc do not
have solutions because they are into the same old, same old. BTW,
Editor is deaf. He can’t hear your cries of outrage, so spare your
throats.
·
Now, is
Trump going to win? Hey, if Editor could see into the future, he’d
be megarich and not sitting at home on a Friday night (and Saturday,
Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday, too.) For one
thing a heck of lot of people simply will not make up their minds
till the very last, and a lot of people are not saying what they
really think. The polls are worthless. You have to make a new
assessment every day, and remember what Thomas Schilling says: you
can never have enough data to make a precise judgement, you cannot
avoid the intuitional leap. (If he doesn’t say it, he should. Maybe
Editors says that, but then who is going to listen to him. Schilling
they will listen to.)
·
But two
things for sure, based on existing facts which will not change.
First, please don’t hold your breath waiting for dirt on Trump to
emerge. The more he is attacked, the stronger he gets, like the
Creature That Ate The World, or whatever.
·
Second,
please don’t wait for dirt on Hillary to emerge. (a) there is
already strip mining pits of dirt on Hillary, and guess what?
Her supporters don’t care.
They interpret every attack as an attempt to pull down the
best-qualified woman to be Prez. Unless you’re that sort of woman,
you have no idea at all how much outrage that that can generate in
her support. (b) Forget the server. Forget the man who set it up now
has immunity and will sing until the Fat Lady dies and falls over
him and squashes him into a pancake. The US Attorney General has to
approve a grand jury, and has to approve an indictment. Is he going
to? Obviously not. Even if he were to do this, Hillary will not be
affected because she’ll pull the meme of the Ya Ya Pantless Sister
Victimhood or however that goes. Please to understand
that even if she is indicted, no supporter will change her/his mind.
·
How does
Editor know? Remember Billy Bob? He was impeached and tried in
Congress. He won. Not because anyone was thinking he did not lie,
because when it comes to women, everyone knows he is a ferocious
liar. They acquitted him because they thought an affair in the Oval
Office was not by any means enough to throw out a Prez. Hillary’s
supporters think the same of her server. Yes, it had classified
info. Yes, maybe hackers accessed it. And in an age when US servers
are hacked for maybe millions of classified documents seemingly
every month, which Hillary supporter is going to say “Aw, Gee, she
committed a cardinal sin”?
·
As for
Editor, his new bumper sticker reads “Proud Member of Prozac Nation.
And I Don’t Vote”. So there.
Friday 0230 GMT March
4, 2016
·
Command responsibility Israeli style 2 Israeli soldiers in a vehicle are using a
Google map app called Waze. They get lost in a Palestine West Bank
refugee camp known for its unwelcoming attitude towards Israeli
authority. They are attacked and their vehicle is set on fire. They
grab their waves and escape, splitting up to take different routes.
The Army is highly approving of their quick reaction and adherence
to established procedure. The use of Waze is not authorized; the men
should have been using their military GPS.
·
Army
mounts a rescue mission involving hundreds of soldiers. There are
clashes. One Palestinian killed, 4 wounded. Ten Israeli security
forces wounded The soldiers escaped by running in opposite
directions, confounding the locals
http://www.npr.org/sections/thetwo-way/2016/03/01/468731008/israeli-troops-using-waze-app-stray-into-palestinian-camp-sparking-violence
This happened on the night of February 28, Sunday, as far as we can
tell.
·
Then men
are from Oketz, a special forces K-9 unit. On Tuesday, the Army’s
chief infantry and paratroops officer accepts the result of the
inquiry. Among those punished or disciplined: the CO of Oketz gets a
reprimand, the deputy gets a suspended prison sentence, the platoon
commander gets 7 days in jail and loses his job. It’s basically a
fat The End for the officers. As far as is known, the men have not
been punished. Perhaps they got time in the quarter-guard, but we
don’t know that.
·
Command responsibility US style
January 12, 2016 two US Navy Riverine Patrol
Craft are boarded and their 10 crew captured within what Iran says
are the territorial waters of Faris Island in the middle of the
Persian Gulf. They are enroute from Kuwait to Bahrain. In what as
far as Editor knows is the first time in its history, two US Navy
vessels strike their flags without firing a shot. Photographs of the
humiliation by the Iranians are released for the world to see. One
crew member cries. They are released after a day; the Iranians award
medals to the intercepting crews. In high good humor, the Iranians
issue several boastful warnings to the US, to stay away or suffer
the consequences. No efforts are made to free the crew. The US
Secretary of State makes abject apologies even before anyone has had
a chance to learn what happened. So not just the sailors are
humiliated, not just is the US Navy humiliated, but the US is mocked
and humiliated by a pip-squeak fourth-rate navy.
·
Fifty days after the capture,
the US Navy releases an “initial” report which does not mention, as
far as the public knows, culpability in the part of commanders.
Everything is put on the enlisted and the very junior officer in
charge. Namely: the crews were up all night repairing one boat; this
forced them to leave later than planned; they did not conduct a
standard self-briefing before sailing; they had never made the
journey before; their communications gear failed; they failed to
check in at a designated waypoint, though the US military knows the
location of every scow and up in the Gulf. The malfunctioning boat
broke down again and was fixed before the Iranians closed in. And
yes – really – the crews did not realize at first they were
surrounded by Iranian navy gunboats. They were intercepted by six
boats and then four more cut off their escape route. The US boats
can hit 50-knots; the Iranians cannot catch them.
·
We ignore
for the moment all sorts of other concerns which we have raised
earlier because these were not the crews’ responsibility. Namely,
why did their route take them down the middle of the Gulf and not
near the Saudi coast; why were the boats not fully loaded with fuel
before departing Kuwait so that they need to be refueled; why the
refueling ship was waiting for them to the west of Faris Island,
just outside Iranian territorial waters; and why – as apparent from
the fotos – at least one of the boats did not have all its weapons
mounted.
·
This leaves Editor to ask a question
Would you rather serve under Israeli
commanders or American ones?
Thursday 0230 GMT March 3, 2016
India Defense 2016-17 Budget is Total Disaster
·
Anyone
following Indian defense for 45-years, and who also closely studies
our military history 1947-62, learns to avoid psychosis by achieving
perfect equanimity. It is the only way to avoid madness created by
the unimaginable absurdities termed “Indian defense policy”. But
yesterday, despite years of training my mind to be calm, I became
seriously disturbed by the new budget.
·
Projected
estimates given 2-weeks ago by Ajai Shukla, a well-known Indian
defense analyst/journalist who is comfortable with facts and data,
were for $51-billon, 2.25% of GDP, at USD1=INR66. This was a welcome
step, but a lot more was needed. Indian defense has been ignored for
about 29-years, on top of being ignored for 15-years before the 1962
War. It seemed that at last the government had decided to stop the
three-decade deterioration, but that much more remained to be done
just to eliminate the huge equipment modernization backlog.
·
Now the
actual budget allocation is out: $37-billlion at USD1=INR68, and
1.65% of GDP. This the lowest since 1962, when the 1.5% of GDP
allocation led to the biggest disaster in independent Indian
history. Instead of the modest 18% of government spending under the
first estimate, the actual allocation is an unbelievably low 12%.
This has been achieved by reducing the capital budget by 50%, to
something less than $12-billion at the new exchange rate.
·
Ajai
later clarified that the $51-billion was his estimate. He took
equipment deals the government has signed or cleared, and figured
that to pay for them capital expenditure needed to be doubled.
But please to note: Ajai is
talking about existing orders and clearances. He is not talking
about what is needed to clear the equipment modernization back log,
which is very much higher. In other words, the actual 2016-17 budget
does not cover even existing orders and clearances!
·
His
clarification leads me to double my criticism of the government.
When it is barely providing funds for half of what it has ordered or
cleared for order, I have no option but to level serious charges of
willful neglect of national security. There is absolutely no
budgetary reason why the allocation should not have been 2.25% of
GDP with plans to make it 3.5% in five years. The government has for
reasons of electoral politics chosen to give priority to everything
except defense, at a time our national security environment
continues to deteriorate. This is wholly unacceptable.
·
In India
these days, you have only to criticize the government on anything,
and a flood of hate mail from the Prime Minister’s supporters is
unleashed. So I have to make it clear that my charge is not directed
at a particular political party. For most of our independent
history, every government has been negligent about defense. It is of
no interest to me who leads the Center. I know absolutely nothing
about the current Prime Minister except that he has several times
stated that he will provide the resources needed for the armed
forces. My use of the word “government” is limited to whomever is
ruling.
·
If the
Government of India decides, for whatever reason, that there is no
threat to Indian security, it should reduce the armed forces to a
level that can be adequately funded at 1.65% of GDP. Though I’ve
never worked out the details, intuitively it seems we cannot, then,
maintain our armed forces at anything more than 40% of the current
manpower and units. This means perhaps 20 divisions with a minimum
of extra independent brigades, 20 fighter squadrons, and no more
than 30 major warships. Warships of less than 4000-tons cannot today
be considered major. It follows this level of forces requires a
permanent peace with China. This in terms means giving up our border
claims and accepting a secondary, non-confrontationist role in the
Indian Ocean. It means withdrawing from Kashmir. If we leave at
Kashmir at noon, by midnight the same day Pakistan will take over
and commence executing those who seek independence or union with
India.
·
Can any
Indian government survive such an agenda? Clearly not. Then why not fund the
military so it can meet our stated national security policy? The
current force levels, with some augmentation, can suffice to protect
ourselves from north, west, and south at 3.5% of GDP. The current
government has my sincere wishes for success. Success, whichever
political party brings it, is good for our country. Short of that,
it remains painfully apparent that in the matter of defense, this
government is doing even worse than previous governments in the last
53-years.
Tuesday 0230 GMT March
1, 2016
·
Donald Trump and Diana Spenser Windsor Editor is a Donald fan, and never liked Diana
because she was horrible to Charles. So this is not a criticism of
Trump as a politician, only of him as a gentleman. Nor is this a
tribute to Diana, only a defense of her as a lady.
·
Why are
we talking about this rather than why the new US bomber is sloppily
named the B-21? Yes, we should. Nonetheless, sometimes things bother
Editor to the point that he has to talk about them.
·
Donald
the other day said Diana wanted him and he could have slept with her
had he wanted. (a) This is a terrible thing to say about a woman who
is now dead. For his ego gratification he is slandering someone who
is no position to defend herself. True or not, no gentleman should
every speak like that. (b) Diana did not want him and she certainly
would not have slept with him.
·
Wait a
minute, you say: were you there and did knew her so well you can
make a definite statement about what she would or would not have
done? Never met the lady, and had Editor met her, he would have
berated her about her emotional
abuse of her husband. Someone has to stand up for wimpy men,
But you can get to know a
great deal about someone simply from their photographs and stories
your friends tell you, and what’s in the press.
·
Before
you ROFLYAO at the assertion, please understand a photograph is the
truest window into a person. A photograph never lies. There are
limitations, which we can talk about another time. That is why you
must look at many fotos of the subject with many different people,
and carefully interpret what people write or say about the subject.
It’s simple intelligence gathering.
·
At this
point, you will scoff. Dear Editor, you will say, from your own
writings we know you have never had a successful relationship with a
woman. If you’re so smart, how come you can’t even get a date? Fair
enough. Equally, Editor does not know how to operate a tank. But he
has an excellent grasp of the tactics and strategy of armored
warfare.
·
Back to
Diana. She was intensely romantic, and had fantastically high
expectations of the men she loved. No man could ultimately make her
happy, because as a practical matter, true love is only an ideal.
·
It is a
meme that women cannot have sex without emotional attraction to
their partner, whereas men can sleep with any woman they find
attractive. Editor has no idea who came up with this formulation.
Probably men, as a way of saying “when I have an affair its purely
physical, whereas if my wife has an affair it’s a threat to the
marriage because she’s emotionally involved.”
·
How
stupid can men be? Women are far more sexual than men, it’s got to
do with biology. This is the origin of the repression of women by
men. They’re afraid – with perfect justification – that if their
women have freedom, the women will spend every hour having it off
with other men. As usual, men exaggerate. In Editor’s experience, if
women get to do as they want, they will spend only one-third of
their time having it off. The other two-thirds they spend with their
girlfriends sharing the experience.
·
Be that
as it may, Diana needed to be in love with a man before physical
intimacy. She would never have slept with Donald on the basis of
meeting him a couple of times – no matter how studly Donald assumes
he is. Is Donald so stupid to think all those women would have gone
for a poor man? Mr. Trump, if Editor had your money he would have
notched up ten times your conquests. Possibly not, because if Editor
had money he’s spend nine-tenth of his time studying.
·
But then
why do so many men claim they could have slept with Diana? First,
she was beautiful and powerful and men (like women) want to add a
notch to their belts. This is a competition men have with each
other; it has no bearing on reality. Second – this is important,
folks, so listen carefully – Diana did NOT want you to tell her you
were fascinating. She wanted YOU to tell her about how fascinating
she was, because she was the most fascinating person she knew.
Probably true give the complete dumbos to whom she attached herself.
·
The best
way for a woman to keep a man’s attention solely focused on her is
to flirt. Diana was an accomplished flirt, but to go from there to
“she wants me” is simply ignorant conceit. That’s all there is to
it.
·
Where
does the bit about gentlemen and ladies come in? Quite simply, a
gentleman never, ever tells. It is a straightforward matter of
manners and respect. Which is something men today seem to lack. BTW,
does Donald realize that if he thinks Diana wanted to sleep with him
on first sight, he’s stating she’s “cheap”, and if she is cheap, how
is his conquest to be boasted about? Editor would assume he would
never want to mention it.
·
So now
some readers are going to say: “Gosh, Editor, you’re so noble you
must need to wear shades while shaving”. Editor has never claimed
he’s noble. Nobleness is not something to show off to others – then
its pride and not nobleness. Kissing and not telling is a
fundamental part of being a gentleman. The code is something for you
against which to judge yourself. In all his life, Editor has just
once kissed and told, and for that, he has to accept that he failed.
In his defense, the incident happened 50-years ago. Some 35-years
later, his mother surprised by saying “Did you sleep with XYZ?” Now,
you can’t lie to your mother, but that is no excuse. No one said
being a gentleman is easy. For Donald that isn’t a problem. He
doesn’t claim he’s a gentleman.
Monday 0230 GMT
February 29, 2016
Question: do people born today get to
live four times longer than the rest of us?
·
Hillary Juggernaut crushes poor Bernie
Okay, time to stop reading polls because
they aren’t accurate. Hillary was expected to win by 20-points or
so, and Bernie supporters wanted to show their man’s credibility by
reducing that margin. No one was looking for a Hillary defeat.
·
Equally,
no one was looking for a Hillary win by a 48% margin. Just the
facts, Ma’am. Only 28% of South Caroline is black, more than twice
the national percentage because we are, after all, taking about the
deep South. But 60% of turnout was by black voters, of whom 80%
voted for Hillary. So these results mean nothing for the general
election; in any case Republican voters are not included as would be
the case for November 2016. The real meaning is that Hillary’s
machine is impressive, and after a string of disappointments, she
has gotten a rocket boost toward the Democratic nomination. As of
this time it is possible to speculate that Brave Bernie will not be
a savior in November. Of course, neither will Hillary because she is
owned by the establishment, so she cannot save anyone even if she
wanted to, and there’s no evidence she ever wanted to.
·
BTW, the
word Juggernaut decisively prove that Indian once ruled the world,
because the name is an Anglicization of the name of the Hindu deity
Jagannathan, whose fave ride crushed all before it. Just saying.
·
Islamic State attacks Abu Gharib, Iraq targets Okay, there are days when Editor wonders if
the Islamic State knows what it is doing. “Dozens” attacked targets
in Baghdad’s western suburb of Abu Gharib, where IS controls a part
of the town. They forced the Iraq Army to retreat some. Then the
Iraq Army retook some, leaving perhaps 20 IS holed up; where, at
some point, they will be bombed out, having lost perhaps 30 fighters
for no tangible return. So why bother? How can you ultimately win if
you fritter your forces away?
·
From the
start Editor has been unable to reconcile the very small numbers of
IS forces actually fighting compared to the IS strength as released
by US. There are supposed to be 25,000-to-35,000 IS in the theatre.
But at Tikrit, there were only 300. At Baiji, it seems offensives
are carried out by 100-200 at a time, if that. In Ramadi 800
fighters were estimate; there may have been as few as 300. You’d
think Mosul would have at least 5,000; the reality – as Editor
gathers from here and there – is that there may be 1500, if that.
Six hundred are said to have escaped the encirclement of Fallujah
and are heading for Mosul. First, apart from lines on map there is
no encirclement; second, if 600 have left there’s maybe a few
hundred left at best. IS may have 35,000 if you count hangers on and
active sympathizers, but the fighting cadre in the theatre seems to
be way less than 10,000 – if that.
·
Now, if
Editor is right, US is exaggerating IS strength. There is a good
reason to do that. In Iraq, at least, the entire Iraq Army except
for a few thousand army and police SF, is quite useless. Such a
small cadre cannot afford to sustain casualties, which is why they
do everything very slowly, and do nothing at all unless the US
pulverizes the IS using air strikes. That speaks very badly of the
Iraqis, but then, everyone knew that from June 2014. Or should have
known. It also speaks very badly US-trained opposition groups in
Syria. But then again, everyone knows that.
·
What
Editor cannot figure out is this: if the locals are not willing to
fight and die for their country, how can we win without massively
committing our own forces? And if we are unwilling to do that,
instead of futzing around we need to leave.
·
Now take
a look at how the Viet Cong would have done it. They were our
enemies, but they were really, really good. At least until the North
let them be massacred during the utterly futile Tet Offensive. That
benefited only the North, because the VC, who were nationalists,
were destroyed and the war became truly the North’s.
·
The VC
would have patiently assembled and trained a sapper company, say
between 80-120 men depending on availability of troops. They would
have operated at night. They would have quietly infiltrated Baghdad
after the most carefully planned and rehearsed training. They would
have chosen a key target, whose defending layout they would know to
the last sentry post thanks to sympathizers. They would have brought
in six mortars, supported by breach teams of 4 or more, and
fire teams of 6-15 men to
block government reinforcements and protect the mortars. They would
have fired 300 bombs, as well as blown up auxiliary targets and
vehicles. Then they would have withdrawn like shadows. Of course
they would have suffered losses. But they would have shaken the
government to the core and added to their sense of inevitability.
·
Sending
30 men to do a suicide run? For nothing in return except a
government victory? What nonsense is this.
·
PS: given
time, IS is very good at creating multi-layer IED defensive belts.
Even after they’ve been pushed out, it take the government forces
months to clear the terrain. But even this of no use unless you
fight and repel the government troops from behind the IED belts.
Sunday 0230 GMT February 28, 2016
·
Editor’s correction on Nevada Latin vote for Trump
We realized after writing about Trump’s
scoring with Nevada Latin voters that we should have framed the
issue in terms of GOP voters. 64% of Latinos are Democrats, 36% GOP. Depending on which poll you
like, 2 of 3 Latinos are absolutely against Trump. It’s only fair to
note that on the GOP front, Cruz and Rubio are also
anti-immigration. See, for example. Telemundo’s debate with the
three
http://qz.com/625597/telemundos-anchor-calls-out-trump-cruz-and-rubio-on-latino-issues-during-the-gop-debate/
·
The recent agitation in Haryana, India
First, a comment on India’s affirmative
action for lower castes
This is not to be mistaken for a real analysis, please. The
intention is simply to explain the Indian situation. Very
approximately, Hinduism has four castes. Brahmins, priests and
scholars; Khatris, warriors; Vasiyas, farmers, producers, traders;
and Shudras, uneducated, laborers. There is a defacto fifth caste
who according to the Aryans were so low they are literally
out-castes. These were the inhabitants of India before the Aryans
took over.
·
Indians
staunchly maintain the caste system was originally simply a
functional economic categorization of society, so that everyone had
a job and a place in society. So, you did not shave yourself: that
was the barber’s job. Shaving yourself was depriving the barbers of
the right to earn a living. What went wrong, and how this
well-thought-out economic division which was ideal for a static
society got into the three higher castes discriminating against the
Shudras and everyone really discriminating against the outcastes,
Editor has no clue.
·
Be that
as it may, when independent India ratified its Constitution in 1950,
it was the first in the world to codify affirmative action as a
remedy for past historical injustice. Obviously the Government could
impose job quotas only for its employees, in a democracy you can’t
tell private employers what to do. Government jobs in general were
highly prized because the pay/benefits were relatively good, and
they came with job security.
·
The
allure of government jobs has lessened, and continues to lessen,
with the state gradually giving up its hold on the economy, and the
5-fold expansion of the Indian GDP from 1980 to today. But because
of economic pressures as the economy advances into free-marketing,
certain upper-caste groups like the Jats are feeling hemmed in on
agriculture, still a mainstay of the job market. Very soon there
will be four times as many Indians as was the case in 1947; the land
area remains the same; many farmers cannot make a decent living. And
Indians no longer accept subsistence jobs, everyone wants better for
the children.
·
So, long
story short upper castes too have started to agitated to job
reservations. In the case of the Jats, the Supreme Court said “no
way, y’all are upper caste and that’s that. So the Jats in Haryana
State took to the streets. Now back in the day when folks took to
the streets and started destroying public property and blocking
roads and looting private property, if the local police/armed
police/paramilitary could not handle the crowds, the Army was called
in.
·
The Army
is absolutely against its tasking to counter-insurgency and
law-and-order. It says its job is to fight external enemies, not war
against Indians. The Government of India, as always, refuses to act
unless its existence is threatened by violence. Since the Army has
never refused to follow orders, the GOI continues to misuse the
Army.
·
When the
Army is called in, the local government invokes Section 144, which
bans gatherings of more than 5 people, and permits curfews. Under
Indian law, once you have Section 144 and curfews, the Army is
ordered to shoot on sight. Anyone breaking curfew is shot. Cruel?
Yes. But it’s better to stop trouble in its tracks than to let it
explode: India is very under policed society, and once mobs getting
going, you get very, very serious trouble. Example, Partition 1947,
when millions were killed by mobs.
·
In the
case of the recent Haryana agitation, something very strange
happened. The Army was called in, but the mobs not just refused to
disburse, on numerous occasions it attacked the Army. In India this
is absolutely unthinkable. The reason it happened, of course, is
that the national government, fearful of alienating Jat voters, told
the Army to show restraint. This is horribly counterproductive
because now people will lose their fear of the Army. Earlier no one
tried conclusions with the Army because it was a sure way to commit
suicide.
·
But
that’s India: expediency is chosen over governance. It wasn’t that
way until very recently. In the Indian Prime Minister’s home state
of Gujrat (he was then state Chief Minister), the inter-communal
rioting was getting out of hand in 2002; Army was belatedly called;
overnight the rioting stopped. “Only” 2000 people died, as always, a
serious undercount.
·
That excludes, of course,
those killed in police/army firing. Noone bothers to count, bodies
are simply cremated with no fuss or publicity. But suppose the
administration had ordered “restraint” to retain voter support. Then
the toll could have been 10 times more in Gujrat alone, and the
rioting would have spread to other parts of India. At which point,
no telling how many would have died.
·
India
needs to beef up its armed police and equip them properly to riots.
But this won’t happen unless the Army refuses to shoot. Which won’t
happen either because India’s governments are democratically
elected, and the President – not the Prime Minister – is the
Commander-in-Chief. The President says follow government orders, the
Army follows government orders. No debate.
·
Editor’s
solution to the job reservations issue is simple. Declare every
Indian to be low caste. No affirmative action needed. BTW, Editor is
wholly unclear why Brahmins at the top of the caste order. They are
the poorest caste in India. As a Brahmin (allegedly) Editor would
rather be well-off than be high caste, especially in US, where money
is the basis of caste/class. So fellow Americans, don’t now pretend
to be superior because we don’t have caste here. We do, the criteria
is different.
Saturday 0230 GMT
February 27, 2016
·
An example of how folks still think America can win in every crisis
Clarification: Editor
believes this can be done, but the US wants to win without exerting
itself and within a series of constraints so tight that most of the
time it cannot possibly win. Particularly when facing totally
dedicated opponents who
are determined to win.
·
These
constraints include: (a) the US lacks a clear vision of leading the
world; (b) a substantial part of the people are unsure they want to
lead the world; (c) a zero casualty approach; (d) the US is
unwilling to either increase GDP spending on defense or to learn to
do things more cheaply – the latter means more casualties; (e) no
increased taxes, no reduction of spending in other areas, no draft;
(f) no understanding the only way to win is to win, not traf around,
emitting noisesome stinks, worsening Earth’s already polluted
atmosphere.
·
Back to
an article in the New York
Times http://goo.gl/YOaBjW
This suggests that since the Syrian Kurds are supporting both US and
Russian objectives, we must get Turkey and Assad to stop attacking
the Syrian Kurds. To stop
Turkey, we must make clear we will not support Turkey if the latter
increases its intervention in Turkey, or clashes with Russia.
Further, to compensate Turkey for not attacking the Kurds, we should
persuade the Kurds to accept more moderate Sunnis. This will deflect
Turkish criticism that we are supporting extremist Kurds. In this
way we can impose a federalist solution to the world without
partitioning the country.
·
If this
article had appeared in a blog, Editor would remain unconcerned. But
the NYT is – at least in its opinion – the premiere US newspaper.
When you hold that position, and believe that along with the
Washington Post it should
guide US global policy, then you have some obligation to at least
touch reality, however lightly, and not to inhale Fairy Dust and fly
in the sky like Peter Pan and Company.
·
Let’s go
through this argument. Turkey is using Islamic State to counter
rising Shia Iran. So doing anything to help anyone in destroying IS
is – um – crazy. More important, in Turkish eyes there is no such
thing as a “moderate Kurd”. They are traitors wanting to break up
Turkey. They must be destroyed at all costs. When it faces an
existential threat to its existence, what leverage does the US have
over Ankara? Turkey should let Iran rise and commit national suicide
because of US pressure? This is – um – precious. As for extracting
promises from Turkey that it will not clash with the Russians, are
we back to World War II when we and the Russian are besties?
Moscow’s policy is to expel the US from the Middle East. Not to
understand this is – um - nutzoid.
·
The Sunni
groups coaliting (our contributing to the horrible American habit of
turning nouns into verbs) with the Kurds are “moderate” and have
democratic objectives? They are working with the Kurds – or not,
depending on the winds, the tides, the position of Pluto in the sky,
the global consumption of Starbucks lattes, and the skin exposed by
Kim Kardashian – are there to fight Islamic State for their own
purposes. If they really are democratic moderates, they will be
targeted for liquidation by Islamists. Has not America understood
there is no permanent coalition fighting in Syria? This is not
Indochina or First Gulf. There are said to be 100 rebel groups in
Syria; they fight each other yesterday; today they may ally;
tomorrow they will be fighting each other again. 100 factions can be
arranged in 100! ways. That’s 9^157 ways. The number of atoms our
universe is said to be 10^82 or something similar. Just saying. US
is going to control this to our advantage? Listen, the US government
can’t handle 2^2 ways at a time, or 4. Most folks cannot, so this is
no insult.
·
BTW,
going back to what we said in the first paragraph, there is, of
course a way to handle 100 rebel groups. Kill 99 of them and then
you have 1 left. Then when that one has won the war for you, it will
turn against you. So you’ll have to kill it too, and directly govern
the country for 100 years until folks learn to get along peacefully.
It’s all very doable – US is doing this in FRY.
·
So we and
Russia think a federal solution is best? Has anyone talked to the
Russians about this? Probably they have. Probably the Russians have
agreed. Hahahahahaha, more fools us, e’nuf said. Has anyone talked
to Assad about this? When the Russians will help him win, any
particular reason for him to bust up his country to suit the US?
·
Cold
reality: you want Russia and Turkey to behave and get the Islamists
out, throw your support behind Assad. Unconditionally. This also
means eliminating the Syrian Kurds. It also means protecting Assad
against the Islamist Arab states. No can do? Then just forget it,
and go home. Editor cannot help you. He has his own problems. Its
Saturday and no date lined up. Please excuse while he feels sorry
for himself.
Friday 0230 GMT February 26, 2016
Aside from the strange happenings in the
US, which may presage a peaceful revolution, Editor’s antennae are
picking up other strange things which, if they develop, will mean
shifts in the global balance of power.
·
PRC moves combat aircraft to the Paracels
PRC has accelerated its drive the US out
of the First Island Chain. Readers may recall Editor said a while
ago that for practical purpose the First Island China is already
lost to the US.
·
Now, the
theorists will argue back with a “what nonsense!”. Okay, my American
friends, if you want to shut your eyes and go “America Forever”,
please carry on. We all have our fantasies. Editor has one, which
readers know all about. After five years, Editor finally got up his
nerve to ask a lady at work out for lunch. Luckily, before speaking
Editor noted the ring on the fourth finger thing. He had not seen it
before so he asked if that was new. The lady said no, she’d been
married for 20-years.
·
Obviously
Editor did not notice the ring though he meets the lady every day
because he didn’t WANT to notice it. Selective Blindness. Same with
the US and the China Seas.
·
PRC’s
latest is moving 6-8 jet fighters to the Paracels. While US is
wasting time boasting about sending ships to claim free passage in
the Spratleys, the Chinese have jumped forward somewhere else. If
readers want to discuss the military implications of China’s moves
in the China Seas, Editor is happy to do so, another time. Right
now, all you need to keep in mind that China cannot bar the US from
movement in the China Seas – any more than we can bar China from
waters off Alaska. Nonetheless, what China has done is announce to
the world: “The debate about who owns what island is so over. We own
them all, and we’re stationing aircraft, missiles, radars, declaring
ADIZs and so on. Ours, ours, ours, get used to it.”
·
Possession being 9/10th of the law, what China has done
is taken possession, and is building up sufficient military force
that US cannot get the Chinese off the islands without a fight.
Every year that goes by, they will build up more, and getting them
off will be harder. Its eventually will reach the stage the US may
still refuse to recognize China’s ownership, but we will have to
give up any realistic hope of neutralizing China. It won’t matter if
the de facto reality and the de jure reality don’t concur. De facto
is de facto.
·
BTW,
China is doing the same thing the US did to expand its reach from
Hawaii to the China Seas 70+ years ago: Island Hopping. With
expanding control of the Spatleys and Paracels, China has moved
closer to the Northern Philippines, Indonesia, Malaysia, and Brunei,
and outflanked Vietnam from the sea. The South China Sea was under
US control, with its Navy majestically sailing the waters and doing
whatever it wanted. Right now, we’d advise the US to get a big red
crayon and start filling in the South China Sea.
·
Next,
what is the US doing to counter China? Cutting back on all its
forces. Now, what the Pentagon dearly wants us to believe is that
our military is so advanced numbers don’t count anymore. That’s what
they told us about Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria, Libya and so on. Two
points here. First, if at all possible, you want to win by
intimidation and not by battle. In Korea we have one armored
brigade, two corps artillery battalions, and two air defense
battalions. Not sure whom that intimidates. In Japan, we have two
USMC artillery battalions and a nominal USMC regiment. All three
battalions of the regiments are with the 1st Division.
The regiment hosts other battalions that come for jungle warfare
training on rotation. Not sure who this intimidates. A marine
battalion from stateside rotates to Darwin, Australia. Not sure who
this intimidates, either.
·
That adds
up to a forward presence of maybe 5 battalions west of Guam. Very
intimidating. We haven’t covered the fighter aircraft deployments,
but readers already know we can keep only one attack carrier in the
West Pacific.
·
Yes,
we’re all quite familiar with the US ability to reinforce the
WestPac theatre. As far as ground troops, what are we going to
reinforce with? 2nd and 25th Divisions, 1st
Marine Division, and a brigade from 3rd Marine Division
in Hawaii. It’s as if the US has already gotten out of the theatre.
·
One thing
the US is doing to counter
China. Its yapping like an aggressive, ankle biting Pekinese. Not
sure if the Chinese are impressed.
·
Last,
we’ve wondered why normally cautious China is moving so rapidly to
claim the 1st Island Chain. One reason might be that it
has seen the decline of US military power and sees no need to be
cautious. Another might be it is striking while the current weak US
administration is in charge. The third might be that it has become
over confident after decades of taking small steps. But it could be
China has the measure of the US and knows we aren’t going to do a
thing to combat its advances because we lack troops and more
importantly, the will.
Thursday 0230 GMT February 25, 2016
We could not update yesterday due to
homework. To explain, Editor is doing a Masters in Information
Technology. Seeing as he is not an IT person, at his advanced age
this has proved very difficult and he has not devoted as much time
as he needs to. So of the 10 courses he has completed, only one is
an A, the rest are B, which is plain disgraceful. He is determined
to at least get As in his last two courses.
·
Trump sweeps Nevada by 20-points
And American intellectuals and those
belonging to other sections of the elite,
still don’t get why he is
doing so well. Some are becoming resigned that he will likely be the
GOP nominee, but they still cannot comprehend
why. They consider him crude, crass, loud, and stupid – these are
just some of the things they hold against him.
·
So Editor
has explained this before to the blind folks who don’t understand
what is going on in their own country. He will try one more time.
Americans of every political persuasion have had it with the people
who rule. They are willing to vote anyone who is NOT establishment,
thus Trump on the right and Sanders on the left. We’ve explained
before that Trump is flying under a false flag, he actually is a
liberal Democrat. That he’s fooled folks into thinking he is a
Republican does not speak well about the ability of the ruling class
and the intellectuals to think.
·
So, when
Trump said he wanted to build a wall, send illegals home, and that
immigrants were murders and rapists, everyone groaned and said “he’s
just lost the Latino vote”. But in Nevada he won 48% of the Latino
vote and was the clear leader in this category. How?
·
Please be
clear: Editor is no expert on US voters. But since the experts
continue getting it wrong, it is legitimate for Editor to give his
opinion. After all, he has been right on Trump all along.
·
First, to
think of Latinos as a block is severely misleading. They come from
different nations, and are of different economic means. One example:
many Latinos are white. Why should they identify with native South
American Indians? They have nothing in common, and they have the
same concerns about illegals of every stripe.
Do whites vote as a block?
Obviously not. Why should Latinos?
·
Second,
the legal Latinos do not necessarily identify with the illegals, or
believe that anyone who wants to come to America should be allowed.
BTW, Cruz and Rubio are Latinos and they are extreme right-wing. The
problem is that 97% of Americans do not believe they are doing okay,
and they get mad as heck when the elite tells them the recession
ended 8-years ago. Color and ethnicity don’t come into this one bit.
The simple reality is any family making less than $50,000 a year is
barely hanging on; in the metros, they are not hanging on. A
2-family household earning $15/hour each – and many folks don’t earn
anywhere near that – are not hanging on. There’s taxes, there’s day
care, there’s rent, there’s transportation, every little thing adds
up, and American corporates are tops at squeezing every last dime
out of people. Families earning $100,000 in metropolitan areas are
barely hanging on – again, housing, daycare, transportation impose
intolerable burdens. Okay, Editor lives like a poor person because
he is a poor person. But that doesn’t mean that others will accept
that when that tiny sliver at the top has everything.
·
Three, it
follows that Trump’s populist American jobs for Americans resonates
tremendously with the 97%. And so does Sander’s populism resonate.
Left, center, or right, Americans are united in the hatred of the
3%. And the more the 3% “but America is the land of opportunity and
you can’t be jealous of us because we make it”, the more the 97%
gets angry, because America is not the land of opportunity
anymoreAmerica is no longer the land of opportunity, and the 3% is
making it by paying off politicians to rig the system in the 3%’s
favor. Everything is relative. $12,000 is US poverty line, back in
India that’s at the lower-end of the middle class. People compare
themselves to others in their country, not to folks in 3rd
world countries. Coming up with stats – as some in the elite do –
about how everyone in America has indoor plumbing, cable,
appliances, cars impresses no one. It makes them more angry because
– for heaven’s sakes, this is not 1940.
·
Editor is
aware he has only touched on the issue. Nonetheless, the great
majority of the country is very angry at the ruling class. Anyone
who stands up to the ruling class is welcome and adored. Even if
those people -Donald and Trump – are nut cases in the view the
haves.
·
Take
day-before-yesterday, when Trump says he loves the uneducated. The
educated are going around laughing hysterically at this fantastic
foot-in-mouth. What they are not understanding is that the 60%+
percent of America that has not been college feels disrespected by
those who have. But Trump is saying: “I, who am super-wealthy,
respect you and love you”. Folks at the top cannot imagine how
cathartic this is for the 60%.
·
Look,
folks, please try and take off your blinders and see what ordinary
people in this country really think and feel and how they live.
Editor has no idea how the election will turn out. But if you don’t
see reality, you are going to be swept away. Perhaps not in 2016.
Perhaps not in 2020. But each year that passes, the dispossessed
grow angrier, and neither establishment Democrats (Hillary) or
Republicans are going to do a thing to change the status quo.
·
Perhaps
Editor is being premature, but every day that Bernie and Trump
advance, revolution comes closer.
·
And, oh
please, don’t say “but Bernie lost Nevada to Hillary”. By 5-points?
He should have lost by 30-50% if these were normal times. Bernie is
likely to lose the nomination – at this point. Hillary will likely
win. But Bernie has already claimed the moral victory.
Tuesday 0230 GMT
February 23, 2016
·
US F-16s to Pakistan: India, have confidence in your strength Like Pavlov’s dog (and this no compliment)
the moment the US supplies F-16s to Pakistan, Indians become
pitifully pathetic puddles of whines. In the days before India and
US were allies, this whining was quite aggressive, and led
inevitably to soothing “there theres” from the USSR, which consoled
us with multiple times the weaponry Pakistan was receiving from the
US. The F-16 panic has been
going on for 40-years. Before that it was the F-104 panic. In
response to US supply of 20 or so F-104s to Pakistan, India went on
to buy 250 MiG-21s. But even the 12-1 margin failed to make us
confident.
·
Without
going into the boring details, altogether the US has delivered 83
F-16s to Pakistan, 58 new and the rest used. Pakistan has bought and
continues to look for second-hand F-16s. This is like India buying
used Su-27s from a third world air force, something we would never
stoop to. The current provocation is a fresh deal for 8 F-16s. By
the time these are delivered, India will have acquired 272 Su-30
heavy fighters. These are considerably more lethal than the F-16 for
attack missions. But in the same time frame, India also purchased 98
MiG-29s, all upgraded/grading to the UPG standard, as well as 59
Mirage 2000, also being upgraded. This makes 429 new fighters to
Pakistan’s 64 new F-16s. We don’t count the 160 Jaguars on India’s
side and 50 JF-17s on Pakistan’s for various reasons. We also don’t
count PAF’s used F-16s because even after modernization, these
remain the same airframe and engine. So does a 7-1 advantage in new
fighters make us confident? Apparently not even a little bit. And
let’s not forget we rejected the US bid to supply us F-16s because
we said we didn’t want an old aircraft. So how come this old
aircraft now becomes a threat in Pakistan’s hands?
·
India
should remember one thing. Right from 1948 to the present day, the
US has always attached the
greatest importance to India. It is only when we rejected the US
that Washington went to Pakistan. Now, whatever the reasons for our
rejection, we must realize that the US had no choice but to befriend
Pakistan, given the existential threat it faced from the Soviet
Union. The US had to seek every advantage it could get, wherever it
could get. We should
now, at least, “forgive” the US for going to Pakistan. We should
also understand that (a) we rejected the US; (b) the US kept
Pakistan on a very short leash so that the latter could not threaten
us; and (c) the US tried several times to get us to reconsider.
India cannot, in all logic, tell the US “We won’t sleep with you,
and we will mock and hate you in every world forum, but we will
never allow you to sleep with Pakistan. Meanwhile we’ll take all the
civilian aid you give, and continue to abuse you.”
·
India
outdoes Pakistan 8-1 in GDP, 10-1 in population, 4-1 in area, 15-1
in forex reserves, 7-1 in true defense expenditure (official is
10-1). So what reason do we have to fear Pakistan, let alone 8 US
fighter jets? None.
·
We have
historical reasons to fear invasions from the west, and it may be
accepted that Muslim invaders may have committed the greatest
genocide in history, particularly when taken against world
population at the time. But that was then. What about now? Why are
we still so insecure? And how come the massive military help China
is giving to Pakistan has failed to raise an eyebrow in India? Is
there something magically invincible about American weapons, so that
one US fighter counts for ten of ours? What message are we sending
to the world and to our own people?
·
It is
past time to simply dismiss Pakistan and to understand that even the
little damage can do to us is entirely our fault. We are simply too
frightened to punish Pakistan for its transgressions against us. Any
surprise that Pakistan keeps poking and poking and poking? Just last
week we lost five army/paramilitary soldiers in a terror attack by
3-4 Pakistanis. Instead of doing anything about it, we have been
weeping fat tears about our “martyrs”. They are
not martyrs, but men who did their stern duty for India. A martyr is
one who passively surrenders her/his life for her/his cause. Our men
fought. They are not victims but warriors. A country which out of
fear won’t stand for itself does not deserve such men.
·
Simple
logic says that if we regard ourselves us effete, helpless victims
of circumstance, buffeted like a leaf on a raging torrent, if we
have no respect for ourselves, nor will anyone else.
·
I say to
the young people of India: we, your elders have failed in our duty
to make India great by focusing on our imaginary victimhood. Now it
is time for you to push your elders aside and do your duty. That
means you have to prove to the world that not just that India has a
glorious past, but that you will lead India to a glorious future.
Monday 0230 GMT
February 22, 2016
Editor to Government of India: Leave the
students alone
Background: The Government of India has
charged left-wing students of Jawaharlal Nehru University< Delhi, a
leading Indian post-graduate institution, for shouting anti-India
slogans
·
Mrs R IV
went to this august university. So I have six years of personal
familiarity. Communist student unions, extensions of the existing
communist parties, ruled the campus in an Indian way. Meaning,
basically, everyone left each other alone. Making love not war, and
not politics, was the students’ primary concern. I did my
enthusiastic best to join in, but was always headed off by Mrs R IV
who – alas – from the earliest day was a complete dog in the manger,
refusing to share me with anyone.
·
Being
brought up in the US, I disliked the communist student unions.
Correct that: being brought up in the US, and therefore in my right
mind, I disliked the communist student unions because communism and
democracy are irrevocably opposed. But it was all about live and let
live; as an older person (yes, even 40 years ago the editor was old)
with no connection with the university except through professors and
Mrs R IV + friends, there was no need to get involved. I have never
been a joining type anyway.
·
I hated
the anti-nationals even more than the communists – US or Indian. To
the extent that I have left the energy required to hate, this
remains true today. Deserter Bowie Bergdhal? Firing squad. Ditto the
private who was a man and is now a woman? Ditto. I am absolutely
against executing women; in this case, I will happily make an
exception. Edward Snowden? Lethal Injection. Americans who betray
their country to Israel? Draw, quarter, and hang. Julian Assange?
Shoot, hang, electrocute and inject, successively, revive each time
except the last. He is not an American, but he is an anti-American
of a particularly despicable type.
·
Winston
Churchill is alleged to have said: If you are not a liberal at 25,
you have no heart. If you are not a conservative at 35 You have no
brain. I am ignoring that there is no evidence Churchill said it.
The folk narrative is more interesting than petty reality. When I
was 25, as now, on national security I was so far to the Right that
I may as well have traversed the universe and come back to the
starting point. As for personal morality, no real Indian believes it
her/his business to dictate to others.
·
My
conversion, if any has taken place, is the other way around. With
regard to young people (anyone younger than 60) I have a fond
grandfatherly affection, doesn’t matter how badly they are behaving.
So I am on the side of the students who shouted pro-Pakistan and
anti-India slogans at the university and were arrested for sedition
last week. Speech cannot be anti-national, though I wish it were, in
India and the US. Still, they’re young people. Leave them alone.
·
There are
two conditions under which I will accept these students’ punishment,
let’s say 14 years without parole.
·
One is
that the government of India immediately arrest and severely punish
all those shouting separatist slogans and committing/condoning
anti-national acts in Kashmir. This happens dozens, hundreds of
times a day. The government does nothing. It is cowardly in the
extreme to pick on hapless students and not touch these people in
Kashmir because the government fears insurrection. Insurrection is
easily handled: kill one in ten on every block, every village, and
all will be peaceful. Ask the Muslim invaders of India. Ask the
Russians. Ask Mao and Stalin. Ask Chengiz Khan. Ask the Americans.
Ask the Spanish. Ask the Belgians. Ask the English, though they
starved the Irish to death rather than killing them directly. Don’t
give the excuse it cannot be done. It can, and it must.
·
The other
is that the government arrest and execute the politicians down to
the fourth generation who agreed to the Partition of India, which is
the biggest act of sedition in our modern history. Fourth generation
means the great-grand-children of the original traitors. Women
exempted, of course. Male children? Not exempted, sorry about that.
·
If the
government agrees at least to the first, I will support sedition
charges against those students who merely shout slogans. But if the
government of India is to have any credibility in my eyes, it will
have to also do the second. Undoubtedly, this means many Indian
politicians will have to sign their own death warrants. This has a
nice poetic symmetry to it. Could be extended to the general public
too. See, this way we won’t be guilty of taking a life. The
convicted will have to sign their own orders and kill themselves.
The mechanics are pretty simple.
Sunday 0230 GMT
February 21, 2016
·
Nevada/South Carolina Hilary
won Nevada, but only 52-48. Her camp had said “wait till we get to
Nevada because it’s not white like Iowa and New Hampshire”. Of
course, America is still 60% white, but Hilary expected to get the
black and Latino vote. The latter did not happen, which has to be
worrysome because Bernie is also making inroads into the black vote
– as usual, he is preferred by younger people. Now that folks are
taking Bernie seriously, it is being suggested that his enthusiastic
but ad hoc campaign organization needs to be made more professional.
Remains to be seen if he is willing to do that. Nonetheless, if
Hilary wins the nomination, all of the House and 1/3rd of
the Senate are up for reelection. If Bernie can pick up – say – 30
House seats and 4-5 Senate seats, the Democratic party will have to
shift left. That Bernie has made it this far just shows how younger
people have simply had it with the establishment.
·
In South
Carolina, Trump has walloped Cruz. SoCaro was said to be Cruz’s
natural habitat because it is a truly evangelical state. Well, The
Donald got 34%, Cruz got 22%, Rubio got 21%. No one else need apply;
anyone outside of Cruz and Rubio still hanging in there has to be a
masochist. Re. Trump, Editor hates to say “I told you so,” but from
the start he has taken Trump seriously. This is because Editor is
more accurately tuned to the mood of the disenfranchised and
disrespected than the Washington establishment, which is tuned
solely to its navel and flatulence. Our foreign readers have no
reason to go “freak freak” because Trump is actually a conservative
Democrat. As for his anti-immigrant policies: please people, don’t
you understand that (a) America has been going through a nativist
phase because 25-years of mass immigration has completely freaked
out the US. Trump is not going to expel illegals, and BTW, many
Latinos also don’t want uncontrolled immigration to further depress
their wages when they are just starting to make some solid progress.
·
As for
Hilary, Editor would like to ask his foreign readers: would you vote
for someone who just looks the media straight in the eye and says
that she has never lied? This is about the dumbest thing she has
ever said. In America you have to say: “I try not to lie but do, and
I am trying to change that”. You have to ask for redemption from the
masses, not tell them you’re so perfect you have never lied. Dear
Hilary, may Editor say something here? He does his hardest not to
lie. Despite his best efforts, the day he tells only ten lies is a
very good day. If Editor recalls right, Mahatma Gandhi embarked on
Patanjali’s 64-step yoga for enlighten.
Even he said he had not
mastered the second step, which is feel no anger. He said he had
managed the first step, not to lie. Madam, I knew Mahatma Gandhi,
and you are no Mahatma Gandhi. (Sorry, readers. You know the Editor
on his best behavior acts like a 7th Grader.)
·
NATO to Turkey: you’re on your own
if you get into a fight with Russia. Now
Editor predicted that when the Syria war started getting complicated
last fall. He cannot take any credit for it, because it’s akin to
predicting the sun will rise tomorrow. You have to just study the
military orbats on NATO’s side and even if you are blind you can
tell that. Nonetheless, it’s good that NATO has told Turkey to cool
it. This greatly reduces the chance of a World War I repeat that
many have been fearing. NATO has also just signed the death warrant
of the non-Islamist opposition and opened the way for the
disintegration of Turkey into two states.
·
Of
course, you’re going to say: “What non-Islamist opposition?” Fair
enough. It’s mainly the Kurds who now call themselves The Syrian
Freedom something or the other, and happily take help from the
Russians as well as the Americans. Right now, we are told, the Kurds
are also rolling up other US-supported “moderates” who are standing
in their way of closing a whacking great stretch of the Turkey
border. Which is great for the US, as that will block arms for IS
sent by the US’s enemies, Turkey and Saudi. The US has been whining
and moaning about the Russians refusing to bomb IS. We’ve said
before that while that is not Russia’s priority, they have been
whacking the illicit IS oil sales to Turkey, thus greatly helping
the US. And of course, it’s been alleged several times that
Erdogan’s son has been buying the IS oil. Erdogan denies it, but is
well known his son has been busy buying Kurd oil and selling it
through Israel – that US
has whom dad has placed on his “do not invite for tea” list. US
should simply ally with Russia/Assad and shut up about “democracy”.
IS is the threat, not Assad, who was busy minding his business and
his girl-friend before we stuck our fat, long noses in his business.
·
Look
people, we all hate Marx because his was the ideology behind the
greatest challenge to US supremacy that US has ever seen. But when
Marx said it’s all about the money, he was dead on. It’s all about
the money and not about la femme as the French insist. Why is not la
femme the most important? Because with Le Cash you can get all the
attention you can stand from La Femmes, silly. Editor is seriously
not Best Friends Forever with Le Cash. Thus no femmes. Simple.
Saturday 0230 GMT
February 20, 2016
·
Apple and Company Editor is
becoming irritated at this American habit of twisting words and
engaging in dishonest conversation. If we can no longer talk to each
other in a straight-forward way, our society and country will
collapse, rather than getting stronger as Editor would like. First,
a small diversion to make Editor’s point.
·
In
yesterday’s Washington Post (p. 6, “Generational divide hits
Clinton’s courting of black voters” by Abby Philip), there was an
article about Hillary’s campaign in South Carolina. Apparently
Sanders is chipping away at the black vote, which should normally be
in Hillary’s pocket. The story mentioned a black religious leader
who warned the crowd that Sanders was against reparations. Fair
enough. But the reverend “forgot” to mention that Hillary is also
opposed to reparations. The leader has not lied. But he has been
totally dishonest using omission. Okay, so Editor realizes that this
is a political contest, and folks are lying left, right, center, up,
and down. But why are we, the people, just sitting back and
accepting this is a normal part of the political process? A lie by
omission is still a lie, and lies degrade our society.
·
So when
Mr. Tim Cook was indignantly criticizing the US Government for
asking him to violate the “privacy” of a murderous terrorist, he had
nothing to say about his favorite government, that great bastion of
democratic rights and privacy aka China. Two months ago, China
promulgated a law requiring Apple and cohorts to provide the keys
for ALL encrypted devices.
https://t.co/qBtRboWPS2 Why
hasn’t Cook told us what his decision on this demand is? Given he
has declared China his Market Number One, here’s a stab at his
likely position. He will provide the keys before or on the date
China sets for compliance. (If Editor has understood correctly, no
compliance date has yet been said.
·
None of
this stops Cook from his hypocritical, cynical insistence that he
cannot provide a key to the terrorist’s phone. Cook, last we heard,
is a US citizen and his company is a US company. So it’s okay for
him to obey orders from the greatest violator of privacy (in terms
of sheer numbers) the world has ever known, but he cannot obey his
own government because of his principles.
·
If this was not infuriating
enough, the Washington Post
http://tinyurl.com/gsoxprt defends Apple and says this issue
should not be decided by the courts, but by the political process,
meaning new laws that reflect the people’s will. But there already
are laws on this matter, and they say that everyone – which includes
Cook – must comply with court orders. Cook, however much of a big,
thin hypocrite has may be, is entitled to challenge the court order
in a higher court. That comes down to an interpretation of existing
law, no requirement for new laws, thank you very much. Of course, no
one in the right mind would accuse the Post of being in its right
mind on such matters, but it is one of the country’s major
newspapers. One would expect it to side with the Government and not
Apple, but then – of course – the press doesn’t believe that rules
that apply to us sans culottes need apply to the 4th
Estate.
·
Is Editor
through with feeling infuriated? No. There’s the UK Guardian
https://t.co/S7QW2OsME1 which
has an article where “experts” assert that the Apple case will cause
China/Russia to justify their greater intrusiveness. At such points
Editor turns his eyes heavenward and begs God to please take him
away from rabid nonsense. Even though the deal with God is that He
will stop insulting Editor, and Editor will gratefully go to the Hot
Place Downstairs. Since when have Russia/China needed to point to
the US and say “even America does it” to justify their snooping into
people’s lives? Why are these “experts” devoid of all common sense,
saying anything no matter how wrong or irrelevant, to buttress their
argument?
·
Editor
has to explain the UK Guardian. It is said to be left-wing, but
Editor does not see it, and he accesses the paper once a day.
Undoubtedly it is anti-American government, but Europeans are
reflexively anti-American government. It is a default position with
them, which allows them the luxury of not having to think, they
simply have to parrot the engraved template. Anti-American does not
mean left-wing. Editor likes the paper because it is high-quality
and frequently presents a different viewpoint to those Editor is
normally exposed. But that’s precisely why Editor was astonished by
the Guardian article. Being anti-American government does not mean
losing your mind and babbling nonsense.
·
Editor
thanks Cook, WashPo, and Guardian for rescuing him from his coma. To
explain: Editor has been writing for 45-years. Before that he spent
10-years learning about military and international affairs. You
cannot go on decade after decade writing and pontificating with zero
return in terms of fame and money. One gets tired of battling on and
on, and starts becoming like
the Energizer Bunny on a battery losing power. In addition to that,
Editor works in a high school. He loves every minute and loves the
kids. There’s no denying, however, that by Friday when school ends,
his mind is kind of blank. Yesterday as Editor was trudging through
the halls on his way out, he was forced to pinch himself to check if
he was still alive. (Really.) When he didn’t feel the pinch he
thought he must have died. But getting home, catching up on the
news, the blood began to flow. Editor saw colors, instead of the
grey haze. Life had a meaning and he had a cause. The best part:
Editor did not have pay for psychotropics to feel alive. It’s all
free entertainment. So, y’all, thanks again. Do it again tomorrow.
Friday 0230 GMT
February 19, 2016
·
Obama refuses military intervention in Libya- and Editor agrees Editor’s agreement may seem unlikely to
readers who are aware that he has never missed a chance to slam
Obama’s interventions. And why would Editor, a staunch
interventionist and proponent of an American World Empire, agree to
a non-intervention?
·
Simple.
Every military intervention or termination of a previous one that
Obama has undertaken has massively failed with consequences that
make the situation far worse than pre-intervention. So only a mad
gambler in need of psychiatric help would support any new Obama
intervention. Or someone who deeply ingests happy-making drugs,
big-time. So Editor is delighted Obama is not going into Libya –
particularly since his first venture created the spreading cancer
which is leading for new calls for intervention.
·
In this
blogging business, one has to be fair or lose credibility. In
fairness to Obama, interventions by Dubbaya Bush, Clinton, failed
too. The 1991 intervention by Pappy Bush won the tactical war and
resulted in strategic defeat. Ronnie Reagan’s Lebanon intervention
was a mess. Carter’s military intervention to rescue our hostages in
Iran flopped, but not for the reasons that people think. Johnson,
Nixon, and Ford’s Second Indochina was a tactical success and an
ignominious strategic failure, though revisionist historians now say
it did score some strategic successes. Truman in Korea managed to
regain a status quo ante, but otherwise the whole show was dismally
pathetic.
·
America
used to win wars: World War 2, World War I, Mexican-American War,
Spanish American war the counterinsurgency against the Indians, the
Civil Wars and the two wars against the British. True, we lost the
Canadian War, a great pity in Editor’s opinion, though the Canadians
would respectfully disagree. But hey, one defeat in eight wars is a
stellar score.
·
We could
discuss the reasons for why WW2 was the last time we won, like,
totally, but it would take us too far afield. Briefly, in Editor’s
opinion, America fell in love with the limited war concept – and
there are reasons for that too – and latter, fell in love with the
concept of low-casualty war. It is the combination of limited wear
with low-casualty wat – now zero casualty – has rendered America
impotent.
·
What
exactly did Obama refuse to do? After IS started talking over Iraq
and Syria, it expanded to other parts of the world, including into
the vacuum we created in Libya.
http://www.thedailybeast.com/articles/2016/02/18/exclusive-obama-refuses-to-hit-isis-s-libyan-capital.html
In the last few months, IS has expanded its personnel from 1000 to
5000 and increasing. Folks wanted US to lead a counter-intervention
to whack IS, which would be followed by a EU/NATO occupation force
led by Italy. US was required to provide the bulk of the airpower,
and to whack Sirte, IS’s capital in Libya, plus send SpecOps to
train the new Libyan Army. Where have we heard this before, Editor
asks ironically.
·
The
proposed Libya counter-intervention might have had a snowball’s
chance in Heck – assuming Heck fell to a temperature of 28F. So
Obama is right to refuse intervention, though for all the wrong
reasons. If you are trying to zoom from zero-to-60 in a car without
wheels, and have tried this again and again, yes, you do begin to
suspect that may be this is impossible. But all Obama had to do was
do his interventions with the aim of success, which of course he
cannot for loads of reasons.
·
Now Obama
needs to get out of Iraq, Syria, Yemen, Libya, the Sahel, and Africa
in general, simply because neither he, nor his successors, have the
fortitude required to win. It will then be all good.
·
A
Not-Happy story from school
Editor has always been fascinated by the interactions between
people, especially within the framework of Eros/Cupid’s realm. The
adults at Editor’s school are rigidly self-repressed, so very little
goes on with them. But with 1600 hormone-overcharged teenagers, you
can appreciate there is so much going on that Eros/Cupid’s servers
keep crashing.
·
So, in
one class Editor has a very sweet, but very experienced 17-year old.
She fell hard for another student, 16. This student is innocence
personified, a complete gentleman, loves girls but nonetheless shy,
never an improper word or gesture towards the girls or boys. Our
lady was pursuing him so fiercely class was disrupted and Editor,
while wholly sympathetic to the Joys of Love (or in this case Lust),
was getting mildly irritated. Anyway, this semester they are not
together in any of Editor’s classes, so all Quiet On The Western
Front and all that.
·
Today,
the girl told Editor in a happy daze that she and the gentleman were
now a couple. Editor ran into the gentleman and congratulated him.
So what does he say, this perfect naif and perfect gentleman? “Now
that I have (done the deed) I don’t particularly want to be with
her”. He says this in front of his male friends. There was nothing
for Editor to say. Editor was not shocked, but he certainly was
dismayed because he is very fond of both the students, and now his
boy was acting like any of the other male hoes in the school. Okay,
so the girls act like hoes too, and break boys’s hearts all the
time. So Editor is neither moralizing nor passing judgement. Still,
he feels the lady deserved better, and that the gentleman has not
lived up to the standard he had set for himself.
·
Where has
true love gone? As far the students are concerned, true love is
deader than the Dodo Bird. And if you think High School is bad,
Middle School for sure will put in hospital with a stress coronary.
And like any old person, editor feels completely powerless, and sad
too. That “love” is now a commodity used for transactions, why did
this happen? It is not the fault of the kids. It’s the fault of our
culture, which has been shaped by the parents. Ask them what’s gone
wrong.
Thursday 0230 GMT
February 18, 2016
·
The Sanctimonious Hypocrisy of Apple’s Tim Cook
First, in all fairness, Editor thanks
Cook for getting Editor out of his coma.
As one gets older, one gets
less passionate about things for obvious reasons. This condition
descended on Editor just as he was turning 70 a couple of years ago;
readers know he has been complaining about this lack of enthusiasm.
So waking yesterday to the Tim Cook story was a true blessing.
Editor’s outrage meter went from zero to 90 on a scale of 100,
within seconds. Editor even saw red, which is approaching true
hatred. Made Editor feel young again, and Tim, thank you.
·
The FBI
asked Apple to provide the key to decrypting the I-Phone belonging
to the San Bernardino terrorist murderer who killed 14 civilians a
while back so they could access the data. The I-Phone features whole
disk encryption, and after 10 wrong tries, locks the phone, making
its data inaccessible. Purely as an aside, while admitting he is a
tyro on encryption, Editor doesn’t think the matter is so complex
that FBI, with the resources of the US Government, cannot unlock the
phone. FBI is trying to set a precedent regarding whole disk
encryption, something on which FBI and Apple have been going
butt-butt since the encryption thing was announced in ?2014?. But
that FBI might be playing games does not invalidate, in the
slightest, its right to ask for the key, and Apple’s duty to hand it
over.
·
So in
typical American smarmy legalism, Cook says Apple doesn’t have the
password and in any case, cannot violate customers’ privacy, there
are bigger issues here than a mere stupid terrorist. FBI gets a
court order telling Apple to write the software needed to recover
the password. Apple says “sorry, no won’t do”. Notice, not “no can
do”, but won’t. Again, court is not saying that Apple is lying –
that’s why it wants the company to write the software.
·
So let’s
look at this a little deeper. Cook’s implication is that he gets to
decide whether the government should have access to data concerning
a terrorist act. He gets to decide that his private definition of
privacy overrules the government’s ability to fight the global war
on terror. Who died and made him king? No citizen can be above the
law. If Cook doesn’t like this, he can give up his US passport and
go wherever he keeps the company’s money.
·
Now, here
we have a company that for the sake of extra profit employs 30x as
many people in China as it does in the US
http://blog.greenamerica.org/2015/03/10/for-just-12-38-per-iphone-apple-could-pay-its-workers-a-livable-wage/
. Remember, Apple’s sound
business strategy has been to avoid commodification of its products.
It does not compete on price. So it’s not a matter of saving a dime
on each unit of production or lose the business to someone else.
Moreover, Apple has decided the US tax code is unfair to Apple and
schemes to keep its profits in countries with low corporate taxes.
·
Apple,
like many corporates, would defend itself and say its first duty is
to shareholders, so it has to save money where it can. This idea is
a bit odd because to get its products made, Apple relies on the
imposition by the US of a world order. Without this world order,
which costs whacking great sums of money, Apple might be able to go
no further than Mexico. Americans are paying those taxes, Apple is
getting a free ride. So Apple, in effect, is saying the US owes it
everything (including a patent regime the US imposes as part of its
world order) and Apple owes the US nothing. You can see the problem.
Apple and its cohorts don’t see the problem, which is why
anti-corporate sentiment has exploded ALL across America and party
lines.
·
When you
add to this Apple’s decision that privacy law is what Apple says it
is, and you get a unbearable stink. Add to this that Apple probably
has no interest in privacy except use it as a marketing tool to make
even more money. Moreover, Apple is playing games to make itself
holier than thou. It cannot possibly succeed in its defiance, but it
will fight as long as it can gain creds with its customers - and
more profit. Then you get a sanctimonious hypocrite who is
unbearably stinky.
·
May we be
permitted to ask Cook a question? Suppose tomorrow the Chinese
government tells Apple to provide the required backdoor or to get
out of China, what will Cook’s reaction be? Considering China’s
market is second only to the US’s, not much guessing is required to
get the answer. Indeed, we don’t see how Apple is selling the phone
in China in the first place unless some arrangement has been made.
·
We do
hope Cook realizes that since he prefers to do the minimum in
America and keep his labor force and profits out of America, he may
soon have his wish not to be harassed by the US Government. It’s not
important that Bernie or Trump win. They have created an entirely
new paradigm on American-style capitalism. (Yes, Victor, there are
other types of capitalism too.) Despite Hilary and Congress having
sold their souls (warning – electron scanning microscope needed to
find) to Wall Street, both parties will have to move to the left on
corporate interests. If they don’t, the fires will keep getting
hotter, and come 2020, this thoroughly corrupt lot will be working
honest jobs, say as substitute teachers.
·
Wait a
minmin. On second thoughts, NOT a good idea to let them near our
kids, who are getting pretty moral-challenged as it is thanks to
their elders. (BTW, moral-challenged is Editor’s PC term for the
phenomenon: it’s true name is situational-ethics.)
·
But
there’s hope yet: for our out-of-work politicians and bankers,
they’ll always have Foxcon.
·
PS:
Having slammed Apple and other brain-malformed corporates, Editor in
fairness has to say that the accusation Apple does not pay a living
wage in China is simply not true. $3/hr is a living wage there.
Foxcon workers are putting in 65-hrs/week not to make ends meet, but
to save both to send money home, and to get out of Foxcon to better
opportunities. We should be worrying that $7.50/hr is so not a
living wage in America, and not about the Chinese who are doing
relatively well. Don’t
forget, BTW, that Foxcon types get subsidized housing and food.
·
Oh yes, a
pome for Apple: I don’t care and I don’t know why, I just want Apple
to die, die, die.
Wednesday 0230
February 17, 2016
·
Democratic Party Superdelegates: for a minute Editor was ready to
change nationalities Some
background. Editor has not taken American nationality because he is
STILL waiting for Government of India to accept dual-nationality. At
one stage GOI had accepted the idea, but then backed down under
pressure from bureaucrats who said citizens of Pakistan and
Bangladesh could apply for Indian passports. Morons, Idiots, and
Poltroons are words too kind. A country can set any conditions it
wants on dual nationality. GOI can rule out “unacceptable”
countries.
·
Then
bureaucrats and others started saying Indian constitution does not
provide for dual-nationality. So all of a sudden Indian constitution
has become sacred? In 66-years it has been amended
one hundred times. For
sheer frivolity, Amendment 42 takes the cake. It raises the age of
retirement for officials of Public Service Commissions by two years.
52 raises the salary of Supreme Court judges and permits further
raises without reference to the Constitution. 75 lists provisions
for setting up Rent Control tribunals. You read that right: Rent
Control. 97 changes the word “Oriya” to “Odia”. Oriyas are residents
of Orissa, but this was considered too Anglicized and the state name
was changed to Odisha. Obviously proof India colonized Greece –
Odysseus and all that. The most famous of all is 39. When Mrs.
Gandhi was removed from her parliamentary seat for election fraud,
her party limited judicial scrutiny of the prime minister -
retroactively. Can we spell Banana Republic?
·
There are
many other trivialities, and people have the nerve to tell Editor
dual-nationality cannot be granted because the Constitution does not
allow it?
·
Okay, why
is it important for Editor to maintain his Indian nationality? He
hasn’t been back in 26 years and has no intention of even visiting.
Because it’s a matter of principle. Editor was born in India, and a
bunch of jackass politicians, lawyers, and bureaucrats have no moral
or ethical right to dispossess him of his heritage. So what has this
to do with Superdelegates?
·
Today
Editor learned the Democratic Party sends 4000+ delegates to the
presidential convention. A fifth of these are NOT elected by the
people but are “elected” by the party. The idea is that the party
should remain establishmentarian – no rebels welcome, and to heck
with the popular vote. On the basis of two states, Sanders is ahead
of Clinton, but on the basis of delegate count he is well behind,
because the Super-Ds want to stick with Hilary – Bernie is
considered too radical.
·
Now look,
we all know America is not a democracy but a republic. It was
explicitly set up to provide a check against the tyranny of the
majority and to provide a system in which no one branch of
government could seize power. Very sensible in Editor’s view. But
what gives a political party the right to rig its vote in favor of
the establishment? We don’t see any right; the party is not the
personal property of a few powerful honchos.
·
Would the
Democratic Party mind if Editor gave it some mild advice, which also
applies to the GOP. The people can be ruled either with their freely
given consent, or at the barrels of guns. This latter option seldom
works out well, aside from life, liberty, and the pursuit of
happiness being humankind’s natural preference. What the Dems and
Reps have on their hands is a grass-roots revolt. The Dems somehow
think they are godly noble and the GOP are devils. But its time to
realize that the people who call themselves are Dems are exploding
with anger because they see their party just as corrupt, and just as
committed to vested interests including Wall Street as the GOP. The
Trumpers think the same of their party. This is a nation-wide
revolt.
·
Now, when
faced with a revolt, you can either suppress it, or change. If the
Dems (as with the Reps) suppress the demands for change, they will
only increase the rage of the people, make them feel cheated, and
the more determination to get change. If they lose hope in peaceful
action, they will be more likely to resort to violence which is not
going to help either party or America. As it is people are
increasingly convinced their Government is less than legitimate. In
this fervid atmosphere real radicals – and Bernie and Trump are most
emphatically NOT radicals – will come to the fore and then we’ll be
sorry.
·
It is
naturally for those who have been comfortably in power for decades
to label those who want change as crazies endangering national
stability. But it’s the Dems and Reps who are endangering national
stability.
·
Editor’s
suggestion to both sides is to let the cries for party democracies
prevail. Hilary will likely still prevail. But if she continues to
frustrate the demand for change, she could occasion a revolt which
will hand the election to Trump. Editor suspects that the GOP is
increasingly realization that crushing Trump is not going to work,
and if he wins, he will destroy the GOP as it exists. BTW, if his
supporters revolt, that
could give the election to Hilary, sending the GOP to the
wilderness.
·
Oh yes,
what about the almost change of Editor’s nationality. Why change? It
allows him to vote and to join the ranks of the rebels who want to
change America. Not sure how that would work, though. Editor has to
be bed by 8PM with hos four pillows and four bears. He hates to have
his routine disturbed. He hates to travel. He needs the small income
from his job. Humans may be born free but they remain in chains.
Editor has ideas on how to change that.
Tuesday 0230 GMT
February 16, 2016
·
Einstein’s Gravitation Waves
100-years ago, Einstein postulated this formula. Now it has been
found.
http://www.nytimes.com/2016/02/12/science/ligo-gravitational-waves-black-holes-einstein.html?_r=0
The Big E had only pencil and paper. We’re told he was not
particularly good at math, and relied on others. Nonetheless, since
they didn’t have the required technology for detection back then,
Einstein’s purely theoretical math told him gravitational waves must
exist. To say the man was a genius surely vastly underrates his
intellect. To Editor, at least, it seems he must be have been much
higher than a genius, whatever term you want to use. Probably you’d
have to invent it yourself.
·
The
latest findings seem inevitably to pose the question: if pure math
can explain the universe, might the universe be a mathematical
construct? Separately folks have been working on the idea that the
universe has been constructed as a video game, by a Super Game
Programmer? Us simple in the head types call the Super Game
Programmer God.
·
So Editor
has been plowing through Ted Tegmark’s book “The Mathematical
Universe” a paragraph at a time, reading each para ten times over,
and getting may be one in a hundred. The book is written for
non-mathematicians, but what an astrophysicist calls
“non-mathematical”, seems to be about as understandable as
multivariate calculus. Now Editor has reached the point where
Tegmark says the universe is constructed on the basis of a handful
of numbers. But here’s the freaky part:
none of the numbers has any meaning. They are just numbers.
·
Tegmark
is, these days, exploring the idea of consciousness as a
mathematical pattern. He
discussed this at some TED conference or the other. Now if you
accept the idea of a mathematical universe, its just a small jump to
the idea consciousness is a mathematical pattern. From there, it’s
just a small jump – at least for us Indians – that matter comes from
God’s consciousness. To be fair, while many scientists do accept
that idea, a whole others think this is purest bat-poop. They even
think multiple universes are bat-poop, ignoring Tegmark’s point that
even if there is one infinite universe, since we’ll never get to
other parts, it may as well be thought of another universe.
·
All
Editor is asking is this: if Einstein derived the fundamental nature
of the universe through deep thought and some math, is it impossible
that the Indians of millennia ago came to understand the universe’s
fundamental nature through deep though and the use of some – er –
strong drink? Is it impossible that there are non-mathematical ways
of finding the truth? Indians will have no problem with the idea of
God as a Super Video Gamer, because we believe God creates an
infinity of universes to keep himself from terminal boredom. And if
you are a person that powerful, what else is there for you except to
play games.
·
Whenever
Editor has had this debate with westerners who were not partaking of
– er – strong drink, their objection is that there is no
replicability to the revealed knowledge of Indian sages. Without
replicability, there is no scientific method. Without scientific
method there is no validity.
·
Fair
enough. But again this begs the question: is there only the western
scientific method to the truth? Yes, it may be all that we have
right now. Then isn’t it incumbent on us Indians to show that
knowledge revealed through altered consciousness is replicable?
Indians believe it is. Then instead of beating each other up about
who is a good Hindu and who not (same thing the Islamists are doing)
shouldn’t we be getting off our fat butts and getting down to work?
Monday 0230 GMT
February 15, 2016
·
UAE to send SF to Syria to train Sunnis tribesmen who will fight IS for Raqqa. Editor prides
himself on being able to make sense of the most senseless
situations, but here he is flummoxed. Let’s look at this
step-by-step.
·
Syria is
Sunni dominant, and ruled by a Shia minority. With the rise of Iran
after the US kicked out its ally against Iran, Saddam, the oil Sunni
states started backing IS. This is IS’s second incarnation. The
first, consisting of Sunnis disenfranchised by the rise of Shia
Iran, was defeated by the US. In this endeavor the US was supported
by Sunni tribesmen who sided with the US for three reasons. They had
disputes with the anti-Baghdad Sunnis; they needed money and
weapons; and they wanted to increase their bargaining position
vis-à-vis Shia Baghdad. If you’re already going “not tonight dear, I
have a headache”, relax because it’s going to get much worse.
·
After US
left in 2011, Baghdad understandably cracked down not just on all
Sunnis, but also the Sunni awakenings. Iran’s influence in Iraq,
already very large, became even larger. So the Sunni oil states
redoubled their support for their co-religionists, and helped the
anti-Shia insurgents not just to regaining strength in Iraq, but
also in Syria. It became imperative for the Gulf states to block
this rising Shia axis of Syria, Iran, and Iraq.
·
We’ve
previously discussed the origins of the Shia-Sunni split: each side
believes it is the true successor to the Prophet. But there is more
to it. Iran harks back to the Persian Empire that was supreme in the
region until the rise of the Ottoman Empire, which became the most
powerful factor in the region, intruding deeply into Europe, and on
the other side, overrunning India. So no love lost.
·
We need
to take a short time-out to clarify a serious point: your Editor’s
super-summarized explanation will drive historians mad with fury.
But with apologies to the scholars, we have no choice except to
simplify, simplify, simplify. This way our readers can identify the
basic motivations driving the regional players today.
·
So at first things are going
swimmingly for the Sunnis thanks to IS, Nusra, and assorted looney
tuners (we speak from a western view point, but even 95% of Muslims
would agree this lot are looney-tuners – the great majority of their
victims are Muslims of every version). IS looked set to take most of
Iraq, and with the other baddies, most of Syria. Mission almost
accomplished, Iran would be back in its cage.
·
Then back
comes that all-powerful bull in the china shop, aka, the US. Having
destroyed Iraq, its own ally and bulwark against enemy Iran, the US
steps in to start whacking IS etc in Iraq/Syria. But because the US
decided its beautiful pink bunny slippers should not be soiled by
the dirt of the region, it restricted itself to a wholly
lackadaisical air campaign. This allowed Iran to come out openly as
The Decider in Iraq and later Syria.
·
Meanwhile, Assad was being knocked to his knees by an unlikely
opportunist alliance of the US with Islamists and Syrian Kurds. We
wont mention the alleged “Syrian moderates” that the US fantasized
about because Editor will laugh so much he’ll fall sick.
·
Also
meanwhile, no one is thinking about the Russians. US put them in a
cage after the fall of USSR. Okay, so the Bear was rattling the cage
in Ukraine, but what relevance did he have to the Mideast? Only 400+
year strategy of expanding south just as Rus previously expanded to
the Pacific, then to the borders of Western Europe, then in the
post-WW2 period to South Asia, the Caribbean, and Africa. Okay, but
that was the past. Except as they say, the past is prelude to the
future (or is it the other way around). The Bear jumped into Syria
with all four paws and – we’ve discussed this many times – began
chomping up Assad’s enemies left and right. Ruthless as always, the
Russians in three months did what the US (clueless as ever) thought
they could never do.
·
If you’re
still awake, its just a few minutes more and you can go do something
useful. Encouraged by the US, the Sunni oil states and Turkey have
decided to fight back and are marching to another glorious defeat.
By the time this is over, US will probably have lost all credibility
in Middle East/North Africa, and the Persian Lion will be nipping at
our privates just to remind who’s in charge and who not.
·
So the
impending arrival of the UAE Special Force trainers is just one
matchstick of the pathetically feeble new US strategy. First,
consider this arrival is illegal under international law, and this
includes the US/Coalition. But the US doesn’t care much for the law
if it hampers us. The point is that this intervention is totally
pointless and cannot be sustained. Anyone fighting IS is helping
Assad/Iran and the Syrian Kurds (which will lead to big trouble with
the Turks). The UAE/US tool will be Sunni tribes. Perhaps the
prospect of temporary gain has caused them to lose their senses, but
the first thing that will happen is IS and Nusra will turn on these
tribes and destroy them, just as IS has destroyed the alleged Free
Syrian Army. The next thing will be that IS/Nusra/baddies will turn
on Turkey and Saudi. IS is already expanding in Libya and in Yemen;
AQ is expanding in Yemen.
·
To think
a bunch of mercenary Sunnis trained by the UAE and backed by the US
are going to defeat Islamic State is pure delusion. Just because the
UAE troops have “Special Forces” attached to their names does NOT
mean they have the capability to set up effective opposition to
IS/Nusra/baddies. This is a joke of extreme proportions.
·
Has US
asked itself why UAE, Saudi, Turkey are consenting to the
destruction of their creatures? Well, because they haven’t consented
to any such thing. They are doing the usual Arab thing of trying to
simultaneously ride two horses – which are running in opposite
directions. The result will be what it always, a Wiley E Coyote act
of running frantically in the air, looking down, and crashing.
·
In this
case the Sunni states are trying to ride three horses: (a) keep US
happy by punching the air instead of actually battling the
Islamists; (b) telling the Islamists to keep within the lines drawn
by the Sunni states and stop thinking they can 8ndercut their
patrons; and (c) wprk on destroying Assad.
·
Maybe
Editor is wrong, but he doesn’t see how any of this can work.
Sunday 0230 GMT February 14, 2016
·
President Obama wrote a Valentine poem for his wife
Awwwww! Editor being very competitive
felt compelled to also write a poem, in his case to the last ex,
Mrs. R IV. It’s so romantic that Editor had to suppress several
scoffs.
Roses are red
Violets are blue
Give me chocolate
And you can be untrue
·
But more
seriously, true love and all that is the most wonderful thing in the
world – while it lasts. Mrs. R IV and Editor were completely and
totally into the true love thing. So much so the relationship never
matured into the healthy affection, acceptance, and respect needed
for a stable, committed marriage. The expectations remained so high
that no human being could fulfill them. Each failure to meet
impossible standard caused more anger, more bitterness. In such a
situation, the comment-worthy thing is not the marriage broke up,
but that it lasted as long as it did, three decades plus.
·
So
obviously, no one is going to listen to Editor, any more than he
listened to anyone. Nonetheless, for whatever its worth, the Indian
system of arranged marriage with right of refusal before engagement
works, and is more rational than marriage for true love.
·
BTW, in
case you wonder why Editor is getting all disgustingly mushy, it is
because he’s listening to music from the late 1950s and early 1960s,
harking back to days of innocence and many true loves.
·
The Syria ceasefire First the
Editor was outraged at the stupidity of the US in negotiating it.
Then he reminded himself: we’re now a totally incompetent nation
ruled by morons, so no sense in getting angry, anymore there’s sense
in raging at the weather. It just is, no need to rage or complain.
·
To be
clear – this expression is so overused and meaningless that it
causes much gnashing of Editor’s teeth and even more when he uses it
– Editor is not railing against the US for negotiating the
ceasefire. There’s nothing to rail about, because it makes not the
slightest difference to US chances of victory in the Syria war.
These were nil to begin with and remain nil. The railing is because
of the foolish pretentiousness of the administration. Unlike others,
Editor will not single out the SecState for extra doses of sewage
because he is part of an intellectually corrupt and compromised
system.
·
Why is
this administration so keen on the flimsiest of verbal constructs as
a substitute for action? Why is it letting Russia make repeated fool
of the United State? Has the administration no respect for America
rather and instead prefers to play games of self-importance while
the Russians laugh in glee?
·
Here’s
the thing. The US is so desperate to show the world it is in charge
in Syria that it hit upon the idea of a ceasefire which it could
then expand to peace talks (already failed) and a removal of Assad
from the scene. Not a single thing about this compound objective
makes the least sense, and none of it is achievable.
·
So the
Russians decided to have another giggle at our expense. They agreed
to a ceasefire – after a week, if totally intractable issues can be
worked out, when anyone knows those issues cannot be worked out. One
reason is that the Russians have no interest in resolving the
issues. They are on a roll, why should they cooperate with the US to
give a boost to the US’s ago?
·
Straightaway Assad said he is not ceasing fire until the terrorists
are wiped out. To be clear – everyone who opposes him is a
terrorist. Straightaway the Russians said they will continue
operations against the terrorists. No surprise they also consider
anyone who opposes Assad is a terrorist. Thus one side already has
said there will be no ceasefire means that SecState Kerry had
nothing to go on to except his own fervid imagination.
·
BTW, is
this some kind of a joke? The discussions took place in Munich.
·
Look at
the ground situation. The Russian offensive has worked, and
remarkably quickly at that. Assad has already almost surrounded
Aleppo/Homs, where the rebellion began. We mentioned yesterday (we
think) that some rebels are saying the loss of Aleppo will put them
back to zero. More important, they have closed the northern supply
routes to the rebels, which include IS, al Nusra, and various people
like US “moderates”. The rebels are going to starve, and the
Russians will level Aleppo. There is no way of stopping this because
the US will not intervene in the strength it needs to.
·
Editor is
constantly amazed at the US/West’s assertion that insurgencies
cannot be defeated by force. What did Sri Lanka just do? What India
do in Kashmir? What did the US do in Iraq? What did the Russians do
in the Caucuses? What did the
Pakistanis do in East Bengal 1971 and Balochistan several times?
What did the British do in Malaya, Kenya, Aden and so on on, back in
the day? What did the British, aided by the Americans do in Greece
after WW2? What did the US do dozens of times in Central America,
including the 1980s wars in Nicaragua, Guatemala, El Salvador?
·
Look, if
people cannot get their facts right, they are going to fail, fail
again, and fail some more. That’s the US.
·
Right
after the ceasefire in Syria was announced, CNN with wide-eyed
naivety asked if Russian was playing America for a fool? See, just
this one question shows how our rulers are total cretins. Of course
the Russians are making fools of us, and have been from the start!
Why should they do otherwise? The US has its goals and doesn’t care
what the Russians think. Likewise, why should the Russians not push
for their own interests? Just because the US declared a new world
order – to be run by us, of course? The Russians and Chinese never
agreed. Why did Clinton-Bush-Obama buy this fantasy?
·
If a
pompous, strutting clown insists of being made a fool of, the
Russians are not about to deny the US its wish.
·
The most
utterly pathetic thing is that when SecState was asked what if the
Russians didn’t uphold the ceasefire (since they haven’t agreed to
anything, they will not be failing to uphold anything), our brave
leader said the US does not have infinite patience and there will be
consequences.
·
Like
what? A Saudi led force of 150,000 to arrive in Syria? How? And if
it does arrive, what will happen? Saudi/Gulf allies haven’t been
able to fight their way out of a paper bag in Yemen, they’re going
to fight Russia? Please note that insane as Erdogan of Turkey is,
he’s already said he is not participating in any invasion of Syria.
·
Erdogan
speaks of closing the Dardanelles against Russia. May the good Lord
save us from fools and poltroons. This will provide Russia the
excuse it needs to seize the Dardanelles. Who’s going to stop Putin?
NATO? Oh please, stop making us laugh already!! What’s going to
happen when Iran sends 100,000 Revolutionary Guard into Syria
through Iraq? What’s going to happen when the Russians quadruple
their sorties to stop the Saudis? The US is going to attack Iran?
The US is going to protect the Saudis from Russia’s reprisals? Who
will stop Hezbollah from using the confusion to attack Israel, or
turn on its coalition partners in Lebanon? Turkey closing the
Dardanelles and Saudi intervening in Syria is just what Russia needs
to order a mobilization and start sending ground troops to Syria.
·
If we
manage to cause the Russians discomfort, they will play the nuclear
card. They did that in 1973. Hey, Bozos of Washington, you want a
nuclear war with the Russians. The American people will storm the
government and turn you out. There is not a single American who
wants nuclear war over - just imagine – Syria, where there is not
one single US interest.
·
So can
your threats Mr. SecState. Have some dignity, and not act like Mel
Brooks in “Blazing Saddles” where he is grabs the bad guy’s boot and
is dragged along the mud screaming “Please! Have some dignity!” Mel
Brooks was hilarious. You and yours, Sec State? Not so much.
Saturday 0230
February 13, 2016
To maintain our sanity, Americans must
accept we are incompetent
·
For a
while, about 9-10 years ago, Editor started getting very bothered at
our incompetence in the business of war. Very slowly he began to
realize it wasn’t just war, but we were equally incompetent at
foreign policy, K-12 education, health insurance, policing,
transport infrastructure, immigration and on and on. This
incompetence was not just for $100-billion projects, but often even
for billion dollar projects. The disease was evident even at the
micro-level.
·
For
example, our architects and funding folks seem unable to grasp the
simplest of realities. In a building, you cannot just have the
numbers of bathrooms equal for men and women. Any moron knows you
need twice as many bathrooms for women; Editor suspects it may even
be 2.5-to-1. It’s simple math. In a given space, you can fit in six
urinals and six stalls for men. But you cannot fit 12 stalls for
women in the same space; likely you can fit only six. Duh! Plus
women for reasons not necessary to discuss here need more bathroom
time. That’s why we’re guessing 2.5-to-1.
·
To
Editor, all this massive incompetence was inexplicable because
America was for so long the paragon of efficiency and “can do-ism”
and no baloney and no posturing. It was also depressing because
Editor kept worrying: what will happen to America? Are we going to
end up like a 3rd world country? Mama, was this the end?
·
Now,
Editor spent 20 adult years in India, a country which Editor is
sorry to say, is perpetually with Lucy in the Sky with Diamonds. We
are not just inefficient in the way the 3rd World is, we
are on a perpetual mind-blowing trip. Indians don’t need booze or
drugs to get stoned. They are naturally stoned. In his younger days
this bothered him no end. In his 40s he realized no one could do
anything about it, Indians simply did not have it together to live
in the modern industrial world. After that Editor became very calm
about India. You can’t rage at the desert for being hot or the poles
for being cold. It’s a definitional condition. Deserts are hot, the
poles are cold and nothing anyone can do to change that. Ditto,
Indians were incompetent and that was that.
·
It has
taken a very long time for Editor to realize that Lo! We Americans
too have become incompetent. It is our default condition, not an
aberration. Just like India=Chaos, US = Incompetence. Can we help it
if we are born white or black or brown or yellow? No. Can we help it
our hair is black, brunet, blond, or red? Obviously not.
·
The
realization came from months of reading American media prescriptions
of our “correct” course in Iraq/Syria, where 9 of 1 commentators,
educated/informed/thoughtful, kept coming up with utterly bizarre
solutions that took no account of reality. For example, one
assumption is that we are in charge, if we lead right, the problem
will be solved. But people don’t understand that we are not in
charge, so we cannot lead right, all because we are unwilling to
commit the resources and accept the sacrifice to be in charge.
·
The final
straw was twofold. One was SecState Kerry’s declaration that the
Syria “ceasefire” was an American triumph, whereas any cretin knows
it is an American defeat. Read Shashank Joshi in the Guardian
http://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/2016/feb/12/russia-big-winner-syria-flawed-truce-assad-europe-us
because he puts the case much better than we could.
·
Another
was a Washington Post lead editorial bashing Trump as making no
sense and having no plan, and therefore not worth of considerable.
Editor actually had to sit down and hold his aching head. If a
mainstream media source cannot understand that despite Trump making
no sense under old paradigms, he makes perfect sense in the new
paradigm, then we’re in big trouble. Anyone with the least
acquaintance with real people understands perfectly why he and
Sanders are so wildly popular, particularly the young people. It is
not they are stupid, it is
that Washington Post is so stupid it doesn’t even know what’s
happening in its own country! People are so angry at being feed
bull-poop for decades that they hate the establishment and are
willing to vote for anyone who also hates the establishment even if
the two candidates have no experience or rehearsed plan. WashPo
cannot understand that every time Hillary comes up with a 24-point
plan for the simplest of problems, with 24 headings in each point,
and 24 subheadings in each heading, and looks pleased at her own
brilliance, that people are even more turned off and become even
more angry!
·
Finally
it hit Editor: he is having all these problems about America because
he thinks it is still a rational, efficient, and effective country,
when it has become just plain incompetent. Look, folks, if you solve
problems it’s all quite simple. When you cannot get an answer, maybe
it’s time to take a step back and see if you’ve defined the problem
correctly. Once you accept that we are just plain blithering idiots
completely detached from reality, and that we need large doses of
psychotropics to attach us to reality again, then everything America
is doing makes perfect sense. So: stay calm and pretend this
is the plan, a poster you
will find in many teachers’ classrooms. Then we can all joins hands
and sing “La La! La La!” together in harmony while tiptoeing through
the tulips, and beating each other with flowers on the hour and so
on.
·
BTW, to
be fair to Indians we have to clarify: they are not attached to the
reality needed to progress in the 21st Century, but that
doesn’t mean they’re nuts. They’re attached to another, much more
powerful reality that has prevailed and worked for millennia. Now
they’re trying to overnight jettison that reality for one imposed by
the West, and the result is going to be we’ll become schizoid and
have a mass collective breakdown. We’ll only be following in
America’s footsteps, and as we know, America is the greatest and
best
·
Also BTW:
you’ll say we Americans are already on Prozac so we should be okay.
Nononono! Prozac is like taking baby aspirin to alleviate the pain
of a major physical accident. We have long needed much stronger
stuff, sorry about that.
Friday 0230 GMT
February 12, 2016
Missed Thursday update due college work
·
Erdogan is losing it The
pressures on Mr. Erdogan of Turkey are mounting so rapidly he has no
response other than shouting. He has three frustrations. One, he is
a father to the resurgent Sunni Islamic State, which he backs to
check Shia Iran, and IS is losing ground. Two, the Syrian Kurds are
winning. Three, the Russians are upsetting Erdogan’s plans to get
rid of Assad of Syria, and in his haste to shout at the Russians, he
has made a bitter enemy.
·
IS losing
ground does not in the least means is it anywhere close to defeat.
For once the US is being sensible and predicting years are needed
for its defeat. What US is not understanding that it already
defeated IS once in its previous incarnation, in Iraq. US left, IS
came back. US will defeat
IS, and the way the US is going about it guarantees 100% that years
will be required. Then the US will leave, and IS or its successor
will come back. US refuses to accept that Shia Iraq will
not forgive the Iraqi
Muslims. It isn’t just Saddam, it’s also 400-years of oppression by
the Sunnis. Instead of helping create a Sunni Iraq state that the US
will protect, US is trying to reverse the law of entropy, and
reassemble a broken egg.
·
Nonetheless, IS’s losses means that Turkey’s anti-Iran strategy is
failing. It is not, of course, just his strategy, the conservative
Sunni oil states are part of the anti-Iraq coalition.
·
Next, the
US has decided that it’s not worth supporting Turkey when the IS
threat increases every day – it may be losing ground in Syria and
Iraq, but its gaining at other locations. So the US is backing the
Syrian Kurds, who have enthusiastically fought the Kurds and are
increasing their area. The prospect of a Syrian Kurd state, or even
an autonomous region with future Syria, is understandably driving
Erdogan bats because every day increases the likelihood that the
Turkish Kurds will begin a full-scale revolt. The world has changed
since Turkey repeatedly smashed its insurgent Kurds using
large-scale military force. This will not work for the same reason
Assad’s repression of his people didn’t work – the rest of the world
piles in to stop the killing.
·
Erdogan,
of course, is solely to blame for the increasing trouble among his
Kurds. After negotiating and implementing a decent peace agreement
with them – no small achievement, he decided to make them the excuse
to gain unlimited power in Turkey and began a crackdown, to which
the Turkish Kurds are responding with their own violence. So Editor
cannot feel sorry for him.
·
The
Russia problem is simple: thanks to Russia, Assad is not going
anywhere anytime soon. The US Government, with the same disdain for
reality it has shown for several years, decided in a
passive-aggressive approach toward the Russian intervention: “let
them learn the lesson that force is not going to work, let them get
into their own Mideast quagmire”. Well, Editor said months ago the
Russians were not going to get into any quagmire because they are
not hypocritical about killing their enemies. The Russians may
change their objectives, but currently they will limit themselves to
assuring a Lesser Syria, based on the western half of the country.
Interestingly, the Russians have also allied themselves with the
Syrian Kurds – the same ones we insist are “ours”.
·
Erdogan’s
latest response has been to raise his shouting to screaming level.
He is threatening to let Syrian refugees transit his country without
hindrance, unless EU/US do what he wants, which is whack Assad. US –
again of course – realized a while ago that whacking Assad is only
to make the problem of IS worse, so it has stopped even pretending
it is anti-Assad. EU etc have the same approach now: they best way
to solve the refugee problem and to defeat IS is to stabilize Syria,
and they don’t give a hoot if it means Assad survives. Erdogan’s
behavior is astonishingly juvenile. If he does not control his
borders, he is violating his NATO commitment, and any remaining
chance of every joining the EU (steadily receding because he has
become an Islamist to become the Dictator of Turkey).
·
Then he
is shouting at the US: You are either with us or against us, meaning
stop supporting the Syrian Kurds and start attacking Assad. In
general, it is not a good idea for twerps to scream at the US and
say “if you don’t do as I say, you are my enemy”. US has been
surprisingly patient with Erdogan ever since he blocked one axis of
the 2003 advance to Baghdad, from the north. This allowed Saddam and
his stay-behind guerilla force to activate, leading to the 8-years
of trouble we are all familiar with.
The US, in its lazy way, is being polite to Turkey because
of the infrastructure it is now proving for air strikes against IS.
The US needs to use Jordan as it base, not Turkey, and give Erdogan
a few smacks to put him in his place.
·
To those
of us who have watched Erdogan from his start, what he has become is
quite startling. He started off convincing the West he would respect
Turkey’s democratic institutions, but from the start began taking
steps to become a dictator. Of course, many Turks even back then
warned that Erdogan had no love for democracy. For his first
10-years this didn’t seem to matter much because he presided over a
remarkable expansion of the Turkish economy. And he ended the
Kurdish problem through compromise. That’s all fallen apart because
of his Syria intervention.
·
The
problem is that Erdogan wants to be the Calif of a new Ottoman
Empire. Well, Editor wants to be the Calif of the US so that he can
have a date every Saturday night (other nights he has to work, sorry
about that, ladies. Even the Saturday night dates will have to end
at 8PM because Editor starts fading and is asleep by 9PM). So
obviously the idea of US Calif is totally delusional, and so is
Erdogan’s idea. How anyone can be so delusional when he has so
little going for him and rules a small country of no importance on
the world stage is baffling. But one thing is for sure: yelling at
Russia, US, EU will get him nowhere, except
to a timeout in a corner.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
February 10, 2016
·
Tiger Woods: Media Lies, No Sex, and No Videotape
(Heh heh heh, bet that leader got your
attention). Background: Editor is roaming all over the internet,
trying to learn if Wikipedia’s entry on Burundi Army wrongly
identifies a possible 122 Paracommando Battalion as 22 Paracommando
Battalion. That your Editor spends his time on stuff this obscure
shows not just that he doesn’t a life, which you knew, but that he
is also severely sick in the head, which you always suspected. Who
cares if instead of 22 Battalion it should be 122? Nobody. Will
anyone pay Editor for the one hour he spent, futilely, in this
matter? No. Doesn’t Editor have anything better to do? Yes, he’s got
two homework assignments, plus Complete World Armies 2016 to update,
plus the daily blog, plus a bunch of other stuff. So why is he
wasting his time? Good question, but no answer.
·
So in the
course of this repeated clicking and surfing, he sees a headline
which he thinks says that Tiger Woods is planning a comeback, and
that he has a new girlfriend. In the 80-milliseconds devoted to this
headline, Editor thinks (he is a Tiger fan (though not a golf fan),
he’s been sad at Tiger’s fall from grace for simply having a little
naughty time, and even sadder that the comeback has been so
pathetic. If he’s got a new girlfriend, great, because maybe he’ll
make his comeback now. To read the story, Editor goes “Click”.
·
What he
finds is
http://tinyurl.com/jtw4tkg and the heading “‘Not Even
Acquaintances?’ Photos Disprove Tiger Woods’ Manager’s Denial Of
Steamy Romance With Pro Golfer Pal’s Ex-Wife –– See The Tell Tale
Signs In 14 Clicks”. The foto shows our hero with a nice-looking
blonde lady. Okay, for what happens next Editor is entirely to
blame, but nonetheless he learns a cautionary tale. Editor starts
going through the pictures which disprove Tiger’s denial of a steamy
romance (are they in Delhi during the monsoon on a day when the sun
is out? It’s pretty steamy). He’s baffled because the pictures
highlight some pleasant-faced but ordinary dark-haired lady who is
hanging around Tiger + New Girl Friend’s golf cart. Then there is a
shot of a dark-haired lady striking a pose, and Editor gets more
baffled, Why these pictures of the dark-haired lady? What about his
new blonde girlfriend? Moreover, there’s no steam between him and
Blondie, they could be brother and sister because their behavior to
each other so proper.
·
Editor is
at the end of the slides (seemed a lot more than 14 clicks) before a
caption enlightens him. The blonde is an ex-girlfriend, and the
dark-haired lady is supposed to be the steamy romance. But Darkie is
never seen with Tiger; he’s surrounded by many people and she’s just
one. Then Editor notices that the lady highlighted in the slides and
lady shown in a pose are not
the same person. In other words, this is a total put up job from
start to finish.
·
Okay, so
the tabloids are quite economical with the truth. But this is just
plain slimy. Moreover, and this is upsetting to Editor, this
stitching-up is so badly done. Editor has done his share of
falsifying things, but he prides himself on doing a credible and
solidly thought out job. This Tiger thing is wholly unprofessional.
Don’t the liars at the website have any shame? Apparently not. Why
don’t these people spend their time exploring their bodily crevices
for cockroaches instead of slandering Tiger? One supposes they are
not searching for cockroaches because
they are the cockroaches.
Ugh.
·
Back
to Burundi So, why is the
matter of the Paracommando battalion important? Isn’t Burundi the
back of beyond? And what significance does it have aside from
contributing a large contingent to the AU mission is Somalia? All
this is true. But that’s not the point. When you collect
information, you have to be as through as you can. ALL information
is useful, even if you have no idea when it will be needed. Working
as he does by himself, Editor cannot list every piece of
information, but certainly it’s important to list all combat units
of all armies that one can get.
·
Wikipedia
lists a 22nd and 124th Paracommando Battalions
for Burundi. A word on Wikipedia as a source for military data. If
you want precision it is not a good idea to use Wikipedia,
particularly with its habit of letting anyone change any entry. But
that doesn’t mean Wikipedia should not be used. On collating
information from official websites it often does a good job. Editor
would not use a Wikipedia entry as a substitute for his own
research, he will always check with his own sources. Nonetheless,
Wikipedia is among the 300 or more open sources that Editor searches
regularly for clues.
·
So Editor
has a reasonably authoritative reference for a 121st
Parachute Battalion. Now look at the sequence 22nd, 121st,
and 124th. It’s reasonable to wonder if 22nd
should really be 122nd. It’s also reasonable to wonder
that maybe 22nd is correct, and that 124th is
a mistake for 121st. There are several other permutations
and combination, which you have to go through at lightning speed.
Then you have to keep that in your head so that the next time you
come across a clue, you remember you had a question. That clue can
be anywhere. For example, IRIN is a relief network. But it discusses
refugees and military atrocities. So every so often, a military unit
is discussed. That doesn’t mean that IRIN is always accurate. But
often it relies on official sources such as the UN: “xyz battalion
of ABC country has been credibly found to have engages in
atrocities.” You have to consider it, which means assigning a
reliability rating based on experience – for IRIN Editor uses
“Good”.
·
As you
can see, the orbatting thing gets quite complicated. Governments
have many people working on the overall subject so it makes things a
lot easier for them as opposed to our one-pony show. Oddly, though,
having to do it all or at least 80% at the best of times confers an
advantage: Editor gets an overview of the world, which is very
important. This is now Year 55 Editor has been at it. People who
like lists usually start when they’re young. So the sheer time the
Editor has devoted is a big help. For 20 of those 55-years Editor
could focus full-time. For the rest, its been half-time. You have to
give up a lot, but then as you will know from your own interests, to
be good at something means huge amounts of time. To be really good
at something means you have to be a compulsive obsessive. The
psychologists say This Is Not A Good Thing, but then what exactly
have they created.
·
Incidentally, working super-hard is not to be confused with genius.
Editor has a quite ordinary IQ; it keeps going up because he spends
most of his time learning. It nonetheless remains quite ordinary.
That’s the thing though: you can achieve many things without being a
genius simply by working flat-out.
·
Editor’s
sole complaint is that he has seldom made enough money so that he
can spend all his time on his subject. All his time does not mean
2000-hrs/year. It means 4000-hrs/yr. That’s the way it is for anyone
who wants to be at the top of their field, whatever the field might
be.
·
Hope this
of some use to the Young People.
Tuesday 0230 GMT
February 9 , 2016
·
Okinawa and the US Marines So
20-years ago, the US and Japan decided to shut the big Marine
airbase at Futenma, Okinawa and build a new one in a less-populated
area using reclaimed land. Over the years, the civil population had
built closer and closer to Futenma, and a single aircraft accident
could potentially kill many people.
http://www.nbcnews.com/news/world/okinawa-relocation-u-s-military-base-triggers-protests-n453486
·
Okinawa,
BTW, has 75% of the US’s military installations in Japan, and
there’s a reason for it. Okinawa
is a focal point for the defense of Japan; moreover, Editor suspects
back in 1945 it was undeveloped compared to now. The Okinawa folks
don’t want the new base and don’t care what will replace Futenma,
because essentially they want the US to leave.
The Okinawa governor banned base
construction. Tokyo overruled him. The Gov feels this was
disrespectful to the wishes of the local residents. Last we heard,
Okinawa was part of Japan. As such in military matters, Tokyo gets
to decide what’s best and – sorry about that – the wishes of the
local folks are irrelevant. The locals say the base will bring too
much noise, and will ruin a pristine bay. True, but with Futenma
shut the noise in a heavily-populated area will be gone, and folks
can use that land for productive purposes.
·
Now,
Editor could bash the moronity of the Okinawans, because they are
acting as if they are more important that the rest of Japan. Its
fine for them to have a not-so-secret sub-text of “we don’t want US
bases, period; it’s okay for them to say the cost is too high for
them and other parts of Japan must do more. But how to overcome the
problem that Okinawa is the first line of defense for the Home
Islands? And if you don’t like the bases, how about coming up with a
solution?
·
Ahem,
ahem. Editor modestly proclaims he has a solution. Let Japan spend
4% of its GDP on defense instead freeloading off the American
taxpayer; and let it develop its own N-weapons so that the US
doesn’t have to risk retaliation against its territory in case Japan
gets into a fight with China. The Okinawa bases will then all be
Japanese. Nary an American will be seen, and the deer and antelope
can play home on the range. If Okinawa doesn’t want ANY bases,
there’s a solution for that too: declare independence, and then
declare neutrality.
·
Incidentally, because of the increasing threat Japan has doubled the
number of F-15s at Naha Air Base from 20 to 40, and activated a new
wing (9th). Twice as much noise. Also incidentally,
having to shift 20 more F-15s has gotten the Japanese to realize –
the horror of it all – that they don’t have enough combat aircraft.
Is there anyone with the least military knowledge who didn’t know
that already? Real geniuses, these Japanese. They deserve a serious
smacking with limp noodles.
·
Editor’s solution to the football CTE problem The problem is solved in a one rule change:
require players to play without protection, as happens in rugby. No
protection will ensure that players don’t try and kill the other guy
because it will mean killing themselves.
·
BTW, idea
has no idea who this football commissioner is. Editor knows nothing
about football and doesn’t want to. But because this CTE issue has
been so much in the media, even Editor knows the Comish has
dismissed concerns about CTE by saying everything has risks. Wot an
ass. Of course everything has risks. There is a tiny but finite
chance time will stop and we’ll all die – without knowing we’re
dead, of course. Do we want to do something that will increase the
chance to – say – 1 in a million this will happen so that
billionaires can make more bucks? The idea these days in sports is
to reduce the risk of deliberate injury. So, for example, we don’t
let our ice-hockey players carry maces along with their hockey
sticks. You wanna make ice hockey more exciting? Maces would make it
more exciting, for sure. Every five minutes you’d have to stop the
game to clear the dead players from the rink. You’d need 100 players
for each side because of the casualty rate.
·
More
seriously, why should the football team owners make vast payola at
the cost of players they consider expendable? If they don’t want to
change the way the game is played, let them assure lifetime medical
care and decent pensions – starting from the first day of training –
to the players so that at least they’re looked after if their health
turns bad.
· Just sayi
Monday 0230 GMT
February 8, 2016
·
Mr. Sanders and Isolationism
Mr. Sanders has clearly indicated he favors an America MYOB foreign
policy. MYOB, in case you’ve forgotten Middle School, is Mind Your
Own Business. To which Editor’s standard Middle School response is
since he has no life, he has no business, so he must mind yours. At
any rate, Editor digresses. Let him state outright that he thinks a
dose of Isolationism is a good idea. Why? Because we’ve been making
so many foreign policy errors. One after another, that common sense
we need to take a break. Besides, we are approaching the stage – if
we are not there already – where we furiously immerse ourselves in
foreign policy because we have no answers to our problem at home.
Common sense says that that’s not healthy.
·
Nonetheless, we do hope that Mr. Sanders realizes that Isolationism
will require a big jump in defense spending, not a reduction. A jump
is what Editor wants, but that’s not germane to the point he’s
making. America fights in distant lands so that it should not have
to fight at home. By virtue of our ocean buffers we’ve been pretty
darn successful at it. If we come home, the potential enemy comes a
lot closer to our home. In Europe, for example, we lose the land
buffer that we added after 1940 to the Atlantic Ocean buffer. In the
Pacific, it means dealing with the Chinese from Hawaii, instead of
several thousand miles to its west. In the south it means letting
potential trouble come right up to the Mexican border. In the north
it means giving up Canada as a buffer.
·
When you
have no or shallower buffers, you need more force to defend
yourself. Aside from the matter of distance, we lose allied forces
that work with us; so again, we need more forces. At the height of
the Cold War, for example, we maintain five army divisions in
Central Europe and stocks for another five that could be quickly
flown in. But our allies provided the equivalent of – say – another
30 divisions, and neutrals like Sweden and Switzerland had 12
divisions each to protect their neutrality, strengthening our
European defense.
·
Indeed,
Finland, Sweden, and Switzerland are good examples of what we mean
when we say being neutral requires more forces. These are countries
with tiny populations, ranging between 5- and 10-million. Yet they
were each prepared to put 600,000 troops into the field (roughly
speaking) to defend their neutrality. Naturally, they needed only to
prove too hard for the Warsaw Pact to digest. They didn’t have
anything of such value that the Pact would want to fight and occupy
these countries. With the US its different, because we are a very
valuable target indeed. You can, of course, say we are protected
because we have more crazies than the rest of the world put
together, so someone would have to be even more crazy than us to
attack us. Possibly, but it may not be a good idea to depend on our
nutzoid-ness for self-protection.
·
Editor
realizes that all these may seem unlikely to many people, and not to
be taken seriously. But geopolitics and geostrategy have their own
logic. Who could have seriously foretold that one day it would
become a major imperative for Japan to contain us in the Pacific;
and, if Hitler had won the British Isles, to contain us in the
Atlantic? BTW, just imagine the fun if Hitler, with the wealth of
Europe behind him, had taken over Greenland and put bases in Eastern
Canada to attack us from a lot closer to home.
·
Many
people might say “but this conquest business is so old fashioned, no
one wants to do that today.” Possibly. But would you want to base
our national security on the presumption that human nature has
changed? True, we are mostly wimpified now. Does that mean it has to
continue be that way? Editor wouldn’t like to bet on it.
·
Feminist icon Gloria Steinem says that young women support Bernie Sanders because that’s where
the boys are to be found. https://t.co/RvDZmyDL3C . Readers
can count themselves lucky (or unlikely) that Editor did not drop
everything and rush off to join Sanders, because he so wants to be
where the girls are. Editor’s usual lack of cash, plus who is going
to pay the mortgage while he’s away and so on. To those of us men
who were early feminists, though, the statement is mildly
disappointing for obvious reasons. True, we were influenced to
listen to Steinem because she was a Hot Babe, and us men are so
shallow we’ll take any excuse to frankly stare at Hot Babes.
Nonetheless, what counts is the destination, not how one gets there.
·
Wait,
you’ll say, did you just call yourself a feminist and say Steinem
was a Hot Babe? Yes, and this is where some extreme feminists go
wrong. Feminism never meant
that us guys (and some gals) should not celebrate womanly hotness,
or that women can’t celebrate their own hotness. Feminism means an
acceptance of total equality for women. That doesn’t deem illegal
normal girl-boy action and nor would the vast majority of feminists
want that. In Steinem’s case, she is now 81 (how time flies) and
Editor thinks she would enjoy being referred to as Hot, even if
Editor is taking about her 30s to 60s. Editor too would enjoy being
referred to as Hot, and it is a source of deep sadness that he has
never, even been called that. Not once, not even in jest.
But then women would say
being a feminist means not having to lie to keep men happy. On the
other hand, what’s wrong with a bit of lying? We men are required to
do it all the time to keep women happy – they call it paying a
compliment. But then no one said life must be fair.
·
More
seriously, however, where’s the need for outrage? Why can’t Steinem
sound off? Where is the law that says she must make sense at all
times when speaking publically? Why can’t she be silly and defend
herself for being silly? Editor thinks her statement was charming.
We’d suggest people give her and themselves a break from outrage. Us
Americans are so outraged all the time we seem to have no space left
for any other emotion. Indeed, Editor is outraged that feminists are
outraged. Or was the outrage simply a lazy copy-writer’s stereotype
and that hardly anyone is actually outraged?
Sunday 0230 GMT
February 7, 2016
·
The callousness of humans
This has nothing to do with our usual beat, but is something that
has been bothering Editor these last few days. He cannot say why;
the news each day is filled with stories of the callousness of
humans. Perhaps it is because the two stories Editor wants to note
concern children, a 6-year old boy in India and a 13-year old girl
in Virginia.
·
In the
first case, a 6-year old student was found dead in a reservoir water
tank at the school. His absence was not noticed. His father says the
boy was found without his clothes and had been sexually assaulted.
Further, the water tank is not easy to access. The callous part is
that when the boy was discovered, not one school staff person did
anything to get the body out. An 11th Grade student ran
for the swimming coach, who refused to help. Apparently there was
some concern about exposed electrical wires. The 11th
Grade student jumped in and retrieved the body, but it was too late.
This story, at least, has some redeeming value because of the
selfless actions of the 11th Grade student.
·
The
second case, in Virginia has no redeeming value at all. A 13-year
girl was found murdered with her throat cut. The persons responsible
were an 18-year old boy at Virginia Tech who was a star athlete, and
his friend, a 19-year old girl who was in a dual-major science
program with the ambition of working with NASA. Both accused are
from Howard County, Maryland, which is adjacent to Editor’s
Montgomery County. They came from good homes, had never been in
trouble, etc etc.
·
The
teenaged victim had twice survived illnesses that should, by rights,
have killed her. She was fat, plain, and routinely verbally abused
by her peers at school and in her on-line life. She met the 18-year
old boy on-line, and he initiated a relationship with her that – as
far as is known right now, included sex.
·
The
college kids came up with a plot to kill the teenager. Not known in
whether they plotted the murder after the boy met the teenager, or
whether it was plotted first and he went looking for a likely victim
on-line. At any rate, he lured her out of her house one night: she
pushed her dresser against her bedroom door and escaped via a window
and was murdered. After her disappearance, police used her social
media presence and cell-phone to track down the boy suspect. Neither
of the college kids has given any indication of what motivated them.
The 19-year girl, at least, has confessed to the murder plot and to
helping her male friend to dispose of the body, while saying she was
not at the scene. It is said she planned the modalities of the
killing.
·
To add
insult to grave injury, the 19-year old student’s lawyers pleaded
with the judge to grant her bail. On what ground? They brought up a
troubled state of mind which included her repeated cutting of
herself, and said that her mental health could collapse if she was
jailed. They added that she was allergic to gluten and a gluten free
diet was unlikely to be provided in jail. She, on the other hand,
told the court she has not been getting her dosage of anti-anxiety
medicine in jail. She also said something about “I have learned to
love myself”, apparently because she stopped the self-mutilation.
·
The
lawyers, of course, must do their best to spin facts to spare their
client jail. But to Editor, it seems ghastly we have such a system.
Simple logic says that she is already mentally disturbed to the
point of committing murder, so why exactly should she be left free
to roam on bail? The judge refused bail, correctly in our view. If
she is a deranged killer, why should the lawyers be allowed to bring
up her mental state as a defense at trial?
·
They will
be allowed because American law permits it. The great weakness of
American law, in Editor’s view, is this concept of state of mind.
When a murder has been committed in cold blood, what does the state
of mind matter? And what does it matter if she did not do the actual
killing? This is another weakness of American law: punishing people
on the proportionality of their act. Yes, a person who drives the
get-away car is less culpable than the actual killer. But if there
is more than one killer, how does it matter who fired the shots that
led to the actual death of the victim? An abused woman has to be set
free if she kills her abuser in the act. That is self-defense. But
shooting her abuser while he is asleep because she sees no way of
escaping the relationship? Sorry, that is murder.
·
In cases
where the mental state is at issue, how can mental-health
professionals say with any degree of certainty that a killer or
co-killer should be given a reduced sentence in the form of a mental
hospital for reasons of insanity, and released when s/he is declared
well? Why should past abuse merit present leniency? After all, for
every abused person who turns to crime, there are hundreds, perhaps
thousands, who do not. It seems to Editor that these are legitimate
questions requiring answers.
·
Meanwhile, as is usual when adults are discussing children, the
media and those they interview have the social media thing totally
backward. The lesson is not that you need to keep a tight check on
your children’s social media life. Because you cannot possibly
succeed. I work with 1500+ teenagers at my school, and I can assure
parents with 100% certainty that under no conditions can they
control their children on this issue. All they can do is to create a
loving environment for their child so that s/he will not feel the
need for dangerous behavior. Or if they do get into trouble, they
should know they can always tell their parents without fear of
judgement or punishment.
·
What
Editor cannot understand is the dead girl’s mother. She knew her
daughter was being bullied because very often the girl would not
want to go to school. Why did she not jump down the school’s throat
to ensure her daughter’s safety? Where were the girl’s teachers and
other school adults? In my school and I am sure in almost every
school, we adults keep a constant lookout for bullying and bullied
children. It is our duty to do so, because we have taken
responsibility for the children’s safety and well-being while in
school. How can any parent, or any teacher, remain indifferent to a
child’s suffering? On her online life line the dead girl was
desperate for approval, affection, and love. Why was she driven to
this stage? She did not get what she wanted except from the false
promises of a predator. This too is an example of human callousness.
Saturday 0230 GMT
February 6, 2016
·
Julian Assange and the State of Anti-Americanism This case shows only how much the world hates
America. A UN panel has ruled that Assange is being “arbitrarily
detained” by the UK and Sweden since 2010, and should be free to
leave the Colombian Embassy without fear of arrest. Apparently the
UN panel needs to brush up (a) on its law, and (b) on the English
language.
·
Recap:
Assange fled Sweden in 2010 on IIRC two sexual assault and one rape
charges. He arrived in the UK. The British government detained him
on a request from Sweden, as it is required to do. He was freed on
bail and asked to remain in specified place while the extradition
was examined in court. At some point, fearing he would be
extradited, he broke bail and fled to the Colombian Embassy seeking
political asylum. So now he is wanted on a British warrant as well
as the Swedish warrant.
·
The UN
panel wants the gentleman freed. But he is not being held by anyone
except by his own choice. The Brits merely want him from jumping
bail, and the Swedes want him for a serious criminal violation. Were
he to surrender to the British courts, doubtless he will get a slap
on the wrist and the extradition proceedings will continue. If he
loses his case, he will be sent to Sweden. None of this has anything
to do with the Brits. The UN panel wants the criminal laws of Sweden
and British and Euro laws to be trashed. Not sure where the UN gets
the authority to do this.
·
If you
are falling asleep reading this, Editor won’t blame you. He was
about to start on this rant when he fell into a deep sleep lasting
90-minutes – despite having had plenty of sleep the previous night.
This may have had something to do with a young lady. She held hands
briefly with Editor. When Editor said that her boyfriend was now
long the ex-boyfriend so she had Editor’s permission to hold his
hand longer, she immediately said: “Wonder what he’s up to?” and
began dialing him. But Editor is inured to rejection and this was
not the reason he fell asleep. It was simply the utter boredom of
dealing with Assange again.
·
For
Assange to assume that Sweden would hand him to the Americans is
beyond absurd. What he did was no crime in Sweden, or apparently
even in the US. The leaker of documents has his just reward, but
Assange was acting as a journalist and it is quite unclear the FBI
could make a case that would pass muster. Until he feared arrest on
Swedish criminal charges, Assange was perfectly happy in Sweden. He
apprehended no danger of arrest and extradition to the US. The US
made no request to Sweden. When Assange ran to the UK, US made no
request. It is hard to conclude that he is using feared arrest as an
excuse to avoid trial in Sweden. The US has
·
The UN
panel has shown no interest in justice for women victimized by
violence. All it has done underline, once again, how much of the
world absolutely hates America. Now, Editor understands perfectly
why this is so. The US being the leading (and now only) sole
superpower since 1944, naturally throws its weight around to gain
advantage for itself. Non-Americans naturally resent it. Even our
closest allies – Canada and the UK - indulge in heavy-duty
anti-Americanism. All this is OK, it’s simply life.
·
Editor’s
point is this. Why then, wherever there is a crisis that other
nations cannot themselves handle, is the US sent for? In particular,
why do the Euros do this when they have a GDP equally to the US’s,
and a bigger population? Of course, even this is perfectly
understandable. Hypocrisy is also part of life. Other nations love
the US when they need it, and hate it when they don’t. Nonetheless,
for Americans this is getting old and tired. Moreover, if they are
going to put a major hate on the US, why do it on behalf of an
alleged rapist? Are there not women on the UN panel and in the
elites of the countries defending Assange? Are there not men who
abhor the crime of rape? Which BTW, Editor was brought up to believe
was more serious than murder. How can these people, because of their
hate, make this an issue of Assange versus the US? The US does not
have a dog in this fight any more than Britain. This a
law-enforcement plain and simple, arising from Assange’s behavior in
Sweden.
·
Well,
okay, why is Editor exercising himself about the great readiness of
intellectual elites in most of the world to ignore crimes against
women so they hate the US? Isn’t this part of life, too?
·
It is,
but it should not because all these people are violating their own
values. If Assange had not been a political darling for the
anti-Americans, would anyone be suggesting his warrants should be
ignored and he should be free to go where he wants?
·
The issue
is not helped by the hidden sub-text of justifications used to
defend Assange, such as “Come on, what Assange did is not serious.”
If we recall right, a woman consented to sex with Assange on the
condition he use a condom. She refused him when he did not. By any
definition this is rape. It is for the woman to say that what he did
was not serious, it is not for us. It is for the Swedish people to
make their laws as long as they do not violate UN conventions on
human rights, not for us to tell the Swedes what they should
consider serious.
·
This is
typical elite behavior: laws are for the serfs, they should be
treated as conditional in the case of Those Anointed By God To Rule
– and curse the US for not doing what they want, rather than what
the US wants.
·
Our
personal theory is that Assange is terrified of Swedish jail, but
even more terrified that whether found innocent or guilty he will be
put on the next plane to his home country as an undesirable alien.
His home country is Australia, a close ally of the US. But however
close the US and Australia may be, it is no closer than the US and
UK. The US did not ask for Assange when he was in the UK. So why
should it ask for him when he back home. Unless he has done
something to displease his government. Nonetheless, Assange and
Company have spun his actions so cleverly as one of intellectual
freedom, that it becomes hard to see Australia would hold him over
the WikiLeaks thing.
·
Ironically, Assange does not seem to realize that if the US wants
him, he is easy prey in Colombia, a nation made lawless in the
extreme by narco lords. Editor is not up on the latest prices, but
seems to think $100 for a street hit would handily suffice.
Friday 0230 February
5, 2016
·
More on F-35 So we haven’t
dared send yesterday’s article to any real experts, because we don’t
want to be mocked for wasting their time – real experts can be quite
tetchy. We further learn the author is a mining engineer and
successful entrepreneur, much reviled in climate change scientists
because he believes the sun is in a cooling cycle. Nothing new here,
lots of people believe that and for reasons we don’t need to discuss
here, the idea makes more sense than global warming. Of course these
days talking about cooling instead of warming earns a death
sentence, people are so fanatical. And you were thinking Islamic
State was bad. Anyway, that’s not our business if someone wants to
get into that discussion. Editor is solely a defense/international
security person with a decent working knowledge of some other
fields.
·
We need
to clarify that the F-35 program is likely badly managed. In a sense
that seems inevitable given its gargantuan size and the huge
technology leap involved. It’s not apparent to us that any other
country could have done better, or even conceived of undertaking
such a program, and there are complicated reasons we only partly
understand for the US’s not-so-stellar reputation for giant weapons
programs that go majorly over cost. But, see, that has NOTHING to do
with the aircraft’s performance!
·
BTW, it
is not helpful when the media keeps referring to the plane as the
world’s most expensive military project. Of course it is! Look at
the number of aircraft: 2400, which is the current number; it will
increase. So that “most expensive” label explains exactly nothing.
·
Yesterday
we mentioned that in future fighter combat has become where the
performance is put into the missile and not so much into the
aircraft itself. Of course, to get the best performance from the
missile means putting a lot of really complicated – and expensive –
systems on the missile carrier. But dogfights a la World War II are
no longer something to be concerned about. Yes, of course, that’s
disappointing to jousting fighter pilots and more disappointing to
us armchair enthusiasts. It just seems unsporting and not kosher to
have the plane sort of skulk and sneak around in the battle space,
doing its best not to be seen/targeted, while the real fighting is
left to by a robot missile. Where’s the courage, the glory, the
spectacle? Sorry, we just
have to get over it. You want courage, glory, the spectacle, give
the guys (and now gals) swords that cost a couple of hundred bucks
and let them hack away. You do NOT spend $350-million (life cycle)
for a plane so that you can a have a gladiator contest.
·
Possibly
the most interesting thing about the F-35, aside from its ability to
look everywhere in a 360-degree sphere so that the pilot can see
planes on top of him, under him, behind, to the side, in front, is
that the aircraft Sidewinder missile is
networked. Think about
this for a moment and you’ll see the idea is quite staggering: a
plane can fire the missile, and it can be taken over by AWACS, other
fighters, a UAV (eventually), or even a satellite (conceptually).
You fire, but the missile will be controlled by the aerospace asset
best placed to make a kill. The Apache attack helicopter already has
such a system, where other helicopters can take control of the
missile.
·
BTW, the
new Sidewinder X Block III will be a beyond visual range missile,
pretty impressive for a missile designed in the 1950s for dogfight
ranges. Moreover, once a target is acquired and missile launched,
neither the aircraft nor the missile will paint the target with
radar. The missile will go passive, hugely complicated the
defender’s task and hugely reducing the F-35’s vulnerability while
in combat. Not all our readers are interested in hardware, but to us
this has definite “Wow!” appeal. The F-35 will carry six; four
internally and two externally. And of course, if things go south at
very close range, it also has a high-speed cannon. Its 180 rounds
for sure rule out Snoopy and the Red Baron engagements, but the idea
is to provide the F-35 another chance of disengaging and running
away.
·
The
article had the criticism that the plane is not even really in
service and already $2.5-billion or something has been budgeted for
upgrades. Normally this would be outrageous. Why do you need to
upgrade a plane just entering service? Surely because the plane is
highly snafued and corrections need to be made. In this case,
however, not so much. The comment is an example of outsiders
claiming to be experts without knowing anything about the subject.
First, a bit of background.
·
Back in
World War 2, you had an airplane to start the war with, say an A
model. Then immediate feedback would start coming in from combat
experience. You would quickly incorporate the improvements into the
next batch of aircraft, and call it the B model. Four or six months later, you
had more experience and a C model. And so on. The F-35 is a flying
software box. It is designed from the start to be upgraded
continuously. It’s all called the A model (the B and C models are
for the Marines and the Navy, and by the way, some say they’re
already different aircraft). But what you are seeing in 2016 is not
really the A model, or as the British would say, Mark I. Editor is
not too up on the plane, but suspects the ones coming off the
production line now are more like Mark 3.
·
What the
US is doing is what it did with great success in the 1940s and
1950s: produce and improve, in a continuous loop. The Russians have
always done this, to this day, and for marketing reasons they put a
new number on the plane. The allegedly super-fighter Su-35 is
actually your basic Su-27 upgraded to Model E. It should correctly
be termed a Flanker E, which is exactly what NATO calls it. But
marketing wise, Su-27E is not as sexy as Su-35. Though the US return
to its old system of continuous improvement is, for some reason,
upsetting the heck out of the public, which alleges an unready
airplane has been declared ready, this is a very sensible way to
proceed. Particularly with an ageing fighter force. There are
reasons for the ageing force, none of which reflect well on American
weapons procurement management, but that’s another story.
·
Yes, of
course part of the money is being used to remedy non-software
deficiencies. That’s the whole point of continuous improvement. Back
in the day the user would have had to live with the deficiencies
until a new model came out. Now they don’t. You see, the process of
producing weapons system has become so complex and so messed up,
that if we waited for the perfect airplane, it would not get built
in a thousand years. Admiral Gorshkov, the father of the modern
Russian Navy, used to say: “Best is the enemy of good enough”. This
is a deeply profound observation that Editor for decades has said
the US needed to recall – it was the US way once. He, at least, is
glad that it has become that way again.
Thursday 0230 GMT
February 4, 2016
·
The F-35: Many Misunderstandings
We saw an article
http://dailycaller.com/2016/01/22/american-gripen-the-solution-to-the-f-35-nightmare/
which makes the F-35 looks like the worst idea that the US has come
up in decades. The media source, BTW, is a political magazine, so
not a technical source. Moreover, the author’s field seems to be
climate science. So we’re a
bit confused. We’re going to take just a few statements from the
article to address some common misunderstandings about the F-35. The
author argues the F-35 is a failure, too expensive, and needs to be
terminated. In its place he would revive the YF-23 for the heavy
fighter role – he doesn’t like the F-22 either because its expensive
to fly, and the Swedish Grippen to replace the F-35. Yes, we realize
the more knowledgeable of our readers are going “Say WHAT?”. We’re
going to have to summarize some of his arguments and our replies,
else we’re looking a long paper, not a short blog entry.
·
We
lost one F-117 in Kosovo, and another was mission-killed, so stealth
isn’t what its made out to be. Also, the loss rate was higher than that of
the F-16. How many aircraft did US lose over Kosovo in 1999? One
F-16 and one F-117; a mission-kill is not an aircraft lost, it
simply means the aircraft was damaged so it could not complete its
mission. Since when in the history of air warfare has that been
called a kill? So back to
Statistics 1. You are comparing two aircraft’s loss rates, with a
sample size for each of 1. Makes sense? Not really.
·
Next,
because of F-117’s stealth, it was sent in for the riskiest of
strikes. So no comparison can be made even if there was a bigger
sample size.
·
Another problem. Who said
that stealth means you will never lose a single plane? All it means
is that you have a big advantage over the enemy; but you’re still
going to lose planes.
·
Simulation shows that F-35 kills only 1.6 Su-35s for every one loss But who made this simulation? Where did the
input figures come from? What were the parameters used? We don’t
know. We can, however, guess. The Su-35 figures will have come from
the Russians, who naturally enough are pushing their plane to the
world. The Su-35, BTW, is the latest Flanker model, not a new plane.
A new plane would have named Su-37 or whatever. It should really be
called an Su-27E. Except no one would be particularly impressed. The
F-35 figures likely came from the write-ups in the press after F-35
completed its preliminary air-combat tests against an F-16, and the
F-16 came out better.
·
Aaannnnnd? So what? The plane used was the Number 2 prototype, not a
combat version. It lacked most systems that make an F-35 an F-35.
This was not Dissimilar Air Combat at Top Gun school or whatever;
the F-35 was flown within limited parameters in a stripped down
version. So where’s the basis for comparison? None.
·
One thing
folks tend to forget about the F-35 is that by itself, it is just a
dumb platform. Its capabilities don’t lie in traditional fighter
parameters, but in its stealth and its very advanced systems. To
take an extreme case, you could take a jet trainer but arm it with 2
x AAMs of extreme sophistication and 100% autonomous operation. The
trainer would simply be to carry the AAMs into the skies. So that
the trainer could be outfought by any real combat aircraft is
entirely irrelevant. The other thing folks forget is that F-35 is
NOT an air superiority fighter, but a Close Air Support Fighter. So
again, there is no basis for comparison.
·
F-35’s
turn rate is well below that of a Su-35; it will be killed in air
combat. Groan. Do people still think that today’s air combat is a
matter of turn rates? Here’s news. First, we don’t know what the
F-35’s real turn rate and we have only the Russian word for their
turn rate. Second, F-35 does not need to get on anyone’s tail. It
can be passing an enemy fighter going in the opposite direction. All
the pilot does is look at the enemy fighter, point and shoot. The
missile will find the enemy wherever he is. Moreover, the F-35’s
AAMs can be guided. The F-35 has a 360-degree view – in
3-dimensions. F-35 can move to evade while simultaneously fighting
the enemy. As far as we know, no aircraft can outfight a
Sidewinder-X. Please forget Snoopy and the Red Baron. We’ve moved
on.
·
Thanks
to new sensors, an F-35 can be detected by a Su-35 at 100-miles
Really? How foolish the US
is, starting to deploy a plane meant for 30-years of service, when a
critical feature – stealth – is already compromised! If you believe
that, you’ll believe Editor when he tells you he has a date for
Saturday. Meaning, you’ll believe the Moon is made of green cheese.
Wednesday 0230 GMT February 3, 2016
·
So what do the Iowa results mean?
Luckily for our readers, Editor has no
clue, so they are spared another mind-numbing analysis that
clarifies nothing. Nonetheless, some obvious points to note. Polls
can be wrong – Trump was supposed to win handily. Instead he not
just lost to Cruz, who is the second most hated person in the GOP –
Trump being Numero Uno – but had to endure Rubio make big gains,
also not predicted by the polls. Trump himself wonders if skipping
the last Iowa debate because he had had it with Fox News (his
complaints are 100% valid, BTW) cost him Iowa. The consensus is that
Rubio grabbed a ton of Trump’s votes.
But this explains nothing, because he
must also have grabbed a ton of Cruz’s votes. There are suggestions
Trump’s election organization is not up to snuff. Which is strange
given he is a big businessperson. But for sure, the machine is
everything – as Hilary, who runs a juggernaught.
·
As for
Hilary, winning by a fraction of 1-point is bad news. Sanders was
30-points behind her some months ago and she was expected to win
easily though he continued to close the gap. In Our Never Humble
Opinion, none of this matters. She is going to lose New Hampshire,
but once the race broadens, especially into the big, diverse states
that in effect elect the winner, it’s a different game, and one that
heavily favors her.
·
Cruz is
supposed to have won because of evangelical support. His dad was
(is?) a pastor, and you cannot doubt the man’s religious
convictions. Once primaries move to the southern states, Cruz has
the opportunity to win big time. It all depends, however, on how
angry people are, and they’re pretty angry. Trump is the leader of
the Anger Party for the GOP as is Sanders for the Democrats. Much of
this country is NOT up for being “sensible”. They want to smash the
system regardless of the consequences. IONHO the system badly needs
smashing. If an establishment candidate wins, the revolution will be
further delayed, which will make it more violent when it does come.
·
Back to the US Navy boats and Iran
First, please note that the Iran
Government has awarded medals to its naval personnel for capturing –
not rescuing – the US Navy boats. We could write lengthy articles on
what this means, but not everything has a meaning that’s interesting
so let’s ignore the whys. We want to focus on what the SecState told
us, and he said it was a rescue. Would the SecState lie to us? You
betcher. That’s the American elite today, lies, lies, and more lies.
And no sex or videotapes either.
·
Apparently the latest is that the US Navy says the boats’ GPS was
not jammed, it was a navigation error. Meaning two separate boat
crews don’t known have to navigate even with GPS. Normally, we’d
have said this is impossible. But following the US Naval Institute
blogs debate, Editor learns there are many navy people out there who
strongly believe that professional standards have been eroded to the
extent that the US Navy, which is (or was) the most professional
military organization in the world, is indeed generating sailors who
cannot read GPS.
·
The
stronger opinion seems to be that its highly improbable that two
crews misread their GPSs. Therefore, this was an Iran ambush – we
won’t discuss the reasons, because that is another boring story.
·
Nonetheless, the Editor has seen nothing that answers his basic
question, which concerns the course laid down by whoever is
responsible for laying the course. Why did the course require the
short-legged boats to sail east into the middle of the Gulf, run
south, and then turn west again, unnecessarily extending their
journey? Why was the tanker rendezvous – if there was one – set for
3.5-nautical miles from Iran’s territorial waters? Why was the alleged tanker to
the west of Faris Island instead of intersecting the southward
course of the boats, which means keeping to the east. Why were the
boats tanks not filled in Kuwait – we showed readers that with full
tanks and setting course to the west of Faris, the boats had plenty
of fuel to make the journey.
·
The Navy
says the course was intended to avoid the territorial waters of any
country but Kuwait and Bahrain. Does the US Navy think we’re all
morons and don’t know that (a) you don’t have to sail to the middle
of the Gulf to avoid anyone else’s territorial waters, and (b) the
country between Kuwait and Bahrain is Saudi Arabia which a staunch
US ally? It’s okay to rendezvous 3.5-nm off Iran’s territorial
waters but it’s not hug close to Saudi’s territorial waters? Has
America sunk so low it cannot even lie effectively? Apparently so.
·
None of
this answers the other big question. Okay, the boats were mistakenly
in Iran’s waters. That still gives Iran no right to capture the
boats. That still doesn’t mean that if the Iranians are bent on
capture the boats have to surrender. We can reasonably assume the
boats were not told to defend themselves because of the possible
impact on the lifting of sanctions, even though even us morons can
figure out absolutely nothing would have happened if the boats had
fought back. Iran would hardly have called off its agreement because
of an piddly incident involving a handful of gun boats. And why is
our job to care more about the agreement than Iran? If the Iranians
cannot be bothered to avoid provocations just before the agreement
went into effect, it would have been their loss, not America’s.
·
Ah, you
wisely say, but no agreement would have been Obama’s/Kerry’s loss.
Correct. Then we come back to the point that politicians willing to
sacrifice the nation’s honor for their personal gain need to be
shot.
·
Of
course, this is irrelevant according to the US Navy, because its
objective was to get its sailors back safely. So what will it take
before the Navy wakes up? Do the Iranians have to hijack the USS
Nimitz or whatever before the Navy says “we will fight”? We have
further argued that even of the C-in-C’s orders were to stand down,
they should not have been
obeyed. Every order from the C-in-C is not legal. As we’ve asked
before, if the boats had fought it out, what would the C-in-C have
done? Order court-martials of the Navy brass? How amusing. The
brass’s purpose in life is to defend the nation and its honor, not
smooch the C-in-C’s butt. If the brass doesn’t get it, they need to
be fired, instead of blaming 10 young sailors.
·
Oh, BTW,
the sailors were debriefed and then flown back to the US for a
reunion with their families. Just what exactly is the trauma they
suffered that they have to be rewarded while other sailors spend 8-9
months at a time on deployment.
·
Hey, US
Navy sailors! You wanna gone home early? Invite the Iranians to
capture your ship for 17-hours and humiliate you! It’s a done deal,
what?
Tuesday 0230 February
2, 2016
·
Venezuela is economically down the tubes. IMF says inflation might be as high as 720%
this year; last year’s was a backbreaking 275%. The GDP contracted
10% last year and is expected to go down 8% this year. It is hard to
visualize what an almost 2000% 2-year inflation along with a
one-fifth GDP reduction means. President Maduro still pretends there
is nothing wrong that he cannot fix, and still continues to make
things as difficult for the opposition – now in control of
Parliament – as possible. He has had his judicial cronies declare
three parliamentary seats won by the opposition as invalid. The
significance is that with those 3 seats Parliament can vote him out.
The unknown becomes the Army. If things explode will it continue
backing Maduro? Not if it has any wish to survive. But desperate
people do desperate things in desperate times. Aside from the Army,
there are plenty of armed, organized Chavistas around.
·
Nigeria’s Boko Haram attacked
Dalori, population 25,000, killing 86. According to a survivor, the
attackers firebombed huts with children in them, doubtless adding to
Boko rising higher in the esteem of its God. Whoever that might be.
Boko espouses Islamist beliefs – according to itself. Perhaps Editor
is just plain ignorant, but he has never heard of any branch of
Islam condoning the burning alive of children. Editor thinks it’s
time we stopped considering Boko having anything to do with Islam.
·
Yemen A top Salafist cleric
delivered a strong sermon Friday against AQ and Islamic State in
Aden. On Sunday his tortured, mutilated body was found. Salafis are
among the most extreme of Islam’s sects. Editor suspects his sermon
was motivated more by nationalist anger against foreign invaders
than by anger against AQ/IS methods. Meanwhile, AQ and IS continue
making gains. The Saudi coalition continues fumbling around. No
surprise there. It’s the same stupidity that Saudi’s American
patrons continues to show, thinking that wars against insurgents can
be won by airpower alone. The Saudi leadership is not known for its
deep thinking in the first place, but combine that with America’s
influence and you get another Oh No Not Again situation.
·
America’s top commander in Iraq tell us that carpet bombing Islamic State is
against “American values”. He was responding to US political
hard-liners calling for that tactic to be used. Further, he says,
““at the end of the day, you know, it doesn’t only matter whether or
not you win, it matters how you win." Actually, Editor does not
know, so great is his ignorance. America’s approach to war has
traditionally been that winning is not just the main thing, it’s the
only thing. Editor has heard of the Constitution, which he believes
details quite nicely American values. Not to be a fundamentalist or
something like that, but he knows of nothing in that august and
venerable document that says we must be nice guys when we go to war.
Editor thought anyone who resorts to force must end a war as quickly
as possible so that the fewest number of people suffer.
·
Do
American values encompass pussyfooting around while thousands of
civilians continue dying every month at the hands of IS and its
analogs? If so, this is news to Editor. This general’s C-in-C is
also fond of telling us x, y, z are not American values, but again,
who exactly died and made these people the judge of American values.
Is it part of our values to encourage, aid, and abet a people to
rise against its tyrant, and then let them suffer for five years and
going because we refuse to do what they need us to do? This seems
immoral, to Editor, particularly as we did it before, in Libya.. But
then, come to thinking of it, given the way our elite behaves,
immorality does seem to have become a precious American. So precious
that we send other to die for our geostrategical aims while doing
everything we can to see they fail.
·
Now, of
course, this general spoke to be one up on Russia – he said we hold
the moral high ground here, presumably because we don’t carpet bomb
anymore and the Russians do. Two points. In case the general hasn’t
noticed, the Russians are winning their war and we are not winning
ours. And when you start claiming that you are more moral than the
Russians, then you have reached the bottom of the sewer. Oh yes,
good general also says that when Raqqa falls, it will mark the start
of the end for IS. But we were told IS in the form of its precursors
was eliminated by us in Iraq by 2011. We were told Taliban was
finished. We were told AQ was defeated. Stupid us for having the
slightest faith in what a military commander says.
http://abcnews.go.com/Politics/us-general-calls-carpet-bombing-isis-american-values/story?id=36643104
Monday 0230 GMT February 1, 2016
·
The case of Captains Calamity
Editor believes it is his right to do as
he wants without interference from the state. The obverse of that
is, however, if he gets into trouble doing something risky, he has
no right to ask the state to save him at the taxpayer’s expense.
·
Which
brings us to the case of Captains Calamity. Two American gentlemen,
whom the UK Daily Mail politely terms “geriatric”, set sail last
July from Norway, with the aim of making it to Maine. You might
think by now they would be done. Actually, they are off Cornwall,
where they have had to be
rescued a ninth time.
http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-3419190/Pair-American-Captain-Calamity-sailors-seventies-rescued-NINTH-time-failing-tie-yacht.html This time they forget to tie
up their boat when they made harbor, and disembarked leaving a
burning candle on board. You guessed the rest: the boat caught fire,
drifted off, and had to be rescued again.
·
Editor
freely confesses he knows nothing about boats, except they should be
avoided at all costs. But even he knows you don’t leave an open
flame on your boat as you toddle-off to see the sights in town. And
that you have to tie your boat in port. Obviously these gents know
that, but forgot.
·
So
obviously if they are so forgetful they should abandon this idea of
crossing the Atlantic, particularly as this was the ninth rescue.
Each time this suggestion has been made, they decline to change
their plans. How much have the rescues cost? Apparently a rescue on
average costs about $25,000 per person, and is hardly risk free for
rescuers. These gents have been rescued six times in Norway,
Denmark, Scotland, Northern Ireland, Ireland, and now three times
off England. And they haven’t really even begun their trip.
·
Readers
may disagree, but Editor feels that if they set out yet again, there
are only three alternatives. One, they could post cash bond for the
next rescue. Two, they should be arrested and prevented from leaving
except on an airplane for home. Three, they could be allowed to go
where they will, with the clear understanding no rescue will be made
by a government. These gents cannot have it both ways because it is
simply amoral and plain wrong to expect taxpayers to subsidize their
idiocies.
·
Americans
have become quite amazing in their sense of entitlement: they do
what they want, but the rest of society picks up the cost.
Meanwhile, they never stop criticizing the heavy hand of the
Government.
·
The same thing applies to the Oregon ranchers who staged an armed occupation of a national
park. They complain that the Government is not letting them earn a
living, when in fact they are using the people’s land to graze their
cattle, costing far more than they pay in fees, and interfering with
other folks’ use of the land. This is not – or at least was not –
the American Way.
·
Now,
Editor has every sympathy for these folks. Just as he has every
sympathy for the tens of millions of Americans thrown out of work
because of globalization. Editor read years ago that
six million handloom
Indian weavers lost their livelihood when cheap machine imports from
China were permitted into India. Editor feels this is wrong, just as
he feels that if the ranchers are being denied their livelihood
because giant corporations and/or globalization is squeezing the
life out of them. But that doesn’t entitle them to a taxpayer
subsidy.
·
That
said, Editor is highly disturbed at the way a protest leader was
shot down. First, let Editor be very clear: he is a hard
law-and-order person. No one has the right to seize land/buildings
belonging to the people and preventing others from going about their
business. Still, Editor thought the Feds were handling the matter
well. Even though they were under tremendous pressure to clear these
folks out, the Feds had been avoiding the use of force and focusing
on talking. One of the leaders for whom there was a warrant was
stopped on the highway. The Feds had every right to stop him. He
left his car, put his hands in the air, and walked away from the
car. A big mistake, but apparently he didn’t want a fusillade taking
out the people in his vehicle.
·
On the
usual pretext – he reached as if for a gun – he was killed in cold
blood. Ironically, this is the same FBI that is now investigating
one local police department after another for reckless killing of
suspects. It is one thing he pulled out a gun. But reaching
as if for a gun? Perhaps
the FBI are mind readers. The rest of us are not. Yes, the man had
said he would never be taken alive because he couldn’t stand the
thought of a single day in jail. Can you blame him? But is this the
best the world famous FBI can do? Shoot a single man surrounded by
officers not even on threat, but on the perception of threat?
·
Further,
it has been alleged – we don’t know the truth – that 120 shots were
fired. Well, we do know US police tend to do that: once they fire
they become crazed and cannot stop. Great sport to be had in
enthusiastic killing of suspects! But then what credibility does the
FBI have to investigate/stop the epidemic of police shootings – over
950 last year. This man was a father with 11 children who had
fostered many other kids. He was a husband and brother. Agreed he
was a law-breaker. But had he killed anyone? Had he threatened to
kill anyone? Not as far as we know.
·
The FBI
had no right to do what they did. If he was armed, it was with a
handgun. These things are notoriously inaccurate at more than
25-meters. Would it have killed the FBI to issue him a warning and
pull back a distance – where was he to go? Sure, if he stared
shooting at them, the FBI has a perfect right to fire back.
·
But this
was very badly done. Shame.
Saturday 0230 GMT
January 30, 2016
·
Did Iran spoof US boats’ GPS?
Yesterday someone who doesn’t want to be
identified said the Iranians have the ability to hack US GPS (but
not Russian GLONASS) and likely did the same to the two US boats
they captured a couple of weeks ago. Now, Editor is always open to
new interpretations; a closed mind is a dangerous mind. Nonetheless,
it seems to Editor that if the Iranians were known to have this
capability, US would have taken care of it. Only a software fix is
required. The possibility GPS hacking could take place has been with
us since GPS. Since the entire US military runs on GPS, it seems to
us unlikely hacking occurred. Of course, the Iranians have been
claimed they hacked the super-secret drone that crashed in Iran. But
then they also claimed that within a few weeks or whatever it is,
they had reverse engineered it.
·
And this
still does not explain Editor’s main extreme annoyance: why did the
US Navy let two of its flags be captured without a shot? It doesn’t
matter if the sanctions were about to be lifted. As far as Editor is
concerned, it also does not matter if the Navy was told at the
highest level to stand down. No naval officer in his right mind can
consent to such an order regardless from where it came. In these
cases his loyalty is first, foremost, and only to his service. What
could the government have done?
Order him court-martialed? How would that work out? All the
responsible officer had to say his first duty is the honor of the US
Navy. Editor doesn’t see any board would convict him. If they did,
there would be a major uproar from the public.
·
Is it really worth reading the Iraq war news?
Editor has been avoiding it because the
government seems to make all sorts of claims that turn out to be
untrue. Now, Editor was willing to accept that Ramadi had been
cleared because the US said so. But a couple of days ago a Kurd
media source said that IS has counterattacked and forced the army to
withdraw from a headquarters and one other place. The Army said it
was pulling back because its positions had become indefensible. Fair
enough. You stage a Famous Last Stand when there is no way out and
your pride won’t allow you to surrender. But shouldn’t the US, at
least, have broken this news? Or if it is wrong, say so.
·
Call it Medina Islam says a
Twitter reader of ours. He says there’s nothing radical about it,
which makes sense because you can’t call a bunch of mentally ill
folks wanting to return the 15th Century or whatever
radical. “Medina Islam”, we learn from someone else is the path
followed by 3% of Muslims; the other 97% who follow Mecca Islam have
no wish to kill anyone because of religion.
·
For goodness sakes, have we not progressed in 45-years?
Some British paper we read (we read four
so can never be sure in which a particular story) is asking: “Is it
okay to ask a woman to smile?” Okay, even Editor, who is about as
macho in his attitudes as they come, knew at least 45-years ago the
answer to that is a clear “It is NOT okay”. Why is this question
being posed today?
·
Incidentally, obviously this was not okay even before the rise of
feminism because it is utterly rude to walk up in the street to
someone who you don’t know and is minding her own business and go
“Smile, beautiful.” A person who does that is not even born in a
barn – you don’t hear animals going around saying “Smile,
beautiful”, do you? He is much lower than that. One supposes some
sub-humans haven’t got the
message yet.
·
By the
way, ladies, you have Editor’s permission to say “Smile, beautiful”
anytime you want. You are welcome to wolf-whistle. You absolutely
don’t need his permission to physically accost him, or rip off his
clothes any time you want. Editor will merely lie back and think of
England in Winter. Having been married for 42 years to someone or
the other he’s very good at this England in Winter business. (You
can tell some people are just a very desperate lot.)
Friday 0230 GMT
January 29, 2016
·
Mini-Mystery: Flight AA
109 So on Wednesday, American
Airlines Flight 109 was on its way from London Heathrow to Los
Angeles. 1600-miles into the flight, off Keflavik, Iceland, the
captain turned the plane around because folks were feeling dizzy,
throwing up, or plain fainting. Okay. The obvious question fairly
smacks one in the face. People are getting sick, some complaining of
funny smells. Why hoof it back 2.5-hrs to LHR when Keflavik,
Iceland’s IAP is right there? Thoughts, readers?
·
Clinton and her Emails So we got back some responses to our questions about ServerGate, from
informed types. One categorically said she will NOT be indicted, no
matter what the FBI says. Only the Attorney General can give that
order. The current AG is Obama’s person. She either wins the
election or loses to Trump. If she wins, she gets to appoint the
next AG. If Trump wins, he gets to do that, but he is good friends
with the Clintons so it’s unlikely Trump will turn on her.
·
But
where’s the justice, we asked? The source offhandedly said there’s
one set of the rules for the elite and there’s another for the rest
of us. BTW, the person if well right of center, so they’re not
making a Bernie Sanders kind of rabble-rousing statement. But what
if the FBI folks insist. Wont that undercut the AG and build public
pressure to indict? Answer: theoretically, yes. Reality is
different. No one wants to be a martyr, and opposing the Big Boss is
not the way to happiness. Besides, people can get into serious
trouble by leaking the results of an investigation. And the AG will
still say “I’ve reviewed the matter and there are insufficient
grounds for an indictment”.
·
A
diversion, now. In India the tactic is to send a person for trial
however weak the case, and let the court sort it out, 30-years
later. The FBI and state/local agencies are different. They do not
like to bring cases unless they are sure they can get convictions.
The Feds win 93% of the time. If the AG says the case is weak,
there’s no mechanism to have a trial by the public where the
citizens can force the AG to reconsider. Nor, as far as we know, can
the Congress or Supreme Court say: “What do you mean there’s no
case? Prove it to us!” So if the AG says no, it is no.
·
Another
person confirmed what Editor has been thinking. Mrs. Clinton is
obfuscating a bit when she says there are no classified emails on
her server. It does not matter if the emails are classified or not –
and some definitely are. The Federal Records Act says government
people cannot use private email accounts for government work. There
are exceptions which we don’t understand, but basically they add up
to you have to hand in all copies to your agency ASAP. Can Clinton
said: “But I did hand them over.” No, because she made no mention of
them until told by State to hand them over 2-years after she left
her job and when the circus began. It is said she used her own
server for 4-years.
·
BTW,
using personal email for work is one thing, but setting up an entire
server the contents of which are not known to your agency is
another. Yes, Clinton handed over 30,000+ emails when told too. But
she did not hand over the same number because, she said, it was
personal business. So who’s to say if they were classified or not?
Plus there’s something about a 5-month gap where there are no
emails.
·
Case
proved? Well, no, according to a Hillary supporter reader of the
blog. When Clinton was SecState, the Federal Records Act did not
have this prohibition against handling government business on a
personal account. The FRA as
amended in 2014 imposes the restriction (House vote 420-0). You
can argue she violated the spirit of the FRA, but not the law
itself.
·
Which
then returns to the classified emails. Those are covered by various
long-standing acts including Espionage Act and there’s no way out,
particularly because the classified servers cannot connect to
unclassified or even other classified servers unless specified.
Someone with access to above top secret material has to have acted
on Hillary’s orders to cut and paste the emails, and there is no way
in heck they did not know it was illegal.
·
This
person is supposed to be Huma Abedain, her friend/aide. Our question
is, would her aide have access to above top secret stuff? Or was she
using Hillary’s log-in/password, on her boss’s orders, of course?
Big trouble if so.
·
Yet
another person confirmed our belief that ServerGate will NOT affect
Hillary in the primaries and election. Hillary is a master of
victimology, particularly on grounds of being a woman. That actually
resonates with a lot of people – of both sexes.
·
In short,
folks, this is your business not Editor’s. Editor is not sure why
he’s even discussing this, aside from he loves to get his teeth
chomped down on a puzzle. Doesn’t matter what the subject. You will
likely say: “We don’t need further proof Editor has no life, but how
low can he sink?” Good point.
Thursday 0230 GMT
January 28, 2016
·
Editor baffled by German unreadiness report
And Editor is seldom baffled because he
can usually see a reason, even if it’s an illogical one. The news
has been everywhere: the German military is in terrible shape. We’ve
discussed this many times, ever since it became apparent that
Germany cannot deploy a single brigade for combat without months of
preparation. You can read about the pathetic dregs to which the
Luftwaffe has been reduced at
http://www.dw.com/en/nato-to-bolster-rapid-response-force-amid-russian-escalation-says-stoltenberg/a-18768580
·
Eurofighter: 38 of 114 operational, NH-90 transport helicopter 5 of
40, Attack helicopters 7 of 43, Navy Sea Lynx 4 of 22, and so on.
None of this interests the Editor in the least, because it was
obvious some years ago that the Germans are done with war and
fighting. We’ve gone as far as suggesting that in the event of a
Russian salami attack, the Germans may not even put up a serious
fight – assuming they have something to fight with.
·
But what
exactly is the point of this German emergence from narcotic-like
slumber? Are we seriously supposed to believe that if Russia openly
attacks Ukraine or the Baltics, anyone is going to come to their
help? So why does Germany not come to accept that it is no longer a
nation of warriors, but a soft, effete marshmallow that in case of
danger just hides and wishes the baddies would just go away. This is
what baffles Editor. We should all, as a matter of mental health,
evaluate the degree of sacrifice we are prepared to endure for our
principles, and then adjust our expectations. Otherwise what happens
is we humans become psychotic.
·
Please to
note, Editor is no longer slamming the Germans. He’s come to accept
that they’re finished, Europe too, and of course, America. The US
has shifted over to robotic warfare to such an extent that it can
still defeat a major enemy because the human costs are so low. But a
willingness to fight? We’ve discussed this, also often: the US has
already given up on the China Seas, thus beginning the long roll
back to Hawaii and then to the West Coast. The US has several parts
of its population that still value the warrior culture and are ready
to fight at the drop of a hat. But their country, its elite and its
leaders, is unwilling to take casualties. The UK still retains a
small core of warriors who are ready to fight when asked, but again,
the elite has decided it cannot take the sight of their warriors’
blood being spilled
·
BTW, if
the Chinese think their soldiers are willing to endure hardship in
war, our response is: ha ha. The Chinese should have learned that in
1979 when they went up against Vietnam, but since that time they’ve
been so busy inflating themselves that their leadership, at least,
has zero idea of the reality.
·
The only
two major militaries still able to fight large scale wars are India
and Pakistan. Much of the reason is that South Asia has a long
warrior tradition. For a significant percentage of their population,
the business of war is a profession. It’s what they do. And needless
to say, the men fight for their unit first and foremost, for the
old-fashioned virtues of honor, courage, and brotherhood. The
patriotism thing is all well and good, but it’s not what keeps them
going when they are taking heavy losses.
·
By the
way, look at the way Ukraine has been fighting. The country has been
under external attack for two years, but they cannot take
casualties. This disease has spread to all cultures. Look at the way
the Iraqis have been fighting – or rather, not fighting. Brought up
in the US tradition of no casualties, their Army’s first priority is
saving its own skin. Folks like the Iran/Iraq Shia militias and
Hezbollah still fight, and hard too, motivated as they are by
religious fervor. But the Saudis, the Egyptians, and so on? Ha ha.
·
We could
go on and on, but that’s not necessary. The world has changed. The
gigantic wars of the 20th Century have knocked out most
of the world. No one wants to go back to the way things were done in
World War I and II, Korea, Vietnam and so on.
·
As far as
Editor is concerned, it’s all good, man. If this is what the people
want, then so be it. But first, let’s face up to it, and Germany in
particular because that’s what we’re discussing, and stop playing at
war. Second, let’s go to No War as our default setting as to having
War as the default as it has been for millennia, but remain fully
aware that there will be hard men who will see as sheep to be
slaughtered and who don’t mind paying the price. Taliban, AQ, and IS
being obvious cases.
·
Two more
points. One, the War No More types outnumber the War types so
heavily that at this point the latest threat, the Islamists are not
going to make any strategic impact whatsoever on the world. Yet,
this could change, and then what do we do? When humans are cornered,
even the most pacific will fight. On a macro scale, we will fight.
But there’s going to be an awful lot of weeping and wailing in the
land of Egypt before we get pushed to that point.
·
Two,
we’ve mentioned the US and robot war. The US has seen this very
clearly for decades. That’s why we can still bash people. But the
tools the US is developing and planning will make our current
generation of robot war capability seem vaguely amusing. This is how
the US will maintain military supremacy. Of course, other countries
will also develop robot weapons. But that’s one thing you cannot
beat the American at, i.e., figuring out better ways of killing more
while risking less.
·
But to
Editor, who is old-fashioned, if you really believe in something you
should be willing to lay down your life for your cause. This
business of using robots does not accord with the culture of true
warriors. · PS: the way the US is going with robots, in another 50-years if the aliens arrive, it won’t be them posing a danger to us, but the other way around.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
January 27, 2016
·
More on General Petraeus
Perhaps not coincidentally, Washington Post yesterday ran an article
on the General Petraeus case. We have to believe it was deliberate,
though Mrs. Clinton was not mentioned, because there is no reason
for such a reprise.
https://www.washingtonpost.com/world/national-security/how-david-petraeus-avoided-felony-charges-and-possible-prison-time/2016/01/25/d77628dc-bfab-11e5-83d4-42e3bceea902_story.html
We found it of use because when the case happened, aside from
feeling sorry for the General (of whom we are not a fan, but you
cannot crucify a fellow because he had lust in his heart and other
body parts), we did not follow the legal details.
·
So when
yesterday Editor brought up the matter he had no idea the matter had
been so serious that the government prosecutors wanted him up on
felony charges including violation of the Espionage Act, which means
a lot of jail time. The story of how it was agreed to let him plead
to a misdemeanor and a $100,000 fine is in the article.
·
So we
don’t know if WashPo, a rabid Mrs. Clinton supporter, was just
covering its rear in case something happens and then the paper gets
accused of being a mouthpiece for her. But right now all sorts of
wild rumors are running around, with important people who seem to be
GOP saying they are told FBI will push for a criminal case against
Mrs. Clinton. That doesn’t mean an indictment will result, because
if we understand right, the case has to go to a Grand Jury which
decides on bringing a case.
·
BTW,
Editor tends to surf web at high speed, and if something is not of
immediate interest, he won’t note the URL. Nonetheless, he did come
across a survey that says that essentially 80% of Hilary supporters
are willing to vote for Sanders if he gets nominated, and the same
percentage of his supporters are willing to vote for Hilary if she
gets nominated. This means something, but what exactly, we leave to
our readers to figure out.
·
Also BTW,
if Mr. Sanders doesn’t mind, may we give him a bit of advice? Stop
yelling “I am a socialist” all over the place. Big Deal. America is
a socialist country and all those conservatives who scream about
creeping socialism are pigging out at the socialist trough the same
as any wild-eyed leftie. It never ceases to amaze Editor how out of
touch with their own country so many Americans are. If he stops
labeling himself a socialist and instead focuses on how his
opponents are also socialists, he may avoid much negativity.
·
Edward Snowdon, you are not just a traitor, you are a neutered man
Read
https://t.co/J83JSkRvq1 This
person, who needs to be hung for treason, has committed a worse
crime. is begging lady admirers not to send him naked pictures of
themselves. He says he has a girlfriend. To those not dissuaded, he
takes shelter behind the US Government, saying likely all his
communications are monitored, implying do they want to get on a
government watch list.
·
Look, we
know American men have become effete and been turned into women with
slightly different plumbing – by American women. But this too much.
Does Edward have to broadcast his pathetic-ness to the world? If
Editor received an endless torrent of nude pix from lady admirers,
he would not be happy, as he hates distraction from his work, but he
would manfully and deeply analyze each picture and write back to
every lady with a thank you note. If you are a man you have duties.
You cannot just tremble and whine “Don’t do this to me”. That is so
rude to the ladies. Everything is not about you, Edward. Where is
your considerateness, your gallantry? Oh – we forgot: if you don’t
recognize any duties to your country, how are you going to recognize
your duties to women?
·
BTW,
great job of abandoning your American girlfriend without explanation
or apology. You, sir, are a non-man with zero ethics.
·
PS:
Editor’s disapproval of you will be greatly mitigated if you
introduce him to some of these ladies. He’ll even put in a good word
for you at your sentencing. As in “Don’t hang this nice fellow, give
him life in super-max instead”.
Tuesday 0230 GMT
January 26, 2016
·
Clinton E-Emails Episode 556
At least it seems its been going on that long. An unfortunate trait
of the human brain is that when we’re doing something we enjoy, time
slips away so fast the event may as well not have happened. If the
event is something we don’t enjoy, then it just drags and drags and
drags. Would be nice if it were the other way around.
·
Ever
since Jeff Bezos purchased the Washington Post, any mention of
Amazon.com inevitably comes with the boring caveat: “The Washington
Post is owned by Bezos” or whatever it says. Who cares, for heaven’s
sake? So it is with Editor’s caveats on the subject of Hilary, as in
“Editor could care less who becomes Prez, because the system is sick
from top down, and whomever the Prez, America is still going to be
royally Snafued”. Editor hopes by now readers accept the party
affiliation of any leader of any country is of zero interest. All he
cares is if the person is doing his job or not.
·
This is
the latest on the emails from
nypost.com/2016/01/24/hillarys
·
This does
not imply a conspiracy. For one thing, why should any State employee
risk her/his job and likely jail time by sanitizing their former
boss’s emails? To State, Hilary is history. Moreover, it is
statistically likely that State has thousands of Republicans or at
least anti-Hilary types. Any attempt to tamper with evidence will
lead these folks to squeal. Anyone working in an organization public
or private knows the incredible limitations of bureaucracy
·
Here are
the classification listings as enacted by Obama (thank you
Wikipedia): Unclassified, Controlled Unclassified, Confidential,
Secret, Top Secret. Further, there is yet another level we call
Above Top Secret because even with Top Secret clearance it cannot be
accessed except by certain people. US calls it Sensitive
Compartmentalized Information, though linguistically Editor’s term
is more accurate: SCI indicates merely the information is sensitive,
which tell us nothing. What are some of the implications?
·
This a
serious matter if true; increasingly looks like they ARE true.
Clinton's defense that the emails were classified after the event
looks weak because (a) there are so many emails and in any case
State Department has not processed all, so there may be more; (b)
Having some slight familiarity with classified data, to Editor it
seems unlikely in the extreme that above top secret emails are
retroactively reclassified from below confidential.
·
Investigations and indictments take months, even years, to come
about. Clinton cannot be indicted before the election. She also has
top lawyers that can impose heavy delays on the process. Hard core
Clinton supporters will, until/if she is indicted will brush this
off as another "Get Hilary" move even though she has brought it on
herself. But this may cost her the votes of waverers and undecided.
·
In this
context, lets look at how the Feds operate. Any aide who did copy
and paste (something you don’t "accidentally" do) is also
indictable. So FBI will pick on a weak link who lacks resources to
defend her/himself and pressure her/him into cooperating in exchange
for immunity or reduced sentence. Yes, Hilary has enough money to
get her aides defended. But (a) that news will get out and may be
seen as hindering an investigation; (b) Few people are
temperamentally able to play a high stakes game with Department of
Justice even if someone pays for top lawyers. Who wants to go
through a harrowing, publicized process of several years?
·
General
David Petraeus lost his job and may be demoted for sharing his notes
with his girlfriend, who happened also be a sister officer. Please
don’t get Editor wrong: he is judging no one. If that particularly
lady insisted Editor hand over every secret to be her, Editor would
immediately wave the white boxers of capitulation. Of course, he
would never give away the location of his secret chocolate hoard:
he’d eat it first, then go “Neena Neena, Do Your Worst”. In fact,
though Editor is no fan of the general, he feels bad that the
general has lost so much simply because of an affair. The
punishment, he feels, is excessive. BTW, do you recall how many FBI
agents/lawyers were required to go through the General’s emails?
Editor seems to think it was 50. Clinton will likely have ten times
as many emails. So let’s give the State Department a break here.
·
Moreover,
the general promptly took responsibility and resigned, and
apologized to whomever he needed to. This is ethical behavior.
Though the case against Clinton is hardly proved in a judicial
sense, the general never attempted a cover-up. It seems, to Editor,
that you cannot have a double standard. If Hilary did do something
she shouldn’t have, she should take responsibility without
attempting to deflect anything as mistakes her staff made. Maybe
that costs her the election. But she’ll have done something
remarkable and badly needed: she will show that politicians are
still capable of honesty. That will be great for the country and
will at some point bring its own reward.
Monday 0230 GMT
January 25, 2016
Editor was feeling so sorry for himself
(Saturday = No Date) that he forgot to update for Sunday. Not to
worry, nothing was happening worth mention.
·
Another “What the Fatucchi?” moment in Syria Both US
and Russia are refurbishing airfields in Syria’s extreme
northeast near the Turkey border, apparently 50-km from each other
(distance subject to correction). Russia is acting with Syrian
permission; US, which talks of international law and how everyone
must adhere to it, is doing it unilaterally. Of course, the American
public doesn’t care about legalities, but for heaven’s sake, can we
stop with our hypocrisy already? In a pathetic effort to divert
attention from its own misdeeds, US is going “Oh, look at the bad
Russians and see what they’re doing”. As usual, US motives are
obscure, Russian motives brutally straightforward. And then the
Americans used to say the East Asians it warred against were
inscrutable.
·
The
Russians have simply taken over the Syrian Kurd rebels while we
diddled and fiddled and piddled. They’ve been working with them for
some time now. The aim is (a) to whack Islamic State, the Syrian
Kurds being the only ones who are fighting IS with any success; (b)
to encourage Kurd separatism in Turkey; and (c) to keep Syria
united. So you say, “okay to (a) and (b), but how is Russia keeping
Syria united by helping the Kurds in their rebellion against Assad?”
Simple. The Russians will try and get the Kurds to settle for
autonomy and turn their attention toward unravelling Turkey. We have
no idea if this will succeed or not; we’re saying this is one reason
for their support. Besides, as anyone knows – except us Americans,
who know nothing – in a war you make allies where you can, and when
the war is won, if necessary, you settle accounts with those folks.
·
So what
is the US doing? Honestly, if we could figure that out, we’d be
charging $3000/hour as a consultant. The US from the start has
lacked a coherent policy for Syria. On a micro-level we can say that
the US, having failed to support the Kurds to the extent it should
have, even if this ran afoul of Turkey, has come to its senses and
understands it must do more, assuming IS is the greater threat and
Assad the lesser. The realization – at last! – that the US was not
able to create a “Free Syria Army” who would take over from Assad
and destroy the Islamists has surely much to do with boosting
support for the Kurds, which the US has been doing. An airbase
inside Kurd controlled territory is obviously critical.
The successful Russian wooing
of the Kurds probably also has a lot to do with this sudden
wakening. Of course, the US being the US can never get anything
right, and so we getting stuck in the usual “we must vet before we
support”ritual.
·
Now, to
be fair, when the US first started with this FSA obsession, it
seeming had a good reason for the vetting thing. The FSA essentially
surrendered to the Islamists and a bunch of weapons landed up with
the latter. But this is what we mean the US doesn’t know what it is
doing. Why did FSA give up? Because the US was giving too little
help to make a difference, and each time the FSA was sent off to do
battle, it got severely smacked. Had the US from the start decided
that it needed an FSA of – say – 100,000 fighters, and gone all-in,
things would have been different. BTW, Editor knows he is vastly
simplifying US errors, and US Administration supporters will have
100 rationalizations for why the US acted as it did. But see, having
a theoretical rationalization does not translate into realities on
the ground. You have to move hard and fast, otherwise the enemy
adapts and defeats you. This is what happened with the FSA, what
happened with the Afghans, and the Iraqis. We assumed we were in a
static war and we could take our time about building up local
armies. That we didn’t see this – and still don’t – shows only how
complete morons rule us.
·
The
Russians, on the other hand, are simply going at the problem in
their usual subtle way: mass maximum force and bludgeon the enemy to
little pieces. It’s not elegant, but folks,
it works. This used to be
the American approach too. Please to remember Lawrence of Arabia and
also paraphrase our own Rummy Rumsfeld: you work with what you have
in the field, and not futz around until you get what you want. By
definition, given the huge disparity in resources between the locals
and the US, we will never get them up to snuff in our own terms. You
won’t find Russian proxy Syrian Kurds surrendering to Islamic State
because Russia will back them to win, not waste time coming up with
theoretical constructs of unsurpassed, dazzling beauty.
·
No doubt
the Russians will make mistakes and arm some of the wrong Syrian
Kurd groups. But they will let the other Syrian Kurds take care of
those who defect. Generally, there is a very complex mechanism for
dealing with defectors and traitors. It’s called killing them where
they are found. No due process. And yes, the Russian approach also
causes large number of civilian casualties. But the Russians kill a
large number in a short time and win. We kill very few by comparison
but win nothing. It makes us feel noble, but satisfying no one else
in the world, because if we kill even a hundred civilians, everyone
gets after us. Because we let them. Because we can’t say “We will do
our best not to kill civilians, but when you have an enemy who
fights from among civilians, then innocents are going to die. Sorry
about that.”
·
If you
can’t face the realities of what it takes to win, come home and take
up yoga or something useful instead.
Saturday 0230 GMT
January 23, 2016
·
Some talking-head said the other day that the war against Islamic
State etc. will take decades.
In other words, the mightiest military in the word needs decades to
off 30,000 unwashed thugs. Time to bang head against the wall. If
you are going to play at war, OBVIOUSLY it will take decades. We’ve
already spent 14-years in Afghanistan, and 20-years against AQ. Now,
Editor is not going to repeat ad nauseum the facts about US military
in WW2, where it went from a few hundred thousand personnel to
12-million in 4+years. If Editor recalls right, the population was
130-million at the time, now its 320-million; 1940 GDP was $1.25
trillion versus approaching $18-trillion now (equivalents dollar).
See
http://www.multpl.com/us-gdp-inflation-adjusted/table
But we need decades more
against a minor enemy? By this standard winning WW II would have
taken centuries, may be even a millennium.
·
Look,
people, Editor is not a red-eyed foaming mouth leftist conspiracy
theorist. But even if the US Government/elite have made no
deliberate plan, the effect of the current plan is to ensure huge
defense budgets for decades, with little achieved. It’s hard not to
get suspicious. Meanwhile, costs in terms of taxes and lives are
being minimized, so there is no uproar from the people either to win
the GWOT or to get out of it. Also let’s not forget the US has
constantly been at war for 75-years, and this has changed the
mindset of our people to such a degree that citizens of the US 19450
would likely not believe that in 2016 this is the same country.
·
Now,
Editor is no sociologist or psychologist. But it seems impossible to
believe that 75-years of war have no effect on the way we think.
It’s as if we have accepted a permanent militarism which has been
imposed on us by degrees. We’re on automatic, so it is simply going
to get worse and we will have no memory of normal life in America.
This business of needing decades to fight IS and cohorts is simply
the latest – and very casual, very sophisticated way of telling us:
not just our grandparents, not just our parents, not just our
generation (postWW2), not just our children, not just our
grandchildren, but even our great grandchildren and subsequent
generations will be at war, so get used to it.
·
Oh oh,
readers say, Editor is going wobbly. Hardly. Editor has called many
times for 8% of GDP on defense, reinstatement of the draft, and an
all-out push for a revival of the American World Empire. No endless
war, but a sharp thrust to restore America within 10-years or less.
Editor believes the only way world peace can be achieved is under
America’s umbrella and with American values.
·
What
particularly aggravates Editor is the overall American approach to
the GWOT: there is no military solution. There is ALWAYS a military
solution; if you don’t see one you shouldn’t be at war.
America’s approach to the
GWOT is curiously passive and violates several principles of war.
Its greatest violation is of time, which is synonymous with
maintenance of the initiative. You have to force the enemy to fight
the battle you want, not the other way around. You must never, ever
seize the initiative. In Afghanistan we had the initiative in 2001,
and we pushed the Taliban from power within months. In 2003 we had
the initiative in Iraq, and we destroyed Saddam in perhaps 2-months.
In both cases we followed up by channeling Frieda The Boneless Cat.
We went limp and passive, and so the enemy has had the initiative
for years. Sure way not to win.
·
Some
other principles we should look at.
One is selection and maintenance of aim. We haven’t selected
an aim, so there’s no question of maintain it. In war there should
be just one aim: complete destruction of the enemy. But we’ve
decided, arbitrarily, that we cannot achieve that. Another is
surprise, also a critical part of maintaining the initiative. We
move so lethargy that we cannot surprise a bunny rabbit snacking on
dandelions. Yet another is concentration of force with the intent of
winning rapidly. Editor’s reaction to our efforts in this direction?
Mirth and laughter. We could go on, but you get the point.
·
What
Editor is saying is that if the people don’t want to make the needed
sacrifice to win that’s fine.
Let’s pull back globally – but BTW we’ll still need 8% of GDP to
prevent anyone from treading on us.
Thursday 0230 GMT
January 21, 2016
·
Mrs. Clinton’s Emails Readers
should remember that Editor has steadfastly defended the Obama
Administration, including then SecState Hilary Clinton, on the
Benghazi charges. So please don’t write this off as an anti-Clinton
rant. The Clinton Email scandal concerns Mrs. Clinton’s habit of
keeping many official emails on a private server. Officials are not
supposed to do things like that, because every email exchanged by an
official in the course of conducting the business of the people is
the property of the people. Moreover, there is the not-so-small
matter of Email security, particularly when the official is of high
position.
·
When it
was discovered Mrs. Clinton was using a private server for many work
emails, there was an understandable uproar. After all, a prospective
US President is supposed to adhere to the law. That the uproar was
caused mainly by her enemies has no bearing on the matter. The law
is the law. In politics it is entirely legitimate to use a
politician’s mistakes, mishaps, and deliberate evasion as ammunition
against her/him.
·
Mrs.
Clinton has been embroiled in scandals from the earliest days of her
husband’s presidency, some of which originated when he was Arkansas
government. For our Indian readers we need to note that by Indian
standards the scandals are so minor that they are not worth any
mention. But this is America, where it seems the rich and powerful
make a habit of breaking laws – or getting the laws changed to
benefit themselves, while simultaneously pretending that they are
the paragons of virtue.
·
Now we
need to leap to the other side and remind our American readers that
the reason foreigners get angry with America is not because of the
law-breaking, but because the Americans are such darn hypocrites
about their own illegalities. If they would stop lecturing the world
about how morally superior they are, people would leave them alone,
because every country, every culture has its share of rich and/or
famous law-breakers. So Editor is not making a moral issue of
Clinton’s misbehavior. He is simply pointing out that yes, the law
is the law, and this being America, everyone who breaks the law
whether President or King, must face justice. Again, that in America
as elsewhere so many important people get away with things does not
change the American principle of equality before the law.
·
Mrs.
Clinton’s response to ServerGate was to deny she has any classified
emails on her private server. This is a standard Bill and Hilary
response to allegations; they are well-versed in the drill, and the
first rule in the book is deny, deny, deny. Americans don’t take
this strategy well. There is a very strange attribute that runs very
deeply in this society. If you have done wrong, you must confess and
grovel, and after you do that, people will forgive you darn nearly
anything. This is a totally un-Christian thing, because Jesus
essentially told us not to cast stones, because obviously other than
God no one else can be without a sin. But then who says Americans
are true Christians – the rest of the world wants only for them to
stop the hypocrisy.
·
The
deeper your lies, the more the people howl for blood. Best always to
shout your “remorse” from the mountain tops, flagellate yourself for
having lied, and throw yourself at the mercy of the crowd. The
Clinton’s never do this – never, and since there’s always been many
allegations with truth in them, the minute Mrs. Clinton said she had
no classified Emails, the crowd went mad, howling for her blood.
·
Then Mrs.
Clinton started with her usual tricks, such as saying she had turned
over all contents to the authorities. But she took her time about
it, leading to the quite reasonable charge that the server was being
scrubbed. Then State Department released the emails in batches,
giving rise to the quite reasonable suspicion that State too was
doing a selective release. BTW, not to upset anyone who reads
thriller novels, it IS totally technically feasible to scrub a drive
so that it is not recoverable. Editor will let the experts inform
you, but one obvious way is simply not to make a hard drive
available to the authorities and shred it. Companies with serious
business never wipe a drive seven times over or whatever, they
physically shred the thing, reducing it to dust. Sure you are in
violation of the law, but one thing for sure when the Clintons are
involved: they’re darn good lawyers themselves, particularly the Old
Goat hisself.
·
Anyways,
through some arcane process that only people who work on Capitol
Hill understand, the emails landed up with an inspector general
reporting to a Congressional committee. He has given a report (and
confirmed he has) that says some of the emails were of the highest
classification. Is Editor surprised? Obviously not. This kind of
sneak-by-night is just typical of the way the Clintons have
conducted business for near four decades. It’s just another piece of
sleaze that has attached itself to them from the start. Bill got
away with things because he was ultra-charming. Will Hilary?
·
Well,
obviously not on grounds of charm. But what happens now? Is her
presidential bid going to derail? According to Editor, it should.
But then Editor is a Puritan and what is more, he is a
No-Forgiveness type regardless of the road show the guilty party may
stage. He is not hypocritical because when he does something wrong,
he never asks for forgiveness or forgives himself.
·
What
actually will happen Editor has zero clue, and readers should be
wary of those who say they know. A criminal indictment for lying is
years in the future – for one thing she hasn’t lied under oath
because there has been no official hearing. She will not be legally
disqualified from running for Prez. But wont her supporters get
turned off? People, people, let’s not be so naive.
·
In 2008,
Obama got elected without a single qualification because the country
suddenly decided the white folks had to pay for the sins of their
ancestors on the matter of slavery. In 2016, Hilary’s supporters –
and many women who are not – will vote for her if she is nominated
because the feeling is around that now we must all pay for the
millennia in which women were kept down. This is all caste politics
of a kind we Indians are intimately familiar with. She will be
nominated because at the convention a whole bunch of Sanders’
supporters are going to wake up and understand that though he is a
fantastically decent human being, he too has zero qualification for
being Prez and no chance of being elected. So it will have to be
Hilary. When she goes up against the Donald, it does not matter what
people think of her morals, they are going to say “we must vote for
her otherwise Trump will get elected”. By the way, Clinton is highly
qualified to be Prez because she knows how to bridge partisan
divides. At this point in America’s history, that is a critical
asset.
·
Will she
win? At this moment the odds seem to be in her favor. And if she
takes a moderate white Republican governor as he running mate, a
whole lot of things change in her favor. Of course, if Trump chooses
Nikki Hailey as his running mate, then things go really wild. BTW –
don’t be fooled by The Donald’s public stance. Once he gets the
nomination, he will revert to what he really is, a right-of-center
Democrat.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
January 20, 2016
·
Why must the state be my nanny?
So here is Editor, zipping along on the
treadmill at 2.5-kmph (sounds better than 1.5-mph, besides which why
we are the last remaining country bar Burma not yet shifted to
metric), holding a copy of the New Yorker, January 16, 2016, and
feeling highly seasick (some folks can read when they’re sprinting
at 15-kmph, Editor is not one). And there’s an article about Mr.
Obama’s gun control speech which quotes the ancient statistic that
households with guns have a higher homicide/suicide rate than
households without guns.
·
The
article carefully notes no cause-effect is proven. That is
reasonable, because – for example – perhaps people inclined to buy a
weapon are more inclined to actually use it. So it’s not the weapon
causing deaths, it’s the sort of people who buy weapons.
·
Of a
sudden Editor, who is a fairly peaceful person because he’s
powerless (though give him power and he’d be separating many heads
from their bodies), is terribly enraged for 10-milliseconds. So darn
whatever, why does the state have to be my nanny? Why can’t it be my
choice as to what kind of risk I take?
·
If Editor
could afford one, he’d have a nice weapon with fingerprint security.
Purely for selfish reasons. Sometimes Mrs. R. IV still visits and
gets into a temper along the lines of “you stole my youth!” Subtext
of this is: “I married you because I thought you were some body and
would be rich; so I got nothing for giving you my youth; so you
stole it.” Well, dang it, Mrs. R. IV stole Editor’s youth: he was 30
when he got together with her, and 62 when the marriage broke, the
best years of his life. But we stray from the point. Editor would
not want Mrs. R. IV or anyone else to shoot him with his own gun.
·
All of us
make good choices and bad choices in life. The critical thing is
that Big Feller Upstairs
leaves it up to us to make the choice. Make good choices,
including kissing his skinny butt 10-times a day, and you are
rewarded. Make bad choices, including denying him, and there’s heck
to pay. Now, if God can leave us alone, why can’t the Government? Or
is the Government superior to God? And is the Government always
right when it substitutes its judgement for our own? Hardly.
·
Most
recent example: cholesterol. For years Editor’s doctor has been
making him miserable on the cholesterol thing. The other day the
Government calmly reverses course and says, well, there’s no link
between cholesterol and heart disease, chow away. You see now why
the Government doesn’t want us to have guns. In the last 25-years,
Editor has eaten steak maybe ten times, each time thinking “now I’m
going to die and my family won’t have a father anymore”. If Editor
had a gun, he would certainly want to start an argument with the
government about all the steak he didn’t get to eat.
·
Can
Editor remind the boomers of something? You all believed yourself to
be rebels: the Government did not know a thing, your parents did not
know a thing, don’t trust anyone over 30, etc etc. So now you’ve
grown up and you are dictating to us how we should live our lives?
·
When you
make this point to the Nanny Staters, they say “but we have to
legislate these things because (a) you’re pushing up health costs
for everyone; (b) you’re hurting others, as in second-hand smoke.
Fair enough, but isn’t the correct strategy to charge higher health
premiums for those who engage in risky behavior, and educate people
about the dangers of second-hand smoke? If there’s enough of a
demand for non-smoking bars, these will be viable. If there are no
non-smoking bars, where does it say in the Constitution you have the
right to go to one on YOUR terms? A bar is a private establishment;
why can’t the owner have her/his own smoking policy?
·
Now
obviously a moderate conservative does not want to push this
argument further than is merited. So no one is saying that the state
should not set standards for food safety. No one wants to eat
contaminated food, so we all should be happy to turn over authority
on safe food to the Government.
·
Take
alcohol versus smokes. Drinking can have terrible secondary effects.
You have a right to kill yourself drinking – but no right to expect
the state to pay for a liver transplant. Do you also have a right to
inflict harm on your family, neglect on your family, innocent
motorist, and so on? Obviously not! So how come smoking must be
demonized and controlled, but not alcohol? Because the Nanny Staters
love their beer, wine, cocktails, or whatever.
·
And thus
what the Nanny Staters tell us is a wish to protect you for your own
good becomes a wish to outlaw stuff you don’t like, while keeping
stuff they like. Are the Nanny Staters agitating to ban sugar? To
ban ice-cream? To ban chocolate? To ban red meat? To ban pizzas and
junk food? To ban overeating? None of these things, by their
definition, are good for you, and impose health care costs. Are the
Nanny Staters going to force everyone into 30-minutes of vigorous
exercise every day? What about too much TV? Is that good for you? Is
it good people are trading sleep for texting time – as a teacher I
can tell you how that’s working out. Very badly. Not to mention the
kids – and many adults – are losing the ability to concentrate,
which affects their grades, which affects society, and so on. But
obviously Nanny Staters are NOT going to ban all this. They want to
ban tobacco and guns because it’s not part of THEIR culture. They
can tell you how you must live, and if you refuse to listen get the
government to pass regulations against you, but I can’t tell them
how to live because I’m infringing on their freedom.
·
Just a
reminder, readers. Editor has said this before. People go on and on
about how other developed societies have fewer murders than us. Read
your annual FBI crime stats. Once you filter out people-of-color
murdering each other, the US Anglo murder rate comes down to the
Canadian. So are the Nanny Staters – assuming they are right about
guns – willing to take the next logical step, which is allow whites
to have guns (Editor would not qualify) and ban guns for
people-of-color? Equally, should we not ban alcohol for the poor,
regardless of color?
·
Hey,
Nanny Staters, why don’t you stuff that in your chardonnay and drink
it?
Tuesday 0230 GMT
January 19, 2016
·
Benghazi Conspiracy The movie
”13 Hours” again brings up the allegation that a rescue team from
the CIA compound in Benghazi was ordered by the station chief to
stand down. Had it been allowed to go, the life of the US ambassador
might have been save. The station chief, just the other day, denied
he gave any stand-down order; two of the paramilitary say he did.
·
What the
station chief did was what any commander would do: he refused
permission to the four paramilitary men to leave
until escorts were arranged.
Why? Because he didn’t want his men running into an ambush. Recall
the CIA compound later also came under attack. [By the way, Editor
figured this out as soon as the allegation surfaced – no great feat,
as anyone with any knowledge of combat operations know you do not
leave your secure base to rush wildly into the night.] Given the
general anarchy in the city, the station chief was absolutely right
to force caution; for all anyone knew, rebels could have been
waiting outside for the rescue team to emerge. Time was lost – we
think about 20-minutes – before some sort of escort was arranged.
·
For
anyone to claim the station chief acted wrongly, and to imply it was
for some political reason to do with Obama/Clinton, is utterly
juvenile. Do we know for a fact that a rash rescue attempt would
have safely navigated the streets to the consulate and saved the
ambassador? Of course we don’t! They
may have gotten through safely and they
may have found the ambassador alive. Equally likely, they may have
been ambushed, in case which more lives would be lost to no purpose
and the defense of the compound weakened. If Editor understands
correctly, there were six paramilitary fighters present. It so
happened the four who went out reached back safely. But suppose they
did not? Could the compound still have been held when it came under
attack? Doubtful.
·
When
Editor came to America many decades ago, the conspiracy he recalls
was that FDR, to bring America into the war on Great Britain’s side,
deliberately suppressed advance information in his possession of the
Japanese fleet’s advance on Pearl Harbor. How this made any sense,
Editor has never figured out. Even the simplest operations in
peacetime – such as reacting to a hasty, unexpected message to meet
someone at the airport – can go wrong. When thousands of people are
involved, and when there was no reason to believe there was a
threat, what’s interesting is not that Pearl was attacked, but that
the men reacted as quickly as they did. But you have to have a basic
understanding of how crises play out, whether they are fires, or
natural disasters, or accidents, or acts of war. Real life is not a
thriller novel where folks demonstrate superhuman endurance and
conduct themselves flawlessly.
·
Then the
conspiracy became JFK’s murder, and almost 55-years later, the
conspiracy thrives. Probably it will lose steam 20-years from now,
as the majority of persons old enough to remember events will be
dead. The next conspiracy Editor recalls was 9/11, which is still
going very strong.
·
The folks
making a movie have to make a movie and if possible, make money on
it. So Editor does not expect them to ask what Editor considers are
the real questions that should be asked, and that he has brought up
several times. Why did the ambassador travel to Benghazi at a time
western missions were leaving because of the elevated danger level?
Why did he come with just two guards? Why did he decide to camp out
at the closed consulate – closed because State decided that within
its limited means it could not be protected. Why did his people in
Tripoli not know he had gone to Benghazi? Why was he using a phone
his Chief of Mission did not recognize and therefore ignored?
·
Yes,
there is a conspiracy: one of silence, and an absolute determination
that the ambassador’s actions not be highlighted or analyzed. “Don’t
speak ill of the dead”, we are told. Another one of those asinine
clichés that drive Editor bats because it makes no sense at all. The
person is dead; his earthly sins are absolved and of concern only to
the Big Feller Upstairs. When the ambassador is dead, and cannot be
harmed in any way, why exactly are we not focusing on him?
·
Why are
people continuing to go after Obama/Clinton? They are not on
Editor’s “Must Invite To Tea” list, but that doesn’t mean the pair
are the source of all evil. Why are the Benghazi folks not
understanding the only reputation they are destroying is their own?
What is the point of quoting, again and again, the anguished cry of
a mother who has lost her son? It is wholly understandable she must
find a reason for her child’s death, to believe someone must be at
fault. But in the calculus of war,
there is absolutely no reason
why X dies and Y lives. Until one can accept that, no death can
have closure. Bad things happen to good people. Bad things happen to
bad people. Good things happen to bad people, and to good people
too.
·
Why?
Editor has no clue. But here’s the thing: neither does anyone else.
No sense to blame anyone, or even yourself.
Monday 0230 GMT
January 18, 2016
·
More craziness about the boat seizure Please read this:
http://neoneocon.com/2016/01/16/iran-american-sailors-are-crybabies/
According to the article,
Hossein Salami, deputy commander of the IRGC, which is responsible
for boarding the U.S. ships and arresting the sailors, claimed in
recent remarks, the “American sailors started crying after arrest,
but the kindness of our Guard made them feel calm.”
·
Editor
can only hope this is propaganda, because if it isn’t, the country
is in worse shape than anyone could have imagined. So what is it
that the Guard did? Issue pink blankies and blue bunny slippers and
give them hot cocoa in feeding bottles? This issue has nothing to do
with the vexed question of if the crews were told to stand down and
not make a fuss. Combat sailors should not be crying on being
captured. Naturally the common assumption will be the female sailor
did the crying. But then the Iranians would have said so. There is
only one solution if anyone was doing any crying, men or women. They
should be handed over permanently to the Iranians for calm treatment
because for sure America doesn’t want them.
·
Meanwhile, the White House spokesperson was asked by the media if
the White House felt embarrassed at the pictures – the publishing of
which, BTW, violates the Geneva Convention. The spokesperson said
no, what was there to be embarrassed about? The important thing was
to get them back safely. Whoever cleared this answer should also be
handed over to Iran for calming treatment. Is the purpose of a
military to fight or is the purpose to keep our troops from any kind
of harm? If the latter, may Editor seriously suggest we disband the
military? That way everyone in the military will be kept from harm.
http://freebeacon.com/national-security/white-house-pictures-sailors-on-knees-embarrassing/
·
The White
House spokesperson further implies that nothing would be gained by
fighting back: “…that if we followed the advice of some Republican
critics of the administration that we would probably be in a bloody
war with Iran right now over our sailors”. Really? He knows this
exactly how? The Iranians never back down? So we must back down?
This the world’s sole superpower? This is the world’s biggest bunch
of cowards!
·
Let
Editor tell the White House what would have happened had the
Americans fought back. Iran would have backed down. How do we know
this? Because otherwise sanctions would not have been lifted, and
the US military would be hammering Iran into the dust. By his inane
statement, spokesperson has clearly said the Iran N-deal was so
vital to the US that we would were prepared to do ANYTHING,
including grovel, before we put the deal at the SLIGHTEST risk. He
has made the United States look weak and desperate.
·
Now,
truly, the minds of our rulers are so opaque that Editor has zero
idea of what they are thinking, if they are thinking at all. These
people need heavy medication, because they are detached from any
semblance of reality. Editor has decided to stop trying to figure
out what these folks are thinking because he has no interest in
figuring out the thinking of deeply mentally troubled people. It’s
boring and its unproductive.
·
But
nonetheless, on the off-chance these folks are open to reason, let
Editor explain something. The
idea of power is not to have to use it. Editor realizes that
much of America has no interest at all in what the world thinks of
our country. But we do have to daily deal with other countries. Our
government has made a huge fuss about not wanting a single casualty
in its interventions abroad. The rot began when Reagan pulled the
Marines out of Lebanon after the 1984 bombing. Message loud and
clear: the mighty America could be made to run. Then we had Clinton
in Somalia when in 1993 we lost a few troops in Mogadishu and he
ran. Then we had the Bush/Obama interventions in Afghanistan and
Iraq, places we could not run away from fast enough. And then we
have the total Obama failure in Syria, where he has flailed away
pretending to fight. And we had Ukraine. Not to mention the South
China Sea, which we are already ceding without a shot. What is the
message we have given the world? That any 5th rate bunch
of rabble can stare down the US and win.
·
The more
this continues, the more the chance grows that we really will have
to thrash several enemies before they acknowledge that we are
serious. The Administration is so bent on its precious N-deal that
it is completely blind to what’s happening with Iran. The
Administration has just told Iran: no matter what you do, we’ll lie
back and think of England in winter. The Iran Revolutionary Guards
are a very aggressive bunch. They are celebrating right now at
having shown the whole world that the US is as staunch as dead
chicken. The whole world is watching and it is a simple matter of
time before Iran creates more provocations, or other people do.
Sunday 0230 GMT
January 17, 2016
·
Editor opposes Iran prisoner exchanges
On a personal level, I am happy that
five American citizens of Iranian descent have been freed by
Teheran. It’s easy to identify with the suffering the family members
have undergone, particularly because Iran’s so-called judicial
process is a black hole of arbitrary capriciousness controlled by
government factions who use American prisoners for their own
obscure, wholly despicable political ends.
·
But
relations between states, particularly enemy states, cannot be based
on personal considerations. The US has freed six
prisoners/under-trials of interest to Teheran. All this does is
encourage Teheran’s thuggery. It now has every incentive to arrest
Americans without giving any reason whatsoever, and without giving
them the right to fair trials. My position applies also to North
Korea and other states that might use the same tactics.
·
No
American has the right to travel to a country declared unsafe by the
US State Department except at his own risk. People who go to
countries like Iran and DPRK have no right at all to expect the US
Government will bail them out. Certainly, the normal consular
assistance must be given. But making exchanges is outside the pale.
·
Obviously
this does not apply to persons who are arrested in other countries
while in the overt or covert service of the US. We are not a country
that leaves its own behind. The case of the US soldier who deserted
in Afghanistan and was captured by the Taliban is perhaps not as
problematical as it may appear. Regardless of how he became a POW,
he is a US soldier and has to be recovered. If he is guilty of
violating orders, he should be put on military trial by the US. This
is indeed the case here.
·
The US
should establish a policy of no-negotiation, perhaps even of
no-discussion, if the taken person is a private-citizen traveling to
a notified trouble zone. In real life there are consequences for
making bad choices. This should apply equally to people going to
Iran, DPRK and so on.
·
Meanwhile, may Editor most politely ask what the US Government is
doing to help its diplomatic employee wanted by Italy for allegedly
assisting in the rendition of an extremist wanted by the US? The US
Government did a rendition by kidnapping the wanted person who was
in Italy. The Italians are furious that their sovereignty has been
violated. Personally, the Editor has no sympathy for the Italian
Government. The US is at war, and there is no time for niceties when
Italy won’t quickly extradite a wanted extremist. Though, of course,
it would be nice if the US would stop with its hypocrisy that we
follow the law while others don’t and we are so superior.
·
But that
isn’t the point. The employee, a lady, is wanted because she was a
translator and assisted with the rendition in some vague capacity.
She is a dual US-Portuguese national and has connections to India,
which is why Editor is interested in the matter. She has been
arrested in Portugal on an Italian warrant, and put into a lengthy
extradition process. She has said before that while the US took care
of the other members of the rendition team, she has been left out to
dry. She is either a covert operator or, as she says, merely a
lower-level State Department employee with no connection to the
rendition. She has no diplomatic immunity suggesting she is support
staff. Either way, it is the responsibility of the US Government to
get her out of this mess. So what is the US doing?
Saturday 0230 GMT
January 16, 2016
·
This how low US Government has fallen: it can even keep its lies
straight So, with reference
to the US Navy small boat capture by Iran in the Persian Gulf. First
SecState says the boats ran into trouble and were rescued by Iran;
Iran, we are so grateful to you. Then the SecDefense says their nav
systems failed and they inadvertently intruded in Iran’s territorial
waters.
·
Now a new
story is emerging, as discussed in US Navy Times
http://www.navytimes.com/story/military/2016/01/14/us-sailors-mistakenly-steered-into-iranian-waters/78796140/
“In order to make the trek from Bahrain to Kuwait, the riverine
boats needed to take on more fuel mid-journey. The rendezvous point
for the refueling was about three miles west of the 12-mile limit
that rings Iran's territorial sea around Farsi Island. To get to the
rendezvous, however, the boats deviated from an approved course and
ended up in Iranian waters.” Also, “Nobody understand why they did
what they did," the official said. "The way they went off course
required some notification or approval that they didn’t seek."
·
Also,
“One theory is the crews took a short-cut to the rendezvous point
and couldn't outrun Iran's pursuit vessels because one of the
riverine boats was suffering engine trouble that prevented them from
going full speed.”
·
In other
words, blame the crew which consists, we believe, of 1 lieutenant,
and nine warrant officers/ratings. Can’t get more junior than that
in the naval hierarchy. If we accept this, then SecDefense’s
statement about nav failure is a barefaced lie. And SecState’s
statement about the Iranians “helping” our men is a lie, which of
course everyone knew. You don’t board the ships you are “helping”,
search everything, force the crew into humiliating postures of
surrender, make them confess that they were in the wrong, and
establish dominance by forcing a headscarf on the female crewmember.
·
This
said, let’s look at the inconvenient facts. From Kuwait, where US 5th
Fleet has a naval facility, grandiosely named “Camp Patriot”, to
Bahrain, where 5th Fleet also has a base, is about
550-km. The boats (presumable Mk. 5s) have an 800-km range. So how
does it make sense to arrange from the start that they be refueled
at sea? Why not top off their tanks in Kuwait?
·
Then,
Faris Island is about 100-km east of the Saudi Coast. Why arrange a
refueling rendezvous 3-km west of Faris, where small violations can
cause breaching of Iran’s territorial limits?
·
So either
you say the US Navy is run by morons, or you say these are lies.
Now, it is true that the US military’s most senior stars appear
affected by moronitis, but operational the Navy is very
professional.
·
As to
this business of taking a short cut, without authorization, to get
to the rendezvous. Why are these two boats to the east of the
rendezvous off Faris as opposed to the west, where the Saudi
coastline is? Our reader VK raises the possibility that the
“youngbloods” on the boats decide to do an “in your face, Iran” by
deliberately cutting across Iran territorial waters. Yes, this could
have happened. Small boats do have engine problems. Nonetheless, for
nearly 35-years the US Navy and the Iranians have been confronting
each other in the Gulf. They have a protocol for avoiding incidents,
which at times the Iranians interpret loosely. But are we to believe
that two crews deliberately violated orders for a cheap thrill in an
area of great and prolonged tension? When the movement of naval and
civil ships is tracked continuously in the Persian Gulf, how did the
crews think they could escape unnoticed?
·
You see,
with the official story changing every day, we are of necessity
required to bring out Occam’s razor. Instead of assuming the boats
had insufficient fuel, that the refueling point was only 3-km, from
Faris’s territorial limits, then the crews not just disobeyed orders
but decided to provoke the Iranians by violating their sovereignty,
isn’t it simpler to believe that the Iranians, who have been pretty
darn provocative these last few weeks (don’t forget shooting off
rockets within hundreds of meters of a US carrier just the other
day), ambushed the US boats?
·
Why
should Iran create an incident? Because they have to convince their
own people that they didn’t kow-tow to the US on the N-program.
Their position is not helped by the reality is that kow-tow is
exactly what they did, and the government is being hammered by inner
dissidents who believe the argeement should not have been signed.
Remember, we think of Iran as a rigid theocracy under a dictator,
but in reality power is shared by consensus. The dissidents never go
away on any issue. It is unnecessary to believe that a naval faction
decided on its own to attempt sabotage of the N-agreement. It is
simpler to believe that the senior military leadership deliberately
ordered an incident to show its people that yes sir, we don’t bow to
nobody.
·
None of
this is relevant to our point, which is that the boats should not
have struck their flags without a shot fired. Either the crews
decided on their own to surrender, or they were ordered to stand
down. If the first, courts-marshals imposing the strictest penalties
are required. If they were ordered to stand down to save the nuclear
agreement, then some senior military leaders should be shot.
·
Why not
the political leaders? Because politicians are what they are. The
military leaders need to resign or be court-martialed because they
have brought shame to a proud navy with 240-years of tradition. It
is legal for the politicians to say: “we order you to pull down the
flag and poop on it”. It violates every tenet of honor for the
military to obey, which it looks like they did.
·
Instead
of talking about the shame the crew or the commanders have brought
on America, according to the Navy Times article, the authorities say
“They’ll go through a process of debriefing and making sure that
their mental and physical and emotional needs are taken care of,” he
added. “Every sailor’s going to be a little bit different.” At
another point the sources say that some of the crew are exhausted
and anxious after their 16-hour ordeal. If this is the type of
person you are accepting as volunteers to fight for America, may we
ask what will happen if they get into a battle? What ordeal? What
anxiety? What emotional, mental, physical needs? For heaven’s sake,
what is the Navy saying? Everyone is a little bit different? These
are combat personnel and we’re going to give them personalized
psychotherapy for zero suffering?
·
The
sources say what’s important is we got our people back. Really? It’s
not important that the US Navy, mightiest in the world, has just
been humiliated by unshaven people belonging to a 4th
rate power? What lesson is the world going to draw from this?
Friday 0230 GMT
January 15, 2016
·
Leaked NATO report speaks of Afghan unreadiness The report is from January 9, 2016 Der
Spiegel at http://tinyurl.com/j66dzlz and
says of 101 Afghan Army battalions, only one is fully combat-ready
for independent operations. 38 other battalions have severe
problems. In Afghan 205th Corps area, of 17 battalions,
only five are operational. Ten battalions are completely useless.
The Afghans tool 8000 KIA on 2015. Double that for severely wounded,
and its about 9% of the official army strength of 170,000. Though
Der Spiegel does not talk about the ghost soldiers, other sources
do, so 170,000 is an exaggeration. A reasonable assumption is there
are about 60,000 (nominal) troops in the combat battalions, in which
case Afghan Army may be suffering 30+% dead or seriously wounded in
2015.
·
No need
for us to point out that if this continues, by end 2016 the Afghan
Army will cease to exist except in name. Unlike the Iraq Army, no
one alleges the Afghans are not fighting. They are, but the area
under Taliban (and now under ISIS plus AQ) controls keeps expanding.
·
Now, the
Germans were responsible for training a large number of Afghan
troops. So while Editor is enthusiastic about bludgeoning the US
Army/Marines for their training failures, can we hear from the
Germans about what happened to their battalions? This Afghan
misadventure shows none of the Euros, including UK and France, can
train worth a darn.
·
Suppose
you are a business. Fourteen years and a few hundred billion dollars
later, you reach 1% of your targets, failing at 99%. What would
happen to the CEO, executives, staff and the rest? By contrast, what
has happened to NATO training missions? We suspect nothing. Has
anyone been held accountable? Has anyone been punished? Obviously
not, because once you start holding people accountable you end up
where the buck stops: on the US President’s desk. The US President,
SecDefense, SecStates, hundreds of generals, heads of intelligence
agencies etc will all have to go to the guillotine. No leader can
blame anyone blame anyone because the whole stupid leadership, from
top to bottom, is guilty.
·
Citizens
of America and Europe, welcome to the new normal: incompetent
leaders spending your lives and your money to achieve zero results
and escaping judgement. But wait…isn’t that true of just about
everything our leaders are doing? Why single out defense? Good
thought. Hang them all, including the politicians and the
bum-sucking academics and press, and start over with a clean slate.
·
Tomorrow we will cover
further developments in the Iran hijacking of two US Navy boats.
Thursday 0230 GMT
January 14, 2016
·
For our SecState: Liar, liar, pubic hair on fire
Is Editor being unacceptably rude? You
judge. Besides, this is not an ad hominem attack: it is an attack on
the office of the Secretary of State. It’s irrelevant to us who is
the present incumbent.
·
So: two
US Navy boats in transit from Kuwait to Bahrain or the other way
around are stopped and boarded by the Iranians. The Iranians say the
boats were in Iran territorial waters. There’s some island the
Iranians occupy and say is theirs. Some hours later, the Iranians
says it’s all good, the Americans were not spying, and will be let
go the next day or whatever. The ten crew are indeed let go. No word
yet on the boats, which after all the property of the US Navy and
thus the American people.
·
Our
intrepid SecState then thanks the Iranians for helping the US boats
in distress. Asked if he apologized to Teheran, SecState says why
should there be an apology when the boats were at fault, not the
crew.
·
Except:
the US Navy did not say its boats were in distress and that it asked
the Iranians for help. Neither did the Iranians – they boarded the
boats because, they said, they were violating Iranian waters. Who are you gonna believe,
the SecState or the Iranians? Besides which, it is unlikely the
boats were operating without helicopter or air cover. It is unlikely
both boats got distressed at the same time. There is no indication
that the boats were in such danger of sinking the US asked for help
as opposed to sending its own help. Besides which, would the
Iranians miss a chance to say: “US asked us for help to rescue their
boats and we immediately responded”?
·
As far as
Editor can tell, these boats have to Mk Vs with 5-man crews, and
with the capability to insert/extract 16 SEALS for coastal raising
missions. These little fellers are armed to the teeth: there are
five gun stations for machine-gun, high-speed cannon, and grenade
launchers. They also have close-in air defense missiles. The
Iranians must also have been in patrol boats. There is no way the
Iranians could have seized the boats without a fight
unless the crews were ordered
to stand-down and let
themselves be captured. BTW, these boats run up to 65-knots, so
evasion is always an option. You will ask: if these are Special Ops
ships what was a woman sailor doing on board? Well, the ships give
offensive support and can very much defend themselves, but the crews
themselves are not SEALS or whatever. Women serve on a great many US
warships. Ditto this case.
·
So we’ll
leave it to the naval history readers to tell us when were US Navy
combatants were last ordered to strike their flags without a shot
being fired. No need to bring up the Pueblo, which was captured off
DPRK in 1968. This was an intelligence ship, not a combatant, and
immediate help was not at hand as would have been the case for these
two boats. Moreover, when in 1974 the US-flagged container ship
Mayaguez was seized off Cambodia, the US decided there was going to
be no Pueblo repeat, and a forceful rescue was mounted. Of course,
we now know the Cambodians had no intent of seizing the ship; they
said it was in their territorial waters and only wanted to know what
was going on. They released the crew before the rescue mission began
and made clear they wanted no trouble with the US.
·
Was the
order to stand down for capture legal? Well, the Prez is the C-in-C
and can order any military person to do anything. We accept the
order was legal. Was it appropriate the Prez order two US Navy
combatant craft to surrender without firing a shot? Obviously not.
The Prez will doubtless babble about saving lives. So by this
standard, when any US fighting forces are in danger of taking
casualties, the order of the day should be “do not fire a shot and
do surrender.”
·
What has
happened is a big disgrace and a permanent black mark against the
honor of the US Navy and the United States. It was done to save the
Prez’s Iran deal, which is even more shameful. (By the way, Editor
supports the deal.) The boats might have been captured by
over-zealous local commanders. The speed with which Teheran said the
crew would be released suggests that for all the hard-line
opposition to the N-deal, the military and top honchos didn’t want
to create further trouble. But they should have been made to
apologize. They weren’t. They did something very wrong. In return,
we kissed their butts and thanked them for rescuing our boats.
·
But of
course, who nowadays is concerned about the honor of a military
service or that of the country? When you are as brilliant as this
Administration claims it is, these are just silly things no adult
should be concerned about. The scientists talk of the multi-verse,
in which anything that can happen will happen. It is the misfortune
of America-in-our-universe that we led by craven cowards and most of
the country simply shrugs.
·
Wednesday 0230 GMT January 13, 2016
·
OPEC argues
about calling emergency meeting to restrict output
Imagine this scenario: the grain surplus nations, US, Canada,
France, Australia, Germany, Ukraine, Russia etc. form a cartel
because they aren’t “being paid the real price” for food. They
restrict output, pushing up grain prices to double, triple,
quintuple existing ones. To those who beg “We can’t pay these
prices”, the Organization of Grain Exporting States (OGES) replies
“Tough. Pay or starve”.
·
Most developed
nations tighten their belts; after all, food forms a relatively
small percentage of consumer spending. Many middle-income countries
are in trouble. But for the developing low-income states, it’s an
absolute disaster. As it is, their citizens spend 30+ percent of
their income on food. To prevent starvation, these countries have to
pay the whacking great new prices and subsidize food even more than
they do already. This significantly reduces government resources for
every other item; in spite of government help, consumers have to cut
back on their already miserably small budgets on non-food items.
Tens of millions starve. Hundreds of millions suffer malnutrition.
Economic development takes a huge hit, destroying the chances of
these nations to pull themselves up from the endless cycle of
poverty they have been trapped in for centuries, perhaps even
millennia.
·
Further assume
the income garnered by the OGES goes not to their people, but to
small minorities who rule their nations with a rod of steel held in
a fist of steel. These now super-rich spend their money on
conspicuous consumption, further rubbing the faces of the have nots
in the dirt – “Yaaarh, we have it and you don’t!” What would you
then think of the OGES states?
·
Yet, this is
precisely what OPEC did. Best to remember that our own oil companies
were completely complicit in this robbery. Next time you curse the
camel drivers, equally curse western oil companies.Now, we can right
away agree that grain is not oil. You either have oil or you don’t.
Whereas with rising prices, very quickly the world’s countries would
step up grain production. But suppose that despite every effort by
non-OGES to boost grain output, OGES still manages to produce a
third of the world’s grain and control prices. So while wheat does
not go up to $1,800/ton from today’s $150/ton as OGES hopes, it is
still $750/ton, five times what it should be. (Our analogy accepts
$20 as a fair price for today’s oil as opposed to the $100 OPEC
finds acceptable, and against the $250 it dearly wants.)
·
The reason the
oil cartel has held for so long is that it was in no producer’s
interests to see prices drop because of increased production. The
major western oil producers and non-OPEC countries like Russia were
perfectly happy to see prices stay high. We were constantly being
told that oil could not be produced for much less than the high
prices. Since the oil majors refused to invest in technology to
bring down prices, as would happen in a free market, this became a
self-fulfilling prophecy.
·
Then along came
American wildcat frackers. Using technology they developed, they
upped US production and cared nothing if that brought down prices.
They would much rather make a piddling $10/bbl profit because they
gain nothing from restricting output. The benefit of high oil price
goes to the oil biggies, not to the frackers.
·
So, as we know,
as price plummeted, Saudis decided to open their taps, to push down
prices still further and drive the frackers out of business. But
frackers pushed their cost of production faster, so that fracked $70
oil no longer paid, $50 did, and then even $35 did. The frackers are
working on pushing costs down even more, and developing
environmentally less damaging technologies. So ostensibly the Saudi
strategy is working: it is said 50% of US frackers are about to go
bankrupt. But those
brilliant Saudi oil economists miscalculated, because the price has
gone down so far that their budgets are being savaged. And if they
do succeed to bring up prices, the frackers will uncap their
mothballed webs and ramp production up.
·
The Saudis can –
and are doing so – reduce their need for oil revenues by cutting
subsidies for their people. They plan to phase subsidies out in
5-years. This, of course, raises internal unrest. But the Saudis are
simply not being able to get the price back to – say - $70+ and get
it to stick. They may SEEM to be winning against the frackers, but
it hasn’t quite sunk in that the days of $70+ oil are done with.
·
The Saudis, of
course, are fighting another battle. They need to kill Iran’s oil
output. They aren’t going to succeed on that either. Iraq, for one,
is selling oil at $30 and making a decent profit. The Iranians will
do the same if needed, and meet their revenue losses by pumping even
more oil.
·
The US, however,
still needs to destroy OPEC. That august body is acting to restrain
trade and is in violation of GATT. Its Gulf members are also big
financial supporters of global terrorism. It needs to be punished
severely. The chances of this happening are low because US oil
companies and weapons producers are among the big corporates who own
Congress. So the US is, as usual, caught in a massive hypocrisy. Its
advocates for, and fights global battles for, free and open trade.
Free trade on everything
except oil. The fact the oil cartel exists should normally trigger
the severest US/OECD sanctions against OPEC members.
·
Possibly the
most massive wealth transfer of all time has happened because of
OPEC. A country like India has lost hundreds of billions of dollars
to the artificially inflated oil prices, something it absolutely
could not, and still cannot, countenance. The poor countries should
be demanding reparations from both OPEC governments and US/Western
governments who tacitly participated in helping OPEC keep price
high. The American taxpayer loses twice, not just because of high
oil prices, but also the billions of dollars in annual aid without
which the poorer countries would be in deeper trouble.
·
This nonsense
has to stop. The only way that can be done is to declare OPEC guilty
of waging economic warfare against the rest of the world, and
retaliate by all means necessary. Eradicate the cartel by creating
conditions for our domestic frackers to produce even more oil and
blocking supply of goods and services to OPEC nations. If necessary,
pass laws suspending environmental regulations to help the frackers.
You cannot be fighting a war and putting the interests of greens
first. Get your priorities right, Washington. OPEC must die; stop keeping
it alive and hurting the interests of our own people.
Tuesday 0230 GMT
January 12, 2016
·
Germany and training missions
After announcing it would boost its
Kurdistan and Mali military training missions, Berlin is now
considering sending military advisors to work with the nominal
Libyan Army. This got Editor thinking: what precisely is the point
of this great explosion of European training missions?
·
Rather
than lead readers through the torturous process of Editor’s
analysis, he will present the conclusions first. The US, for a long
time, has sent military training missions all over the globe – we
are told the Special Forces alone are in 80 (eighty!) different
nations. Understandably, when people hear “Special Forces: Green
Berets” they think of super-commandos. The US Army SF are, actually,
intended for training and in the days of the Cold War, of organizing
local resistance behind enemy lines. Sure, they can be used for
patrols, but the primary idea (see Second Indochina) is to gather up
locals, become the focal point of local action groups, and
train/equip/live with the locals while the fighting goes on. All
familiar stuff to those of us old enough to remember Second
Indochina. For the Rambo missions you have Delta, SEAL 6, and so on. It’s this training thing, not
the Rambo thing, that sends our SF to so many different countries.
·
The
effectiveness of this effort has been dismal as evidenced by the
failures of Iraq, Syria, Afghanistan, and Mali, to name the
operations Editor is familiar with. But here is the key point: it
gives the US high command a feeling of actively combatting enemy
threats without the publicity that comes with “boots on the ground”.
A very stupid expression, BTW, devoid of any logic, but a short-hand
meme that spares us the necessity of figuring out what precisely we
are doing. Rational thinking is too hard for us now days.
·
So: a
crisis erupts in XYZ country and military force is needed to resolve
the issue. Instead of sending ground force, which are really the
only folks who can force decisive outcomes, we make a big song and
dance about sending SF, thus allowing us to fool ourselves into
believing we are doing something, whereas actually we are doing
nothing. Because ground troops commitments mean casualties and
expense, so much easier to send SF trainers. Since the public, feed
by endless novels on covert action, is conditioned to believe such
operations must be covert, the government does not have to disclose
any details, and thus escapes accountability. We, the public, know
nothing about the failures, nor have we any way of judging
effectiveness of the scores of missions.
·
Since the
US military has managed to convince itself that it has the greatest
military in the world, and since the world is in awe of US military
power, every other country wants to be a MiniMe. So they too have
started sending training missions in lieu of doing real work like
fighting. This all began with Afghanistan, then was replicated in
Iraq etc etc.
·
The
problem is that we, as usual, have everything butt backwards.
Training by itself does not create local forces that know how to
fight. You have to have folks raring for a fight, with an
appropriate background, set to go, but needing a bit of push with
organizing, professional tactics, equipment and so in. In other
words, to create an orchestra we cant just pick up random folks off
the street, attract them with good salaries and benefits, teach them
to play instruments, and expect them to achieve world standard. You
have to pick musicians who are already passionate about their art
and craft, and give them the means to succeed. It has to be 90%
blood, sweat, and tears, and 10% our effort. In our military
training we do the opposite.
·
The
minute you get recruits because of the pay and benefits, the moment
a crisis hits, your newly trained soldiers do a quick calculation:
is the $200/month I get worth my life? Why should we be surprised
that they decide their lives are more important. There has to be a
cause people are willing to fight for and die for. Battling those
America designates as America’s enemies is not a cause other folks
can get enthusiastic about.
·
Let’s go
back to the British -Indian Army to clarify our point. India teemed
with warriors for whom military service was a way of life, not just
a paycheck. When the British defeated – say – the Sikhs, the Sikh
warriors had nowhere else to go. Sensibly, the British offered them
employment. But when the poopy hit the wall, say at the Battle for
Sarghiri (Afghanistan), where 21 Sikhs fought several thousand
tribals to the last man in what may be the most Famous Last Stand in
recorded history, it wasn’t the paycheck that gave the tiny outpost
the will to fight. It was their pride in being warriors first, last,
and inbetween.
·
How did
the British manage to create this extreme faith in their native
soldiers? On the battlefield, they led and fought alongside their
men. The British officers had a limitless faith in their men, and
stood and died with their men. They weren’t just training Indians to
fight the Queen’s wars as a substitute for themselves. They were
training Indians to fight alongside British battalions.
·
Hurry
over to Iraq. American fighting and dying alongside their men?
Please – don’t make me laugh because it really hurts. Limitless
faith in their men? Our trainers have as much faith in the men they
train as they have belief in Tinker Bell and magic dust. And they
are justified, because the recruits have come for a paycheck. How
come the Peshmerga doesn’t have trouble getting its men to fight?
How come Islamic State manages to keep its men fighting despite the
most hopeless odds? Because underneath, these men believe in their
cause. Some may be faking it for the sake of a paycheck, but they
follow through nonetheless, not desert at the first opportunity. In
Iraq, please to note the Federal Police have no problem fighting
within the limitations of their means and abilities. But then the
Federal Police very much want to kill Sunnis: they are motivated by
hatred and a wish to payback for the Sunni oppression.
·
What will
motivate the Libyans who are a tribal society, with each tribe
seeking momentary advantage on the chess-board, changing sides when
it’s to their benefit, and doing their best to avoid getting killed?
Fight for Libya, which to them is a
western conception? Be
serious. We wish the Germans good luck. Lots of sun, lots of fun
shooting off guns, zero risk. Who would not volunteer for such a
great vacation? But are the Germans going to make a difference? No.
To make a difference, they should send two panzergrenadier brigades
to join a multi-divisional EU/NATO force that will do the fighting –
and stay for 50-years to nation build. Maybe even 100.
Bwahahahahaha! Editor cracks up on his own humor.He is just so
amusing.
Monday 0230 GMT
January 11, 2016
·
Koln and other matters Editor has not written about the New Year’s Events in Germany because
he is uncomfortable, for obvious reasons. Nonetheless, he’s decided
to comment and repeat himself from several other posts.
·
First, we
have the absolutely amazing censorship that was enforced by the
Germans, in the name of keeping racial/multi-ethnic peace. It was
not until 6 days has passed that the whole story began to come up.
Aside from clamping down on regular media, Germany was also
censoring the new media. The German excuse is that because the Nazis
capitalized on ethnic hatred to commit vast human rights crimes,
Germany had to enact an extremely tough code so that incitement
could never happen again. As is true of so many liberal programs,
where a few “enlightened” souls believe they have the right the
prescribe the behavior of the unwashed masses because we are
oh-just-so-stupid, the intention was good.
·
But the
road to heck is paved with good intentions. True conservatives, as
opposed to the rabble standing for elections in America who call
themselves conservatives, accept that liberals have good intentions.
But they are against behavior prescriptions because they know that
beyond a point, those who get away with implementing their good
intentions risk become just as fascist/dictatorial as the bad guys.
Good intentions must be very carefully thought through, if necessary
over decades, to avoid this.
·
Our point
is this. Presumably every German under the age of 85 – which is the
vast majority – had nothing to do with Hitler and his fascists. So
what applicability do laws enacted THEN with good intentions, have
to do with NOW? Don’t the women who were robbed and sexually
assaulted, German citizens, have rights too? Or do only the refugees
and immigrants from Mideast/North African states have rights? The
fundamental duty of a state, indeed the fundamental purpose of
having a state, is to provide physical protection to its citizens.
This later became expanded into other protections, such as social
and economic. It’s bad enough when a state like Germany fails to
protect its own citizens, its worse when it does so to protect
foreigners who have no right to be in the country in the first
place.
·
Second,
it’s no coincidence that the mayor, a woman, blamed the women for
what happened. This is an extreme manifestation of political
correctness. You, the women, need to modify YOUR behavior so as not
to inflame the passions of the foreigners. But how utterly
preposterous. If a foreigner comes to your home, it is incumbent on
him to adopt your values, not incumbent on you to adopt his. This
mayor is totally confused and needs a rest cure in a nice asylum.
·
Editor is
not one of those who automatically beats up on Islamic values.
Possibly one of the most beautiful religions in the world is Sufism,
which is a branch of Islam, and which believes in respecting
everyone, regardless of religion. Islamic justice, if conducted
fairly, is in Editor’s opinion, much superior to western justice. It
puts the victim at the center of the process, and it makes the perp
responsible for his actions. No one cares that he had an unhappy
childhood or whatever. There is a Spartan purity to real Islam,
understandable given the harsh and unforgiving desert environment.
Courage, humility, hospitality, helping the poor, and reducing
consumption to what is needed for a minimally comfortable life are
central to Islam.
·
Two
things have gone wrong with the way Islam is practiced. Women are
chattels. Yes, so it was in the west too. The west grew out of this
way of thinking because obviously human rights does not mean rights
only for me, but for women too. Yes, it is true that the majority of
modern Muslims treat their women with respect. But other women, and
their own if they deviate from the norms of public behavior laid by
men, are indeed the whores of Babylon and fair game. The other thing
gone wrong is that so many Muslims who have power because of money
or guns continue to believe women are chattels.
·
So,
folksies, it is what it is. But you cannot come to German, France,
or America, begging for shelter, and then insist (a) the host accept
your behavior toward women; and (b) that the host must convert to
your religion or die. It is to Germany’s shame that the Government,
in the name of protecting the human rights of immigrants/refugees,
has violated the rights of its own women citizens. There is
something very sick about this.
·
Third, no
one has the right of unlimited immigration to anyone’s country. The
developed world, which is mainly white, is 10% of the global
population. That doesn’t give the other 90% a right to come to the
developed world for a better life. Liberals who believe this need to
be put on suicide watch, because the end result of what they propose
is suicide for the host nations. A nation’s first duty is to its
own. Just as my first duty is to feed my own family. Yes, I can
consume less to create a surplus to give to the less fortunate. But
no rational person suggests that I should starve my own to feed
others. We use “feed”
metaphorically. Further, no rational
person says we should change our way of life to accommodate those
from other cultures.
·
If Merkel and other German politicians
don’t wake up, they will be put out. In defense of their liberal
ideals, they are creating conditions for a massive backlash against
the very foreigners they want to help. And they are encouraging more
illegal immigration. People are going to start taking up guns.
That’s not going to help Germany or its democracy is it?
Sunday 0230 GMT
January 10, 2016
·
Pathankot AB terror attack: a tempest in a doll’s teacup
This attack does not merit the
comparison of a tempest in a teacup. It is more insignificant than
that. An apter comparison is a tempest in a doll’s teacup.
Uh oh, readers say, Editor is
flying off the wall again. Not really. What happened? Yet another
terror attack in a decades long series. 7 security personnel and 6
terrorists killed. Airbase 40-km from the border penetrated thanks
to collaborators in the Punjab Police and possible some folks inside
the base providing information to the attacker.
·
Editor’s
reaction? Yawn. Boooooorrrrriiing. This not even a flea bite to an
elephant. Stuff like this has been happening again and again,
because – honestly – we Indians are not terribly security minded.
And why should we be? India’s been around for at least 3,000 years,
invaders have come and gone and managed to nibble around the edges.
But India endures. The very failings for which India is being
condemned arise out of the same qualities that has enabled us to
endure. Kings and enemies
come and go. But Mother India is forever. Editor is pretty sure that
if there was a nuclear war, two species would survive: Indians and
cockroaches.
·
We are
not saying Indians are like cockroaches in a pejorative sense. We’re
talking about the remarkable ability of this bug to survive. Indians
mimic this ability. So, you ask, what exactly are these qualities
that have enabled us to survive? This is a complex matter. One
aspect is that Indians have a single imperative: survival.
·
Indians
firmly believe that hasty action leads to more trouble. Better to
let enemies hit us as many times as they want, and we will get right
back up, produce more children to replace those we lose, and carry
on. Because of the new media – the internet and its deranged
children like Emails, instant video, texting and so on, Indians are
now doing what the west has been doing for some decades now: going
hysterical about every last detail and blaming people who took
decisions which in retrospect seem unhelpful. Please to ask
yourself: could the US have won World War II had EVERY day’s action
been discussed in great deal by EVERYONE? Obviously not. The west
has managed to box itself into a corner where it is incapable of
taking action. Do we want to be like that?
·
Murphy’s
Law: with their usual wit and pithiness, American soldiers
formulated this law 70-years ago. What Can Go Wrong WILL Go Wrong.
If you study management, you know this to be true. A variant of
Murphy’s Law: the more in haste you act, the greater the chance you
will get disastrous outcomes, because the harder it becomes to
execute each step faultlessly. The more detailed your plan and the
more complex, chances multiply exponentially that it will fail. No
military persons in their right mind (except the Americans) believe
that complexity works. Thus another famous US military aphorism:
KISS, Keep It Simple, Stupid.
·
How does
one develop leaders capable of correct action under pressure? One
gives them the authority to improvise as they see best in light of
changing battlefield conditions. They will make mistakes, big ones.
But how else are they to learn? Why do we demand perfection when it
is impossible – another US military aphorism: the enemy also gets a
vote.
·
The
Pathankot theorists were well-trained, well-prepared and brave.
Their controller, ISI, planned well. It is easier for the fox to
hide and escape than for the scores of chasing hounds to get him.
It’s plain physics.
·
Okay,
integrated leadership was missing among the first responders. When
you have the Punjab Police, the Army, the Air Force, the National
Security Advisor, and the National Security Guards all running
around at almost zero notice, you are going to get chaos. Every
operation must have only one commander unity of command.
Not only were there many
commanders, but the various agencies didn’t particularly like each
other. So maybe we can do better next time. Maybe the Prime Minister
can designate a command chain with the very clear order: if you
disobey the chain, if you tussle among yourselves on the field, you
will be executed.
·
Easily
said, right? But the reality is different. The Prime Minister and
his civilian advisors have zero idea of how to deal with the
military, in great part because the military is reflexively
contemptuous of the civilian leadership. Not to speak of the police:
this National Security Advisor is a policeman, which actually makes
him far more qualified than previous ones. But the military would
rather commit hari kiri than show respect to a police officer. If
they think he is a moron, why cant they sit down with him and
educate him? Why can’t they give him their full cooperation, and say
“we’re all on the same team?” Well, you know the answer to that.
People cooperate at the point of a gun, and even then they’re trying
to sabotage each other. Sound familiar to our American readers? Why
should Indians be different?
·
Now to
our concluding point. Things went wrong. But so darn what? Where is
the great tragedy that resulted from this? The terrorists were
unable to cause ANY damage whatsoever aside from killing 7 security
forces. For this they lost six of their own? Come on people, please
get real. There are six times more Indians than there are
Pakistanis. Ah, you will say, but Pathankot caused us a loss of
reputation. Really? Where? Only amongst ourselves, because we want
to be mini-Americans. But our security forces DID defend the
airbase, successfully.
·
Can we
stop beating ourselves up? We won. Will it kill us to say: Good job,
military and National Security Advisor. Sure, do it better next
time. But from start to finish this crisis was better managed than
we have ever done. If we persist in thinking we are mini-Americans,
we cant say this. But if we accept we are Indians, we can. Remember:
long after there is no America or Pakistan or whoever, Indians will
still be around. As will the cockroaches.
Saturday 0230 GMT
January 9, 2016
·
Contrary view on attack on Indian Air Force Base Pathankot See, this is why Editor doesn’t like getting
involved in controversies about which he has no idea. Sitting in
Delhi is one thing for dealing with an hour-by-hour confrontation
with terrorists, sitting in Washington guarantees that except for
broad (strategic) analysis Editor will remain clueless. Anyhow,
having yesterday posted what was essentially the account fro, Ajai
Shukla, a well-known Indian defense analyst and journalist, we are
compelled to note that another account gives a different take.
·
Reader VK
writes to us: Please do note
that Lt.Gen Panag (and his daughter & Bollywood actress Gul Panag)
are Punjab Aam Aadmi Party leaders/members and anti-Modi. Punjab
state elections are coming up. Therefore, they have an axe to grind
with Govt & NSA Ajit Doval who is right hand man of BJP PM Narendra
Modi. Ajit Doval as a super-spy is a big brand & his vast
connections are big boost to security aspect of the Govt &
conversely a thorn in the eye of opposition. Lt.Gen Panag for last 2
years has been taking up blind contrarian positions vis-a-vis Govt
on all issues including roaring success OROP (pension scheme for
veterans) implementation.
·
He slyly
raises various issues & capacity on ground situation (which will
need years to build up) as against the "handling" of the terror
issue which was excellent. Never have been NSG, Army SF ®ular
infantry pre-deployed in a target (24 square km AFB) on receiving
terror alert. If troops & special forces were pre-deployed, I don’t
see argument of "wasted time" holding any water. Please read Nitin
Gokhale’s post at
http://nitinagokhale.blogspot.in/2016/01/all-you-wanted-to-know-about-response.html?spref=tw
·
Please
note that Nitin says about 1000 Army troops
were sent to the base. But
then Ajai shoots back: the Army sent 100 or so to the base before
the attack, but the rest came later. The base perimeter was
essentially unprotected despite the early warning. Does Editor want
to be caught in the cross-fire? No, so he will do the cowardly thing
and run. If any reader is interested, they’ll have to read up by
themselves. Ajai is at
http://ajaishukla.blogspot.com/
·
One thing
Editor will share is that he now has information on the Indian
casualties. Four unarmed, retired soldiers enlisted in the Defense
Security Corps were killed outright at the start – there is some
indication the attackers entered by climbing trees, thus jumping
over the wall, and landing at the DSC mess. One DSC soldier, though
unarmed, ran after the terrorists, snatched the weapon from one and
killed him before being killed by the other intruders. Brave fellow,
and one hopes he gets recognition. One air force base protection
confronted the terrorists and was killed. Now, regarding the
Lt.-Colonel if the elite National Security Guards who Editor though
was killed leading his men from the front: he did something he
shouldn’t have, which is attempting to dismantle a grenade on the
body of a felled terrorist. The Army would not have fallen for this
booby trap because they’ve had decades of CI/CT experience. A waste
of a life. That leaves one person killed in the flushing-out
operations. Editor is still not clear if there were 5, 6, or 8
attackers. But they were very well trained and brave in their
misguided way. They all died or perhaps 1-2 got away.
·
A
sort of sad thing happened at school today
Editor for some reason has the closest
relationships with the bad boys and girls. It is got to do with they
are so desperate for any kindness. Because the students are the age
of his eldest grandchildren, Editor is completely non-judgmental,
and the bad kids they can come to him for some sympathy when they’re
in trouble.
·
Okay. So
one of his favorite bad girls was a usual misbehaving in class – the
cell-phone thing. The class was to take a quiz. The co-teacher told
the student three times to put away the phone, to no avail. Editor
also gently tried to get her to focus, also to no avail, because
once the bad kids get stubborn, they’d rather die than back down.
There’s a security officer who she trusts. Editor was about to leave
the room to fetch him to calm her down.
Some kind of escalation took
place and the student stormed out of class.
·
Well, she
wanted to do the quiz so she came back quietly, did her review, and
waited while the teacher handed out the papers – except to the
disrespectful student. After a while, the student went outside and
called me. “I don’t get a paper?” she said. “Not unless you
apologize to the teacher,” I said. “Come on, let’s go back in and
I’ll stand with you when you apologize.” The student almost started
crying, but said “I won’t apologize”. Her grade was important to
her, but so was her pride.
·
When
Editor told the teacher the student wouldn’t apologize, teacher for
the student’s name, which he had to give: as a staff-member, he must
support other staff. The teacher simply wrote up an administrative
referral on three counts: cell phone, refusal to follow
instructions, and storming out of class, and got on with her work.
Friday 0230 GMT
January 8, 2016
·
Terror attack on Pathankot Air Base – critique of the operation
Editor is still worried that
none of this will make any sense to our western readers. To
understand what happened and why it happened, you have to know how
the Indians think and function. After 50-years of pondering Editor
thinks he MAY have a bit
of understanding. Alas, if Editor tried to explain, our western
readers would get totally confused because Indian logic is NOT
western logic. Editor is reproducing, with minor explainations in
parens, an article written by Lt.-General HS Panag (Retired) which
pretty much covers the whole incident. Editor has added a brief
commentary on where the senior police official comes in. He is a key
to the cas. Naturally, India being India he has still not been
questioned, six days later. Our guess is no one wants him questioned
because a whole lot of folks are involved in the
police-border-smuggling nexus, which this time has become caught up
with terrorists making skillful use of the nexus.
Lt. Gen HS Panag (IA, Retired)
·
This
operation was a disaster from the word go. Luck and providence saved
the air base. Infiltration can be effected with impunity all around
the Shakargarh Bulge. The border Security Force (BSF, responsible
for first-line defense of the border in peace) always lies.
·
Pathetic
internal coordination. Despite the windfall of SP Salwinder Singh’s
carjacking and the use of his mobile, we were not only slow to
respond, but also caught with our pants down. (Explained below)
·
Be that
as it may, Doval (National Security Advisor) held a conference on 1
January at 1500 hrs which was also attended by the Chief of Army
Staff. The air base was assessed as the target and everyone was
warned. A battery of the National Security Guard (NSG) was
dispatched to Pathankot air base. A Special Forces team was flown in
and put in location at Mamun (adjacent army base).
·
No lead
agency or overall Commander was appointed. Unless Doval felt he
could control the events. The area in the vicinity of the base was
not combed. The public was not informed. It was a failure of the
Pathankot police and, possibly, the Indian army, if they were tasked
at all. If the General Officer Commanding 29 Division (major
formation at the army base along with others) was in charge, this
would have been done. Preventive security of the air base was not
beefed up. Given the size (12 square kilometers), an Infantry
Battalion should have manned the perimeter and patrolled the wall
from outside.
·
The less
said about the security of our air bases in general, the better.
Four-five platoons (total 60 men) of rag tag DSC (Defense Security
Corps; older men rehired by the MOD) are capable of being static
security guards only. There are approximately 20-30 poorly trained
Garuds (IAF ground units for air base protection). No electronic
sensors of any kind are present along the wall and fence and the
outer periphery is not lit up. Civilian houses are right next to the
wall. Our air bases are sitting ducks. We have been singularly lucky
that despite Mehran and Kamra (PAF bases attacked by terrorists),
ISI did not target air bases near the International Border.
·
Despite
the 24 hour warning, 5-8 terrorists scaled the wall and entered the
administration area and attacked the DSC Mess where men were unarmed
despite the warning. Five men were lost.
·
The less
said about the response of the NSG and the Garuds, the better as
well. The initial casualties imposed too much caution. The Indian
army moved in and killed two terrorists while two were killed by the
NSG. Victory was declared by the evening of the 2 January by
everyone including the Prime Minister and the Home Minister.
Fundamental precaution of combing the area was not taken.
Consequently, it took another 48 hours to get one more terrorist –
the operation was still on. A Lt Col of the NSG was lost due to not
following Standard Operating Procedure on 3 January (he was an EOD
expert who, in defiance of SOP, tried impromptu to defuse a grenade
on the body of a dead terrorist). Seven to eight NSG were wounded.
·
The
villain of the piece seems to be Doval, followed by the Indian air
force and the Indian army. What was the NSG doing in a purely
military installation? The time is not far when we will take orders
from the Home Minister, the National Security Advisor or the police.
·
Once
again we have become the laughing stock for the whole world, and
given our weaknesses on a platter to the ISI.
·
The
operation should have been under GOC 29 Div. Air base security
should have been placed under the Indian army. An Infantry Battalion
responsible for preventive security, Special Forces team and
Infantry quick reaction teams should have been placed inside the
base. On 1 Jan, the area in the vicinity of the base should have
been combed. Any one of us familiar with our air bases and their
lack of security, and with the hindsight of Mehran and Kamra, would
have done this.
Added by Editor: Possible role of Punjab
Superintendent of Police’s role in the affair
·
The
senior police officer says he was visiting a shrine near the border
at midnight, an intrinsically unlikely story. He was car jacked, and
deprived of his official vehicle and mobile phone. He and two others
accompanying him were spared (another unlikely story). It was a call
from the cell-phone by the terrorists, monitored by the Indian
authorities that led to the alert being sounded. Six days later he
had still not been questioned.
·
The
indications are his car was one of the vehicles used by the
terrorists to reach the airbase. The speculation is he had gone out
to meet drug smugglers and bring them across the border into India,
and that Pakistan used these smugglers with whom he was familiar to
infiltrate the terror team into India. These men who had no
difficulty in shooting down five unarmed elderly ex-soldiers in
their mess. Why would the terrorists
released the police
officer and his men to sound the alarm, as opposed to killing them?
And why did he not sound the alarm immediately he was let go instead
of waiting till 24-hours later, an intercepted call from his cell
altered the authorities?
Thursday 0230 GMT
January 27, 2016
·
Terrorist attack on India’s Pathankot air base
Some of our Indian readers have written
in asking Editor to comment. Editor’s been reluctant to comment for
two good reasons. One, Indian reporting quality is not good and it
would be pointless for him to comment without talking to people back
there. Two, Editor does not think it is at all a big deal. It’s a
minor incident.
·
Agreed it
was an attack sponsored by the Pakistan Army to undercut the sudden,
unexpected personal rapprochement between the Indian and Pakistani
prime ministers. India’s hands are tied because the government has
to strengthen the hand of the Pakistani civilian government, which
is engaged in a furious battle to send the Army back to the
barracks. With the Pakistani civil government condemning the attack
– very unusually – there is nothing India can gain by freezing the
very recent unfreezing of a genuine dialog. The Pakistan Army wins.
India has announced that talks will continue, therefore delivering a
kick to the shin of the Pakistan Army. This is a huge change of
attitude on India’s part despite many in India screaming
(half-heartedly) for retaliation.
·
Given the
Editor does not access the legality of the British-imposed Partition
of 1947, and argues India has every right to hold Pakistan as an
Indian territory in illegal secession, you can see that none of this
cozying-up peace talk is to his liking. What the Indian government
and the Pakistan civilian government really want is an end to the
dispute, which means recognizing the Cease Fire Line in Kashmir as
an international boundary. The only thing standing in the way –
thank goodness – is that a permanent peace between the two nations
will destroy the extra-constitutional power of the Pakistan Army.
·
Having
said that, Editor has as of today spent 30-years analyzing and
explaining that India has absolutely zero will to settle the Kashmir
issue by force. As for undoing Partition, Editor’s mentor Mr. K.
Subhramanyam turned to him one day with a laconic statement: “why do
we want another 100-million Muslims in India?” Even recovering
Kashmir and China-held Ladakh is impossible because we Indians
consider it just too hard. Editor has calculated that in the worst
case these endeavors will require $800-billion, two-years and over
100,000 casualties. The job can actually be done on $40-billion,
4-weeks, and 10,000 casualties, but one has to use the worst case.
Editor laid out all the details in his last book which sold 3 copies
by mistake. Editor takes perverse pride in writing tracts so
complicated and headache making that no one can read them. So the
book was a failure not because it sold ONLY three copies, but
because it SOLD three copies.
·
When
Indian’s are confronted by Editor, the immediate reaction is “Not
tonight, dear, I have a headache. And I will have one tomorrow ad
infiniteum. So just go away. Fifty years ago Editor returned to
India planning to make a revolution that would restore India’s
glory. Fifty years later Editor’s biggest and all-consuming concern
is how he’s going to pay his mortgage (the same as 200-million other
Americans). Editor’s downfall was the same as the downfall of
everyone who has invaded India: the women seduce you and soon you
are good for nothing except to feebly beg “please stop, I can’t take
any more”.
·
This
being the case, it’s kind of pointless for Editor to give his take
on the terror attack. He is forced to say India is reacting
correctly. As for the way the attack was handled, Ajai Shukla in his
blog has shown how dreadfully pathetic was our response, how totally
incoherent, how completely unprepared, despite more than 7-years
since the Bombay terror attacks. That was supposed to be our wake-up
call. We did wake-up, and fell asleep again because, you see,
eternal vigilance is just too hard. India works best as a punching
bag with infinite give, that easily hangs on until the attacker gets
so tired he either settles in India and becomes a good Indian, or he
leaves. Passive? Cowardly? Yes, but it has worked for at least
2-3,000 years.
·
Maybe
President Obama, after his US term is over, can run for Indian Prime
Minister. His philosophy of “do not act least you makes things
works” is our philosophy too.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
January 6, 2016
·
US disinclined to get involved in Saudi-Iran dispute according to the Washington Post (January 5,
2016, p. A8, Karen DeYoung, “US keeps careful distance from
Saudi-Iranian dispute”. Intervening may achieve little, and may even
makes things worse.
·
This is
good news. We hope that this is because the US realized that
wherever it has recently intervened in the Middle East/North
Africa/Afghanistan, 2001-present, it has created a Royal Foul Up.
The reason is not, as Mr. Obama would have us believe, that the US
cannot solve these
problems, it is because the US
has no willpower to solve distant problems, possibly because we
have so many of our own, and because these futile wars have been
going on so long with things get worse each year.
·
Now,
Editor has always been an advocate of forceful, swift, and decisive
American intervention to solve the world’s problems. Lately, as
readers know, he has been advocating a pull-back from our
multiplying commitments, each one of which seems as spontaneous as
that of a butterfly’s meanderings, because we do not know what we
are doing. Though this is not the best analogy because after all, a
butterfly meanders purposefully; it is hunting for nourishment, and
it hurts no one. Maybe a better analogy would be the US blundering
around like a herd of drunk elephants trampling everything in their
way.
·
Our
problem with Mr. Obama has become that he is a pacifist, and instead
of bluntly saying so, he does these little quarter-interventions and
one-eighth-interventions – we aren’t going to guess why he is so
half-hearted. He considers himself a person of principle; as a
matter of principle he should stick up for his real beliefs. Would
Editor support Obama’s non-intervention/pacifism? He would not until
the Libya War 2011, before it became obvious Situation Normal All
Fouled Up had become our default. After that Editor is, like, “Mr.
Obama, please save America from yourself and stay at home.”
·
So for
once Editor can agree with Mr. Obama that it is best not to
interfere in this new Mideast crisis. We sincerely hope he doesn’t
give in to pressure because there is absolutely nothing to be
gained.
·
But
supposing the US was a competent, vigorous, and determine power.
What would Editor suggested the US do? The primary immediate threat
facing the US today is Islamist fundamentalism, which is led
fore-and-aft by the Sunni states. Which in turn means Saudi Arabia.
Simple geopolitics dictates that we bring down Saudi Arabia and the
other parasitic Mideast oil states. This means allying with Iran,
and accepting that Iran, not Saudi, is the only regional state
capable of bringing stability to the region.
·
Won’t
this create problems? Of course. Everything anyone does creates
problems. The solution is not to refuse to take action, but to be
forceful and decisive. Example, US 1941-75. Willpower and correct
action will solve any problem: that is the American way and the
reason we became the greatest nation on earth.
Tuesday 0230 GMT
January 5, 2016
·
More Mideast Trouble Last
week Saudi executed a Shia cleric got terrorism. It is not clear to
us he was anything more than a proselytizer for his community’s
rights, but you can see anyone calling for rights for Shia in
Sunni-majority Saudi is going to be considered a traitor. So an
Iranian mob burned downed the Saudi embassy in Teheran – “gutted” is
the word used in the media. So Saudi, Sudan, Bahrain several
diplomatic ties with Teheran, and other nations will doubtless do
similar stuff.
·
Now,
every time there is new, unanticipated crisis anywhere, Editor
remains calm because when you’ve been following the news as long as
he is (started in 3rd Grade or something), you learn the
world is self-healing. It periodically undergoes these massive rips
and tears, WW2 being the last Really Big Deal, but then things
straighten themselves out a couple or ten or twenty years later.
Don’t worry, be happy, that sort of thing. But Editor admits to a
small degree of alarm at this latest development. Here’s why.
·
Mideast
has been under extreme stress since WW2 ended. To be historically
accurate, it’s been under stress since the Ottoman Empire broke up
about a hundred years ago. Till recently, say 1980 (we can debate
the exact date), the great powers could keep the lid on the pressure
cooker if the Mideast. But as readers have noticed, the great powers
that traditionally were interested in stability at all costs, i.e.,
US, UK, France, have become as lost lambs wandering in the desert
however that metaphor goes. China has zero influence on the region,
and Russia is taking advantage of the instability to stage a return
to the world scene. So there is no one to tamp down things.
·
Further,
every society or organization or whatever has a certain point beyond
which any extra pressure leads to explosions which lead to
unforeseen consequences. Ever since the US went in 2003 and blew up
Iraq, following which Syria, Libya, Yemen were also exploded, the
Mideast has no more resilience to further major upheavals. Of
course, in modern times the Mideast started to unravel in the 1970s
with the Israel-Arab thing, and this also has been depleting the
Resiliency Reserve. So as to speak.
·
Basically, Editor is saying there may not be any more give in the
region: any pressure now is going to lead to Ka-Booms. Until this
recent episode and Yemen intervention, the Saudis fought their wars
using proxies. Now the Saudis have jumped in with all four paws.
Much has to do with the new ruler, who is pro-active in a way Saudi
has never been before. We don’t know enough to speculate what got
the new King’s goat that he had to send his own troops to Yemen and
kill a revered Shia cleric. Remember, you and I have no clue what
happens behind Saudi’s closed doors. So maybe bad things have been
happening and the King decided he has to strike, or maybe he’s been
overly impressed by the US bombing here, there, everywhere and has
lost his mind and has decided he too can solve problems this way. If
so, its pretty darn stupid because the US ultimately has gotten
nowhere by bombing after Hiroshima/Nagasaki. Anyhows.
·
In Iraq
the Shias have been fighting a ruthless war against the Sunnis, and
now Iran has spread its hands into Yemen, Lebanon, Palestine, Syria,
and Iraq. To put it simply, we have a religious war going on. By
killing the Shia cleric, Saudi has in effect declared all-out war,
and added a jillion barrels of oil to the fire in the region. When
people have endured too much war, when they lose everything, when
their society breaks down, they don’t react by saying: “We gotta
stop”. They react by saying: “If we don’t kill the other guy, he’ll
kill us”. Things get worse to the point everyone goes mad and
engages in killing and more killing.
·
Editor
cannot say with certainty that the region has now reach the straw
and the camel’s back sort of thing. But as of right this hour things
do not look hopeful. How will this affect the US? Actually it need
not, except the US has this very destructive belief that only it can
sort out any dispute anywhere. Our primary concern was stability of
oil supplies. That’s irrelevant now. If things go major Ka-Boom, the
frackers will return to producing/exploring for oil. Bar the usual
market inefficiencies leading to shocks, in 5-10 years we’ll be
wondering what the fuss about oil was about.
·
The real
problem is that the US may vigorously throw itself into implementing
a “solution” for the Mideast. Back in the day, we had the clarity of
mind, unity of purpose, the courage, and the determination to force
our will on the world. Nowdays? Well, you see the results of
14-years of US determination to deal with the Islamist crusade. The
bigger the trouble, the more we will feel compelled to intervene,
and the more we will mess things up.
Monday 0230 GMT
January 4, 2016
·
Liar, Liar, Pants on Fire The
US now has another official explanation for why the Iraq Army failed
when Islamic State attacked last year. A DOD spokesperson says that
we had trained the Iraq Army for counter-insurgency, whereas IS is a
“proto-army”…An army like this is capable of conducting road
clearances, checkpoint operations, [explosives] removal…what we’ve
been doing for a full-year is methodically, patiently rebuilding
that army and equipping it to focus on the threat it now faces…being
able to put a bridge across a river…to get through a minefield…to
integrate air power with land operations” Washington Post, Page A1,
January 2, 2016, “Victory in Ramadi is ‘important milestone’, by
Karen DeYoung.
·
Well,
let’s think on the Tables of Organization of an Iraqi infantry
division as implemented by the US. Our source is DJ Elliott’s now
seemingly frozen blog “Montrose Toast”, which in case you wonder
should actually be “Montrose’s Toast” as in raising a glass So, here
we go. Division HQ, commando battalion, support troops battalion;
six artillery battalions and an artillery support battalion; 4
brigade HQs with total 16 battalions and 4 brigade support
battalions; two engineer battalions; and a 4-battalion logistic
support brigade. It was planned to increasingly motorize and
mechanize several divisions.
·
Now,
Editor has been doing this stuff for only 55-years, so what does he
know, particularly since he’s from Iowa. But to Editor, this looks,
squawks, and walks like a conventional infantry division.
·
In India
in the early 1990s the Army decided it did not want to, and should
not, perform CI Missions. So it created a 63 battalion CI force
called the National Rifles to supplement other CI organizations –
Assam Rifles, Indo-Tibet Border Police, Border Security Force. The
main point of interest is that these four organizations have no
heavy weapons, armor, or artillery. Why? Because you don’t massacre
your own people with firepower. [Border Security Force had some
artillery field batteries where it was the Army’s first-line of
defense against Pakistan.] CI is intermediate between policing and
the regular army.
·
If the
US-trained Iraqi conventional army did not know how to bridge gaps,
or clear minefields, what precisely was the point of two engineer
battalions per division? If the idea was to fight insurgents, why
the six artillery battalions per division? If there was no intent to
fight a conventional war, why the nine battalions of support and
logistic battalions per
division? As for coordination of airpower with ground forces,
it’s called Forward Air Control and requires only training, no
special equipment. Since the Iraqis had no tactical fighter support
capability, why would the US teach this skill to the Iraqis? By the way, we haven’t
discussed the corps troops which provide higher level combat and
combat service support needed for conventional operations.
·
Why lie?
Why not simply tell the truth, which is the US built a Mini-Me army
whose personnel had absolutely no capability or education needed for
the US Army’s complex structures. Why not add: we never taught them
self-reliance? Then why not add: we knew years before leaving that
the Iraq Army was riddled with corruption and ghost soldiers, but
because we felt we couldn’t do anything about it we pretended this
weakness did not exist. And why not add: we sought to built a
unified Iraq Army to suit our objectives, whereas anyone could have
foretold that the Shia majority was only waiting for the US to leave
before ignoring the Kurds and beating up the Shias, thus destroying
the basic unit of the Iraq Army?
·
Why is it
so hard for the American military to tell the truth? How do we learn
from our mistakes if we keep lying, lying, lying? Why are the
American people not demanding accountability from their national
security team and DOD and military? It’s all a great mystery to
Editor.
Saturday 0230 GMT
January 2, 2016
·
President Obama conclusively proves he is an intellectual – but in America the term is not a
compliment. Editor thinks that per se Americans are not
anti-intellectual. But Americans do believe they are as good as
anyone else. They do not like politicians telling them that they,
the politicians, are so smart they cannot be understood by the
ordinary people, as in the great unwashed who happened to vote the
politicians into power. They particularly hate it when politicians
say “we are now in power, so kindly blindly follow us; we need give
no reasons for demanding your unquestioning obedience because you
are too stupid to understand.”
·
Before we
elaborate on this point, let us tell you Mr. Obama’s latest exercise
of his Great Mind. Apparently he is irked at his aides for not
adequately explaining his wise Syria/Iraq policy to the people. If
only aides would explain the right way, the people would get it and
be content. This is not just breathtakingly arrogant; it hints at a
person who is a complete narcissist.
This further suggests the person is dysfunctional. Perhaps
some or even most Americans don’t care, but some of us do: we don’t
want a dysfunctional president making life and death decisions for
us.
·
Now,
after slamming Mr. Obama for his intellectual arrogance, Editor is
proud to announce to anyone listening that Editor also considers
himself an intellectual. So he will take a few minutes of your time
and explain what being an intellectual means to
him. The one thing it
absolutely does NOT mean is that Editor is smarter than any Bear. An
intellectual knows that the more he knows, the less he actually
knows. An intellectual is humble. He understands that for all his
knowledge he can be wrong. Therefore, he not just listens to
everyone, he tries to learn from everyone no matter how ignorant
they may seem. Just because a man is not as articulate or
knowledgeable as Editor, does not mean the man is not worthy of
being listened to. He constantly questions both his knowledge and
the inferences he draws from that knowledge. Indeed, he spends more
time with those who disagree with him than with those who agree with
him. From the former he learns much, from the latter he learns
nothing.
·
A very
small example. During the latter stages of Second Indochina, some of
us became revisionist and concluded that the Domino Theory was
false. But actually it turned out to be correct: South Vietnam,
Laos, and Cambodia fell to the communists. Had the US not involved
itself in Second Indochina, it is possible Indochina might have
fallen to the Communists by 1965. This would have deprived
Indonesia, Thailand, Malaysia, Singapore, and Philippines of the
time they needed to make their countries stronger and resist
communism.
·
Another
example. Some intellectuals say that fewer guns will make us safer.
First, where is the proof? Second, by a 2-1 majority Americans
believe guns make us safer – even after crime rates have crashed
from old highs.
http://www.ijreview.com/2015/04/301406-new-poll-shows-major-shift-in-how-americans-view-the-2nd-amendment-and-gun-control/
Please note this has nothing to do with the issue of gun control.
For example, Editor believes guns make us safer, but still wants
tough gun licensing and training for all purchasers.
·
Second,
what right do a bunch of liberal and left-leaning intellectuals have
to tell the rest of America what is good for the American people
when there is no proof that fewer guns? This goes back to
intellectuals saying they are smarter than the rest of us – where in
general is the proof of this? They may have a higher IQ and more
education, but where is the proof this translates into greater
wisdom? Here we live in a
country whose constitution in effect says that the good sense of
citizens overrides what the elites think is correct, and people have
the temerity to say this is not so? Are today’s intellectuals wiser
than the Founding Fathers? If so, prove it, and as an intellectual I
will accept it. Otherwise I will not take your word for it.
·
This
brings Editor to his next point. Where does it say that smart people
make wise decisions? Where does it say that a
particular type of smartness
is the right standard? During a power outage, Editor was
at the convenience/package store buying a lotto ticket. In came a
gentleman of vast proportions, untidy, unclean, with hands the size
of hams, and a not particularly smart look in his eyes or speech in
his mouth. The next day I saw the same gentleman up in a bucket
chair, fixing power lines. He was doing it so fast, so gracefully,
taking his time to look out over the road even as his hands worked
like a weaving machine that Editor was astonished. This man was
truly smart at what he did. Is his work less valuable than Editor’s?
Not at all. In the sense this man keeps our civilization running
whereas Editor deals with facts and ideas, the man’s work is more
valuable.
·
And so to
Editor’s last point. Mr. Obama thinks we have not understood his
Syria/Iraq policy because it hasn’t been properly explained. This is
the same as telling the serfs (you and I) that we are too stupid to
understand his policy, and he will now re-explain it to our level.
Would Obama the Intellectual accept the same reasoning if another
intellectual, smarter and more knowledgeable than him made the same
argument? Don’t think so.
·
Editor as
an intellectual knows that if you cannot explain your ideas in terms
simple enough for an average person to understand, the flaw is not
in the average person’s understanding, but in the intellectual’s
understanding of what he speaks.
·
Many of
us who criticize Obama’s Syria/Iraq policy have a much greater
understanding and level of knowledge than he or his aides possess.
When we say he is failing, it is because of facts on the ground and
because we know the area, not because we don’t understand him. Can
he see that? If not, he cannot call himself an intellectual.
· Final point. All those of in the biz knows that defeating Islamic State will only solve one set of problems and create a whole host of new, more pernicious ones. Rather than get all sensitive about the Ramadi victory, we want to know: Mr. Obama, what happens when IS is defeated and the real problems start? No answer? Or is the answer “I won’t be in office, not my problem”. Fair enough. But then don’t call yourself an intellectual and don’t preach to the rest of us with the assumption we are brain-deficient and so know nothing.
Friday 0230 GMT
January 1, 2016
·
Europe starts coming to its senses on refugees
Sweden is one of those small,
exceedingly polite white nations that bothers no one and wants to
live quietly with its unique culture. It is also one of those
irredeemably liberal countries that feel guilty because of their
justly-earned affluence. One way such countries compensate for their
“unfair” life is to believe that anyone in desperate straits has a
right to seek refuge and become Swedish. So in 2015 Sweden accepted
160,000 Mideast refugees. But now it says that it has reached its
limit (Washington Post, December 31, 2015
http://tinyurl.com/pg8ojds
) and is cracking down on asylum seekers.
·
Readers
need to know only a single fact. Sweden has a population of
10-million, including a whopping 25% who are born abroad, or who
have one or two parents born abroad. The percent entirely foreign
born is about 15%, not far from the US’s 14%. Of course, many
immigrants are white European. How many is unknown as Sweden does
not count for ethnicity – they’re that liberal. 160,000 new arrivals
in 2015 is equal to 5-million new immigrants for the US, and
20-million for India. Unchecked, possibly a like number would arrive
in Sweden in 2016, making the 2-year equivalent of 10-million for
the US or 40-million for India.
·
Do we
need to do complex calculations what such immigration would do US or
India? Not really. We can guess it would result in a collapse at
many institutional levels. Ditto Sweden. US is avoiding the problem
of getting the equivalent of 5-million new Middle East/North Africa
refugees per year by simply refusing to open its borders to anything
like the Swedes have done. This allows our liberals to accuse our
country of being “nativist” and hypocritical, because all of us are,
after all, immigrants.
·
What
gives a nation the right to seize another’s land and then to control
others from settling. It’s a principle that deeply unsettles
liberals, or in Editor’s case, social liberals. It’s called Might Is
Right. Believe it or not, this principle began from who knows tens
or hundreds of thousands of years ago and continued until 1944. In
that year, the newly formed United Nations (which is to say the
Americans, since no one else counted for a half a darn) ruled
colonialism to be wrong and liberal democracy to be the only moral
political system. For the first time, Might Is Not Right became
enshrined as a matter as a principle of human rights.
·
If in
1944, had the UN said: the clock for all these new ideas starts on
January 1, 1945 or whatever, and said that the past was the past and
nothing could be done about it, this position would probably not
have been regarded as outrageous. But the Americans, extremist in
everything since the birth of their nation, made this principle
retroactive by a couple of hundred years. In effect, it meant that
the West, a Jane-Come-Lately in the imperialism business, had to
give up its colonies. No one had a word to say about Russia, a
nation founded on colonialism and in fact remaining so until 1948
when the West stopped its expansion by threat of force. No one had
much to say that every country or empire had been founded on the
Might is Right principle, including, of course, the United States.
After all, the bulk of the American empire, aside from the original
13 states, was formed through conquest of one kind or another.
Buying up land sold by another empire (France, Mexico, Russia)
without regard to the will of the inhabitants is clearly conquest.
·
The
Americans cleverly said: we have no empire except for Puerto Rico
and the Philippines, and we will give them up. But why was 1898 set
as the boundary? Why not 1798? Why should the US not be restricted
to the original 13 states; if it was not to be restricted, what was
wrong with the West keeping its colonies acquired before that date?
·
Editor is
simply trying to make the point that the world conqueror, the US,
set the terms to suit itself
as conquerors have done since there have been conquerors. There was
nothing particularly logical about the US schema for
de-colonization. Meanwhile, another painful fact: the countries that
were de-colonized were themselves built out of other nations which
had been conquered in their time because that’s the way it had been
through history. Much of the world’s civil wars after 1945 have been
on account of subjugated people – whether they were subjugated by
whites, blacks, browns, or yellows – demanding
their rights. Indeed, the
radical left sees the post-1945 trouble as a revolt against the
American empire. Their case is not helped by their ignoring empires
created by Russia, China, India, Latins, Africans and so on.
·
Now here
is our point (readers still awake breathe a sigh of relief).
There was nothing wrong with the US, operating under pre-1944
conditions, claiming over 3-million square miles as the spoils of
victory. It was the norm at that time. And Americans accept this
because they see the enormous benefit we derive from it. By the
logic of people who say we “took away” land from the native
Americans and so are evil, the entire United States barring 100%
native blood, must embark on ships back to where they came. Which
further means all of us must ship back to the land of the tribe of
African Eve, because we all are descended from the tribe. Then we
must see justice is done and clone back the other human groups that
preceded us and who we conquered by killing them, and return Earth
to them. If we are von
Neumann machines, we need to find the planet from which we came, and
migrate all the way back to the beginning of this universe.
·
Absurd?
No more than saying Americans are evil because we “stole” land from
the native Americans. It follows from there that the United States
has every right to regulate migration to suit its economic needs and
to keep its way of life. Doubly so, because no country from which
today’s migrants come would give the US reciprocal privileges to
settle in those countries.
·
The
self-hate that American liberals have for their race is psychotic.
Look, if you all feel so bad your ancestors “stole” it from the
natives, then why aren’t you gifting your house and everything you
own to the direct descendants of the original natives and pushing
off to wherever? Now, obviously Europe does not want the 200-million
odd Americans of Euro origin to come back. So there is only one
solution. You feel guilty, please kill yourselves and spare us the
fall-out of your guilt. Please also understand that when the blacks,
Hispanics, Muslims, and Asians reduce you, the whites, to minor
minority, they could well put you on a reservation so you can live
as you want, and they are not going to feel the least bit guilty!
|